Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

I have a class later

  • 1 cours

    cours [kuʀ]
    masculine noun
       a. ( = leçon) class ; (University = conférence) lecture ; ( = série de leçons) course
    • faire or donner un cours sur to give a class (or lecture or course) on
    • qui vous fait cours en anglais ? who takes you for English?
    • donner/prendre des cours particuliers to give/have private lessons
       b. ( = enseignement) class
    • cours préparatoire/élémentaire/moyen first/second or third/fourth or fifth year in primary school
       c. ( = établissement) school
    • sur une partie de son cours on or along part of its course
       e. [de valeurs, matières premières] price ; [de devises] rate
    • ne plus avoir cours [monnaie] to be out of circulation ; [expression] to be obsolete
       f. ( = déroulement) course
    • donner libre cours à [+ imagination] to give free rein to ; [+ joie, sentiment] to give vent to
    ► en cours [année] current ; [affaires, essais] in progress
    • c'est en cours de réparation/réfection it's being repaired/rebuilt
    * * *
    kuʀ
    nom masculin invariable
    1) ( session d'enseignement) École lesson, class; Université class; ( magistral) lecture; ( hors cadre scolaire) class; ( en privé) lesson; ( ensemble de sessions) course

    suivre un cours — to do ou take a course

    faire un cours sur quelque chose — ( une fois) to give a class in something; ( plusieurs fois) to teach a course in something

    donner des cours de français — ( dans l'enseignement) to teach French; ( en privé) to give French lessons

    2) ( manuel) École, Université course book, textbook; ( notes) notes
    3) ( établissement) school
    4) Finance ( taux de négociation) (de denrée, valeur) price; ( de devise) exchange rate

    avoir cours — Finance [monnaie] to be legal tender; fig [théorie, pratique] to be current; [terme] to be used

    ne plus avoir cours — Finance [monnaie] to be no longer legal tender; fig [théorie, pratique] to be no longer accepted; [terme] to be no longer used

    5) ( de rivière) ( parcours) course; ( débit) flow
    6) ( enchaînement) (de récit, carrière, d'événements) course; ( d'idées) flow

    donner libre cours à — to give free rein to [imagination]; to give way to [peine]; to give vent to [colère]

    au or dans le cours de — in the course of, during

    en cours — [mois, semaine, année] current; [processus, projet] under way (après n); [travail, négociations, changements] in progress (après n)

    en cours de journée/saison — in the course of the day/season

    en cours de fabrication/rénovation — in the process of being manufactured/renovated

    •
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    kuʀ nm
    1) (= leçon) class

    Le professeur d'anglais l'a surpris en train de faire ses maths pendant son cours. — The English teacher caught him doing his maths during his class.

    2) (= série de leçons) course
    3) (= cheminement) course
    4) (= écoulement) flow
    5) (= avenue) walk
    6) COMMERCE, BOURSE, [action, dollar, devise] rate

    donner libre cours à — to give free expression to, [imagination] to give free rein to

    avoir cours [monnaie] — to be legal tender, figto be current, (à l'école) to have a class, (à l'université) to have a lecture

    en cours (année) — current, (travaux) in progress

    au cours de — in the course of, during

    Il a été réveillé trois fois au cours de la nuit. — He was woken up three times during the night.

    * * *
    cours nm inv
    1 ( session d'enseignement) Scol lesson, class; Univ class; ( magistral) lecture; ( hors cadre scolaire) class; ( en privé) lesson; ( ensemble de sessions) course; avoir cours to have a class; je n'ai pas cours demain I haven't got any lessons ou classes tomorrow; prendre des cours de qch to take classes in sth; tu devrais prendre des cours de diction you should go to elocution classes; suivre un cours to do ou take a course; il prend des cours d'espagnol he's taking Spanish lessons; je suis un cours de secrétariat/cuisine/littérature I'm doing ou taking a secretarial/cookery/literature course; je suis les cours du professeur X I'm attending Professor X's lectures; le professeur X a publié son cours sur la traduction Professor X has published his/her course of lectures on translation; faire cours to teach; qui vous fait cours en maths? who teaches you maths GB ou math US?; faire un cours sur qch ( une fois) to give a class in sth; ( plusieurs fois) to teach a course in sth; il nous a fait un véritable cours sur la gastronomie he gave us a real lecture on gastronomy; donner des cours de français/piano ( dans l'enseignement) to teach French/piano; ( en privé) to give French/piano lessons;
    2 Scol, Univ ( manuel) course book, textbook; ( notes) notes (pl);
    3 ( établissement) school; cours de théâtre drama school;
    4 Fin ( taux de négociation) (de denrée, valeur) price; ( de devise) exchange rate; le cours du change the exchange rate; le cours du dollar the price of the dollar; cours légal official exchange rate; les cours boursiers or de la Bourse Stock Exchange prices; le cours du marché the market price; acheter qch au cours des halles to buy sth at wholesale market price; cours d'ouverture/de clôture or fermeture opening/closing price; avoir cours Fin [monnaie] to be legal tender; fig [théorie, pratique] to be current; [terme, expression] to be used; ne plus avoir cours Fin [monnaie] to be no longer legal tender; fig [théorie, pratique] to be no longer accepted; [terme, expression] to be no longer used;
    5 ( de rivière) ( parcours) course; ( débit) flow; détourner le cours d'une rivière to divert the course of a river; avoir un cours lent/rapide to flow slowly/quickly; fleuve au cours rapide fast-flowing river; descendre/remonter le cours d'une rivière to go down/to go up a river;
    6 ( enchaînement) (de récit, conflit, carrière, maladie) course; ( d'idées) flow; ( d'événements) course; les choses suivent tranquillement leur cours things are quietly taking their course; le cours des choses the course of events; reprendre son cours to resume; la vie reprend son cours life returns to normal; la sonnerie interrompit le cours de mes pensées the bell interrupted my train of thought; donner libre cours à to give free rein to [imagination, fantaisie]; to give way to [peine, douleur]; to give vent to [colère, indignation]; au or dans le cours de in the course of, during; dans le cours du mois prochain in the course of next month; dans le cours du mois within the month; en cours [mois, semaine, année] current; [processus, projet] under way ( après n); [travail, négociations, changements] in progress ( après n); en cours de journée/saison/séance in the course of the day/season/session; en cours de fabrication/rénovation in the process of being manufactured/renovated; le pont en cours de construction the bridge being built ou under construction; le pont est en cours de construction the bridge is under construction ou in the process of being built; en cours de route along the way; rajoutez un peu d'eau en cours de cuisson add some water during the cooking.
    cours accéléré crash course; cours de compensation Fin mark-up price; cours d'eau watercourse; cours élémentaire deuxième année, CE2 third year of primary school, age 8-9; cours élémentaire première année, CE1 second year of primary school, age 7-8; cours intensif intensive course; cours magistral Univ lecture; cours moyen deuxième année, CM2 fifth year of primary school, age 10-11; cours moyen première année, CM1 fourth year of primary school, age 9-10; cours d'initiation introductory course; cours intensif intensive course; cours par correspondance correspondence course; suivre des cours par correspondance to take a correspondence course; cours particulier(s) private tuition ¢ GB, private tutoring ¢ US (en, de in); donner/suivre des cours particuliers to give/to have private tuition ou lessons; cours de perfectionnement improvers' course; cours préparatoire, CP Scol first year of primary school, age 6-7; cours de rattrapage remedial course; cours de remise à niveau refresher course; cours du soir evening class.
    [kur] nom masculin
    A.[ÉCOULEMENT, SUCCESSION]
    1. GÉOGRAPHIE [débit] flow
    [parcours] course
    a. [ruisseau] stream
    b. [rivière] river
    2. [déroulement - des années, des saisons, de pensées] course ; [ - d'événements] course, run ; [ - de négociations, d'une maladie, de travaux] course, progress
    donner ou laisser (libre) cours à
    a. [joie, indignation] to give vent to
    b. [imagination, chagrin] to give free rein to
    en suivant/remontant le cours du temps going forward/back in time
    3. [dans des noms de rue] avenue
    B.[DANS LE DOMAINE FINANCIER]
    1. [de devises] rate
    cours des devises ou du change foreign exchange rate ou rate of exchange
    a. [monnaie] to be legal tender ou legal currency
    b. [pratique] to be common
    a. [monnaie] to be out of circulation, to be no longer legal tender ou a legal currency
    b. [pratique, théorie] to be obsolete
    c. [expression, terme] to be obsolete ou no longer in use
    2. [d'actions] price, trading rate
    premier cours, cours d'ouverture opening price
    dernier cours, cours de clôture closing price
    C.[DANS LE DOMAINE SCOLAIRE ET UNIVERSITAIRE]
    1. ÉDUCATION [classe] class, lesson
    [ensemble des leçons] course
    suivre un cours ou des cours d'espagnol to go to ou to attend a Spanish class
    b. UNIVERSITÉ ≃ Open University course (UK)
    donner/prendre des cours particuliers to give/to have private tuition
    2. [manuel] course, coursebook, textbook
    [notes] notes
    3. [degré - dans l'enseignement primaire]
    cours préparatoire ≃ first-year infants class (UK), ≃ nursery school (US)
    cours élémentaire ≃ second-year infants class (UK), ≃ first grade (US)
    cours moyen ≃ third-year infants class (UK), ≃ second grade (US)
    4. [établissement] school
    ————————
    au cours de locution prépositionnelle
    during, in ou during the course of
    ————————
    en cours locution adjectivale
    [actuel]
    l'année/le tarif en cours the current year/price
    affaire/travail en cours business/work in hand
    être en cours [débat, réunion, travaux] to be under way, to be in progress
    ————————
    en cours de locution prépositionnelle
    en cours de réparation in the process of being repaired, undergoing repairs

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > cours

  • 2 ver

    v.
    1 to perceive.
    Veo a tu hermana muy cansado I see your sister very tired.
    2 to have eyesight.
    Mis ojos ven bien My eyes see fine.
    3 to understand.
    4 to be witness of, to witness.
    5 to see, to look at, sight, to view.
    ¿ves algo? can you see anything?
    he estado viendo tu trabajo I've been looking at your work
    ya veo que estás de mal humor I can see you're in a bad mood
    ¿ves lo que quiero decir? do you see what I mean?
    ir a ver lo que pasa to go and see what's going on
    es una manera de ver las cosas that's one way of looking at it
    yo no lo veo tan mal I don't think it's that bad
    Ellos ven los cuadros They see the pictures.
    Ellas ven los cuadros They see the pictures.
    María ve la gravedad del asunto Mary sees the seriousness of the situation.
    Mis ojos ven bien My eyes see fine.
    Veo a tu hermano muy cansado I see your brother very tired.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    veo, ves, ve, vemos, veis, ven.
    Past Indicative
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    ve (tú), vea (él/Vd.), veamos (nos.), ved (vos.), vean (ellos/Vds.).
    Past Participle
    visto,-a.
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    Para las expresiones ver visiones, no ver tres en un burro, ver el sustantivo.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) (=percibir)
    a) [+ persona, objeto] to see

    me acuerdo como si lo estuviera viendo — I remember it as if I were seeing it now, I remember it as if it were yesterday

    —

    ¡hubieran visto qué casa! — (Méx) you should have seen the house!

    • dejarse ver, este año Pedro no se ha dejado ver por aquí — we haven't seen much of Pedro this year

    si te he visto no me acuerdo —

    le pedí que me ayudara, pero si te he visto no me acuerdo — I asked him to help me but he (just) didn't want to know

    ver algn/algo venir —

    -¿que ha dimitido? -eso ya lo veía venir — "he's resigned?" - "well, you could see it coming"

    ya te veo venir, ¿a que quieres que te preste el coche? — I know what you're after, you want to borrow the car, don't you?

    b) [+ gerund]
    c) [+ infin]
    d) [+ adj]
    2) (=mirar) [+ televisión, programa, partido] to watch

    anoche vi una película en la tele — I saw o watched a film on TV last night

    • es (digno) de ver — it's worth seeing

    no poder (ni) ver a algn —

    ¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!

    ¡hasta más ver! — see you again!

    4) (=visitar) to see
    5) (=imaginar) to see, imagine

    lo estoy viendo de almirante — I can just see o imagine him as an admiral

    6) (=vivir) to live through

    y usted que lo vea, y tú que lo veas —

    -¡a celebrarlo con salud el año próximo! - ¡y usted que lo vea! — "many happy returns!" - "thank you!"

    7) (=examinar) to look at
    8) (=comprobar) to see

    •¡verás como al final te caerás! — you'll fall, you just wait and see!

    ya verás como al final tengo que hacerlo yo — I'll end up doing it myself, you'll see

    • habrá que ver, habrá que ver lo que les habrá contado — we'll have to see what he's told them

    • voy a ver si está en su despacho — I'll see if he's in his office

    9) (=notar) to see

    -¿ves que no son iguales? -pues, no lo veo — "can't you see they're not the same?" - "no, I can't"

    -gana más de cien mil al mes -¡ya ves! — "she earns more than 100,000 a month" - "well, there you go!"

    • dejarse ver, los efectos de la crisis se dejaron ver meses después — the effects of the crisis were felt months later

    • echar de ver algo — to notice sth

    • por lo que veo — from what I can see

    10) (=entender) to see

    ¿no ves que...? — don't o can't you see that...?

    • hacer ver algo a algn — to point sth out to sb

    11) (=encontrar) to see
    12) (Jur) [+ pleito] to hear, try

    -es demasiado pequeño -¿y eso qué tiene que ver? — "it's too small" - "what's that got to do with it?"

    14) a ver

    a ver niños, ¿cuál es la capital de Francia? — now, children, what is the capital of France?

    -mira, tú sales en la foto -¿a ver? — "look, you're in the photo" - "let's have a look" o"let's see"

    a ver ese niño, que no se quede solo — don't leave that child on his own

    -estás estudiando mucho -¡a ver, no queda más remedio! — "you're doing a lot of studying" - "well, I haven't got much choice!"

    ¡a ver, cállate ya! — shut up, will you!

    ¿a ver? — (And) (Telec) hello?

    • a ver si..., a ver si acabas pronto — see if you can finish this off quickly

    ¡a ver si te crees que no lo sé! — surely you don't think I don't know about it!

    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=percibir) to see

    • eso está por ver — that remains to be seen

    que no veo * —

    ver y callar —

    no digas nada, tú solo ver y callar — you'd better keep your mouth shut about this

    2) (=comprobar) to see

    según voy viendo... — as I am beginning to see...

    -¿quién ha venido? -no sé, voy a ver — "who is it?" -"I don't know, I'll go and see"

    - al final siempre me toca hacerlo a mi -ya veo — "in the end it's always me that has to do it" - "so I see"

    3) (=entender) to see

    ¿ves?, así es mucho más fácil — you see? it's much easier like this

    a mi modo de ver — as I see it, the way I see it

    ¿viste? — ( Cono Sur) right?, are you with me?

    4)

    • ver de hacer algo — to see about doing sth, try to do sth

    tenemos que ver de solucionar este problema — we must try to o and find a solution to this problem

    veremos de salir temprano — we'll see if we can leave early, we'll try to o and leave early

    •¡hay que ver!, ¡hay que ver lo que te pareces a tu madre! — gosh! how like your mother you are o look!

    ¡hay que ver lo que ha cambiado la ciudad! — it's incredible o you wouldn't believe how much the town has changed!

    •¡ para que veas!, ha aprobado todas las asignaturas, ¡para que veas! — she passed all her exams, how about that!

    no solo no perdí, sino que arrasé, ¡para que veas! — not only did I not lose, but I won by a mile, so there!

    —

    • lo dijo de por ver — ( Cono Sur) he was just trying it on *

    —

    eso está o queda en veremos — it's not certain yet

    • vamos a ver — let's see..., let me see...

    -¿esto tiene arreglo? -no sé, vamos a ver — "can this be repaired?" - "I don't know, let's see o let me see"

    ¿por qué no me llamaste, vamos a ver? — why didn't you call me, I'd like to know?

    •ya veremos — we'll see

    -¿podré ir a la fiesta? -ya veremos — "can I go to the party?" - "we'll see"

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    I
    1) ( aspecto)

    de buen ver — good-looking, attractive

    2) ( opinión)

    a mi/su ver — in my/his view

    II 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)

    ¿ves algo? — can you see anything?

    es como si lo estuviera viendo — it's as if I were seeing him/it now

    ver algo/a alguien + inf — to see something/somebody + inf

    si te he visto no me acuerdo — (fam) he/she doesn't/didn't want to know

    ver venir algo — to see something coming

    b) ( mirar) <programa/partido> to watch

    no poder (ni) ver a alguien: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver — he can't stand her

    c) ( imaginar) to see, picture
    2) (entender, notar) to see

    ¿no ves lo que está pasando? — don't o can't you see what's happening?

    se la ve feliz/preocupada — she looks happy/worried

    hacerse ver — (RPl) to show off

    echar de ver — (Esp) to realize

    3)
    a) (constatar, comprobar) to see

    no me olvidé para que veas! — I didn't forget, see?

    le gané para que veas! — I beat him, so there!

    b) ( ser testigo de) to see

    es tan bonita, si vieras... — she's so pretty, you should see her

    vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron...! — (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!

    ya ves, aquí me tienes — well, here I am

    hay que ver lo que ha crecido! — wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!

    que no veas — (Esp fam)

    que no veo — (AmL fam)

    tengo un hambre que no veo — (fam) I'm absolutely starving (colloq)

    tengo un sueño que no veo — I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open

    4)

    a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?; aquí está en el periódico - ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper - let's see; ¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see what you've got there; apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and let's see what happens; a ver si me entienden ( justificando) don't get me wrong; ( explicando) let me make myself clear; a ver si estudias más I'd think about studying harder; a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon; cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you; a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos — come and see us soon

    5)
    a) ( estudiar)
    b) médico ( examinar) to see

    ¿la ha visto un médico? — has she been seen by a doctor yet?

    se hizo ver por un especialista — (AmS) she saw a specialist

    c) (Der) < causa> to try, hear
    6)
    a) (juzgar, considerar)

    a mi modo or manera de ver — the way I see it

    b) ( encontrar) to see
    7) (visitar, entrevistarse con) <amigo/pariente> to see, visit; <médico/jefe> to see

    cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see (colloq)

    8)

    tener... que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?; no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him; ¿tuviste algo que ver en esto? did you have anything to do with this?; ¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?; ¿tendrán algo que ver con los Zamora? — are they related in any way to the Zamoras?

    2.
    ver vi

    enciende la luz que no veo — turn on the light, I can't see

    no veo bien de lejos/de cerca — I'm shortsighted/longsighted

    2) ( constatar)

    ¿hay cerveza? - no sé, voy a ver — is there any beer? - I don't know, I'll have a look

    ¿está Juan? - voy a ver — is Juan in? - I'll go and see

    verás, no quería decírtelo, pero... — look, I didn't want to tell you, but...

    pues verás, todo empezó cuando... — well you see, the whole thing began when...

    3) ( pensar) to see

    ¿vas a decir que sí? - ya veré — are you going to accept? - I'll see

    estar/seguir en veremos — (AmL fam)

    seguimos en veremos — we still don't know anything

    3.
    verse v pron
    1) (refl)
    a) ( percibirse) to see oneself
    b) ( imaginarse) to see oneself
    2)
    a) ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself

    vérselas venir — (fam)

    me las veía venir — I could see it coming

    b) (frml) ( ser)

    este problema se ha visto agravado por... — this problem has been made worse by...

    3) ( dejar ver) (+ me/te/le etc)
    4) (esp AmL) ( parecer)
    5) (recípr) ( encontrarse) to meet; ( visitarse) to see each other

    nos vemos a las siete — I'll meet o see you at seven

    nos vemos! — (esp AmL) see you!

    vérselas con alguien: tendrá que vérselas conmigo — he'll have me to deal with

    * * *
    = descry, discern, see, spot, view, view, witness, check out, make out, look down over, look down on/upon, catch + sight of.
    Ex. He looked up and descried a gym class, all wet and draggled, scurrying back across the sodden football field.
    Ex. Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.
    Ex. Where the conference cannot be seen to have a name, then the work will normally be treated as a collection.
    Ex. When all necessary amendments have been spotted, edit the draft abstract and make any improvements to the style that are possible.
    Ex. Thus it is possible in an author sequence to view easily the works of one author.
    Ex. Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.
    Ex. We sometimes only have to speak a word to witness a reaction in other people that should logically follow only if the object itself were present.
    Ex. Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.
    Ex. She could just make out that he was standing against the wall near the door, ready to jump anyone who came out the door.
    Ex. There was one ram that was content to stay up in the cliffs and look down over his domain.
    Ex. The characters stand inside a mysterious domed structure looking down on the Earth watching the 19th century take shape.
    Ex. 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.
    ----
    * acercarse sin ser visto = sidle up to.
    * alcanzar a ver = glimpse.
    * algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.
    * al ver = at the sight of.
    * a mi modo de ver = in my books.
    * de buen ver = good looking.
    * dejar de ver = become + blind to.
    * dejarse ver = have + visibility.
    * dichosos los ojos que te ven = a sight for sore eyes.
    * donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).
    * el ver televisión = television viewing.
    * estar mal visto = frown on/upon.
    * estar por ver = be an open question.
    * forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.
    * hacerse ver = gain + exposure.
    * hacer ver = alert to, bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, call + attention to, awaken, bring + home, open + Posesivo + eyes to, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice, get across.
    * hacer ver claramente = hammer + home + message, show + clearly.
    * ir a ver = drop in on, check out.
    * ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = cannot see the forest for the trees.
    * manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.
    * no aguantar ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.
    * no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.
    * no querer tener nada que ver Algo = would not touch + Nombre + with a barge pole.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no ver = be blind to.
    * no ver con buenos ojos = not take + kindly to.
    * no verse afectado = be none the worse for wear, be none the worse for (that).
    * no verse comprometido por = be uncompromised by.
    * no verse en peligro = be uncompromised by.
    * ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.
    * ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.
    * quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.
    * referencia "véase" = see reference.
    * referencia "véase además" = see also reference.
    * salir sin ser visto = slip out, steal away.
    * según lo ve + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.
    * ser algo por ver = be an open question.
    * sin ser visto = undetected, unobserved.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener que ver con = be concerned with, concern, relate to, hold + a stake in, have + a stake in, be a question of.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.
    * un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.
    * véase = see under, SU, refer-to, qv (quod vide -latín).
    * véase además = see also.
    * véase como ejemplo = witness.
    * véase desde = see from, refer-from.
    * véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.
    * Veo, Veo = I Spy.
    * ver Algo a través de los ojos de Alguien = look at + Nombre + through + Posesivo + eyes.
    * ver Algo con humor = a funny eye for.
    * ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.
    * ver Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = view + Nombre + in a new light, see + Nombre + in a new light.
    * ver Algo desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = see + Nombre + in a + Adjetivo + light.
    * ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * ver a través de = see through, see through.
    * ver bien = welcome.
    * ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).
    * ver con los prismáticos = glass.
    * ver con recelo = have + reservations (about).
    * ver con un ojo crítico = view with + a critical eye.
    * ver de antemano = preview.
    * ver desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on.
    * ver desventajas = see + drawbacks.
    * ver de un vistazo = see + at a glance.
    * ver doble = see + double.
    * ver el motivo de Algo = glean + the reason for.
    * ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.
    * ver el porqué = see + the point.
    * ver el propósito = see + the point.
    * ver el sentido = see + the point.
    * ver en pantalla = scroll.
    * ver faltas en = see + faults in.
    * ver grabación en vídeo = video playback.
    * ver inconvenientes = see + drawbacks.
    * ver la finalidad = see + the point.
    * ver la luz = see + the light.
    * ver la luz al final del túnel = see + the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.
    * ver la muerte de cerca = have + brushes with death.
    * ver la oportunidad = see + a chance.
    * ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.
    * ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.
    * ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.
    * ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.
    * ver las estrellas = see + stars.
    * ver la tele = watch + the telly.
    * ver la utilidad = see + the point.
    * verle las orejas al lobo = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * ver lo que Alguien realmente piensa = see into + Posesivo + heart.
    * ver lo que + avecinarse = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.
    * ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.
    * ver + Nombre + con nuevos ojos = view + Nombre + through fresh eyes.
    * ver + Nombre + desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = see + Nombre + through + Nombre + eyes.
    * verse en la necesidad = be constrained to.
    * verse en la necesidad de = be left with the need to.
    * verse en la necesidad urgente de = be hard pressed.
    * verse en la situación = find + Reflexivo + in the position.
    * verse en medio de = caught in the middle.
    * verse envuelto en = become + involved in, get + involved with/in.
    * verse frustrado = become + frustrated.
    * vérselas canutas = have + a devil of a time.
    * vérselas con = contend with.
    * vérselas negras = jump through + hoops, have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre, have + a devil of a time.
    * vérsele a Alguien el plumero = give + Reflexivo + away.
    * verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.
    * verse negro = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.
    * verse obligado a no + Infinitivo = be enjoined from + Gerundio.
    * verse superado sólo por = be second only to.
    * verse venir = be on the cards.
    * ver televisión = watch + television.
    * ver un fantasma = see + a ghost.
    * ver ventajas = see + advantages.
    * vistas desde fuera = outwardly.
    * visto desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.
    * * *
    I
    1) ( aspecto)

    de buen ver — good-looking, attractive

    2) ( opinión)

    a mi/su ver — in my/his view

    II 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)

    ¿ves algo? — can you see anything?

    es como si lo estuviera viendo — it's as if I were seeing him/it now

    ver algo/a alguien + inf — to see something/somebody + inf

    si te he visto no me acuerdo — (fam) he/she doesn't/didn't want to know

    ver venir algo — to see something coming

    b) ( mirar) <programa/partido> to watch

    no poder (ni) ver a alguien: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver — he can't stand her

    c) ( imaginar) to see, picture
    2) (entender, notar) to see

    ¿no ves lo que está pasando? — don't o can't you see what's happening?

    se la ve feliz/preocupada — she looks happy/worried

    hacerse ver — (RPl) to show off

    echar de ver — (Esp) to realize

    3)
    a) (constatar, comprobar) to see

    no me olvidé para que veas! — I didn't forget, see?

    le gané para que veas! — I beat him, so there!

    b) ( ser testigo de) to see

    es tan bonita, si vieras... — she's so pretty, you should see her

    vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron...! — (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!

    ya ves, aquí me tienes — well, here I am

    hay que ver lo que ha crecido! — wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!

    que no veas — (Esp fam)

    que no veo — (AmL fam)

    tengo un hambre que no veo — (fam) I'm absolutely starving (colloq)

    tengo un sueño que no veo — I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open

    4)

    a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?; aquí está en el periódico - ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper - let's see; ¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see what you've got there; apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and let's see what happens; a ver si me entienden ( justificando) don't get me wrong; ( explicando) let me make myself clear; a ver si estudias más I'd think about studying harder; a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon; cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you; a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos — come and see us soon

    5)
    a) ( estudiar)
    b) médico ( examinar) to see

    ¿la ha visto un médico? — has she been seen by a doctor yet?

    se hizo ver por un especialista — (AmS) she saw a specialist

    c) (Der) < causa> to try, hear
    6)
    a) (juzgar, considerar)

    a mi modo or manera de ver — the way I see it

    b) ( encontrar) to see
    7) (visitar, entrevistarse con) <amigo/pariente> to see, visit; <médico/jefe> to see

    cuánto tiempo sin verte! — I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see (colloq)

    8)

    tener... que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?; no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him; ¿tuviste algo que ver en esto? did you have anything to do with this?; ¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?; ¿tendrán algo que ver con los Zamora? — are they related in any way to the Zamoras?

    2.
    ver vi

    enciende la luz que no veo — turn on the light, I can't see

    no veo bien de lejos/de cerca — I'm shortsighted/longsighted

    2) ( constatar)

    ¿hay cerveza? - no sé, voy a ver — is there any beer? - I don't know, I'll have a look

    ¿está Juan? - voy a ver — is Juan in? - I'll go and see

    verás, no quería decírtelo, pero... — look, I didn't want to tell you, but...

    pues verás, todo empezó cuando... — well you see, the whole thing began when...

    3) ( pensar) to see

    ¿vas a decir que sí? - ya veré — are you going to accept? - I'll see

    estar/seguir en veremos — (AmL fam)

    seguimos en veremos — we still don't know anything

    3.
    verse v pron
    1) (refl)
    a) ( percibirse) to see oneself
    b) ( imaginarse) to see oneself
    2)
    a) ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself

    vérselas venir — (fam)

    me las veía venir — I could see it coming

    b) (frml) ( ser)

    este problema se ha visto agravado por... — this problem has been made worse by...

    3) ( dejar ver) (+ me/te/le etc)
    4) (esp AmL) ( parecer)
    5) (recípr) ( encontrarse) to meet; ( visitarse) to see each other

    nos vemos a las siete — I'll meet o see you at seven

    nos vemos! — (esp AmL) see you!

    vérselas con alguien: tendrá que vérselas conmigo — he'll have me to deal with

    * * *
    = descry, discern, see, spot, view, view, witness, check out, make out, look down over, look down on/upon, catch + sight of.

    Ex: He looked up and descried a gym class, all wet and draggled, scurrying back across the sodden football field.

    Ex: Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.
    Ex: Where the conference cannot be seen to have a name, then the work will normally be treated as a collection.
    Ex: When all necessary amendments have been spotted, edit the draft abstract and make any improvements to the style that are possible.
    Ex: Thus it is possible in an author sequence to view easily the works of one author.
    Ex: Many librarians viewed AACR1 as such a significant improvement upon its predecessors, that they were content.
    Ex: We sometimes only have to speak a word to witness a reaction in other people that should logically follow only if the object itself were present.
    Ex: Where problems do arise it is sensible to check out the training programme before blaming the assistant for poor performance of duties.
    Ex: She could just make out that he was standing against the wall near the door, ready to jump anyone who came out the door.
    Ex: There was one ram that was content to stay up in the cliffs and look down over his domain.
    Ex: The characters stand inside a mysterious domed structure looking down on the Earth watching the 19th century take shape.
    Ex: 'Good grief!', he cried, catching sight of the clock.
    * acercarse sin ser visto = sidle up to.
    * alcanzar a ver = glimpse.
    * algo digno de ver = a sight to behold.
    * al ver = at the sight of.
    * a mi modo de ver = in my books.
    * de buen ver = good looking.
    * dejar de ver = become + blind to.
    * dejarse ver = have + visibility.
    * dichosos los ojos que te ven = a sight for sore eyes.
    * donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).
    * el ver televisión = television viewing.
    * estar mal visto = frown on/upon.
    * estar por ver = be an open question.
    * forma de ver las cosas = way of putting things together, bent of mind.
    * hacerse ver = gain + exposure.
    * hacer ver = alert to, bring to + Posesivo + attention, bring to + the attention, call + attention to, awaken, bring + home, open + Posesivo + eyes to, bring + attention to, bring to + Posesivo + notice, get across.
    * hacer ver claramente = hammer + home + message, show + clearly.
    * ir a ver = drop in on, check out.
    * ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.
    * la forma de ver las cosas = the way + to see things.
    * los árboles no dejan ver el bosque = cannot see the forest for the trees.
    * manera de ver las cosas = line of thought.
    * no aguantar ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.
    * no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.
    * no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.
    * no querer tener nada que ver Algo = would not touch + Nombre + with a barge pole.
    * no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.
    * no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.
    * no ver = be blind to.
    * no ver con buenos ojos = not take + kindly to.
    * no verse afectado = be none the worse for wear, be none the worse for (that).
    * no verse comprometido por = be uncompromised by.
    * no verse en peligro = be uncompromised by.
    * ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = ignorance is bliss.
    * ojos que no ven corazón que no siente = out of sight out of mind.
    * quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.
    * referencia "véase" = see reference.
    * referencia "véase además" = see also reference.
    * salir sin ser visto = slip out, steal away.
    * según lo ve + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.
    * ser algo por ver = be an open question.
    * sin ser visto = undetected, unobserved.
    * tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.
    * tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.
    * tener poco que ver = have + little to do.
    * tener que ver con = be concerned with, concern, relate to, hold + a stake in, have + a stake in, be a question of.
    * una cosa no + tener + nada que ver con la otra = one thing + have + nothing to do with the other.
    * una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.
    * un espectáculo digno de ver = a sight to behold.
    * véase = see under, SU, refer-to, qv (quod vide -latín).
    * véase además = see also.
    * véase como ejemplo = witness.
    * véase desde = see from, refer-from.
    * véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.
    * Veo, Veo = I Spy.
    * ver Algo a través de los ojos de Alguien = look at + Nombre + through + Posesivo + eyes.
    * ver Algo con humor = a funny eye for.
    * ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.
    * ver Algo desde una nueva perspectiva = view + Nombre + in a new light, see + Nombre + in a new light.
    * ver Algo desde una perspectiva + Adjetivo = see + Nombre + in a + Adjetivo + light.
    * ver Algo venir = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * ver a través de = see through, see through.
    * ver bien = welcome.
    * ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).
    * ver con los prismáticos = glass.
    * ver con recelo = have + reservations (about).
    * ver con un ojo crítico = view with + a critical eye.
    * ver de antemano = preview.
    * ver desde una nueva perspectiva = shed + new light on.
    * ver desventajas = see + drawbacks.
    * ver de un vistazo = see + at a glance.
    * ver doble = see + double.
    * ver el motivo de Algo = glean + the reason for.
    * ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.
    * ver el porqué = see + the point.
    * ver el propósito = see + the point.
    * ver el sentido = see + the point.
    * ver en pantalla = scroll.
    * ver faltas en = see + faults in.
    * ver grabación en vídeo = video playback.
    * ver inconvenientes = see + drawbacks.
    * ver la finalidad = see + the point.
    * ver la luz = see + the light.
    * ver la luz al final del túnel = see + the light at the end of the tunnel.
    * ver la luz del día = see + the light of day.
    * ver la muerte de cerca = have + brushes with death.
    * ver la oportunidad = see + a chance.
    * ver la posibilidad = see + the possibility.
    * ver las cosas de diferente manera = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas desde una perspectiva = see + things from + perspective.
    * ver las cosas de una manera diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.
    * ver las cosas en su conjunto = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas en su totalidad = see + things as a whole.
    * ver las cosas positivas = look on + the bright side.
    * ver las cosas positivas de la vida = look on + the bright side of life.
    * ver las estrellas = see + stars.
    * ver la tele = watch + the telly.
    * ver la utilidad = see + the point.
    * verle las orejas al lobo = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * ver lo que Alguien realmente piensa = see into + Posesivo + heart.
    * ver lo que + avecinarse = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.
    * ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.
    * ver + Nombre + con nuevos ojos = view + Nombre + through fresh eyes.
    * ver + Nombre + desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = see + Nombre + through + Nombre + eyes.
    * verse en la necesidad = be constrained to.
    * verse en la necesidad de = be left with the need to.
    * verse en la necesidad urgente de = be hard pressed.
    * verse en la situación = find + Reflexivo + in the position.
    * verse en medio de = caught in the middle.
    * verse envuelto en = become + involved in, get + involved with/in.
    * verse frustrado = become + frustrated.
    * vérselas canutas = have + a devil of a time.
    * vérselas con = contend with.
    * vérselas negras = jump through + hoops, have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre, have + a devil of a time.
    * vérsele a Alguien el plumero = give + Reflexivo + away.
    * verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.
    * verse negro = have + Posesivo + work cut out for + Pronombre, have + Posesivo + job cut out for + Pronombre.
    * verse obligado a no + Infinitivo = be enjoined from + Gerundio.
    * verse superado sólo por = be second only to.
    * verse venir = be on the cards.
    * ver televisión = watch + television.
    * ver un fantasma = see + a ghost.
    * ver ventajas = see + advantages.
    * vistas desde fuera = outwardly.
    * visto desde la perspectiva de + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.

    * * *
    ver1
    A
    (aspecto): aún está de buen ver he's still good-looking o attractive, he still looks good
    no es de mal ver she's not bad-looking
    B
    (opinión): a mi/su ver in my/his view, as I see/he sees it
    ver2 [ E29 ]
    ■ ver (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 percibir con la vista
    2 mirar
    3 imaginar
    B
    1 entender, notar
    2 echar de ver
    C
    1 constatar, comprobar
    2 ser testigo de
    D a ver
    E
    1 estudiar
    2 examinar: médico
    3 Derecho
    F
    1 juzgar, considerar
    2 encontrar
    G visitar, entrevistarse con
    H en el póquer
    I tener... que ver
    ■ ver (verbo intransitivo)
    A percibir con la vista
    B constatar
    C estudiar, pensar
    D a ver
    E ver de
    ■ verse (verbo pronominal)
    A
    1 percibirse
    2 imaginarse
    B
    1 hallarse
    2 ser
    C parecer
    D encontrarse
    vt
    A
    ¿ves el letrero allí enfrente? can o do you see that sign opposite?
    lo vi con mis propios ojos I saw it with my own eyes
    ¿ves algo? can you see anything?
    enciende la luz que no se ve nada switch on the light, I can't see a thing
    tú ves visiones, allí no hay nada you're seeing things, there's nothing there
    se te ve la combinación your slip is showing
    me acuerdo perfectamente, es como si lo estuviera viendo I remember it perfectly, as if I were seeing it now
    ver algo/a algn + INF/GER:
    la vi bailar en Londres hace años I saw her dance in London years ago
    la vi metérselo en el bolsillo I saw her put it into her pocket
    los vieron salir por la puerta trasera they were seen leaving by the back door
    lo vi hablando con ella I saw him talking to her
    ahí donde lo/la ves: ahí donde la ves tiene un genio … incredible though it may seem, she has a real temper …
    aquí donde me ves, tengo 90 años cumplidos believe it or not, I'm ninety years old
    no ver ni tres en un burro or ni un burro a tres pasos or ni jota ( fam): sin gafas no veo ni jota I can't see a thing without my glasses, without my glasses I'm as blind as a bat
    si te he visto no me acuerdo ( fam): en cuanto le pedí un favor, si te he visto no me acuerdo as soon as I asked a favor of him, he just didn't want to know
    ver venir algo/a algn: el fracaso se veía venir it was obvious o you could see it was going to fail
    te veía venir, ya sabía lo que me ibas a pedir I thought as much, I knew what you were going to ask me for
    ya lo veo venir, seguro que quiere una semana libre I know what he's after, I bet he wants a week off ( colloq)
    ¡y tú que lo veas!: ¡que cumplas muchos más! — ¡y tú que lo veas! many happy returns! — thank you very much
    van a bajar los impuestos — ¡y tú que lo veas! ( iró); they're going to cut taxes — do you think you'll live long enough to see it? ( iro)
    2 (mirar) to watch
    estaba viendo la televisión I was watching television
    esa película ya la he visto I've seen that movie before
    ¿te has hecho daño?, déjame ver have you hurt yourself? let me see
    un espectáculo que hay que ver a show which you must see o which is not to be missed o ( colloq) which is a must
    no poder (ni) ver a algn: no puede ni verla or no la puede ver he can't stand her, he can't stand the sight of her
    no lo puedo ver ni pintado or ni en pintura ( fam); I can't stand the sight of him
    3 (imaginar) to see, imagine, picture
    yo no la veo viviendo en el campo I can't see o imagine o picture her living in the country
    ya la veo tumbada en la arena sin hacer nada … I can see o picture her now lying on the sand doing nothing …
    B
    1 (entender, notar) to see
    ¿no ves que la situación es grave? don't o can't you see how serious the situation is?
    ¿ves qué amargo es? you see how bitter it is?
    no quiere ver la realidad he won't face up to reality
    sólo ve sus problemas he's only interested in his own problems
    se te ve en la cara I can tell by your face
    se le ve que disfruta con su trabajo you can see o tell she enjoys her work
    te veo preocupado ¿qué te pasa? you look worried, what's the matter?
    la veo muy contenta she looks o seems very happy
    es un poco complicado, ¿sabes? — ya se ve it's a bit complicated, you know — so I (can) see
    ya veo/ya se ve que no tienes mucha práctica en esto I can see o it's obvious you haven't had much practice at this, you obviously haven't had much practice at this
    hacerse ver ( RPl); to show off
    2
    echar de ver to realize, notice
    pronto echó de ver que le faltaba dinero he soon realized o noticed that some of his money was missing
    se echa de ver que está muy contento it's obvious he's very happy
    C
    1 (constatar, comprobar) to see
    ve a ver quién es go and see who it is
    ¡ya verás lo que es bueno si no me haces caso! you'll see what you get if you don't do as I say
    habrá que ver si cumple su promesa it remains to be seen o we'll have to see whether he keeps his promise
    verás como no viene he won't come, wait and see o you'll see
    ya no funciona ¿lo ves? or ¿viste? te dije que no lo tocaras now, it's not working any more. You see? I told you not to touch it
    ¡eso ya se verá! we'll see
    ¡eso está por ver! we'll see about that!
    ¡para que veas! ¡tú que decías que no iba a ser capaz! see? I did it! and you said I wouldn't be able to!
    gané por tres sets a cero ¡para que veas! I won by three sets to love, so there!
    vieron confirmadas sus sospechas they saw their suspicions confirmed, their suspicions were confirmed
    ¡nunca he visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it!
    ¡habráse visto semejante desfachatez! what a nerve! ( colloq)
    ¡si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! you can't imagine how awful it was!
    es tan bonita, si vieras … she's so pretty, you should see her
    ¡vieras or hubieras visto cómo se asustaron …! ( AmL); you should have seen the fright they got!
    tenías que haber visto lo furioso que se puso you should have seen how angry he got
    ¡hombre! ¿tú por aquí? — ya ves, no tenía otra cosa que hacer hello, what are you doing here? — well, I didn't have anything else to do
    pensaba tomarme el día libre pero ya ves, aquí me tienes I intended taking the day off but … well, here I am
    ¡hay que ver! ¡lo que son las cosas! well, well, well! o I don't know! would you believe it?
    ¡hay que ver! hasta se llevaron el dinero de los niños would you believe it! they even took the children's money
    ¡hay que ver lo que ha crecido! wow o gosh! hasn't he grown!
    hay que ver qué bien se portaron they behaved really well, it's amazing how well they behaved
    hay que ver lo grosera que es she's incredibly rude
    que no veas ( Esp fam): me echó una bronca que no veas she gave me such an earful! ( colloq), you wouldn't believe the earful she gave me! ( colloq)
    tenía una borrachera que no veas he was absolutely blind drunk
    tienen una cocina que no veas they have an incredible kitchen
    que no veo ( AmL fam): tengo un hambre que no veo ( fam); I'm absolutely starving ( colloq), I'm so hungry I could eat a horse ( colloq)
    tengo un sueño que no veo I'm so tired I can hardly keep my eyes open
    D
    a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right o well, now, what's the problem?
    a ver, el fórceps, rápido give me the forceps, quickly
    aquí está en el periódico — ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper — let's see
    ¿a ver qué tienes ahí? let me see o show me what you've got there, what have you got there?
    aprieta el botón a ver qué pasa press the button and let's see what happens
    a ver si me entienden (justificando) don't get me wrong; (explicando) let me make myself clear
    a ver si arreglas esa lámpara when are you going to fix that light?
    a ver si escribes pronto write soon, make sure you write soon
    ¡cállate, a ver si alguien te oye! shut up, somebody might hear you
    ¡a ver si ahora se cree que se lo robé yo! I hope he doesn't think that I stole it!
    a ver cuándo vienes a visitarnos come and see us soon/one of these days
    ¡a ver! (AmC, Col) (al contestar el teléfono) hello?
    E
    1
    (estudiar): esto mejor que lo veas tú you'd better look at this o see this o have a look at this
    tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo I have to work out o see how I can fix it
    aún no lo sé, ya veré qué hago I still don't know, I'll decide what to do later
    véase el capítulo anterior see (the) previous chapter
    no vimos ese tema en clase we didn't look at o study o do that topic in class
    2
    «médico» (examinar): ¿la ha visto ya un médico? has she been seen by a doctor yet?, has she seen a doctor yet?
    ¿por qué no te haces ver por un especialista? ( AmS); why don't you see a specialist?
    3 ( Derecho) ‹causa› to try, hear
    F
    1
    (juzgar, considerar): yo eso no lo veo bien I don't think that's right
    cada uno ve las cosas a su manera everybody has their own point of view, everybody sees things differently
    a mi modo or manera de ver to my way of thinking, the way I see it
    2 (encontrar) to see
    no le veo salida a esta situación I can't see any way out of this situation
    ¿tú le ves algún inconveniente? can you see any drawbacks to it?
    no le veo la gracia I don't think it's funny, I don't find it funny
    no le veo nada de malo I can't see anything wrong in it
    no veo por qué no I don't see why not
    G
    (visitar, entrevistarse con): es mejor que vea a su propio médico it's better if you go to o see your own doctor
    hace tiempo que no lo veo I haven't seen him for some time
    ¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages!, long time, no see ( colloq)
    aún no he ido a ver a la abuela I still haven't been to see o visit grandmother
    ahora que vive lejos lo vemos menos we don't see so much of him now that he lives so far away
    H
    (en el póquer): las veo I'll see you
    I
    tener … que ver: eso no tiene nada que ver con lo que estamos discutiendo that has nothing to do with what we are discussing
    es muy joven — ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? he's very young — and what does that have to do with it?
    no tengo nada que ver con esa compañía I have nothing to do with that company, I have no connection with that company
    ¿tuviste algo que ver en ese asunto? did you have anything to do with o any connection with that business?, were you involved in that business?
    ¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?
    ¿tendrán algo que ver con los Icasuriaga de Zamora? are they related in any way to the Icasuriagas from Zamora?
    ■ ver
    vi
    no veo bien de lejos/de cerca I'm shortsighted/longsighted
    enciende la luz que no veo turn on the light, I can't see
    B
    (constatar): ¿hay cerveza? — no sé, voy a ver is there any beer? — I don't know, I'll have a look
    ¿está Juan? — voy a ver is Juan in? — I'll go and see
    verás, no quería engañarte pero … look, I wasn't trying to deceive you, it's just that …
    pues verás, la cosa empezó cuando … well you see, the whole thing began when …
    ver para creer seeing is believing
    C (estudiar, pensar) to see
    vamos a veror veamos, ¿dónde le duele? let's see now, where does it hurt?
    ¿vas a decir que sí? — ya veré, déjame pensarlo un poco are you going to accept? I'll see, let me think about it
    estar/seguir en veremos ( AmL fam): todavía está en veremos it isn't certain yet
    seguimos en veremos we still don't know anything, we're still in the dark
    D
    a ver see ver2 vt D.
    vean de que no se dé cuenta try to make sure he doesn't notice
    vamos a ver de hacerlo lo más rápido posible let's try to get it done o let's see if we can get it done as quickly as possible
    ■ verse
    A ( refl)
    1 (percibirse) to see oneself
    ¿te quieres ver en el espejo? do you want to see yourself o look at yourself in the mirror?
    se vio reflejado en el agua he saw his reflection in the water
    2 (imaginarse) to see oneself
    ¿tú te ves viviendo allí? can you see yourself living there?
    B
    1 (hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself
    me vi obligado a despedirlo I was obliged to dismiss him, I had no choice but to dismiss him
    se vio en la necesidad de pedir dinero prestado he found himself having to borrow money
    me vi en un aprieto I found myself in a tight spot
    vérselas venir ( fam): me las veía venir por eso tomé precauciones I saw it coming so I took precautions
    vérselas y deseárselas: me las vi y me las deseé estudiando y trabajando durante cinco años it was really tough o hard o it was a real struggle studying and working for five years
    verse venir algo to see sth coming
    2 ( frml)
    (ser): este problema se ha visto agravado por … this problem has been made worse by …
    las cifras se ven aumentadas al final del verano the figures rise at the end of the summer
    el país se verá beneficiado con este acuerdo the country will benefit from this agreement
    C ( esp AmL) (parecer) to look
    me veo gordísima con esta falda I look really fat in this skirt
    D ( recípr) (encontrarse) to meet
    se veían un par de veces al mes they used to see each other o meet a couple of times a month
    nos vemos a las siete I'll meet o see you at seven
    es mejor que no nos veamos durante un tiempo we'd better not see each other for a while
    ¡nos vemos! ( esp AmL); see you!, I'll be seeing you!
    verse CON algn to see sb
    ya no me veo con ellos I don't see them any more
    vérselas con algn: tendrá que vérselas conmigo como se atreva a molestarte he'll have me to deal with if he dares to bother you
    * * *

     

    ver 1 sustantivo masculino
    1 ( aspecto):
    ◊ ser de buen ver to be good-looking o attractive

    2 ( opinión):
    ◊ a mi/su ver in my/his view

    ver 2 ( conjugate ver) verbo transitivo
    1

    ◊ ¿ves algo? can you see anything?;

    no se ve nada aquí you can't see a thing in here;
    lo vi hablando con ella I saw him talking to her
    b) ( mirar) ‹programa/partido› to watch;


    esa película ya la he visto I've seen that movie before;
    no poder (ni) ver a algn: no la puede ver he can't stand her
    2 (entender, notar) to see;
    ◊ ¿no ves lo que está pasando? don't o can't you see what's happening?;

    se la ve preocupada she looks worried;
    hacerse ver (RPl) to show off
    3
    a) (constatar, comprobar) to see;


    ¡ya verás lo que pasa! you'll see what happens;
    ¡ya se verá! we'll see

    ◊ ¡nunca he visto cosa igual! I've never seen anything like it!;

    ¡si vieras lo mal que lo pasé! you can't imagine how awful it was!;
    ¡hubieras visto cómo se asustaron! (AmL) you should have seen the fright they got!
    4
    ◊ a ver: (vamos) a ver ¿de qué se trata? OK o all right, now, what's the problem?;

    está aquí, en el periódico — ¿a ver? it's here in the newspaper — let's see;
    apriétalo a ver qué pasa press it and see what happens;
    a ver si escribes pronto make sure you write soon
    5
    a) ( estudiar):


    tengo que ver cómo lo arreglo I have to work out how I can fix it;
    ya veré qué hago I'll decide what to do later

    ◊ ¿la ha visto un médico? has she been seen by a doctor yet?

    6
    a) (juzgar, considerar):


    a mi modo or manera de ver the way I see it


    no le veo la gracia I don't think it's funny
    7 (visitar, entrevistarse con) ‹amigo/pariente› to see, visit;
    ‹médico/jefe› to see;
    ◊ ¡cuánto tiempo sin verte! I haven't seen you for ages!

    8
    ◊ tener … que ver: ¿y eso qué tiene que ver? and what does that have to do with it?;

    no tengo nada que ver con él I have nothing to do with him;
    ¿qué tiene que ver que sea sábado? what difference does it make that it's Saturday?
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( percibir con la vista) to see;

    no veo bien de lejos/de cerca I'm shortsighted/longsighted
    2 ( constatar):
    ◊ ¿hay cerveza? — no sé, voy a ver is there any beer? — I don't know, I'll have a look;

    pues verás, todo empezó cuando … well you see, the whole thing began when …
    3 ( pensar) to see;

    estar/seguir en veremos (AmL fam): todavía está en veremos it isn't certain yet;
    seguimos en veremos we still don't know anything
    verse verbo pronominal
    1 ( refl) (percibirse, imaginarse) to see oneself
    2 ( hallarse) (+ compl) to find oneself;

    me vi obligado a despedirlo I had no choice but to dismiss him
    3 (esp AmL) ( parecer):

    no se ve bien con ese peinado that hairdo doesn't suit her
    4 ( recípr)

    ◊ nos vemos a las siete I'll meet o see you at seven;

    ¡nos vemos! (esp AmL) see you!
    b) (visitarse, encontrarse) to see each other;


    verse con algn to see sb
    ver 1 m (aspecto exterior) aún estás de buen ver, you're still good-looking
    ver 2 I verbo transitivo
    1 to see: vi tu cartera sobre la mesa, I saw your wallet on the table
    no veo nada, I can't see anything
    puede ver tu casa desde aquí, he can see your house from here ➣ Ver nota en see; (mirar la televisión) to watch: estamos viendo las noticias de las tres, we are watching the three o'clock news
    (cine) me gustaría ver esa película, I'd like to see that film
    2 (entender) no veo por qué no te gusta, I can't see why you don't like it
    (considerar) a mi modo de ver, as far as I can see o as I see it
    tus padres no ven bien esa relación, your parents don't agree with that relationship
    (parecer) se te ve nervioso, you look nervous
    3 (averiguar) ya veremos qué sucede, we'll soon see what happens
    fam (uso enfático) ¡no veas qué sitio tan bonito!, you wouldn't believe what a beautiful place!
    4 a ver, let's see: a ver si acabamos este trabajo, let's see if we can finish this job
    me compré un compacto, - ¿a ver?, I bought a compact disc, - let's have a look!
    5 (ir a ver, visitar) to see, visit: le fui a ver al hospital, I visited him in hospital
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 to see: no ve bien de lejos, he's shortsighted, US nearsighted
    2 (dudar, pensar) ¿me prestas este libro?, - ya veré, will you lend me this book?, - I'll see
    3 (tener relación) no tengo nada que ver con ese asunto, I have nothing to do with that business
    solo tiene cincuenta años, - ¿y eso qué tiene qué ver?, he's only fifty, - so what?
    ♦ Locuciones: no poder ver a alguien: no puede (ni) verle, she can't stand him
    ¿To see, to watch o to look?
    Los tres verbos reflejan tres conceptos muy distintos. To see hace referencia a la capacidad visual y no es fruto de una acción deliberada. A menudo se usa con can o could: I can see the mountains from my bedroom. Puedo ver las montañas desde mi dormitorio.
    To look at implica una acción deliberada: I saw an old atlas, so I opened it and looked at the maps. Vi un atlas antiguo, así que lo abrí y miré los mapas.
    To watch también se refiere a una acción deliberada, a menudo cuando se tiene un interés especial por lo que ocurre: I watched the planes in the sky with great interest. Miraba los aviones en el cielo con gran interés. Igualmente puede indicar el paso del tiempo (we watched the animals playing for half an hour, durante media hora observamos cómo jugaban los animales), movimiento (they stood there watching the cars drive off into the distance, se quedaron allí de pie viendo cómo se marchaban los coches) o vigilancia (the policemen have been watching this house because they thought we were thieves, los policías estaban vigilando la casa porque pensaban que éramos ladrones).
    Para hablar de películas u obras de teatro usamos to see: Have you seen Hamlet?, ¿Has visto Hamlet? To watch se refiere a la televisión y los deportes en general: I always watch the television in the evening. Siempre veo la televisión por las noches. I like to watch football. Me gusta ver el fútbol. Al hablar de programas o partidos específicos podemos usar tanto to watch como to see: I like to see/watch the news at 9:00. Me gusta ver las noticias a las 9.00. Did you see/watch the match last night?, ¿Viste el partido anoche?
    ' ver' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abundante
    - acabar
    - aclararse
    - aconsejar
    - acordar
    - acordarse
    - acostumbrada
    - acostumbrado
    - actual
    - actualmente
    - acuerdo
    - adentro
    - adición
    - advertir
    - agradecer
    - aguantar
    - aguardar
    - ahora
    - alegre
    - almuerzo
    - alquiler
    - alta
    - alto
    - amarilla
    - amarillo
    - americanada
    - amplia
    - amplio
    - añadir
    - anexa
    - anexo
    - añorar
    - apartamento
    - apellido
    - apetecer
    - apreciar
    - arrepentirse
    - arriesgarse
    - atreverse
    - aún
    - ausente
    - ayudar
    - bajar
    - bastante
    - burra
    - burro
    - cachorra
    - cachorro
    - caliente
    English:
    able
    - add
    - add up
    - addition
    - advertising
    - afloat
    - afraid
    - afternoon
    - aghast
    - ajar
    - akin
    - alight
    - alike
    - alive
    - all
    - allow
    - alone
    - already
    - although
    - among
    - amongst
    - and
    - another
    - apartment
    - appear
    - appendix
    - arouse
    - as
    - ashamed
    - asleep
    - assassin
    - assassinate
    - assassination
    - associate
    - attorney
    - averse
    - awake
    - awaken
    - aware
    - bar
    - barrister
    - bath
    - be
    - beat
    - beer
    - beg
    - benefit
    - between
    - billion
    - bite
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    1. [aspecto]
    estar de buen ver to be good-looking
    2. [opinión]
    a mi ver the way I see it
    ♦ vt
    1. [percibir con los ojos] to see;
    [mirar] to look at; [televisión, programa, espectáculo deportivo] to watch; [película, obra, concierto] to see;
    ¿ves algo? can you see anything?;
    yo no veo nada I can't see a thing;
    he estado viendo tu trabajo I've been looking at your work;
    ¿vemos la tele un rato? shall we watch some TV?;
    esta serie nunca la veo I never watch this series;
    ¿has visto el museo? have you been to the museum?;
    yo te veo más delgada you look thinner to me;
    Méx Fam
    ¿qué me ves? what are you looking at?;
    este edificio ha visto muchos sucesos históricos this building has seen a lot of historic events;
    los jubilados han visto aumentadas sus pensiones pensioners have had their pensions increased;
    ver a alguien hacer algo to see sb doing sth;
    los vi actuar en el festival I saw them acting at the festival;
    te vi bajar del autobús I saw you getting off the bus;
    los vieron discutir o [m5] discutiendo they were seen arguing;
    ¡nunca o [m5] jamás he visto cosa igual! I've never seen the like of it!;
    ¡si vieras qué bien lo pasamos! if only you knew what a good time we had!;
    ¡si vieras qué cara se le puso! you should have seen her face!;
    ver venir algo/a alguien: este problema ya lo veía venir I could see this problem coming;
    lo veo venir I can see what he's up to;
    verlas venir: él prefiere quedarse a verlas venir he prefers to wait and see;
    ¡quién lo ha visto y quién lo ve! it's amazing how much he's changed!;
    si no lo veo, no lo creo I'd never have believed it if I hadn't seen it with my own eyes;
    si te he visto no me acuerdo: pero ahora, si te he visto, no me acuerdo but now he/she/ etc doesn't want to know
    2. [entender, apreciar, considerar] to see;
    ya veo que estás de mal humor I can see you're in a bad mood;
    ¿no ves que trata de disculparse? can't you see o tell she's trying to apologize?;
    ¿ves lo que quiero decir? do you see what I mean?;
    ahora lo veo todo claro now I understand everything;
    a todo le ve pegas he sees problems in everything;
    yo no le veo solución a este problema I can't see a solution to this problem;
    ¿tú cómo lo ves? how do you see it?;
    yo lo veo así I see it this way o like this;
    es una manera de ver las cosas that's one way of looking at it;
    yo no lo veo tan mal I don't think it's that bad;
    ahí donde la ves, era muy guapa de joven she was very pretty when she was young, you know;
    dejarse ver (por un sitio) to show one's face (somewhere);
    ¿te gusta? – ¡a ver! do you like it? – of course I do!;
    ¡habráse visto!: ¡habráse visto qué cara dura/mal genio tiene! you'd never believe what a cheek/temper he has!;
    ¡hay que ver! [indica sorpresa] would you believe it!;
    [indica indignación] it makes me mad!;
    ¡hay que ver qué lista es! you wouldn't believe how clever she is!;
    ¡hay que ver cuánto se gasta estando de vacaciones! it's amazing how much you spend when you're on Br holiday o US vacation!;
    para que veas: no le tengo ningún rencor, ¡para que veas! I don't bear him any hard feelings, in case you were wondering;
    Fam
    no poder ver a alguien (ni en pintura): no lo puedo ver I can't stand (the sight of) him
    3. [imaginar] to see;
    ya veo tu foto en los periódicos I can (just) see your photo in the newspapers;
    francamente, yo no la veo casada to be honest, I find it hard to see her getting married
    4. [comprobar] to see;
    ir a ver lo que pasa to go and see what's going on;
    ve a ver si quedan cervezas go and see if o have a look if there are any beers left;
    veré qué puedo hacer I'll see what I can do;
    queda por ver si ésta es la mejor solución it remains to be seen whether this is the best solution;
    eso está por ver, eso habrá que verlo that remains to be seen;
    veamos let's see
    5. [tratar, estudiar] [tema, problema] to look at;
    el lunes veremos la lección 6 we'll do lesson 6 on Monday;
    como ya hemos visto en anteriores capítulos… as we have seen in previous chapters…
    6. [reconocer] [sujeto: médico, especialista] to have o take a look at;
    necesitas que te vea un médico, Andes, RP [m5] hazte ver por un médico you ought to see a doctor;
    Andes, RP
    el televisor no funciona, tengo que hacerlo ver the television's not working, I must get someone to have a look at it o get it seen to
    7. [visitar, citarse con] to see;
    tienes que ir a ver al médico you ought to see the doctor;
    ven a vernos cuando quieras come and see us any time you like;
    mañana vamos a ver a mis padres we're seeing my parents tomorrow;
    hace siglos que no la veo I haven't seen her for ages;
    últimamente no los veo mucho I haven't seen much of them recently
    8. Der [juzgar]
    ver un caso to hear a case
    9. [en juegos de naipes] to see;
    las veo I'll see you
    ♦ vi
    1. [percibir con los ojos] to see;
    ver bien/mal to have good/poor eyesight;
    no veo bien de cerca/de lejos I'm long-sighted/short-sighted;
    ¿ves bien ahí? can you see all right from there?;
    Fam
    que no veo: tengo un hambre/sueño que no veo I'm incredibly hungry/tired;
    Fam
    que no veas: hace un frío/calor que no veas it's incredibly cold/hot;
    los vecinos arman un ruido que no veas the neighbours are unbelievably noisy;
    hasta más ver [adiós] see you soon
    2. [hacer la comprobación] to see;
    la casa está en muy buenas condiciones – ya veo the house is in very good condition – so I see;
    es muy sencillo, ya verás it's quite simple, you'll see;
    creo que me queda uno en el almacén, iré a ver I think I have one left in the storeroom, I'll just go and see o look;
    vendrá en el periódico – voy a ver it'll be in the newspaper – I'll go and see o look;
    tú sigue sin estudiar y verás you'll soon see what happens if you carry on not studying;
    ¿ves?, te lo dije (you) see? I told you so;
    ver para creer seeing is believing
    3. [decidir]
    ¿lo harás? – ya veré will you do it? – I'll see;
    ya veremos we'll see
    4. [en juegos de naipes]
    ¡veo! I'll see you!
    5. [como muletilla]
    verás, tengo algo muy importante que decirte listen o look, I've got something very important to say to you;
    ¿qué ha pasado? – pues, verás, yo estaba… what happened? – well, you see, I was…
    6.
    a ver: a ver cuánto aguantas en esa postura let's see how long you can hold that position;
    a ver cuándo vienes a vernos you must come and see us some time;
    no subas al tejado, a ver si te vas a caer don't go up on the roof, you might fall;
    ¡a ver si tienes más cuidado con lo que dices! you should be a bit more careful what you say!;
    ¿a ver? [mirando con interés] let me see, let's have a look;
    Col
    ¡a ver! [al teléfono] hello?;
    a ver, ¿qué te pasa? let's see, what's wrong?;
    a ver, antes de empezar… let's see, right, before starting…;
    vamos a ver let's see
    * * *
    <part visto>
    I v/t
    1 L.Am. ( mirar) look at; televisión watch
    2 see;
    sin ser visto unseen, without being seen;
    la vi ayer en la reunión I saw her yesterday at the meeting;
    no puede verla fig he can’t stand the sight of her;
    tengo un hambre que no veo fam I’m starving o
    ravenous;
    me lo veía venir I could see it coming;
    te veo venir fig I know what you’re after
    3 ( visitar)
    :
    fui a ver al médico I went to see the doctor
    4 ( opinar)
    :
    ¿cómo lo ves? what do you think?
    :
    me hizo ver que estaba equivocado she made me see that I was wrong;
    ¿(lo) ves? (do) you see?
    6 JUR pleito hear
    7
    :
    no tiene nada que ver con it doesn’t have anything to do with
    II v/i
    1 L.Am. ( mirar) look;
    ve aquí dentro look in here
    2 see;
    no veo bien sin gafas I don’t see too well without my glasses
    :
    está por ver that remains to be seen;
    ya veremos we’ll see;
    vamos a ver let’s see;
    a ver let’s see, now then
    :
    ¡hay que ver! would you believe it!;
    ¡para que veas! so there!
    * * *
    ver {88} vt
    1) : to see
    vimos la película: we saw the movie
    2) entender: to understand
    ya lo veo: now I get it
    3) examinar: to examine, to look into
    lo veré: I'll take a look at it
    4) juzgar: to see, to judge
    a mi manera de ver: to my way of thinking
    5) visitar: to meet with, to visit
    6) averiguar: to find out
    7)
    a ver or
    vamos a ver : let's see
    ver vi
    1) : to see
    2) enterarse: to learn, to find out
    3) entender: to understand
    * * *
    ver vb
    1. (en general) to see [pt. saw; pp. seen]
    2. (mirar) to watch
    3. (parecer) to look
    4. (considerar) to think [pt. & pp. thought]

    Spanish-English dictionary > ver

  • 3 hablar

    v.
    1 to speak.
    hablar en voz alta/baja to speak loudly/softly
    hablar claro to speak clearly
    Ella habla la verdad She speaks the truth.
    2 to talk.
    necesito hablar contigo I need to talk o speak to you, we need to talk
    hablar con alguien por teléfono to speak to somebody on the phone
    hablar de algo to talk about something
    La viejita habla mucho The little old lady talks a lot.
    3 to talk.
    4 to speak (idioma).
    5 to discuss (asunto).
    es mejor que lo hables con él it would be better if you talked to him about it
    6 to talk to, to speak to.
    Ella le habla a Ricardo She talks to Richard.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to speak, talk
    2 (mencionar) to talk, mention
    3 (murmurar) to talk
    4 (dar un tratamiento) to call (de, -)
    5 figurado (salir) to go out
    1 (idioma) to speak
    2 (tratar) to talk over, discuss
    1 (uso recíproco) to speak, talk
    \
    es como hablar a la pared figurado it's like talking to a brick wall
    eso es hablar now you're talking
    estar hablando (cuadro etc) to be almost alive
    hablar a solas to talk to oneself
    hablar alto to speak loud
    ■ ¿puedes hablar más alto? can you speak up, please?
    hablar bajo to speak softly
    hablar bien de alguien to speak well of somebody
    hablar claro to speak plainly
    hablar como un libro (expresarse muy bien) to speak very well, express oneself very clearly 2 (hablar con afectación) to speak affectedly
    hablar con el corazón to speak from the heart
    hablar en broma to be joking
    hablar en cristiano familiar to talk plainly
    hablar en nombre de alguien to speak on somebody's behalf
    hablar mal de alguien to speak badly of somebody
    hablar por hablar to talk for the sake of talking
    hablar por los codos familiar to be a chatterbox
    no hablarse con alguien not to be on speaking terms with somebody
    no hay más que hablar there's nothing more to be said
    no se hable más de ello and that's that
    ¡quién fue a hablar! look who's talking!
    se habla de que... it is said that...
    'Se habla inglés' "English spoken"
    sin hablar de not to mention
    sin hablar palabra without saying a word
    * * *
    verb
    2) talk
    * * *
    1.
    VI to speak, talk (a, con to) (de about, of)

    acabamos de hablar del premio — we were just talking o speaking about the prize

    ¡mira quién fue a hablar! — look who's talking!

    que hable él — let him speak, let him have his say

    ¡hable!, ¡puede hablar! — (Telec) you're through!, go ahead! (EEUU)

    ¿quién habla? — (Telec) who's calling?, who is it?

    • hablar alto — to speak o talk loudly

    • hablar bajo — to speak o talk quietly, speak o talk in a low voice

    • hablar claro — (fig) to speak plainly o bluntly

    • dar que hablar a la gente — to make people talk, cause tongues to wag

    • hablaba en broma — she was joking

    ¿hablas en serio? — are you serious?

    • hacer hablar a algn — to make sb talk

    • hablar por hablar — to talk for talking's sake, talk for the sake of it

    hablamos por teléfono todos los días — we speak on the phone every day, we phone each other every day

    • hablar solo — to talk o speak to o.s.

    ¡ni hablar! —

    -¿vas a ayudarle en la mudanza? -¡ni hablar! — "are you going to help him with the move?" - "no way!" o - "you must be joking!"

    cristiano, plata
    2. VT
    1) [+ idioma] to speak

    habla bien el portugués — he speaks good Portuguese, he speaks Portuguese well

    "se habla inglés" — "English spoken"

    2) (=tratar de)

    • no hay más que hablar — there's nothing more to be said about it

    3) Méx (Telec) to (tele)phone
    3.
    See:
    HABLAR ¿"Speak" o "talk"? ► Se traduce por speak cuando hablar tiene un sentido general, es decir, hace referencia a la emisión de sonidos articulados: Estaba tan conmocionado que no podía hablar He was so shocked that he was unable to speak Su padre antes tartamudeaba al hablar Her father used to stutter when he spoke ► También se emplea speak cuando nos referimos a la capacidad de hablar un idioma: Habla francés y alemán She speaks French and German ► Cuando hablar implica la participación de más de una persona, es decir, se trata de una conversación, una charla, o un comentario, entonces se traduce por talk. Es una de esas personas que no para de hablar He's one of those people who won't stop talking ► Para traducir la construcción hablar con alguien podemos utilizar talk to ( talk with en el inglés de EE.UU.) o, si el uso es más formal, se puede emplear speak to ( speak with en el inglés de EE.UU.): Vi a Manolo hablando animadamente con un grupo de turistas I saw Manolo talking o speaking animatedly to o with a group of tourists ► Si queremos especificar el idioma en que se desarrolla la conversación, se puede emplear tanto talk como speak, aunque este último se usa en un lenguaje más formal: Me sorprendió bastante verla hablar en francés con tanta soltura I was surprised to see her talking o speaking (in) French so fluently Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( articular palabras) to speak

    hablar en voz baja — to speak o talk quietly

    2) ( expresarse) to speak

    déjalo hablar — let him speak, let him have his say (colloq)

    hablar claro — ( claramente) to speak clearly; ( francamente) to speak frankly

    mira quién habla or quién fue a hablar — (fam) look o hark who's talking (colloq)

    hablar por hablar — to talk for the sake of it

    quien mucho habla mucho yerra — the more you talk, the more mistakes you'll make

    3)
    a) ( conversar) to talk

    tengo que hablarte or que hablar contigo — I need to speak to you o have a word with you

    hablando se entiende la gente — (fr hecha) the way to work things out is by talking

    hablar con alguien — to speak o talk to somebody

    ni hablar: de eso ni hablar that's totally out of the question; ni hablar! no way! (colloq), no chance! (colloq); nos castigaron por hablar en clase — we were punished for talking in class

    b) ( murmurar) to talk

    dar que hablar — to start people talking

    ¿quién habla? — who's speaking o calling?

    ¿con quién hablo? — who am I speaking with (AmE) o (BrE) speaking to?

    4) (tratar, referirse a)

    hablar de algo/alguien — to talk about something/somebody

    hablar de negocios — to talk (about) o discuss business

    lo dejamos en 10.000 y no se hable más (de ello) — let's say 10,000 and be done with it

    el viaje en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión — going by train is expensive, and as for flying...

    hablar sobre or acerca de algo — to talk about something

    5) ( bajo coacción) to talk
    6)
    a) ( dar discurso) to speak

    el rey habló a la nación — the king spoke to o addressed the nation

    b) ( dirigirse a) to speak

    háblale de tú — use the `tú' form with him

    7)

    hablar de + inf — to talk of -ing, talk about -ing

    b) ( rumorear)

    se habla de que va a renunciar — it is said o rumored that she's going to resign

    8) (Méx) ( por teléfono) to call, phone
    2.
    hablar vt
    1) < idioma> to speak
    2) ( tratar)

    háblalo con ella — speak o talk to her about it

    3) (fam) ( decir)

    no hables disparates or tonterías — don't talk nonsense

    3.
    hablarse v pron

    no se habla con ella — he's not speaking o talking to her, he's not on speaking terms with her

    * * *
    = speak, talk, share + Posesivo + view, speak up, chat.
    Ex. If, however, you wish to speak another language with DOBIS/LIBIS, enter the name of that language in this field by typing over the language displayed.
    Ex. The philosophy was that every computer on the network would talk, as a peer, with any other computer.
    Ex. The aim is to encourage children to read more and to share their views on the books they read.
    Ex. 'When you've been here a while, you'll see that it's hard to avoid run-ins with her,' Lehmann spoke up.
    Ex. The guest might be better employed seeing small groups half a dozen or so for quarter of an hour, when they could chat about anything that crops up.
    ----
    * conseguir hablar con = catch up with.
    * dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.
    * del que estamos hablando = in question.
    * empezar a hablar de = make + noises about, make + a noise about.
    * estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.
    * estrictamente hablando = strictly speaking.
    * extasiarse hablando de Algo = wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous.
    * forma de hablar = manner of speaking.
    * hablando de Roma, por la puerta asoma = speak of the devil, talk of the devil.
    * hablando en plata = crudely put.
    * hablando en términos muy generales = crudely put.
    * hablando figuradamente = figuratively speaking.
    * hablando por teléfono = on the line.
    * hablando sinceramente = straight talk.
    * hablando sin rodeos = crudely put.
    * hablando sin tapujos = straight talk.
    * hablar a = speak to.
    * hablar a calzón quitado = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * hablar a favor de = speak up for.
    * hablar alto = be loud.
    * hablar al unísono = speak with + one voice.
    * hablar antes de tiempo = speak too soon.
    * hablar bajo = speak + low.
    * hablar ceceando = lisp.
    * hablar claro = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * hablar como una cotorra = talk + Posesivo + socks off.
    * hablar con = check with, speak with, talk with, speak to.
    * hablar con diplomacia = say + the right thing.
    * hablar con entusiasmo = gush about.
    * hablar con la boca llena = speak with + Posesivo + mouth full, talk with + Posesivo + mouth full.
    * hablar con la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.
    * hablar con lengua de serpiente = talk with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue.
    * hablar con ritmo y rima = rap about.
    * hablar de = be on about, talk about, tell of.
    * hablar de boquilla = pay + lip service.
    * hablar del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.
    * hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.
    * hablar del trabajo = talk + shop.
    * hablar despectivamente = speak + disparagingly.
    * hablar efusivamente = gush about.
    * hablar emotivamente y con efusividad = gush about.
    * hablar en contra de = speak against.
    * hablar en falso = speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue.
    * hablar en favor de = put + a word in for.
    * hablar en lengua desconocida = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hablar en plata = put + it crudely.
    * hablar en público = public speaking, speak in + public.
    * hablar entre dientes = mumble, mutter.
    * hablar entre dientes sin ser entendido = mumble.
    * hablar en voz alta = talk in + a loud voice.
    * hablar en voz baja = whisper, speak + low.
    * hablar explícitamente = speak out.
    * hablar hasta por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off.
    * hablar hasta reventar = talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.
    * hablar incoherentmente = babble.
    * hablar mal de = speak against, speak out against, speak + ill of, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, slate, diss.
    * hablar maravillas de = praise.
    * hablar más de la cuenta = shoot + Posesivo + mouth off.
    * hablar muy bien de = rave about, rant and rave.
    * hablar pestes = trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.
    * hablar por hablar = waffle, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * hablar por la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.
    * hablar por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off, talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.
    * hablar por Uno mismo = speak for + Reflexivo.
    * hablarse = on speaking terms.
    * hablarse bien de Algo o Alguien = be well spoken of.
    * hablar sin decir nada = waffle.
    * hablar sin parar = burble on.
    * hablar sin pensar = shoot from + the hip.
    * hablar sin ser entendido = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hablar sin ton ni son = talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * llevar a hablar de una cuestión = bring up + issue.
    * loro viejo no aprende a hablar = you can't teach an old dog new tricks, you can't teach an old dog new tricks.
    * ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.
    * ¡ni hablar! = no dice!.
    * ¡ni hablar del caso! = no dice!.
    * persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.
    * que habla en voz baja = quietly spoken.
    * saber de lo que Uno estar hablando = know + Posesivo + stuff.
    * ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.
    * volver a hablar innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].
    * ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( articular palabras) to speak

    hablar en voz baja — to speak o talk quietly

    2) ( expresarse) to speak

    déjalo hablar — let him speak, let him have his say (colloq)

    hablar claro — ( claramente) to speak clearly; ( francamente) to speak frankly

    mira quién habla or quién fue a hablar — (fam) look o hark who's talking (colloq)

    hablar por hablar — to talk for the sake of it

    quien mucho habla mucho yerra — the more you talk, the more mistakes you'll make

    3)
    a) ( conversar) to talk

    tengo que hablarte or que hablar contigo — I need to speak to you o have a word with you

    hablando se entiende la gente — (fr hecha) the way to work things out is by talking

    hablar con alguien — to speak o talk to somebody

    ni hablar: de eso ni hablar that's totally out of the question; ni hablar! no way! (colloq), no chance! (colloq); nos castigaron por hablar en clase — we were punished for talking in class

    b) ( murmurar) to talk

    dar que hablar — to start people talking

    ¿quién habla? — who's speaking o calling?

    ¿con quién hablo? — who am I speaking with (AmE) o (BrE) speaking to?

    4) (tratar, referirse a)

    hablar de algo/alguien — to talk about something/somebody

    hablar de negocios — to talk (about) o discuss business

    lo dejamos en 10.000 y no se hable más (de ello) — let's say 10,000 and be done with it

    el viaje en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión — going by train is expensive, and as for flying...

    hablar sobre or acerca de algo — to talk about something

    5) ( bajo coacción) to talk
    6)
    a) ( dar discurso) to speak

    el rey habló a la nación — the king spoke to o addressed the nation

    b) ( dirigirse a) to speak

    háblale de tú — use the `tú' form with him

    7)

    hablar de + inf — to talk of -ing, talk about -ing

    b) ( rumorear)

    se habla de que va a renunciar — it is said o rumored that she's going to resign

    8) (Méx) ( por teléfono) to call, phone
    2.
    hablar vt
    1) < idioma> to speak
    2) ( tratar)

    háblalo con ella — speak o talk to her about it

    3) (fam) ( decir)

    no hables disparates or tonterías — don't talk nonsense

    3.
    hablarse v pron

    no se habla con ella — he's not speaking o talking to her, he's not on speaking terms with her

    * * *
    = speak, talk, share + Posesivo + view, speak up, chat.

    Ex: If, however, you wish to speak another language with DOBIS/LIBIS, enter the name of that language in this field by typing over the language displayed.

    Ex: The philosophy was that every computer on the network would talk, as a peer, with any other computer.
    Ex: The aim is to encourage children to read more and to share their views on the books they read.
    Ex: 'When you've been here a while, you'll see that it's hard to avoid run-ins with her,' Lehmann spoke up.
    Ex: The guest might be better employed seeing small groups half a dozen or so for quarter of an hour, when they could chat about anything that crops up.
    * conseguir hablar con = catch up with.
    * dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.
    * del que estamos hablando = in question.
    * empezar a hablar de = make + noises about, make + a noise about.
    * estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.
    * estrictamente hablando = strictly speaking.
    * extasiarse hablando de Algo = wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous.
    * forma de hablar = manner of speaking.
    * hablando de Roma, por la puerta asoma = speak of the devil, talk of the devil.
    * hablando en plata = crudely put.
    * hablando en términos muy generales = crudely put.
    * hablando figuradamente = figuratively speaking.
    * hablando por teléfono = on the line.
    * hablando sinceramente = straight talk.
    * hablando sin rodeos = crudely put.
    * hablando sin tapujos = straight talk.
    * hablar a = speak to.
    * hablar a calzón quitado = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * hablar a favor de = speak up for.
    * hablar alto = be loud.
    * hablar al unísono = speak with + one voice.
    * hablar antes de tiempo = speak too soon.
    * hablar bajo = speak + low.
    * hablar ceceando = lisp.
    * hablar claro = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * hablar como una cotorra = talk + Posesivo + socks off.
    * hablar con = check with, speak with, talk with, speak to.
    * hablar con diplomacia = say + the right thing.
    * hablar con entusiasmo = gush about.
    * hablar con la boca llena = speak with + Posesivo + mouth full, talk with + Posesivo + mouth full.
    * hablar con la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.
    * hablar con lengua de serpiente = talk with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue.
    * hablar con ritmo y rima = rap about.
    * hablar de = be on about, talk about, tell of.
    * hablar de boquilla = pay + lip service.
    * hablar del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.
    * hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.
    * hablar del trabajo = talk + shop.
    * hablar despectivamente = speak + disparagingly.
    * hablar efusivamente = gush about.
    * hablar emotivamente y con efusividad = gush about.
    * hablar en contra de = speak against.
    * hablar en falso = speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue.
    * hablar en favor de = put + a word in for.
    * hablar en lengua desconocida = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hablar en plata = put + it crudely.
    * hablar en público = public speaking, speak in + public.
    * hablar entre dientes = mumble, mutter.
    * hablar entre dientes sin ser entendido = mumble.
    * hablar en voz alta = talk in + a loud voice.
    * hablar en voz baja = whisper, speak + low.
    * hablar explícitamente = speak out.
    * hablar hasta por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off.
    * hablar hasta reventar = talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.
    * hablar incoherentmente = babble.
    * hablar mal de = speak against, speak out against, speak + ill of, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, slate, diss.
    * hablar maravillas de = praise.
    * hablar más de la cuenta = shoot + Posesivo + mouth off.
    * hablar muy bien de = rave about, rant and rave.
    * hablar pestes = trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.
    * hablar por hablar = waffle, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * hablar por la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.
    * hablar por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off, talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.
    * hablar por Uno mismo = speak for + Reflexivo.
    * hablarse = on speaking terms.
    * hablarse bien de Algo o Alguien = be well spoken of.
    * hablar sin decir nada = waffle.
    * hablar sin parar = burble on.
    * hablar sin pensar = shoot from + the hip.
    * hablar sin ser entendido = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hablar sin ton ni son = talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * llevar a hablar de una cuestión = bring up + issue.
    * loro viejo no aprende a hablar = you can't teach an old dog new tricks, you can't teach an old dog new tricks.
    * ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.
    * ¡ni hablar! = no dice!.
    * ¡ni hablar del caso! = no dice!.
    * persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.
    * que habla en voz baja = quietly spoken.
    * saber de lo que Uno estar hablando = know + Posesivo + stuff.
    * ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.
    * volver a hablar innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].
    * ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.

    * * *
    hablar [A1 ]
    ■ hablar (verbo intransitivo)
    A articular palabras
    B
    1 expresarse
    2 hablar + complemento
    C
    1 conversar
    2 charlar
    3 murmurar
    4 en conversaciones telefónicas
    D tratar, referirse a
    E bajo coacción
    F
    1 dar un discurso
    2 dirigirse a
    G
    1 anunciar un propósito
    2 rumorear
    H recordar
    I tener relaciones
    J México: por teléfono
    ■ hablar (verbo transitivo)
    A hablar: idioma
    B tratar, consultar
    C decir
    ■ hablarse (verbo pronominal)
    vi
    hablar en voz baja to speak o talk quietly, to speak o talk in a low voice
    habla más alto speak up
    habla más bajo don't speak so loudly, keep your voice down
    habla con un deje andaluz she speaks with a slight Andalusian accent, she has a slight Andalusian accent
    quítate la mano de la boca y habla claro take your hand away from your mouth and speak clearly
    es muy pequeño, todavía no sabe hablar he's still a baby, he hasn't started to talk yet o he isn't talking yet
    no hables con la boca llena don't talk with your mouth full
    hablar por la nariz to have a nasal voice, to talk through one's nose
    es una réplica perfecta, sólo le falta hablar it's a perfect likeness, you almost expect it to start talking
    B
    1 (expresarse) to speak
    déjalo hablar a él ahora let him speak now, let him have his say now ( colloq)
    no hables hasta que no se te pregunte don't speak until you're spoken to
    habla claro ¿cuánto quieres? tell me straight, how much do you want? ( colloq)
    ha hablado la voz de la experiencia there speaks the voice of experience, he speaks from experience
    las cifras hablan por sí solas the figures speak for themselves
    no sabe de qué va el tema, el caso es hablar he doesn't know what it's all about but he just has to have his say
    en fin, mejor no hablar anyway, I'd better keep my mouth shut
    ¡así se habla! that's what I like to hear!
    hablo en mi nombre y en el de mis compañeros I speak for myself and for my colleagues
    tú no hables or no hace falta que hables ( fam); you're a fine one to talk! ( colloq), you've got no room to talk! ( colloq), you can talk! ( colloq)
    mira quién habla or quién fue a hablar ( fam); look o hark who's talking ( colloq)
    hablar por hablar: no sabe nada del tema, habla por hablar he doesn't know anything about the subject, he just likes the sound of his own voice o he just talks for the sake of it
    hacer hablar a algn: ve a hacerte la cama y no me hagas hablar go and make your bed, and don't let me have to tell you twice o tell you again
    quien mucho habla mucho yerra the more you talk, the more mistakes you'll make
    2 (+ complemento) to speak
    ¿en qué idioma hablan en casa? what language do you speak at home?
    hablar por señas to use sign language
    no sabe hablar en público she's no good at speaking in public
    aunque no coincido con sus ideas, reconozco que habla muy bien even though I do not share his views, I accept that he is a very good speaker
    (el) hablar bien no cuesta dinero being polite never hurt anybody
    C
    1 (conversar) to talk
    está hablando con el vecino de arriba he's talking o speaking to the man from upstairs
    se pasaron toda la noche hablando they spent the whole night talking o ( colloq) chatting
    estaba hablando conmigo mismo I was talking to myself
    lo conozco de vista, pero nunca he hablado con él I know him by sight, but I've never actually spoken to him
    tú y yo tenemos que hablar you and I must have a talk, you and I have to talk
    ¿podemos hablar a solas un momento? can I have a word with you in private?, can I talk to you alone for a moment?
    no te vayas, tengo que hablarte or tengo que hablar contigo don't go, I need to speak to you o have a word with you
    para hablar con el director hay que solicitar entrevista you have to get an appointment if you want to speak to o see the director
    habla tú con él, quizás a ti te escuche you talk to him, maybe he'll listen to you
    es como si estuviera hablando con las paredes it's like talking to a brick wall
    hablar por teléfono/por el celular ( AmL) or el móvil ( Esp) to talk on the phone/cell phone ( AmE) o mobile ( BrE)
    hablando se entiende la gente ( fr hecha); if you/they talk it over you'll/they'll sort it out
    ni hablar: pretende que cargue con su trabajo y de eso ni hablar he wants me to do his work but there's no way that I'm going to
    ¿estarías dispuesto a hacerlo? — ¡ni hablar! would you be willing to do it? — no way o not likely o no chance! ( colloq)
    2 (charlar) to talk
    nos castigaron por hablar en clase we were punished for talking in class
    se pasó el día habla que te habla she talked nonstop the whole day ( colloq)
    3 (murmurar) to talk
    no hagas caso, a la gente le gusta mucho hablar don't take any notice, people just like to talk o gossip
    dar que hablar: si sigues actuando de esa manera, vas a dar que hablar if you carry on like that, people will start talking o tongues will start to wag
    4
    (en conversaciones telefónicas): ¿quién habla? who's speaking o calling?
    ¿con quién hablo? who am I speaking with ( AmE) o ( BrE) speaking to?
    D (tratar, referirse a) hablar DE algo/algn to talk ABOUT sth/sb
    ¿de qué están hablando? what are you talking about?
    hay muchas cosas de las que no puedo hablar con ella there are a lot of things I can't talk to her about
    tú y yo no tenemos nada de que hablar you and I have nothing to say to each other o nothing to discuss
    se pasaron toda la tarde hablando de negocios they spent the whole evening talking (about) o discussing business
    precisamente hablábamos de ti we were just talking about you
    estaban hablando de él a sus espaldas they were talking about him behind his back
    siempre está hablando mal de su suegra he never has anything good o a good word to say about his mother-in-law
    lo dejamos en 10.000 y no se hable más (de ello) let's say 10,000 and be done with it
    el viaje en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión going by train is expensive, and as for flying …
    en su libro habla de un tiempo futuro en el que … in his book he writes about o speaks of a time in the future when …
    hablar SOBREor ACERCA de algo to talk ABOUT sth
    ya hablaremos sobre ese tema en el momento oportuno we'll talk about that when the time comes
    hablar DE algo/algn to talk ABOUT sth/sb
    tengo que hablarte de algo importante there's something important I have to talk to you about
    háblame de tus planes para el futuro tell me about your plans for the future
    no sé de qué me estás hablando I don't know what you're talking about
    me han hablado mucho de ese restaurante I've heard a lot about that restaurant
    me han hablado muy bien de él people speak very highly of him, I've heard a lot of nice o good things about him
    Laura me ha hablado mucho de ti Laura's told me a lot about you
    hablemos de usted let's talk about you
    le he hablado al director de tu caso I've mentioned your case to the director, I've spoken to the director about your case
    no lograron hacerlo hablar they couldn't get him to talk
    F
    esta noche hablará por la radio he will speak on the radio tonight
    el rey habló a la nación the king spoke to o addressed the nation
    2 (dirigirse a) to speak
    haz el favor de no hablarme en ese tono please don't talk o speak to me in that tone of voice, please don't use that tone of voice with me
    ¿qué manera es ésa de hablarle a tu madre? that's no way to speak to your mother!
    no le hables de tú don't use the `tu' form with o to him
    díselo tú porque a mí no me habla you tell him because he isn't talking o speaking to me
    lleva una semana sin hablarme he hasn't spoken to me for a week
    G
    1 (anunciar un propósito) hablar DE + INF to talk OF -ING, talk ABOUT -ING
    se está hablando de construir una carretera nueva they're talking of o about building a new road, there's talk of a new road being built
    mucho hablar de ahorrar y va y se compra esto all this talk of saving and he goes and buys this!
    2 (rumorear) hablar DE algo:
    se habla ya de miles de víctimas there is already talk of thousands of casualties
    se habla de que va a renunciar it is said o rumored that she's going to resign, they say o people say that she's going to resign
    H ( liter) (recordar) hablar DE algo:
    unos monumentos que hablan de la grandeza de aquella época monuments which tell of o reflect the grandeur of that era
    I ( ant) (tener relaciones) to court ( dated)
    J ( México) (por teléfono) to call, phone, ring ( BrE)
    te habló Laura Laura called o phoned o ( BrE) rang
    ■ hablar
    vt
    A ‹idioma› to speak
    habla el idioma con mucha soltura he speaks the language fluently
    [ S ] se habla español Spanish spoken
    B (tratar, consultar) to talk about, discuss
    háblalo con tu padre speak o talk to your father about it
    eso ya lo hablaremos más adelante we'll talk about that o discuss that later
    esto vamos a tener que hablarlo con más tiempo we're going to have to talk about o discuss this when we have more time
    ya está todo resuelto, no hay (nada) más que hablar it's all settled, there's nothing more to discuss o say
    C ( fam)
    (decir): no hables disparates or tonterías don't talk nonsense, don't talk garbage ( AmE colloq), don't talk rubbish ( BrE colloq)
    no habló ni una palabra en toda la reunión he didn't say a word throughout the whole meeting
    llevan meses sin hablarse they haven't spoken to each other for months
    ¿piensas seguir toda la vida sin hablarte con ella? are you never going to speak to her again?, aren't you ever going to talk to her again?
    * * *

     

    hablar ( conjugate hablar) verbo intransitivo
    1


    habla más bajo keep your voice down



    ( francamente) to speak frankly;

    un político que habla muy bien a politician who is a very good speaker;
    hablar por hablar to talk for the sake of it
    2


    tenemos que hablar we must (have a) talk;
    hablar con algn to speak o talk to sb;
    tengo que hablarte or que hablar contigo I need to speak to you o have a word with you;
    está hablando por teléfono he's on the phone;
    ¡ni hablar! no way! (colloq), no chance! (colloq)


    ◊ dar que hablar to start people talking

    d) ( rumorear):


    se habla de que va a renunciar it is said o rumored that she's going to resign

    ◊ ¿con quién hablo? who am I speaking with (AmE) o (BrE) speaking to?

    3
    a) (tratar, referirse a) hablar de algo/algn to talk about sth/sb;

    ◊ hablar de negocios to talk (about) o discuss business;

    siempre habla mal de ella he never has a good word to say about her;
    hablan muy bien de él people speak very highly of him;
    me ha hablado mucho de ti she's told me a lot about you;
    en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión going by train is expensive, and as for flying …;
    háblame de tus planes tell me about your plans;
    hablar sobre or acerca de algo to talk about sth


    háblale de tú use the `tú' form with him
    c) ( anunciar propósito) hablar de hacer algo to talk of doing sth;


    4 (Méx) ( por teléfono) to call, phone
    verbo transitivo
    1 ‹ idioma› to speak
    2 ( tratar):

    ya lo hablaremos más adelante we'll talk about o discuss that later
    hablarse verbo pronominal:

    no se habla con ella he's not speaking o talking to her, he's not on speaking terms with her
    hablar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to speak, talk: estaba hablando con Jorge, I was speaking to Jorge
    habla muy mal de su marido, she speaks badly of her husband
    2 (charlar) to talk, chat: le encanta hablar por teléfono, he loves chatting on the phone
    3 (tratar, versar) to talk about: este artículo habla de los extraterrestres, this article deals with aliens
    4 (referirse) no hablaba de ella, I wasn't talking about her
    habla de él como si de un dios se tratara, you would have thought she was talking about a god from the way she spoke about him
    II verbo transitivo
    1 (una lengua) to speak: habla francés, he speaks French
    2 (discutir, tratar) to talk over, discuss: háblalo con tu madre, talk it over with your mother
    no tengo nada que hablar contigo, I've nothing to say to you
    3 (decir) habla maravillas de su nuevo coche, he's raving on about his new car
    ♦ Locuciones: hablar en broma, to be joking
    familiar ¡mira tú quién fue a hablar!, look who's talking!
    ni hablar, certainly not

    ' hablar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abominar
    - acento
    - alquilar
    - alta
    - alto
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - balbucear
    - broma
    - caldo
    - callar
    - carrete
    - cascar
    - cerrada
    - cerrado
    - cerrarse
    - chistar
    - clara
    - claro
    - codo
    - como
    - contigo
    - correr
    - costar
    - dar
    - dejar
    - deshora
    - despepitarse
    - dialéctica
    - embalarse
    - en
    - enrollarse
    - extenderse
    - fanfarronear
    - gachó
    - gangosa
    - gangoso
    - habla
    - hablarse
    - impertinencia
    - imprudencia
    - íntima
    - íntimo
    - maravilla
    - murmurar
    - ni
    - palabra
    - parar
    - peluquín
    - permitir
    English:
    about
    - abruptly
    - admire
    - afraid
    - age
    - alone
    - approachable
    - babble
    - bitterly
    - blunt
    - bone
    - break off
    - breath
    - breathe
    - captivate
    - confidence
    - crack
    - croak
    - curt
    - delegation
    - directly
    - discuss
    - do
    - dog
    - drawl
    - drone
    - easy
    - evenly
    - fear
    - female
    - fluent
    - go on
    - gush
    - harp on
    - hear of
    - hot air
    - jabber
    - jaw
    - likely
    - male-dominated
    - mimic
    - mouth
    - mutter
    - nasally
    - need
    - nelly
    - nice
    - nonstop
    - oneself
    - pipe up
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    1. [emitir palabras] to speak;
    hablar en voz alta/baja to speak loudly/softly;
    el bebé ya habla the baby is talking already
    2. [expresarse, comunicarse] to speak;
    hablar claro to speak clearly;
    hablar en español/inglés to speak in Spanish/English;
    hablar por señas to use sign language;
    dejar hablar a alguien to let sb speak;
    déjame hablar a mí [como representante] let me do the talking;
    [en discusión] let me get a word in;
    hacer hablar a alguien [a tímido] to get sb talking;
    [en interrogatorio] to get sb to talk;
    hablar solo to talk to oneself;
    estos detalles hablan mucho del tipo de persona que es these small points say a lot about the sort of person she is;
    sus actos hablan por sí solos his actions speak for themselves;
    ¡así se habla! hear, hear!;
    ¡qué bien habla este político! this politician's a really good speaker;
    hablar por hablar to talk for the sake of talking;
    ¡mira quién habla o [m5] quién fue a hablar! look who's talking!
    3. [conversar] to talk ( con o Am a to), to speak ( con o Am a to);
    estaba hablando en broma I was only joking;
    ¿podemos hablar un momento? could I have a word with you?;
    estuvimos toda la noche hablando we talked all night, we spent all night talking;
    no debes hablar en clase you mustn't talk in class;
    necesito hablar contigo I need to talk o speak to you, we need to talk;
    hablé con ella ayer por la noche I spoke to her last night;
    ¿has hablado con él alguna vez? have you ever talked o spoken to him?;
    hablé con él por teléfono I spoke to him on the phone;
    está hablando por teléfono he's on the phone;
    ¡(de eso) ni hablar! no way!;
    4. [tratar]
    hablar de algo/alguien to talk o speak about sth/sb;
    hablar sobre o [m5] acerca de algo to talk o speak about sth;
    hablar bien/mal de to speak well/badly of;
    háblame de ti tell me about yourself;
    me han hablado muy bien de este restaurante I've heard a lot of good things about this restaurant, I've heard people speak very highly of this restaurant;
    mi hermano me ha hablado mucho de ti my brother's told me a lot about you;
    es mejor no hablar del tema it would be best if we didn't mention the subject;
    tenemos muy buenos tenistas, y no hablemos de futbolistas… we have very good tennis players, and as for footballers…
    5. [murmurar] to talk;
    hablar mal de alguien to criticize sb, to run sb down;
    siempre va hablando de los demás she's always going around saying things about o talking about other people;
    dar que hablar to make people talk
    6. [pronunciar un discurso] to speak;
    el presidente habló a las masas the president spoke to o addressed the masses
    7. [confesar] to talk;
    lo torturaron y al final habló they tortured him and in the end he talked
    8. [dar un tratamiento]
    me puedes hablar de tú you can address me as “tú”;
    ¡a mí no me hables así! don't you speak to me like that!
    ♦ vt
    1. [idioma] to speak;
    habla danés y sueco she can speak o she speaks Danish and Swedish;
    habla muy bien el portugués he speaks very good Portuguese
    2. [asunto] to discuss ( con with);
    es mejor que lo hables con el jefe it would be better if you talked to the boss about it;
    vamos a ir, y no hay nada más que hablar we're going, and that's that
    * * *
    v/i
    1 speak;
    hablar alto/bajo speak loudly/softly;
    hablar claro fig say what one means;
    hablar por sí solo fig speak for o.s.
    2 ( conversar) talk;
    hablar con alguien talk to s.o., talk with s.o.
    3
    :
    hablar de de libro etc be about, deal with
    4
    :
    ¡ni hablar! no way!;
    hablar por hablar talk for the sake of it;
    ¡mira quién habla! look who’s talking!;
    no me hagas hablar más I don’t want to have to say this again!;
    no se hable más (del asunto) I don’t want to hear anything more about it;
    por no hablar de … not to mention …
    * * *
    hablar vi
    1) : to speak, to talk
    hablar en broma: to be joking
    2)
    hablar de : to mention, to talk about
    3)
    dar que hablar : to make people talk
    hablar vt
    1) : to speak (a language)
    2) : to talk about, to discuss
    háblalo con tu jefe: discuss it with your boss
    * * *
    hablar vb
    1. (idiomas, por teléfono, dar un discurso) to speak [pt. spoke; pp. spoken]
    ¿hablas inglés? do you speak English?
    ¿puedo hablar con Javi? can I speak to Javi?
    2. (conversar) to talk
    ¡ni hablar! no way!

    Spanish-English dictionary > hablar

  • 4 Cum

    1.
    cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
    I.
    In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:

    qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,

    id. ib. prol. 125:

    cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,

    Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:

    semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,

    id. Mil. 21, 55:

    quibuscum essem libenter,

    id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:

    cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,

    id. Sull. 3, 7:

    si cenas hodie mecum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:

    vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,

    Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:

    errare malo cum Platone, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:

    qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
    b.
    In an expression of displeasure:

    in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
    B.
    In a designation of time with which some action concurs:

    egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,

    cum primo luci,

    id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:

    cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:

    cum primā luce,

    id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:

    cum primo lumine solis,

    Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:

    pariter cum ortu solis,

    Sall. J. 106, 5:

    pariter cum occasu solis,

    id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:

    cum sole reliquit,

    Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:

    mane cum luci simul,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:

    simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,

    id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:

    et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
    C.
    In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:

    cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:

    cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:

    cum magno provinciae periculo,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    cum summo probro,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:

    cum summā tuā dignitate,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:

    cum bonā alite,

    Cat. 61, 19:

    ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:

    multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,

    amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:

    hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:

    orare cum lacrimis coepere,

    Liv. 5, 30, 5:

    si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,

    cum curā,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:

    cum summo studio,

    Sall. C. 51, 38:

    cum quanto studio periculoque,

    Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:

    cum multā venustate et omni sale,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:

    summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:

    maximo cum clamore involant,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:

    cum clamore,

    Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:

    cum clamore ac tumultu,

    id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:

    Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,

    id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:

    illud cum pace agemus,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:

    cum bonā pace,

    Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:

    cum bonā gratiā,

    Cic. Fat. 4, 7:

    cum bonā veniā,

    Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:

    cum veniā,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:

    cum virtute vivere,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:

    cum judicio,

    Quint. 10, 1, 8:

    cum firmā memoriā,

    id. 5, 10, 54:

    legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,

    Suet. Calig. 16:

    spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,

    Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
    b.
    Attributively, with subst.:

    et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,

    Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,

    id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
    2.
    Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
    (α).
    Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,

    cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:

    sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
    (β).
    With ut:

    Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,

    Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:

    cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,

    Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
    (γ).
    With ne:

    obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,

    Col. 5, 1, 4:

    cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,

    Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:

    cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,

    id. 2, 17.—
    3.
    Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:

    cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:

    agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,

    Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,

    cum superis,

    Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
    4.
    Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:

    ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,

    ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,

    cum octavo, cum decimo,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:

    cum centesimo,

    Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:

    cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,

    id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
    D.
    With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:

    cum linguā lingere,

    Cat. 98, 3:

    cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),

    Verg. A. 9, 816:

    cum vino et oleo ungere,

    Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:

    terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Completing the meaning of verbs.
    1.
    With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:

    ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,

    Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:

    (haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,

    id. 1, 9, 16:

    interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,

    id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:

    quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?

    id. Clu. 31, 86:

    hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,

    id. Off. 3, 3, 13:

    foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,

    id. ib. 3, 31, 111:

    capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,

    Liv. 1, 52, 4:

    cum aliquo in gratiam redire,

    id. 3, 58, 4:

    stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,

    id. 8, 34, 1:

    conjurasse cum Pausaniā,

    Curt. 7, 1, 6:

    Autronium secum facere,

    Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
    2.
    Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:

    cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:

    quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 15, 46:

    nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,

    id. ib. 1, 17, 51:

    cum civibus vivere,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 124:

    cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,

    id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:

    cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,

    Liv. 1, 45, 2:

    partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,

    Cic. Clu. 7, 21:

    cum Baebio communicare,

    id. ib. 16, 47; cf.

    of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,

    Liv. 1, 58, 4:

    duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,

    id. 2, 10, 5.—
    3.
    Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:

    cum aliquo agere,

    to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:

    cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,

    Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:

    si par est agere cum civibus,

    Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:

    si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:

    tecum enim mihi res est,

    id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:

    uni tibi et cum singulis res est,

    Liv. 2, 12, 11:

    pacem cum Sabinis facere,

    Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
    4.
    Of deliberation and discussion:

    haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:

    tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,

    Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
    5.
    Of strife, difference, etc.:

    quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1:

    cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!

    Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:

    neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 25, 81:

    cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 11:

    cum stomacheretur cum Metello,

    id. Or. 2, 66, 267:

    manu cum hoste confligere,

    id. Off. 1, 23, 81:

    utilia cum honestis pugnare,

    id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:

    cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,

    id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:

    cum Auruncis bellum inire,

    id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:

    cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,

    id. 2, 40, 14:

    inimicitias cum Africano gerere,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:

    cum Scipione dissentire,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:

    cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,

    Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
    6.
    Of comparison:

    nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:

    hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,

    id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:

    conferam Sullamne cum Junio,

    id. Clu. 34, 94:

    (orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
    B.
    Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:

    hominem sine re, sine fide,

    Cic. Cael. 32, 78):

    a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 149:

    cadus cum vino,

    id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:

    olla cum aquā,

    Cato, R. R. 156:

    arcula cum ornamentis,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:

    fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:

    onerariae naves cum commeatu,

    Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:

    cum servili schemā,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 117;

    so of clothing,

    id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:

    ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;

    so of weapons,

    id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:

    inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:

    vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,

    holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:

    simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §

    109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,

    Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:

    cum quinque pedibus natus,

    id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.

    Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,

    Liv. 9, 44, 14:

    te Romam venisse cum febri,

    Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:

    ex eis qui cum imperio sint,

    id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:

    cum imperio aut magistratu,

    Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
    C.
    With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;

    v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:

    quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:

    Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,

    Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
    D.
    In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
    ► a.
    Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:

    quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),

    Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:

    his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:

    adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
    b.
    Before et... et, connecting two substt.:

    cum et diurno et nocturno metu,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
    III.
    In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
    B.
    It designates,
    1.
    A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
    2.
    The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
    2.
    Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
    I.
    Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
    A.
    In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
    1.
    The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
    a.
    Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in pres.:

    nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,

    Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:

    facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:

    cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,

    Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:

    cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,

    id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:

    quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,

    Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. (rare):

    ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):

    haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:

    qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:

    (dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),

    Verg. G. 3, 457:

    nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,

    Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
    b.
    With logical perf. indic.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:

    gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,

    id. Div. 2, 70, 145:

    cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:

    cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:

    (hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:

    quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
    (γ).
    With two logical perff. (rare):

    cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:

    quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
    c.
    With fut.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in fut.:

    ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:

    etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in pres.:

    in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,

    Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
    d.
    With fut. perf.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in pres.:

    quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,

    Cic. Att. 1, 7:

    nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,

    Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. indic.:

    cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,

    Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:

    cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?

    Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:

    qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,

    Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in fut. imper.:

    cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
    (δ).
    With two fut. perff.:

    cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
    e.
    In partic.
    (α).
    In definitions with pres, indic.:

    humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,

    Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:

    purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
    (β).
    Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:

    qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,

    id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:

    etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,

    Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:

    cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
    (γ).
    Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:

    sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,

    Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
    2.
    With subj. referring to indefinite time.
    a.
    With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
    (α).
    With pres. subj.:

    acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,

    Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:

    quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:

    difficile est tacere cum doleas,

    Cic. Sull. 10, 31:

    etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,

    id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
    (β).
    With perf. subj.:

    difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:

    quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,

    id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
    b.
    In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
    c.
    In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):

    saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
    d.
    When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
    e.
    If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:

    caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,

    Cato, R. R. 28:

    quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
    3.
    Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:

    formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,

    Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:

    quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,

    id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:

    si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
    a.
    Cum with pres. indic.
    (α).
    Principal predicate in pres.:

    certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:

    potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:

    equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,

    Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:

    quod cum ita est,

    if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:

    quodsi ita est,

    Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,

    often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:

    nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:

    quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,

    Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
    (β).
    With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):

    Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:

    sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?

    id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
    b.
    Cum with logical perf. indic.
    (α).
    Principal predicate in pres.:

    ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,

    after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):

    at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),

    Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
    c.
    With fut.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in fut.:

    quom videbis tum scies,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:

    sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. perf.:

    cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in imper. fut.:

    mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
    (δ).
    With principal predicate in subj. (potential):

    cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
    (ε).
    In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
    d.
    With fut. perf.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in fut.:

    mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:

    cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):

    quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:

    cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in subj. (potential):

    quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:

    oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
    4.
    With subj. in definite time.
    a.
    Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
    b.
    Sometimes by attraction:

    curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:

    non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?

    Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
    c.
    In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
    B.
    In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
    1.
    With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:

    portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,

    Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:

    quom testamento patris partisset bona,

    Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:

    quom venisset,

    Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):

    audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:

    haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,

    id. ib. 1, 35, 160:

    cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,

    id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:

    Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,

    id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:

    eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18:

    Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,

    Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
    2.
    With pluperf. indic.
    a.
    Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:

    idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:

    Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
    b.
    If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
    c.
    If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:

    nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:

    cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,

    id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
    3.
    If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
    a.
    With pluperf. indic.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:

    cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:

    (Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:

    cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,

    Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in perf. indic.:

    Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,

    Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
    b.
    With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:

    cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:

    cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 41:

    cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,

    Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
    4.
    In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
    (α).
    When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):

    Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),

    Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
    (β).
    Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:

    (Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:

    cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,

    id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
    (γ).
    When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:

    qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
    5.
    For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
    C.
    In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:

    quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?

    Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;

    where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,

    Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:

    cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:

    cum te Puteolis prosequerer,

    id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;

    also,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
    1.
    Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
    a.
    The clause expressing a momentary action:

    posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:

    non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:

    in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,

    Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:

    per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,

    id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:

    cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,

    id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:

    tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,

    Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;

    6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,

    Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;

    9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,

    Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:

    accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,

    Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:

    jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:

    Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:

    ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:

    effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:

    tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,

    Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
    b.
    If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):

    in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:

    ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:

    nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,

    id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:

    non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,

    Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
    c.
    With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:

    ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,

    Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
    d.
    With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:

    ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:

    me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,

    Cic. Brut. 89, 303:

    itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:

    haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 87:

    cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,

    Liv. 42, 5, 8:

    Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,

    Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
    2.
    With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
    a.
    The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:

    set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,

    Cic. Brut. 43, 161:

    eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:

    cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:

    cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,

    Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;

    45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:

    beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?

    Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:

    bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,

    Dig. 28, 18, § 1:

    pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,

    Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
    b.
    The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):

    cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
    3.
    The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
    a.
    Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
    (α).
    Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:

    eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:

    alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):

    qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,

    Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:

    qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:

    res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,

    id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:

    Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):

    Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,

    id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:

    non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,

    id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:

    etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):

    cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,

    Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:

    hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,

    Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):

    desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:

    sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:

    illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?

    id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:

    num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?

    Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,

    fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,

    id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:

    cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,

    equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,

    id. Brut. 8, 293:

    cum censebam,

    id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:

    cum dicebam,

    id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:

    cum ponebas,

    id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:

    res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,

    id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;

    sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:

    cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,

    id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:

    tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
    (β).
    The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:

    antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:

    sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,

    id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:

    Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:

    Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:

    cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:

    cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,

    Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
    (γ).
    If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:

    tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:

    cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,

    Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:

    Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,

    Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:

    ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),

    Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,

    according to class. usage,

    Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;

    contrary to class. usage,

    Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
    (δ).
    In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:

    nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:

    ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:

    nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?

    id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):

    similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),

    id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:

    nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,

    id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:

    casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,

    Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:

    Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,

    Liv. 29, 31, 1:

    cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,

    id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:

    cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,

    id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):

    cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,

    id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:

    cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,

    id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:

    tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):

    cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,

    Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
    b.
    If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
    (α).
    In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:

    res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:

    quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:

    o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;

    44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),

    Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):

    cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,

    Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:

    cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,

    id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:

    cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,

    id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
    (β).
    With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):

    magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,

    Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):

    Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:

    armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,

    Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):

    cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:

    an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),

    id. Sull. 17, 49:

    tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:

    quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),

    Nep. Cim. 3, 1:

    sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,

    Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:

    quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:

    consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,

    Cic. Sest. 28, 61:

    haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:

    Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,

    id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:

    itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,

    Liv. 1, 13, 6:

    Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,

    id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):

    cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;

    so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),

    id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:

    Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),

    Liv. 42, 40, 8:

    Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,

    Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:

    Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,

    Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:

    proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):

    ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:

    cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:

    cum lux appropinquaret,

    id. Tull. 9, 21:

    cum dies instaret,

    id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:

    cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,

    Liv. 28, 10, 1:

    cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,

    id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:

    cum ea dies venit,

    Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:

    cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:

    L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,

    id. Brut. 68, 241:

    cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,

    Liv. 40, 42, 10:

    cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,

    id. 8, 33, 4:

    haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,

    id. 1, 50, 7;

    so with cum maxime,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):

    Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),

    Cic. Sest. 63, 132:

    Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),

    Nep. Reg. 3, 2:

    impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:

    cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 57:

    cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,

    Liv. 6, 1, 6:

    cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,

    id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
    (γ).
    In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:

    illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,

    Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:

    cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,

    Liv. 4, 3, 1:

    cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,

    id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:

    cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,

    id. Quint. 16, 53):

    ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:

    cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:

    sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,

    Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:

    cum secum reputavit,

    Tac. A. 15, 54.
    D.
    In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
    1.
    The predicate in present:

    amice facis Quom me laudas,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:

    bene facitis cum venitis,

    Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:

    quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
    2.
    With fut. (rare):

    cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
    3.
    With fut. perf. (rare):

    quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
    4.
    With perf.:

    fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:

    loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
    5.
    With histor. pres.:

    Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,

    Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
    6.
    With imperf.:

    cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
    7.
    Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;

    very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,

    Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
    8.
    With pluperf. (very rare):

    exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
    * 9.
    Pluperf. and imperf.:

    quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,

    Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
    10.
    Imperf. subj. (post-class.):

    tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
    11.
    Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:

    illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,

    which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
    E.
    In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
    1.
    Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
    a.
    The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
    (α).
    With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:

    jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
    (β).
    With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:

    erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,

    Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
    (γ).
    With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:

    fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:

    fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,

    id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):

    fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),

    Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
    (δ).
    With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:

    quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 1:

    ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,

    Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
    b.
    Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
    (α).
    With pres. or fut. indic.:

    incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:

    longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,

    id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
    (β).
    With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:

    atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,

    Cic. Lig. 7, 20:

    memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,

    id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:

    illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;

    Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),

    Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:

    patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
    (γ).
    With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:

    accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:

    numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?

    id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:

    haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),

    Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:

    eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,

    while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
    c.
    Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:

    Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:

    omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):

    posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
    2.
    The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
    a.
    With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
    (α).
    With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):

    hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,

    that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:

    anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,

    Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
    (β).
    With ordinals:

    vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
    (γ).
    With diu:

    jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
    b.
    Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:

    quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
    c.
    With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:

    permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,

    Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
    d.
    With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:

    dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:

    unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,

    Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
    3.
    The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
    a.
    With cardinals.
    (α).
    Time in acc. (ante-class.):

    annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,

    Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
    (β).
    With nom.:

    nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,

    Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
    b.
    With diu or dudum:

    nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
    c.
    Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:

    omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
    4.
    In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
    a.
    Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
    (α).
    Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:

    dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,

    Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
    (β).
    Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:

    nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
    (γ).
    Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:

    dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,

    Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
    b.
    Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
    (α).
    Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:

    non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:

    jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
    (β).
    Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:

    jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,

    Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:

    vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
    (γ).
    Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
    (δ).
    Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
    (ε).
    Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
    (ζ).
    Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
    (η).
    Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
    (θ).
    Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
    (κ).
    With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):

    quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,

    Cic. Brut. 36, 138:

    jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,

    Verg. G. 3, 422.—
    5.
    In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
    a.
    When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
    (α).
    With perf. indic.:

    Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,

    Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
    (β).
    With imperf. indic.:

    num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
    (γ).
    Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):

    nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,

    Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
    (δ).
    Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
    (ε).
    So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:

    sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,

    Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
    b.
    Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
    (α).
    With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:

    fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,

    cum nihilo magis,

    Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
    (β).
    With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
    6.
    Cum interea (interim).
    a.
    Adverbial (rare).
    (α).
    Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
    (β).
    Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:

    simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:

    cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
    b.
    Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
    (α).
    To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:

    anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,

    Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
    (β).
    To the inverted clauses (4.):

    tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,

    Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
    (γ).
    To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:

    post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,

    Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
    F.
    In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
    1.
    After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
    a.
    Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
    (α).
    With indic.:

    nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:

    conspectum est cum obiit,

    Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,

    Cic. Sest. 59, 126:

    vidi... Cum tu terga dares,

    Ov. M. 13, 224.—
    b.
    After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:

    L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
    c.
    After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):

    memini quom... haud audebat,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:

    memini cum mihi desipere videbare,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:

    memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
    2.
    After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
    a.
    Verbs of thanking:

    habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:

    tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
    b.
    Of congratulation:

    quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
    c.
    Of rejoicing and grieving:

    quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,

    Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:

    cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
    d.
    Dependent on optative sentences:

    di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
    G.
    Elliptical usages (without predicate).
    1.
    Cum maxime.
    a.
    With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:

    etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?

    Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
    b.
    By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:

    nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:

    quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12:

    castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,

    Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
    2.
    Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):

    foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,

    at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:

    cum tardissime,

    id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:

    cum longissime,

    Suet. Tib. 38.
    H.
    For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
    II.
    Causal, since, because, as.
    A.
    Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
    1.
    With pres. indic.:

    hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,

    because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:

    edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,

    since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
    2.
    With perf. indic.:

    praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
    3.
    With subj.
    a.
    By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
    b.
    Independent of such construction:

    jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;

    Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,

    id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.

    Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
    B.
    Class. and post-class., always with subj.
    1.
    With pres. subj.:

    cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,

    Cic. Mur. 6, 13:

    cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,

    id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:

    quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,

    id. Clu. 44, 123:

    quod cum ita sit, etc.,

    id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
    2.
    With perf. subj.:

    cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
    3.
    With imperf. subj.
    a.
    Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:

    vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,

    Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:

    cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
    b.
    Denoting cause without time:

    cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,

    Cic. Clu. 26, 70:

    quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
    4.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
    C.
    With adverbs of emphasis.
    1.
    Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:

    quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?

    Cic. Arch. 5, 10:

    cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,

    id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:

    cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
    2.
    Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:

    nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,

    Cic. Lael. 8, 28:

    numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,

    id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:

    omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,

    Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
    3.
    Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:

    me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,

    Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
    III.
    Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
    A.
    Ante-class., chiefly,
    1.
    With indic.:

    hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
    2.
    Subj.
    a.
    By construction of principal predicate:

    tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
    b.
    Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):

    eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
    B.
    Class. and post-class., always with subj.
    1.
    With pres. subj.:

    cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:

    et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?

    Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
    2.
    With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:

    indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
    3.
    With imperf. subj.:

    ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,

    Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:

    hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,

    id. Clu. 48, 135:

    eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
    4.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
    IV.
    Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
    A.
    Ante-class., mostly with indic.
    1.
    Indic.:

    qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
    2.
    With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
    B.
    Class. and post-class., always with subj.
    1.
    Pres. subj.:

    testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,

    Cic. Brut. 7, 26:

    nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,

    Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
    2.
    Imperf. subj.:

    ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:

    non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,

    quae cum ita essent... tamen,

    although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
    3.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:

    patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,

    id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
    V.
    In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
    1.
    With imperf. subj.:

    quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?

    Cic. Brut. 55, 194:

    etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?

    id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
    2.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:

    mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,

    id. Balb. 6, 16.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cum

  • 5 cum

    1.
    cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
    I.
    In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:

    qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,

    id. ib. prol. 125:

    cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,

    Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:

    semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,

    id. Mil. 21, 55:

    quibuscum essem libenter,

    id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:

    cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,

    id. Sull. 3, 7:

    si cenas hodie mecum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:

    vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,

    Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:

    errare malo cum Platone, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:

    qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
    b.
    In an expression of displeasure:

    in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
    B.
    In a designation of time with which some action concurs:

    egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,

    cum primo luci,

    id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:

    cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:

    cum primā luce,

    id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:

    cum primo lumine solis,

    Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:

    pariter cum ortu solis,

    Sall. J. 106, 5:

    pariter cum occasu solis,

    id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:

    cum sole reliquit,

    Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:

    mane cum luci simul,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:

    simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,

    id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:

    et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
    C.
    In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:

    cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:

    cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:

    cum magno provinciae periculo,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    cum summo probro,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:

    cum summā tuā dignitate,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:

    cum bonā alite,

    Cat. 61, 19:

    ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:

    multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,

    amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:

    hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:

    orare cum lacrimis coepere,

    Liv. 5, 30, 5:

    si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,

    cum curā,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:

    cum summo studio,

    Sall. C. 51, 38:

    cum quanto studio periculoque,

    Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:

    cum multā venustate et omni sale,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:

    summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:

    maximo cum clamore involant,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:

    cum clamore,

    Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:

    cum clamore ac tumultu,

    id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:

    Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,

    id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:

    illud cum pace agemus,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:

    cum bonā pace,

    Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:

    cum bonā gratiā,

    Cic. Fat. 4, 7:

    cum bonā veniā,

    Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:

    cum veniā,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:

    cum virtute vivere,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:

    cum judicio,

    Quint. 10, 1, 8:

    cum firmā memoriā,

    id. 5, 10, 54:

    legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,

    Suet. Calig. 16:

    spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,

    Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
    b.
    Attributively, with subst.:

    et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,

    Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,

    id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
    2.
    Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
    (α).
    Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,

    cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:

    sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
    (β).
    With ut:

    Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,

    Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:

    cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,

    Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
    (γ).
    With ne:

    obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,

    Col. 5, 1, 4:

    cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,

    Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:

    cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,

    id. 2, 17.—
    3.
    Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:

    cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:

    agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,

    Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,

    cum superis,

    Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
    4.
    Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:

    ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,

    ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,

    cum octavo, cum decimo,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:

    cum centesimo,

    Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:

    cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,

    id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
    D.
    With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:

    cum linguā lingere,

    Cat. 98, 3:

    cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),

    Verg. A. 9, 816:

    cum vino et oleo ungere,

    Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:

    terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Completing the meaning of verbs.
    1.
    With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:

    ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,

    Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:

    (haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,

    id. 1, 9, 16:

    interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,

    id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:

    quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?

    id. Clu. 31, 86:

    hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,

    id. Off. 3, 3, 13:

    foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,

    id. ib. 3, 31, 111:

    capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,

    Liv. 1, 52, 4:

    cum aliquo in gratiam redire,

    id. 3, 58, 4:

    stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,

    id. 8, 34, 1:

    conjurasse cum Pausaniā,

    Curt. 7, 1, 6:

    Autronium secum facere,

    Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
    2.
    Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:

    cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:

    quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 15, 46:

    nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,

    id. ib. 1, 17, 51:

    cum civibus vivere,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 124:

    cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,

    id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:

    cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,

    Liv. 1, 45, 2:

    partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,

    Cic. Clu. 7, 21:

    cum Baebio communicare,

    id. ib. 16, 47; cf.

    of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,

    Liv. 1, 58, 4:

    duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,

    id. 2, 10, 5.—
    3.
    Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:

    cum aliquo agere,

    to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:

    cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,

    Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:

    si par est agere cum civibus,

    Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:

    si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:

    tecum enim mihi res est,

    id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:

    uni tibi et cum singulis res est,

    Liv. 2, 12, 11:

    pacem cum Sabinis facere,

    Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
    4.
    Of deliberation and discussion:

    haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:

    tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,

    Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
    5.
    Of strife, difference, etc.:

    quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1:

    cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!

    Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:

    neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 25, 81:

    cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 11:

    cum stomacheretur cum Metello,

    id. Or. 2, 66, 267:

    manu cum hoste confligere,

    id. Off. 1, 23, 81:

    utilia cum honestis pugnare,

    id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:

    cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,

    id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:

    cum Auruncis bellum inire,

    id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:

    cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,

    id. 2, 40, 14:

    inimicitias cum Africano gerere,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:

    cum Scipione dissentire,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:

    cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,

    Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
    6.
    Of comparison:

    nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:

    hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,

    id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:

    conferam Sullamne cum Junio,

    id. Clu. 34, 94:

    (orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
    B.
    Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:

    hominem sine re, sine fide,

    Cic. Cael. 32, 78):

    a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 149:

    cadus cum vino,

    id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:

    olla cum aquā,

    Cato, R. R. 156:

    arcula cum ornamentis,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:

    fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:

    onerariae naves cum commeatu,

    Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:

    cum servili schemā,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 117;

    so of clothing,

    id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:

    ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;

    so of weapons,

    id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:

    inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:

    vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,

    holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:

    simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §

    109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,

    Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:

    cum quinque pedibus natus,

    id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.

    Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,

    Liv. 9, 44, 14:

    te Romam venisse cum febri,

    Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:

    ex eis qui cum imperio sint,

    id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:

    cum imperio aut magistratu,

    Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
    C.
    With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;

    v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:

    quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:

    Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,

    Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
    D.
    In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
    ► a.
    Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:

    quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),

    Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:

    his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:

    adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
    b.
    Before et... et, connecting two substt.:

    cum et diurno et nocturno metu,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
    III.
    In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
    B.
    It designates,
    1.
    A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
    2.
    The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
    2.
    Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
    I.
    Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
    A.
    In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
    1.
    The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
    a.
    Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in pres.:

    nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,

    Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:

    facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:

    cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,

    Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:

    cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,

    id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:

    quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,

    Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. (rare):

    ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):

    haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:

    qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:

    (dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),

    Verg. G. 3, 457:

    nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,

    Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
    b.
    With logical perf. indic.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:

    gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,

    id. Div. 2, 70, 145:

    cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:

    cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:

    (hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:

    quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
    (γ).
    With two logical perff. (rare):

    cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:

    quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
    c.
    With fut.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in fut.:

    ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:

    etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in pres.:

    in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,

    Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
    d.
    With fut. perf.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in pres.:

    quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,

    Cic. Att. 1, 7:

    nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,

    Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. indic.:

    cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,

    Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:

    cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?

    Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:

    qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,

    Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in fut. imper.:

    cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
    (δ).
    With two fut. perff.:

    cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
    e.
    In partic.
    (α).
    In definitions with pres, indic.:

    humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,

    Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:

    purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
    (β).
    Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:

    qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,

    id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:

    etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,

    Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:

    cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
    (γ).
    Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:

    sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,

    Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
    2.
    With subj. referring to indefinite time.
    a.
    With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
    (α).
    With pres. subj.:

    acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,

    Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:

    quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:

    difficile est tacere cum doleas,

    Cic. Sull. 10, 31:

    etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,

    id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
    (β).
    With perf. subj.:

    difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:

    quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,

    id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
    b.
    In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
    c.
    In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):

    saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
    d.
    When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
    e.
    If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:

    caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,

    Cato, R. R. 28:

    quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
    3.
    Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:

    formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,

    Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:

    quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,

    id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:

    si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
    a.
    Cum with pres. indic.
    (α).
    Principal predicate in pres.:

    certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:

    potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:

    equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,

    Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:

    quod cum ita est,

    if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:

    quodsi ita est,

    Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,

    often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:

    nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:

    quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,

    Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
    (β).
    With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):

    Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:

    sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?

    id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
    b.
    Cum with logical perf. indic.
    (α).
    Principal predicate in pres.:

    ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,

    after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):

    at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),

    Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
    c.
    With fut.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in fut.:

    quom videbis tum scies,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:

    sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. perf.:

    cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in imper. fut.:

    mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
    (δ).
    With principal predicate in subj. (potential):

    cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
    (ε).
    In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
    d.
    With fut. perf.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in fut.:

    mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:

    cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):

    quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:

    cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in subj. (potential):

    quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:

    oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
    4.
    With subj. in definite time.
    a.
    Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
    b.
    Sometimes by attraction:

    curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:

    non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?

    Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
    c.
    In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
    B.
    In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
    1.
    With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:

    portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,

    Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:

    quom testamento patris partisset bona,

    Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:

    quom venisset,

    Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):

    audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:

    haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,

    id. ib. 1, 35, 160:

    cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,

    id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:

    Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,

    id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:

    eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18:

    Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,

    Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
    2.
    With pluperf. indic.
    a.
    Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:

    idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:

    Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
    b.
    If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
    c.
    If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:

    nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:

    cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,

    id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
    3.
    If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
    a.
    With pluperf. indic.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:

    cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:

    (Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:

    cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,

    Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in perf. indic.:

    Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,

    Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
    b.
    With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:

    cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:

    cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 41:

    cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,

    Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
    4.
    In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
    (α).
    When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):

    Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),

    Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
    (β).
    Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:

    (Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:

    cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,

    id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
    (γ).
    When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:

    qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
    5.
    For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
    C.
    In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:

    quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?

    Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;

    where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,

    Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:

    cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:

    cum te Puteolis prosequerer,

    id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;

    also,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
    1.
    Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
    a.
    The clause expressing a momentary action:

    posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:

    non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:

    in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,

    Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:

    per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,

    id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:

    cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,

    id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:

    tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,

    Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;

    6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,

    Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;

    9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,

    Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:

    accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,

    Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:

    jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:

    Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:

    ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:

    effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:

    tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,

    Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
    b.
    If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):

    in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:

    ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:

    nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,

    id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:

    non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,

    Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
    c.
    With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:

    ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,

    Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
    d.
    With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:

    ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:

    me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,

    Cic. Brut. 89, 303:

    itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:

    haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 87:

    cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,

    Liv. 42, 5, 8:

    Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,

    Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
    2.
    With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
    a.
    The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:

    set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,

    Cic. Brut. 43, 161:

    eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:

    cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:

    cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,

    Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;

    45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:

    beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?

    Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:

    bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,

    Dig. 28, 18, § 1:

    pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,

    Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
    b.
    The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):

    cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
    3.
    The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
    a.
    Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
    (α).
    Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:

    eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:

    alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):

    qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,

    Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:

    qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:

    res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,

    id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:

    Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):

    Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,

    id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:

    non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,

    id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:

    etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):

    cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,

    Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:

    hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,

    Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):

    desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:

    sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:

    illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?

    id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:

    num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?

    Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,

    fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,

    id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:

    cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,

    equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,

    id. Brut. 8, 293:

    cum censebam,

    id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:

    cum dicebam,

    id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:

    cum ponebas,

    id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:

    res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,

    id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;

    sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:

    cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,

    id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:

    tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
    (β).
    The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:

    antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:

    sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,

    id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:

    Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:

    Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:

    cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:

    cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,

    Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
    (γ).
    If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:

    tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:

    cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,

    Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:

    Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,

    Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:

    ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),

    Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,

    according to class. usage,

    Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;

    contrary to class. usage,

    Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
    (δ).
    In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:

    nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:

    ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:

    nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?

    id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):

    similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),

    id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:

    nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,

    id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:

    casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,

    Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:

    Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,

    Liv. 29, 31, 1:

    cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,

    id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:

    cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,

    id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):

    cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,

    id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:

    cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,

    id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:

    tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):

    cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,

    Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
    b.
    If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
    (α).
    In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:

    res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:

    quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:

    o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;

    44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),

    Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):

    cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,

    Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:

    cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,

    id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:

    cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,

    id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
    (β).
    With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):

    magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,

    Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):

    Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:

    armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,

    Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):

    cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:

    an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),

    id. Sull. 17, 49:

    tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:

    quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),

    Nep. Cim. 3, 1:

    sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,

    Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:

    quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:

    consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,

    Cic. Sest. 28, 61:

    haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:

    Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,

    id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:

    itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,

    Liv. 1, 13, 6:

    Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,

    id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):

    cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;

    so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),

    id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:

    Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),

    Liv. 42, 40, 8:

    Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,

    Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:

    Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,

    Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:

    proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):

    ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:

    cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:

    cum lux appropinquaret,

    id. Tull. 9, 21:

    cum dies instaret,

    id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:

    cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,

    Liv. 28, 10, 1:

    cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,

    id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:

    cum ea dies venit,

    Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:

    cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:

    L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,

    id. Brut. 68, 241:

    cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,

    Liv. 40, 42, 10:

    cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,

    id. 8, 33, 4:

    haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,

    id. 1, 50, 7;

    so with cum maxime,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):

    Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),

    Cic. Sest. 63, 132:

    Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),

    Nep. Reg. 3, 2:

    impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:

    cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 57:

    cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,

    Liv. 6, 1, 6:

    cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,

    id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
    (γ).
    In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:

    illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,

    Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:

    cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,

    Liv. 4, 3, 1:

    cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,

    id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:

    cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,

    id. Quint. 16, 53):

    ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:

    cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:

    sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,

    Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:

    cum secum reputavit,

    Tac. A. 15, 54.
    D.
    In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
    1.
    The predicate in present:

    amice facis Quom me laudas,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:

    bene facitis cum venitis,

    Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:

    quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
    2.
    With fut. (rare):

    cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
    3.
    With fut. perf. (rare):

    quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
    4.
    With perf.:

    fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:

    loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
    5.
    With histor. pres.:

    Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,

    Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
    6.
    With imperf.:

    cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
    7.
    Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;

    very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,

    Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
    8.
    With pluperf. (very rare):

    exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
    * 9.
    Pluperf. and imperf.:

    quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,

    Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
    10.
    Imperf. subj. (post-class.):

    tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
    11.
    Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:

    illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,

    which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
    E.
    In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
    1.
    Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
    a.
    The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
    (α).
    With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:

    jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
    (β).
    With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:

    erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,

    Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
    (γ).
    With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:

    fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:

    fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,

    id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):

    fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),

    Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
    (δ).
    With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:

    quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 1:

    ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,

    Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
    b.
    Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
    (α).
    With pres. or fut. indic.:

    incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:

    longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,

    id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
    (β).
    With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:

    atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,

    Cic. Lig. 7, 20:

    memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,

    id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:

    illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;

    Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),

    Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:

    patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
    (γ).
    With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:

    accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:

    numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?

    id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:

    haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),

    Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:

    eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,

    while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
    c.
    Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:

    Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:

    omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):

    posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
    2.
    The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
    a.
    With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
    (α).
    With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):

    hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,

    that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:

    anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,

    Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
    (β).
    With ordinals:

    vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
    (γ).
    With diu:

    jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
    b.
    Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:

    quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
    c.
    With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:

    permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,

    Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
    d.
    With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:

    dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:

    unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,

    Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
    3.
    The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
    a.
    With cardinals.
    (α).
    Time in acc. (ante-class.):

    annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,

    Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
    (β).
    With nom.:

    nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,

    Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
    b.
    With diu or dudum:

    nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
    c.
    Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:

    omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
    4.
    In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
    a.
    Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
    (α).
    Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:

    dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,

    Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
    (β).
    Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:

    nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
    (γ).
    Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:

    dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,

    Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
    b.
    Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
    (α).
    Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:

    non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:

    jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
    (β).
    Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:

    jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,

    Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:

    vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
    (γ).
    Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
    (δ).
    Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
    (ε).
    Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
    (ζ).
    Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
    (η).
    Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
    (θ).
    Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
    (κ).
    With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):

    quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,

    Cic. Brut. 36, 138:

    jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,

    Verg. G. 3, 422.—
    5.
    In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
    a.
    When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
    (α).
    With perf. indic.:

    Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,

    Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
    (β).
    With imperf. indic.:

    num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
    (γ).
    Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):

    nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,

    Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
    (δ).
    Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
    (ε).
    So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:

    sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,

    Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
    b.
    Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
    (α).
    With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:

    fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,

    cum nihilo magis,

    Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
    (β).
    With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
    6.
    Cum interea (interim).
    a.
    Adverbial (rare).
    (α).
    Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
    (β).
    Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:

    simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:

    cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
    b.
    Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
    (α).
    To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:

    anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,

    Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
    (β).
    To the inverted clauses (4.):

    tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,

    Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
    (γ).
    To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:

    post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,

    Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
    F.
    In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
    1.
    After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
    a.
    Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
    (α).
    With indic.:

    nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:

    conspectum est cum obiit,

    Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,

    Cic. Sest. 59, 126:

    vidi... Cum tu terga dares,

    Ov. M. 13, 224.—
    b.
    After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:

    L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
    c.
    After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):

    memini quom... haud audebat,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:

    memini cum mihi desipere videbare,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:

    memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
    2.
    After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
    a.
    Verbs of thanking:

    habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:

    tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
    b.
    Of congratulation:

    quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
    c.
    Of rejoicing and grieving:

    quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,

    Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:

    cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
    d.
    Dependent on optative sentences:

    di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
    G.
    Elliptical usages (without predicate).
    1.
    Cum maxime.
    a.
    With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:

    etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?

    Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
    b.
    By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:

    nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:

    quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12:

    castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,

    Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
    2.
    Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):

    foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,

    at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:

    cum tardissime,

    id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:

    cum longissime,

    Suet. Tib. 38.
    H.
    For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
    II.
    Causal, since, because, as.
    A.
    Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
    1.
    With pres. indic.:

    hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,

    because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:

    edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,

    since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
    2.
    With perf. indic.:

    praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
    3.
    With subj.
    a.
    By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
    b.
    Independent of such construction:

    jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;

    Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,

    id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.

    Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
    B.
    Class. and post-class., always with subj.
    1.
    With pres. subj.:

    cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,

    Cic. Mur. 6, 13:

    cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,

    id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:

    quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,

    id. Clu. 44, 123:

    quod cum ita sit, etc.,

    id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
    2.
    With perf. subj.:

    cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
    3.
    With imperf. subj.
    a.
    Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:

    vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,

    Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:

    cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
    b.
    Denoting cause without time:

    cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,

    Cic. Clu. 26, 70:

    quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
    4.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
    C.
    With adverbs of emphasis.
    1.
    Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:

    quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?

    Cic. Arch. 5, 10:

    cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,

    id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:

    cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
    2.
    Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:

    nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,

    Cic. Lael. 8, 28:

    numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,

    id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:

    omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,

    Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
    3.
    Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:

    me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,

    Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
    III.
    Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
    A.
    Ante-class., chiefly,
    1.
    With indic.:

    hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
    2.
    Subj.
    a.
    By construction of principal predicate:

    tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
    b.
    Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):

    eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
    B.
    Class. and post-class., always with subj.
    1.
    With pres. subj.:

    cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:

    et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?

    Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
    2.
    With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:

    indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
    3.
    With imperf. subj.:

    ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,

    Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:

    hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,

    id. Clu. 48, 135:

    eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
    4.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
    IV.
    Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
    A.
    Ante-class., mostly with indic.
    1.
    Indic.:

    qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
    2.
    With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
    B.
    Class. and post-class., always with subj.
    1.
    Pres. subj.:

    testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,

    Cic. Brut. 7, 26:

    nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,

    Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
    2.
    Imperf. subj.:

    ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:

    non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,

    quae cum ita essent... tamen,

    although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
    3.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:

    patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,

    id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
    V.
    In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
    1.
    With imperf. subj.:

    quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?

    Cic. Brut. 55, 194:

    etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?

    id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
    2.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:

    mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,

    id. Balb. 6, 16.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > cum

  • 6 Cum2

    1.
    cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
    I.
    In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:

    qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,

    id. ib. prol. 125:

    cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,

    Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:

    semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,

    id. Mil. 21, 55:

    quibuscum essem libenter,

    id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:

    cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,

    id. Sull. 3, 7:

    si cenas hodie mecum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:

    vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,

    Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:

    errare malo cum Platone, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:

    qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
    b.
    In an expression of displeasure:

    in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
    B.
    In a designation of time with which some action concurs:

    egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,

    cum primo luci,

    id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:

    cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:

    cum primā luce,

    id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:

    cum primo lumine solis,

    Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:

    pariter cum ortu solis,

    Sall. J. 106, 5:

    pariter cum occasu solis,

    id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:

    cum sole reliquit,

    Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:

    mane cum luci simul,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:

    simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,

    id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:

    et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
    C.
    In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:

    cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:

    cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:

    cum magno provinciae periculo,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    cum summo probro,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:

    cum summā tuā dignitate,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:

    cum bonā alite,

    Cat. 61, 19:

    ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:

    multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,

    amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:

    hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:

    orare cum lacrimis coepere,

    Liv. 5, 30, 5:

    si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,

    cum curā,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:

    cum summo studio,

    Sall. C. 51, 38:

    cum quanto studio periculoque,

    Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:

    cum multā venustate et omni sale,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:

    summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:

    maximo cum clamore involant,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:

    cum clamore,

    Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:

    cum clamore ac tumultu,

    id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:

    Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,

    id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:

    illud cum pace agemus,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:

    cum bonā pace,

    Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:

    cum bonā gratiā,

    Cic. Fat. 4, 7:

    cum bonā veniā,

    Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:

    cum veniā,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:

    cum virtute vivere,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:

    cum judicio,

    Quint. 10, 1, 8:

    cum firmā memoriā,

    id. 5, 10, 54:

    legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,

    Suet. Calig. 16:

    spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,

    Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
    b.
    Attributively, with subst.:

    et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,

    Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,

    id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
    2.
    Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
    (α).
    Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,

    cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:

    sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
    (β).
    With ut:

    Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,

    Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:

    cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,

    Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
    (γ).
    With ne:

    obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,

    Col. 5, 1, 4:

    cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,

    Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:

    cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,

    id. 2, 17.—
    3.
    Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:

    cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:

    agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,

    Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,

    cum superis,

    Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
    4.
    Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:

    ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,

    ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,

    cum octavo, cum decimo,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:

    cum centesimo,

    Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:

    cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,

    id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
    D.
    With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:

    cum linguā lingere,

    Cat. 98, 3:

    cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),

    Verg. A. 9, 816:

    cum vino et oleo ungere,

    Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:

    terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Completing the meaning of verbs.
    1.
    With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:

    ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,

    Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:

    (haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,

    id. 1, 9, 16:

    interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,

    id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:

    quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?

    id. Clu. 31, 86:

    hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,

    id. Off. 3, 3, 13:

    foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,

    id. ib. 3, 31, 111:

    capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,

    Liv. 1, 52, 4:

    cum aliquo in gratiam redire,

    id. 3, 58, 4:

    stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,

    id. 8, 34, 1:

    conjurasse cum Pausaniā,

    Curt. 7, 1, 6:

    Autronium secum facere,

    Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
    2.
    Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:

    cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:

    quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 15, 46:

    nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,

    id. ib. 1, 17, 51:

    cum civibus vivere,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 124:

    cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,

    id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:

    cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,

    Liv. 1, 45, 2:

    partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,

    Cic. Clu. 7, 21:

    cum Baebio communicare,

    id. ib. 16, 47; cf.

    of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,

    Liv. 1, 58, 4:

    duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,

    id. 2, 10, 5.—
    3.
    Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:

    cum aliquo agere,

    to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:

    cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,

    Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:

    si par est agere cum civibus,

    Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:

    si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:

    tecum enim mihi res est,

    id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:

    uni tibi et cum singulis res est,

    Liv. 2, 12, 11:

    pacem cum Sabinis facere,

    Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
    4.
    Of deliberation and discussion:

    haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:

    tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,

    Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
    5.
    Of strife, difference, etc.:

    quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1:

    cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!

    Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:

    neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 25, 81:

    cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 11:

    cum stomacheretur cum Metello,

    id. Or. 2, 66, 267:

    manu cum hoste confligere,

    id. Off. 1, 23, 81:

    utilia cum honestis pugnare,

    id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:

    cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,

    id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:

    cum Auruncis bellum inire,

    id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:

    cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,

    id. 2, 40, 14:

    inimicitias cum Africano gerere,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:

    cum Scipione dissentire,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:

    cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,

    Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
    6.
    Of comparison:

    nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:

    hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,

    id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:

    conferam Sullamne cum Junio,

    id. Clu. 34, 94:

    (orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
    B.
    Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:

    hominem sine re, sine fide,

    Cic. Cael. 32, 78):

    a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 149:

    cadus cum vino,

    id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:

    olla cum aquā,

    Cato, R. R. 156:

    arcula cum ornamentis,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:

    fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:

    onerariae naves cum commeatu,

    Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:

    cum servili schemā,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 117;

    so of clothing,

    id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:

    ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;

    so of weapons,

    id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:

    inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:

    vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,

    holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:

    simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §

    109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,

    Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:

    cum quinque pedibus natus,

    id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.

    Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,

    Liv. 9, 44, 14:

    te Romam venisse cum febri,

    Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:

    ex eis qui cum imperio sint,

    id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:

    cum imperio aut magistratu,

    Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
    C.
    With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;

    v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:

    quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:

    Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,

    Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
    D.
    In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
    ► a.
    Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:

    quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),

    Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:

    his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:

    adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
    b.
    Before et... et, connecting two substt.:

    cum et diurno et nocturno metu,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
    III.
    In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
    B.
    It designates,
    1.
    A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
    2.
    The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
    2.
    Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
    I.
    Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
    A.
    In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
    1.
    The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
    a.
    Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in pres.:

    nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,

    Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:

    facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:

    cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,

    Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:

    cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,

    id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:

    quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,

    Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. (rare):

    ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):

    haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:

    qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:

    (dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),

    Verg. G. 3, 457:

    nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,

    Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
    b.
    With logical perf. indic.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:

    gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,

    id. Div. 2, 70, 145:

    cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:

    cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:

    (hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:

    quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
    (γ).
    With two logical perff. (rare):

    cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:

    quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
    c.
    With fut.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in fut.:

    ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:

    etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in pres.:

    in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,

    Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
    d.
    With fut. perf.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in pres.:

    quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,

    Cic. Att. 1, 7:

    nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,

    Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. indic.:

    cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,

    Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:

    cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?

    Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:

    qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,

    Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in fut. imper.:

    cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
    (δ).
    With two fut. perff.:

    cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
    e.
    In partic.
    (α).
    In definitions with pres, indic.:

    humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,

    Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:

    purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
    (β).
    Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:

    qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,

    id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:

    etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,

    Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:

    cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
    (γ).
    Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:

    sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,

    Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
    2.
    With subj. referring to indefinite time.
    a.
    With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
    (α).
    With pres. subj.:

    acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,

    Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:

    quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:

    difficile est tacere cum doleas,

    Cic. Sull. 10, 31:

    etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,

    id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
    (β).
    With perf. subj.:

    difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:

    quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,

    id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
    b.
    In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
    c.
    In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):

    saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
    d.
    When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
    e.
    If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:

    caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,

    Cato, R. R. 28:

    quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
    3.
    Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:

    formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,

    Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:

    quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,

    id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:

    si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
    a.
    Cum with pres. indic.
    (α).
    Principal predicate in pres.:

    certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:

    potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:

    equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,

    Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:

    quod cum ita est,

    if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:

    quodsi ita est,

    Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,

    often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:

    nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:

    quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,

    Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
    (β).
    With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):

    Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:

    sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?

    id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
    b.
    Cum with logical perf. indic.
    (α).
    Principal predicate in pres.:

    ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,

    after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):

    at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),

    Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
    c.
    With fut.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in fut.:

    quom videbis tum scies,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:

    sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. perf.:

    cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in imper. fut.:

    mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
    (δ).
    With principal predicate in subj. (potential):

    cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
    (ε).
    In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
    d.
    With fut. perf.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in fut.:

    mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:

    cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):

    quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:

    cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in subj. (potential):

    quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:

    oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
    4.
    With subj. in definite time.
    a.
    Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
    b.
    Sometimes by attraction:

    curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:

    non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?

    Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
    c.
    In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
    B.
    In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
    1.
    With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:

    portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,

    Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:

    quom testamento patris partisset bona,

    Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:

    quom venisset,

    Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):

    audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:

    haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,

    id. ib. 1, 35, 160:

    cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,

    id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:

    Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,

    id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:

    eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18:

    Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,

    Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
    2.
    With pluperf. indic.
    a.
    Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:

    idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:

    Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
    b.
    If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
    c.
    If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:

    nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:

    cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,

    id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
    3.
    If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
    a.
    With pluperf. indic.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:

    cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:

    (Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:

    cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,

    Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in perf. indic.:

    Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,

    Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
    b.
    With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:

    cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:

    cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 41:

    cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,

    Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
    4.
    In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
    (α).
    When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):

    Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),

    Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
    (β).
    Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:

    (Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:

    cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,

    id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
    (γ).
    When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:

    qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
    5.
    For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
    C.
    In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:

    quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?

    Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;

    where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,

    Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:

    cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:

    cum te Puteolis prosequerer,

    id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;

    also,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
    1.
    Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
    a.
    The clause expressing a momentary action:

    posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:

    non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:

    in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,

    Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:

    per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,

    id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:

    cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,

    id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:

    tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,

    Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;

    6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,

    Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;

    9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,

    Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:

    accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,

    Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:

    jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:

    Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:

    ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:

    effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:

    tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,

    Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
    b.
    If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):

    in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:

    ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:

    nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,

    id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:

    non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,

    Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
    c.
    With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:

    ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,

    Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
    d.
    With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:

    ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:

    me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,

    Cic. Brut. 89, 303:

    itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:

    haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 87:

    cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,

    Liv. 42, 5, 8:

    Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,

    Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
    2.
    With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
    a.
    The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:

    set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,

    Cic. Brut. 43, 161:

    eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:

    cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:

    cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,

    Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;

    45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:

    beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?

    Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:

    bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,

    Dig. 28, 18, § 1:

    pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,

    Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
    b.
    The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):

    cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
    3.
    The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
    a.
    Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
    (α).
    Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:

    eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:

    alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):

    qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,

    Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:

    qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:

    res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,

    id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:

    Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):

    Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,

    id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:

    non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,

    id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:

    etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):

    cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,

    Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:

    hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,

    Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):

    desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:

    sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:

    illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?

    id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:

    num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?

    Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,

    fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,

    id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:

    cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,

    equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,

    id. Brut. 8, 293:

    cum censebam,

    id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:

    cum dicebam,

    id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:

    cum ponebas,

    id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:

    res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,

    id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;

    sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:

    cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,

    id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:

    tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
    (β).
    The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:

    antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:

    sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,

    id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:

    Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:

    Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:

    cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:

    cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,

    Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
    (γ).
    If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:

    tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:

    cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,

    Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:

    Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,

    Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:

    ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),

    Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,

    according to class. usage,

    Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;

    contrary to class. usage,

    Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
    (δ).
    In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:

    nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:

    ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:

    nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?

    id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):

    similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),

    id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:

    nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,

    id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:

    casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,

    Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:

    Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,

    Liv. 29, 31, 1:

    cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,

    id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:

    cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,

    id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):

    cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,

    id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:

    cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,

    id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:

    tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):

    cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,

    Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
    b.
    If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
    (α).
    In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:

    res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:

    quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:

    o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;

    44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),

    Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):

    cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,

    Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:

    cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,

    id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:

    cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,

    id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
    (β).
    With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):

    magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,

    Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):

    Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:

    armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,

    Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):

    cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:

    an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),

    id. Sull. 17, 49:

    tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:

    quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),

    Nep. Cim. 3, 1:

    sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,

    Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:

    quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:

    consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,

    Cic. Sest. 28, 61:

    haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:

    Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,

    id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:

    itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,

    Liv. 1, 13, 6:

    Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,

    id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):

    cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;

    so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),

    id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:

    Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),

    Liv. 42, 40, 8:

    Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,

    Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:

    Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,

    Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:

    proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):

    ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:

    cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:

    cum lux appropinquaret,

    id. Tull. 9, 21:

    cum dies instaret,

    id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:

    cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,

    Liv. 28, 10, 1:

    cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,

    id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:

    cum ea dies venit,

    Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:

    cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:

    L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,

    id. Brut. 68, 241:

    cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,

    Liv. 40, 42, 10:

    cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,

    id. 8, 33, 4:

    haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,

    id. 1, 50, 7;

    so with cum maxime,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):

    Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),

    Cic. Sest. 63, 132:

    Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),

    Nep. Reg. 3, 2:

    impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:

    cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 57:

    cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,

    Liv. 6, 1, 6:

    cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,

    id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
    (γ).
    In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:

    illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,

    Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:

    cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,

    Liv. 4, 3, 1:

    cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,

    id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:

    cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,

    id. Quint. 16, 53):

    ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:

    cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:

    sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,

    Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:

    cum secum reputavit,

    Tac. A. 15, 54.
    D.
    In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
    1.
    The predicate in present:

    amice facis Quom me laudas,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:

    bene facitis cum venitis,

    Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:

    quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
    2.
    With fut. (rare):

    cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
    3.
    With fut. perf. (rare):

    quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
    4.
    With perf.:

    fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:

    loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
    5.
    With histor. pres.:

    Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,

    Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
    6.
    With imperf.:

    cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
    7.
    Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;

    very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,

    Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
    8.
    With pluperf. (very rare):

    exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
    * 9.
    Pluperf. and imperf.:

    quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,

    Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
    10.
    Imperf. subj. (post-class.):

    tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
    11.
    Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:

    illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,

    which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
    E.
    In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
    1.
    Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
    a.
    The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
    (α).
    With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:

    jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
    (β).
    With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:

    erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,

    Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
    (γ).
    With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:

    fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:

    fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,

    id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):

    fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),

    Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
    (δ).
    With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:

    quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 1:

    ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,

    Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
    b.
    Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
    (α).
    With pres. or fut. indic.:

    incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:

    longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,

    id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
    (β).
    With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:

    atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,

    Cic. Lig. 7, 20:

    memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,

    id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:

    illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;

    Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),

    Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:

    patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
    (γ).
    With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:

    accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:

    numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?

    id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:

    haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),

    Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:

    eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,

    while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
    c.
    Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:

    Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:

    omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):

    posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
    2.
    The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
    a.
    With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
    (α).
    With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):

    hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,

    that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:

    anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,

    Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
    (β).
    With ordinals:

    vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
    (γ).
    With diu:

    jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
    b.
    Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:

    quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
    c.
    With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:

    permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,

    Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
    d.
    With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:

    dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:

    unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,

    Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
    3.
    The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
    a.
    With cardinals.
    (α).
    Time in acc. (ante-class.):

    annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,

    Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
    (β).
    With nom.:

    nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,

    Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
    b.
    With diu or dudum:

    nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
    c.
    Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:

    omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
    4.
    In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
    a.
    Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
    (α).
    Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:

    dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,

    Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
    (β).
    Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:

    nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
    (γ).
    Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:

    dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,

    Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
    b.
    Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
    (α).
    Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:

    non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:

    jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
    (β).
    Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:

    jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,

    Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:

    vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
    (γ).
    Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
    (δ).
    Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
    (ε).
    Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
    (ζ).
    Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
    (η).
    Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
    (θ).
    Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
    (κ).
    With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):

    quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,

    Cic. Brut. 36, 138:

    jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,

    Verg. G. 3, 422.—
    5.
    In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
    a.
    When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
    (α).
    With perf. indic.:

    Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,

    Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
    (β).
    With imperf. indic.:

    num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
    (γ).
    Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):

    nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,

    Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
    (δ).
    Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
    (ε).
    So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:

    sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,

    Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
    b.
    Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
    (α).
    With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:

    fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,

    cum nihilo magis,

    Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
    (β).
    With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
    6.
    Cum interea (interim).
    a.
    Adverbial (rare).
    (α).
    Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
    (β).
    Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:

    simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:

    cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
    b.
    Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
    (α).
    To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:

    anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,

    Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
    (β).
    To the inverted clauses (4.):

    tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,

    Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
    (γ).
    To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:

    post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,

    Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
    F.
    In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
    1.
    After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
    a.
    Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
    (α).
    With indic.:

    nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:

    conspectum est cum obiit,

    Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,

    Cic. Sest. 59, 126:

    vidi... Cum tu terga dares,

    Ov. M. 13, 224.—
    b.
    After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:

    L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
    c.
    After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):

    memini quom... haud audebat,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:

    memini cum mihi desipere videbare,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:

    memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
    2.
    After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
    a.
    Verbs of thanking:

    habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:

    tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
    b.
    Of congratulation:

    quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
    c.
    Of rejoicing and grieving:

    quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,

    Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:

    cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
    d.
    Dependent on optative sentences:

    di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
    G.
    Elliptical usages (without predicate).
    1.
    Cum maxime.
    a.
    With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:

    etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?

    Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
    b.
    By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:

    nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:

    quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12:

    castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,

    Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
    2.
    Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):

    foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,

    at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:

    cum tardissime,

    id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:

    cum longissime,

    Suet. Tib. 38.
    H.
    For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
    II.
    Causal, since, because, as.
    A.
    Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
    1.
    With pres. indic.:

    hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,

    because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:

    edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,

    since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
    2.
    With perf. indic.:

    praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
    3.
    With subj.
    a.
    By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
    b.
    Independent of such construction:

    jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;

    Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,

    id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.

    Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
    B.
    Class. and post-class., always with subj.
    1.
    With pres. subj.:

    cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,

    Cic. Mur. 6, 13:

    cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,

    id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:

    quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,

    id. Clu. 44, 123:

    quod cum ita sit, etc.,

    id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
    2.
    With perf. subj.:

    cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
    3.
    With imperf. subj.
    a.
    Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:

    vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,

    Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:

    cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
    b.
    Denoting cause without time:

    cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,

    Cic. Clu. 26, 70:

    quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
    4.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
    C.
    With adverbs of emphasis.
    1.
    Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:

    quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?

    Cic. Arch. 5, 10:

    cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,

    id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:

    cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
    2.
    Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:

    nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,

    Cic. Lael. 8, 28:

    numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,

    id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:

    omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,

    Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
    3.
    Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:

    me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,

    Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
    III.
    Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
    A.
    Ante-class., chiefly,
    1.
    With indic.:

    hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
    2.
    Subj.
    a.
    By construction of principal predicate:

    tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
    b.
    Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):

    eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
    B.
    Class. and post-class., always with subj.
    1.
    With pres. subj.:

    cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:

    et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?

    Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
    2.
    With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:

    indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
    3.
    With imperf. subj.:

    ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,

    Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:

    hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,

    id. Clu. 48, 135:

    eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
    4.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
    IV.
    Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
    A.
    Ante-class., mostly with indic.
    1.
    Indic.:

    qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
    2.
    With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
    B.
    Class. and post-class., always with subj.
    1.
    Pres. subj.:

    testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,

    Cic. Brut. 7, 26:

    nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,

    Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
    2.
    Imperf. subj.:

    ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:

    non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,

    quae cum ita essent... tamen,

    although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
    3.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:

    patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,

    id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
    V.
    In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
    1.
    With imperf. subj.:

    quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?

    Cic. Brut. 55, 194:

    etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?

    id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
    2.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:

    mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,

    id. Balb. 6, 16.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cum2

  • 7 quedar

    v.
    1 to be left, to remain.
    ¿queda azúcar? is there any sugar left?
    nos quedan 100 pesos we have 100 pesos left
    ¿cuánto queda para León? how much farther is it to León?
    quedan dos vueltas para que termine la carrera there are two laps to go until the end of the race
    quedar por hacer to remain to be done
    queda por fregar el suelo the floor has still to be cleaned
    Algo queda Something is left, something remains.
    Queda un solo carro There is only one car.
    Eso queda lejos This is far away.
    2 to remain, to stay.
    el viaje quedó en proyecto the trip never got beyond the planning stage
    ¡esto no puede o no va a quedar así! I'm not going to let it rest at this!
    3 to look.
    te queda un poco corto el traje your suit is a bit too short
    quedar bien/mal a alguien to look good/bad on somebody
    quedar bien/mal con algo to go well/badly with something
    queda por las afueras it's somewhere on the outskirts
    ¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?
    5 to keep on, to keep.
    Ella quedó trabajando She kept on working.
    6 to fit.
    Esta camisa me queda (bien) This shirts fits (well).
    Queda bien It fits well.
    7 to be left with, to have left, to have.
    Me quedó un dolar solamente I was left with one dollar only.
    8 to get, to become.
    Ella quedó alegre She got happy, she became happy.
    El caso quedó muy claro The case became very clear.
    9 to leave.
    Se me quedó mi sombrero I left my hat.
    10 to act, to perform, to come across, to do one's part.
    Quedé muy bien en la reunión I acted [did my part] very well at the meeting.
    11 to be still pending to.
    Queda pintar It is still pending to paint.
    12 to be left to be done.
    13 to be for.
    Me queda muy difícil It is very difficult for me.
    14 to make an appointment.
    * * *
    1 (permanecer) to remain, stay
    3 (cita) to arrange to meet
    5 (favorecer) to look, fit
    ■ ¿qué tal me queda? does it suit me?, how does it look on me?
    ■ ¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?
    7 (restar) to be left, remain
    8 (faltar) to be, be still
    9 quedar en (convenir) to agree to
    10 quedar por + inf not to have been + past participle
    ■ la cama quedó por hacer the bed had not been made, the bed was left unmade
    11 quedar + gerundio to be, remain
    1 (permanecer) to remain, stay, be
    2 (resultado de algo) to be, remain
    4 (mar, viento) to become calm; (viento) to drop
    \
    ahí quedó la cosa that's the way it was left
    ¿en qué quedamos? so what's it to be?
    no quedar títere con cabeza familiar to leave nothing intact
    'Queda de usted atentamente...' (en cartas) "Yours faithfully..."
    quedar a deber algo to owe something
    quedar alguien bien/mal to make a good/bad impression
    quedar como un señor/una señora familiar to create a very good impression
    quedarse atrás figurado to be left behind
    quedarse con alguien familiar to make a fool of somebody, have somebody on
    quedarse con la boca abierta figurado to be dumbfounded, be stunned
    quedarse con las ganas de algo figurado to go without something
    quedarse en blanco to go blank
    quedarse sin algo to run out of something
    quedarse tan tranquilo,-a familiar not to bat an eyelid
    quedar en nada to come to nothing
    * * *
    verb
    2) fit, suit
    4) suit
    •
    - quedarse
    * * *
    Para expresiones como quedarse tan ancho, quedarse con las ganas, quedársele grabado algn, quedarse helado, quedarse parado, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) [indicando lugar] to be

    ¿por dónde queda Correos? — where's the post office?

    2) [indicando posición]

    • quedar [atrás], no quieren quedar atrás en la carrera espacial — they don't want to be left behind {o} fall behind in the space race

    3) [indicando resultado]
    a) [con adjetivos, adverbios, locuciones preposicionales, participios]

    • quedar [ciego] — to go blind

    • quedar [huérfano] — to be orphaned

    • quedar [viuda]/[viudo] — to be widowed, lose one's husband/wife

    b)

    • quedar [en] algo, ¿en qué quedó la conversación? — how did the conversation end?

    c)

    • quedar [sin], miles de personas han quedado sin hogar — thousands of people have been left homeless

    la reconstrucción del puente ha quedado sin hacer por falta de presupuesto — the rebuilding of the bridge has been abandoned because of a shortage of funds

    4) [en el trato, al hablar]

    • quedar [bien], regalando flores siempre queda uno bien — taking flowers always makes a good impression

    • quedar [mal], nos hiciste quedar mal haciendo esas preguntas — you made us look bad by asking those questions

    • quedar [por] algo — to be left looking like sth

    aunque fue idea de todos, yo quedé por el culpable — although everyone was to blame, it ended up looking as if it was my fault

    • quedar en [ridículo], ha quedado en ridículo — he ended up looking a fool

    quería que su marido quedara en ridículo — she wanted to make her husband look a fool, she wanted to show her husband up

    5) (=permanecer) to stay

    quedo a la espera de sus noticias — [en carta] I look forward to hearing from you

    6) (=haber todavía) to be left

    ¿queda algo de la cena? — is there any dinner left?

    de la ciudad solo queda el castillo — all that remains {o} is left of the city is the castle

    se me cayó un poco de vino, pero no ha quedado ninguna mancha — I spilt some wine, but it didn't leave a stain

    si a 8 le quito 2, quedan 6 — if I take 2 from 8, I'm left with {o} it leaves 6

    • quedarle [a algn], ¿le quedan entradas para esta noche? — do you have any tickets left for tonight?

    • quedar [a deber] algo — to owe sth

    no tenía suficiente y tuve que quedarle a deber — I didn't have enough money on me, so I had to owe him

    • quedan pocos días [para] la fiesta — the party is only a few days away

    • quedar [por] hacer, nos queda por pagar la luz — we still have to pay the electricity bill

    • no me queda más [remedio] — I have no alternative (left)

    que no quede —

    por mí que no quede, yo he ayudado en lo que he podido — it won't be for want of trying on my part, I helped as much as I could

    7) (Educ) [asignatura]
    8) [ropa] (=ser la talla) to fit; (=sentar) to suit

    ¿qué tal (de grande) te queda el vestido? — does the dress fit you?

    no queda bien así/aquí — it doesn't look right like that/here

    9)

    • quedar [en] (=acordar) —

    ¿quedamos en eso, entonces? — we'll do that, then, all right?

    quedar en {o} LAm de hacer algo — to agree to do sth

    • quedar en [que] — to agree that

    ¿en qué quedamos? ¿lo compras o no? — so what's it to be then? are you going to buy it or not?

    10) (=citarse) to arrange to meet

    habíamos quedado, pero no se presentó — we had arranged to meet, but he didn't turn up

    ¿quedamos a las cuatro? — shall we meet at four?

    ¿cómo quedamos? — where shall we meet and what time?

    • quedar [con] algn — to arrange to meet sb

    ¿quedamos con ella en la parada? — shall we meet her at the bus stop?

    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) (en un estado, una situación)

    quedar viudo/viuda — to be widowed

    quedar sin hogar/en la miseria — to be left homeless/destitute

    ha quedado acordado que... — it has been agreed that...

    ¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? — where did we get (up) to in the last class?

    ¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? — who was o came first/last?; (+ me/te/le etc)

    me quedó muy claro que... — it was quite clear to me that...

    si no vamos, quedamos mal — it'll look bad if we don't go

    quedó en ridículo — ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool

    ¿queda alguien adentro? — is there anyone left inside?

    quedamos a la espera de su confirmación — (frml) we await your confirmation (frml)

    quedo a sus gratas órdenes — (frml) (Corresp) Sincerely yours (AmE), Yours faithfully (BrE)

    quedar EN algo: todo quedó en suspenso everything was left in the air; nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing; quedar atrás — persona to fall behind; rencillas/problemas to be in the past

    4) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) tamaño/talla

    me queda grande/largo/apretado — it's too big/long/tight for me

    la talla 12 le queda bien — the size 12 fits (you/him) fine

    b) ( sentar)

    el azul/ese peinado te queda muy bien — blue/that hairdo really suits you

    5)
    a) (acordar, convenir)

    quedar EN algo: ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?; ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?; quedamos en que yo iría we agreed o arranged that I would go; quedar EN or (AmL) DE + INF: quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything; quedó en venir a las nueve — she said she would come at nine

    b) ( citarse)

    ¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? — what time/where shall we meet?

    6) ( estar situado) to be

    queda justo enfrente de la estación — it's right opposite the station; (+ me/te/le etc)

    me queda muy lejos/cerca — it's very far/near from where I live (o work etc)

    7) (en 3a pers)

    ¿queda café? — is there any coffee left?

    sólo quedan las ruinas — only the ruins remain; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿te queda algo de dinero? — do you have any money left?

    ¿te queda alguna duda? — is there anything you still don't understand?

    b) ( sobrar) comida/vino to be left (over)
    8) ( faltar)

    ¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? — how many kilometers are there to go?; (+ me/te/le etc)

    quedar POR + INF: queda mucho por ver/visitar there is still a lot to see/visit; aún quedan estudiantes por pagar there are still some students who haven't paid; (+ me/te/le etc) aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do; no me/le queda otra (AmL fam) I have/he has no choice; por... que no quede (Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try; hazlo, por mí que no quede — go ahead, don't let me stop you

    2.
    1) quedarse v pron
    2)
    a) ( en un lugar) to stay

    quedarse en casa/en la cama — to stay at home/in bed

    se quedaron en París/en un hotel — they stayed in Paris/in a hotel

    b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl)

    quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto — relax, I'll take care of it

    ¿te quedaste con hambre? — are you still hungry?

    se me quedó mirando — he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me

    de repente el motor se quedó — (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me

    3) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) (fam) ( memorizar)
    b) (Andes) ( olvidarse)
    c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser)
    4)

    quedarse CON algo: se quedó con mi libro she kept my book; entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife; me quedo con éste I'll take this one; quedarse con alguien — (Esp fam) ( engañarlo) to take somebody for a ride (colloq)

    * * *
    = remain.
    Ex. Needless to say, any errors which remain are entirely our responsibility.
    ----
    * aunque la mona se vista de seda, mona se queda = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear, You can take the boy out of the country, but you can't take the country out of the boy.
    * el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.
    * estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).
    * hacer que Uno se quede dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.
    * hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyen = mark + Posesivo + place.
    * mecer a Alguien hasta que quede dormido = rock + Nombre + to sleep.
    * mente + quedarse en blanco = mind + go blank.
    * mientras queden = while stocks last.
    * Nombre de Lugar + quedarse chico = outgrow + Nombre de Lugar.
    * no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * quedar Algo a Alguien = be left with.
    * quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.
    * quedar atrapado = get + caught.
    * quedar constatado = go on + record.
    * quedar deshecho = go to + pieces.
    * quedar destrozado = go to + pieces.
    * quedar en segundo plano = come in + a poor second.
    * quedar en suspenso = go into + abeyance.
    * quedar exempto de = discharge from.
    * quedar + Expresión Temporal = be + Expresión Temporal + off.
    * quedar igual = remain + the same.
    * quedar impactado = be impressed.
    * quedar impresionado = be impressed.
    * quedar impune = go + scot-free, go + scot-free, get away + scot-free.
    * quedar inpune = go + unpunished.
    * quedar libre = become + vacant.
    * quedar mal = lose + face.
    * quedar muchísimo por hacer = a great deal more needs to be done.
    * quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.
    * quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).
    * quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.
    * quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.
    * quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.
    * quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.
    * quedar pendiente = remain, remain + to be done.
    * quedar peor = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.
    * quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).
    * quedar por hacer = remain + to be done.
    * quedar por + Infinitivo = remain + to be + Participio.
    * quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.
    * quedar registrado = go on + record.
    * quedarse = stay, stay behind, board.
    * quedarse abandonado en una isla desierta = be stranded on a desert island.
    * quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.
    * quedarse afónico = lose + Posesivo + voice.
    * quedarse al margen = stand by.
    * quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.
    * quedarse anodadado = be speechless, be gobsmacked.
    * quedarse anticuado = date.
    * quedarse arriba = sit on + top.
    * quedarse atascado = get + stuck.
    * quedarse atónito = be astonished, be bowled over, stun into + speechlessness.
    * quedarse atrancado = get + stuck.
    * quedarse atrás = fall behind, hang back, trail, trail behind, be behind.
    * quedarse boquiabierto = give + a gasp of, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.
    * quedarse completamente atónito = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.
    * quedarse con = pocket, cream off.
    * quedarse con el culo al aire = come + unstuck.
    * quedarse congelado = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse corto = stop + short of, fall + short, fall + short of.
    * quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.
    * quedarse de piedra = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.
    * quedarse dormido = fall + asleep, doze off, nod off, drop off to + sleep, go to + sleep.
    * quedarse dormido al volante = fall + asleep at the wheel.
    * quedarse embarazada = become + pregnant, be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * quedarse en = stick at.
    * quedarse en blanco = go + blank, mind + go blank.
    * quedarse encallado = be stranded.
    * quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.
    * quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.
    * quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.
    * quedarse en el sitio = die + there and then.
    * quedarse en estado = become + pregnant.
    * quedarse en la cama hasta tarde = have + a lie-in.
    * quedarse en la estacada = be left out on a limb.
    * quedarse en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.
    * quedarse en silencio = fall + silent, lapse into + silence.
    * quedarse en tablas = split down the middle.
    * quedarse estancado = stagnate.
    * quedarse estupefacto = stun into + speechlessness, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, be speechless, be gobsmacked, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.
    * quedar segundo = come off + second-best.
    * quedarse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.
    * quedarse helado = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse huérfano = orphan.
    * quedarse igual = be none the wiser.
    * quedarse impresionado = be bowled over.
    * quedarse inamovible = stay in + place.
    * quedarse inmóvil = stay + still.
    * quedarse levantado = stay up.
    * quedarse mudo = be speechless, be gobsmacked.
    * quedarse obsoleto = be overtaken by events, outgrow.
    * quedarse parado = stand + still, stand by.
    * quedarse pasmado = stun.
    * quedarse patidifuso = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.
    * quedarse patitieso = freeze to + death.
    * quedarse pequeño = overflow.
    * quedarse prendado = smite.
    * quedarse prendado de = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to.
    * quedarse prendado por = take + a liking to.
    * quedarse preñada = become + pregnant, have + a bun in the oven.
    * quedarse quieto = stand + still, stand by.
    * quedarse ronco = lose + Posesivo + voice.
    * quedarse sin = run + short (of), miss out on, run out of, run out.
    * quedarse sin aliento = run out of + breath.
    * quedarse sin conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * quedarse sin fuelle = run out of + steam.
    * quedarse sin fuerza = lose + steam.
    * quedarse sin gas = lose + steam.
    * quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.
    * quedarse sin negocio = go out of + business.
    * quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.
    * quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * quedarse sin suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.
    * quedarse sin voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.
    * quedarse sorprendido por = be amazed by, be amazed at.
    * quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.
    * quedarse tieso = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse tieso de frío = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse tirado = be stranded.
    * quedarse varado = get + stuck, be stranded.
    * quedarse viudo = widow.
    * quedar sin castigo = go + unpunished.
    * quedar un poco = be some way off.
    * quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.
    * quedar vacante = become + vacant.
    * quedar vacío = empty.
    * que no queda bien = ill-fitting.
    * que queda = surviving.
    * que queda mal = ill-fitting.
    * que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.
    * según quedó indicado en = as was pointed out in.
    * siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.
    * si queda tiempo = time permitting.
    * todo queda en casa = all in the family.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) (en un estado, una situación)

    quedar viudo/viuda — to be widowed

    quedar sin hogar/en la miseria — to be left homeless/destitute

    ha quedado acordado que... — it has been agreed that...

    ¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? — where did we get (up) to in the last class?

    ¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? — who was o came first/last?; (+ me/te/le etc)

    me quedó muy claro que... — it was quite clear to me that...

    si no vamos, quedamos mal — it'll look bad if we don't go

    quedó en ridículo — ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool

    ¿queda alguien adentro? — is there anyone left inside?

    quedamos a la espera de su confirmación — (frml) we await your confirmation (frml)

    quedo a sus gratas órdenes — (frml) (Corresp) Sincerely yours (AmE), Yours faithfully (BrE)

    quedar EN algo: todo quedó en suspenso everything was left in the air; nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing; quedar atrás — persona to fall behind; rencillas/problemas to be in the past

    4) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) tamaño/talla

    me queda grande/largo/apretado — it's too big/long/tight for me

    la talla 12 le queda bien — the size 12 fits (you/him) fine

    b) ( sentar)

    el azul/ese peinado te queda muy bien — blue/that hairdo really suits you

    5)
    a) (acordar, convenir)

    quedar EN algo: ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?; ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?; quedamos en que yo iría we agreed o arranged that I would go; quedar EN or (AmL) DE + INF: quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything; quedó en venir a las nueve — she said she would come at nine

    b) ( citarse)

    ¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? — what time/where shall we meet?

    6) ( estar situado) to be

    queda justo enfrente de la estación — it's right opposite the station; (+ me/te/le etc)

    me queda muy lejos/cerca — it's very far/near from where I live (o work etc)

    7) (en 3a pers)

    ¿queda café? — is there any coffee left?

    sólo quedan las ruinas — only the ruins remain; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿te queda algo de dinero? — do you have any money left?

    ¿te queda alguna duda? — is there anything you still don't understand?

    b) ( sobrar) comida/vino to be left (over)
    8) ( faltar)

    ¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? — how many kilometers are there to go?; (+ me/te/le etc)

    quedar POR + INF: queda mucho por ver/visitar there is still a lot to see/visit; aún quedan estudiantes por pagar there are still some students who haven't paid; (+ me/te/le etc) aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do; no me/le queda otra (AmL fam) I have/he has no choice; por... que no quede (Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try; hazlo, por mí que no quede — go ahead, don't let me stop you

    2.
    1) quedarse v pron
    2)
    a) ( en un lugar) to stay

    quedarse en casa/en la cama — to stay at home/in bed

    se quedaron en París/en un hotel — they stayed in Paris/in a hotel

    b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl)

    quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto — relax, I'll take care of it

    ¿te quedaste con hambre? — are you still hungry?

    se me quedó mirando — he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me

    de repente el motor se quedó — (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me

    3) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) (fam) ( memorizar)
    b) (Andes) ( olvidarse)
    c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser)
    4)

    quedarse CON algo: se quedó con mi libro she kept my book; entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife; me quedo con éste I'll take this one; quedarse con alguien — (Esp fam) ( engañarlo) to take somebody for a ride (colloq)

    * * *

    Ex: Needless to say, any errors which remain are entirely our responsibility.

    * aunque la mona se vista de seda, mona se queda = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear, You can take the boy out of the country, but you can't take the country out of the boy.
    * el que lo encuentre se lo queda = finders keepers.
    * estar quedándose sin = run + low (on).
    * hacer que Uno se quede dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.
    * hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyen = mark + Posesivo + place.
    * mecer a Alguien hasta que quede dormido = rock + Nombre + to sleep.
    * mente + quedarse en blanco = mind + go blank.
    * mientras queden = while stocks last.
    * Nombre de Lugar + quedarse chico = outgrow + Nombre de Lugar.
    * no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * quedar Algo a Alguien = be left with.
    * quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.
    * quedar atrapado = get + caught.
    * quedar constatado = go on + record.
    * quedar deshecho = go to + pieces.
    * quedar destrozado = go to + pieces.
    * quedar en segundo plano = come in + a poor second.
    * quedar en suspenso = go into + abeyance.
    * quedar exempto de = discharge from.
    * quedar + Expresión Temporal = be + Expresión Temporal + off.
    * quedar igual = remain + the same.
    * quedar impactado = be impressed.
    * quedar impresionado = be impressed.
    * quedar impune = go + scot-free, go + scot-free, get away + scot-free.
    * quedar inpune = go + unpunished.
    * quedar libre = become + vacant.
    * quedar mal = lose + face.
    * quedar muchísimo por hacer = a great deal more needs to be done.
    * quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.
    * quedar mucho (para) = have + a long way to go (before), there + be + a long way to go (before).
    * quedar mucho por conocer = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.
    * quedar mucho por hacer = more needs to be done, have + a long way to go.
    * quedar mucho por saber = there + be + a great deal yet to be learned, there + be + still a great deal to be learned.
    * quedar patas arriba = flip-flop.
    * quedar pendiente = remain, remain + to be done.
    * quedar peor = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.
    * quedar poco (para) = have + a short way to go (before).
    * quedar por hacer = remain + to be done.
    * quedar por + Infinitivo = remain + to be + Participio.
    * quedar por ver = be an open question, remain + to be seen.
    * quedar registrado = go on + record.
    * quedarse = stay, stay behind, board.
    * quedarse abandonado en una isla desierta = be stranded on a desert island.
    * quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.
    * quedarse afónico = lose + Posesivo + voice.
    * quedarse al margen = stand by.
    * quedarse a medias = fall (between/through) + the cracks.
    * quedarse anodadado = be speechless, be gobsmacked.
    * quedarse anticuado = date.
    * quedarse arriba = sit on + top.
    * quedarse atascado = get + stuck.
    * quedarse atónito = be astonished, be bowled over, stun into + speechlessness.
    * quedarse atrancado = get + stuck.
    * quedarse atrás = fall behind, hang back, trail, trail behind, be behind.
    * quedarse boquiabierto = give + a gasp of, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.
    * quedarse completamente atónito = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.
    * quedarse con = pocket, cream off.
    * quedarse con el culo al aire = come + unstuck.
    * quedarse congelado = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse corto = stop + short of, fall + short, fall + short of.
    * quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.
    * quedarse de piedra = You could have pushed + Nombre + over with a feather.
    * quedarse dormido = fall + asleep, doze off, nod off, drop off to + sleep, go to + sleep.
    * quedarse dormido al volante = fall + asleep at the wheel.
    * quedarse embarazada = become + pregnant, be up the spout, have + a bun in the oven.
    * quedarse en = stick at.
    * quedarse en blanco = go + blank, mind + go blank.
    * quedarse encallado = be stranded.
    * quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.
    * quedarse en el camino = fall by + the wayside.
    * quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.
    * quedarse en el sitio = die + there and then.
    * quedarse en estado = become + pregnant.
    * quedarse en la cama hasta tarde = have + a lie-in.
    * quedarse en la estacada = be left out on a limb.
    * quedarse en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.
    * quedarse en silencio = fall + silent, lapse into + silence.
    * quedarse en tablas = split down the middle.
    * quedarse estancado = stagnate.
    * quedarse estupefacto = stun into + speechlessness, eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, be speechless, be gobsmacked, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.
    * quedar segundo = come off + second-best.
    * quedarse hecho polvo = be gutted, feel + gutted.
    * quedarse helado = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse huérfano = orphan.
    * quedarse igual = be none the wiser.
    * quedarse impresionado = be bowled over.
    * quedarse inamovible = stay in + place.
    * quedarse inmóvil = stay + still.
    * quedarse levantado = stay up.
    * quedarse mudo = be speechless, be gobsmacked.
    * quedarse obsoleto = be overtaken by events, outgrow.
    * quedarse parado = stand + still, stand by.
    * quedarse pasmado = stun.
    * quedarse patidifuso = eyes + pop (out), Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + head, Posesivo + eyes + pop out of + Posesivo + socket.
    * quedarse patitieso = freeze to + death.
    * quedarse pequeño = overflow.
    * quedarse prendado = smite.
    * quedarse prendado de = take + a fancy to, take + a shine to.
    * quedarse prendado por = take + a liking to.
    * quedarse preñada = become + pregnant, have + a bun in the oven.
    * quedarse quieto = stand + still, stand by.
    * quedarse ronco = lose + Posesivo + voice.
    * quedarse sin = run + short (of), miss out on, run out of, run out.
    * quedarse sin aliento = run out of + breath.
    * quedarse sin conocimiento = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * quedarse sin fuelle = run out of + steam.
    * quedarse sin fuerza = lose + steam.
    * quedarse sin gas = lose + steam.
    * quedarse sin habla = stun into + speechlessness, be speechless, be gobsmacked.
    * quedarse sin negocio = go out of + business.
    * quedarse sin palabras = stun into + speechlessness, be at a loss for words, be lost for words.
    * quedarse sin sentido = lose + Posesivo + consciousness, pass out.
    * quedarse sin suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.
    * quedarse sin voz = lose + Posesivo + voice.
    * quedarse sorprendido por = be amazed by, be amazed at.
    * quedarse tan fresco = not bat an eyelash, not bat an eyelid.
    * quedarse tieso = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse tieso de frío = be frozen stiff.
    * quedarse tirado = be stranded.
    * quedarse varado = get + stuck, be stranded.
    * quedarse viudo = widow.
    * quedar sin castigo = go + unpunished.
    * quedar un poco = be some way off.
    * quedar un poco perjudicado = be a little worse prepared, be a little worse off.
    * quedar vacante = become + vacant.
    * quedar vacío = empty.
    * que no queda bien = ill-fitting.
    * que queda = surviving.
    * que queda mal = ill-fitting.
    * que quede entre nosotros = between you and me, between ourselves.
    * según quedó indicado en = as was pointed out in.
    * siempre queda una esperanza = where there's life there's hope.
    * si queda tiempo = time permitting.
    * todo queda en casa = all in the family.

    * * *
    quedar [A1 ]
    vi
    A
    (en un estado, una situación): quedó viuda muy joven she was widowed o she lost her husband when she was very young
    quedó huérfano a los siete años he was orphaned when he was seven years old
    tuvo un ataque y quedó paralítico he had a stroke and was left paralyzed
    cientos de familias quedaron sin hogar/en la miseria hundreds of families were left homeless/destitute
    las calles quedaron desiertas the streets were left deserted
    el sombrero quedó hecho un acordeón the hat was o got squashed flat
    el coche ha quedado como nuevo the car is as good as new (now)
    algunas fotos quedaron mal some of the photos came out badly
    ha quedado precioso pintado de blanco it looks beautiful painted white
    ha quedado acordado que … it has been agreed that …
    y que esto quede bien claro and I want to make this quite clear
    ¿cómo quedó la cosa? ¿quién tenía razón? what happened in the end? who was right?
    ¿dónde quedamos la clase pasada? where did we get (up) to in the last class?
    ¿quién quedó en primer/último lugar? who was o who came first/last?
    (+ me/te/le etc): no me había quedado claro y se lo pregunté otra vez I hadn't quite understood o I hadn't got things quite clear, so I asked him again
    el postre te quedó riquísimo that dessert (you made) was delicious
    ¿quién la queda? (Ur) (en juegos) who's `it'? ( colloq)
    B
    (en la opinión de los demás): si no vamos, quedamos mal it'll look bad if we don't go
    quedarás muy bien con ese regalo it's a lovely present, they'll be delighted
    me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso you really showed me up saying that
    se emborrachó y nos hizo quedar mal a todos he got drunk and embarrassed us all
    quedó en ridículo (por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself; (por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool
    quedar mal/bien con algn: si no voy quedaré mal con ellos they won't think much of me o it won't go down very well if I don't turn up
    no se puede quedar bien con todo el mundo you can't please everybody
    los invitó a todos para no quedar mal con nadie he invited them all so as not to offend anyone o to cause any offense*
    C
    (permanecer): quedaron en casa they stayed at home
    ¿queda alguien adentro? is there anyone left inside?
    le quedó la cicatriz she was left with a scar
    lo lavé pero le quedó la mancha I washed it but the stain didn't come out
    esto no puede quedar así we can't leave/I'm not going to leave things like this
    quedamos a la espera de su notificación ( frml); we await your notification ( frml)
    quedo a sus gratas órdenes ( frml) ( Corresp) Sincerely yours ( AmE), Yours faithfully o ( frml) I remain, yours faithfully ( BrE)
    le quedo a deber 5 euros I owe you 5 euros
    quedar EN algo:
    todo ha quedado en un mero proyecto none of it has got beyond the planning stage
    todos nuestros planes quedaron en nada all our plans came to nothing
    quedar atrás: pronto quedó atrás he soon fell behind
    hemos tenido nuestras diferencias pero todo eso ha quedado atrás we've had our differences but all that's behind us now o that's all water under the bridge now
    D (+ me/te/le etc)
    1
    «tamaño/talla»: me queda grande/largo/apretado it's too big/long/tight for me
    la talla 12 le queda bien or (Col, Méx) le queda the size 12 fits (you/him) fine
    2
    (sentar): el azul te queda muy bien blue really suits you, you look really good in blue
    ese peinado le quedaba muy bien that hairstyle really suited her, her hair looked really good like that
    ese vestido te queda estupendo that dress looks fantastic on you, you look great in that dress
    A (acordar, convenir) quedar EN algo:
    quedamos en eso, vienes tú a mi casa let's do that, then, you come to my house, so that's agreed, you're coming to my house
    ¿al final en qué quedaron? what did you decide/arrange/agree in the end?
    ¿en qué quedamos? ¿lo quieres o no? well o so, do you want it or not?
    ¿entonces en qué quedamos? ¿nos vemos mañana o no? so, what's happening, then? are we meeting tomorrow or not?
    quedar EN + INFor ( AmL) quedar DE + INF:
    quedaron en no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything
    quedó en venir a las nueve she said she would come at nine, she arranged to come at nine
    quedar EN QUE:
    quedamos en que iría él a recogerlo we agreed o arranged that he would go and pick it up
    B
    (citarse): me tengo que ir porque he quedado con Rafael I have to go because I've arranged to meet Rafael
    ¿a qué hora/dónde quedamos? what time/where shall we meet?
    quedé con unos amigos para cenar I arranged to meet some friends for dinner, I arranged to go out for dinner with some friends
    queda justo enfrente de la estación it's right opposite the station
    (+ me/te/le etc): puedo ir yo, me queda muy cerca I can go, it's very near where I live ( o work etc)
    A
    1
    (haber todavía): no queda café there's no coffee left
    no quedan entradas there are no tickets left
    sólo quedan las ruinas only the ruins remain
    (+ me/te/le etc): es el único pariente que me queda he is the only relative I have left, he is my only living relative
    ¿te queda algo de dinero? do you have any money left?
    ¿te ha quedado alguna duda? is there anything you still don't understand?
    me han quedado dos asignaturas (pendientes) I have to make up two subjects o take two subjects over ( AmE), I have to retake two subjects ( BrE)
    no nos queda más remedio que ir we have no alternative o no choice but to go, we'll just have to go
    ya no me quedan fuerzas para seguir I no longer have the strength to go on, I don't have the strength to go on any more
    me queda la satisfacción de haber cumplido con mi deber I have the satisfaction of having done my duty
    2 (sobrar) to be left, be left over
    me comí la ensalada que había quedado del almuerzo I ate up the salad that was left (over) from lunch
    el vino que quede se puede guardar para la próxima fiesta we can keep any wine that's left (over) for the next party
    B
    1
    (faltar): quedan cinco minutos para que acabe la clase there are five minutes to go to o five minutes left to the end of the class
    ¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? how many kilometers are there to go?, how far is it now?
    (+ me/te/le etc): todavía le quedan dos años he still has two years to go o do
    ¡ánimo! ¡ya te queda poco para terminar! come on! you've almost finished!
    2 quedar POR + INF:
    quedan tres pacientes por ver there are three more patients to be seen
    aún queda gente por pagar some people haven't paid yet, some people still haven't paid
    (+ me/te/le etc): aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do
    no me/le queda otra ( AmL fam); I have/he has no choice
    por … que no quede ( Esp fam): venga, por intentarlo que no quede come on, let's at least give it a try
    hazlo, por mí que no quede go ahead, don't let me stop you
    A
    1 (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):
    te estás quedando calvo you're going bald
    se quedó huérfana/sorda a los seis años she was orphaned/she went deaf when she was six years old
    cuando se fue me quedé muy sola when he left I felt very lonely
    me quedé helado cuando me lo dijo I was staggered when she told me
    quédate tranquilo, yo me ocuparé del asunto don't (you) worry about it, I'll take care of it
    me quedé dormido en el sofá I fell asleep on the sofa
    embarazada1 (↑ embarazada (1))
    2
    quedarse con/sin algo: ¿te has quedado con hambre? are you still hungry?
    me quedé sin postre I didn't get any dessert
    se ha quedado sin trabajo she's out of work, she's lost her job
    me quedé sin saber qué había pasado I never did find out what had happened
    3
    ( Esp) (llegar a ser) (+ me/te/le etc): el vestido se te ha quedado corto the dress is too short on you now
    la casa se les está quedando pequeña the house is getting (to be) too small for them
    4 (olvidarse) (+ me/te/le etc):
    se me quedó el paraguas I left my umbrella behind
    B
    1
    (permanecer): pienso quedarme soltera I intend to stay single
    no me gusta quedarme sola en casa I don't like being (left) on my own o being alone in the house
    no te quedes ahí parado y haz algo don't just stand there, do something!
    nos quedamos charlando toda la noche we spent the whole night chatting
    se me quedó mirando he sat/stood there staring at me, he just stared at me
    la escena se me ha quedado grabada en la memoria the scene has remained engraved o is engraved on my memory
    iba para pintor pero se quedó en profesor de dibujo he set out to be a painter but he ended up as an art teacher
    se quedó en la mesa de operaciones ( euf); he died on the operating table
    de repente el motor se quedó ( AmL); the engine suddenly died on me
    2 (en un lugar) to stay
    quédate aquí stay here
    me quedé a dormir en su casa I spent o stayed the night at his house
    nos quedamos en un hotel/en casa de unos amigos we stayed at a hotel/with some friends
    se tuvo que quedar en el hospital una semana más she had to stay o remain in (the) hospital for another week
    se quedó en casa/en la cama todo el día she stayed at home/in bed all day
    A ‹cambio/lápiz› to keep
    quédatelo, yo tengo otro keep it, I have another one
    quedarse CON algo:
    quédate con la foto si quieres you can keep the photo o ( colloq) hang on to the photo if you want
    se quedó con mi libro she kept my book, she didn't give my book back
    entre él y su mujer no sé con cuál de los dos me quedo there's not much to choose between him and his wife
    si me lo rebaja me quedo con él if you knock something off the price, I'll take it ( colloq)
    quedarse con algn ( Esp fam) (burlarse de él) to have sb on ( colloq) (engañarlo) to take sb for a ride ( colloq)
    B
    ( Chi) «pierna/brazo» (+ me/te/le etc): quiso levantarse pero se le quedó la pierna he tried to get up but he couldn't move his leg
    se le queda la pierna al caminar he drags one leg when he walks
    * * *

     

    quedar ( conjugate quedar) verbo intransitivo
    1 (en un estado, una situación):
    ◊ quedar viudo/huérfano to be widowed/orphaned;

    quedó paralítico he was left paralyzed;
    el coche quedó como nuevo the car is as good as new (now);
    y que esto quede bien claro and I want to make this quite clear;
    ¿quién quedó en primer lugar? who was o came first?
    2 ( en la opinión de los demás):
    ◊ si no voy quedaré mal con ellos it won't go down very well o it'll look bad if I don't turn up;

    lo hice para quedar bien con el jefe I did it to get in the boss's good books;
    quedé muy bien con el regalo I made a very good impression with my present;
    me hiciste quedar muy mal diciendo eso you really showed me up saying that;
    nos hizo quedar mal a todos he embarrassed us all;
    quedó en ridículo ( por culpa propia) he made a fool of himself;

    ( por culpa ajena) he was made to look a fool
    3 ( permanecer):
    ◊ ¿queda alguien adentro? is there anyone left inside?;

    le quedó la cicatriz she was left with a scar;
    esto no puede quedar así we can't leave things like this;
    nuestros planes quedaron en nada our plans came to nothing;
    quedar atrás [ persona] to fall behind;

    [rencillas/problemas] to be in the past
    4 (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) [tamaño/talla]:


    la talla 12 le queda bien the size 12 fits (you/him) fine
    b) ( sentar):

    ◊ el azul le queda bien/mal blue suits her/doesn't suit her

    a) (acordar, convenir):

    ◊ ¿en qué quedaron? what did you decide?;

    ¿entonces en qué quedamos? so, what's happening, then?;
    quedaron en or (AmL) de no decirle nada they agreed o decided not to tell him anything;
    quedó en or (AmL) de venir a las nueve she said she would come at nine
    b) ( citarse):

    ◊ ¿a qué hora quedamos? what time shall we meet?;

    quedé con unos amigos para cenar I arranged to meet some friends for dinner
    ( estar situado) to be;

    me queda muy lejos it's very far from where I live (o work etc)
    (en 3a pers)
    1

    ◊ ¿te queda algo de dinero? do you have any money left?;

    ¿queda café? is there any coffee left?;
    solo quedan las ruinas only the ruins remain;
    no nos queda más remedio que ir we have no choice but to go
    b) ( sobrar) [comida/vino] to be left (over)

    2 ( faltar):

    ¿cuántos kilómetros quedan? how many kilometers are there to go?;
    todavía le quedan dos años he still has two years to go o do;
    queda mucho por ver there is still a lot to see;
    aún me queda todo esto por hacer I still have all this to do;
    no me/le queda otra (fam) I have/he has no choice
    quedarse verbo pronominal
    1
    a) (en un lugar, país) to stay;


    b) (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):


    quedarse dormido to fall asleep;
    quedarse sin trabajo to lose one's job
    2 (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( permanecer):


    no me gusta quedarme sola en casa I don't like being alone in the house;
    no te quedes ahí parado don't just stand there!;
    nos quedamos charlando hasta tarde we went on chatting until late in the evening;
    se me quedó mirando he sat/stood there staring at me;
    de repente el motor se quedó (AmL) the engine suddenly died on me
    b) (Andes) ( olvidarse):


    c) (Esp) ( llegar a ser):


    ‹cambio/lápiz› to keep;

    me quedo con este I'll take this one
    quedar verbo intransitivo
    1 (en un estado) quedar bien, (una persona) to make a good impression
    (un objeto) to look nice
    quedar en ridículo, to make a fool of oneself
    2 (en un lugar) to be: mi casa no queda lejos, my house is not far from here
    3 (sobrar) to be left: ¿queda más té?, is there any tea left?
    4 (faltar) (tiempo) to go: quedan dos días para las vacaciones, there are two days to go till the holidays
    5 (convenir) to agree: quedamos en ir al cine, we agreed to go to the cinema
    6 (citarse) to meet: quedaré con mi hermana, I'll arrange to meet my sister
    7 (una ropa, un peinado, etc) to suit: te queda grande, it's too big for you
    ' quedar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    betún
    - cumplir
    - descolgarse
    - embarazarse
    - enmudecer
    - estar
    - lucirse
    - restar
    - sobrar
    - sopa
    - venir
    - aire
    - aislado
    - anillo
    - bailar
    - calle
    - constar
    - descubierto
    - desmano
    - enganchar
    - faltar
    - lejísimos
    - manifiesto
    - mano
    - rezagado
    - tabla
    English:
    air
    - appal
    - appall
    - arrange
    - date
    - egg
    - fit
    - flu
    - gasp
    - go
    - leave
    - lie
    - long
    - meet
    - one-upmanship
    - remain
    - rest
    - side
    - smoke
    - stand
    - stand about
    - stand around
    - agree
    - alternatively
    - catch
    - come
    - get
    - keep
    - narrow
    - out
    - over
    - place
    - remand
    - runner
    - scar
    - scot-free
    - show
    - strand
    - unpunished
    - water
    - widow
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    1. [permanecer] to remain, to stay;
    nuestros problemas quedaron sin resolver our problems remained unsolved;
    los tipos de interés han quedado al mismo nivel interest rates have stayed o remained at the same level;
    no le quedaron secuelas del accidente he suffered no after-effects from the accident;
    Andes, RP
    en el apuro, quedaron los abrigos the coats got left behind o forgotten in the rush;
    quedo a su entera disposición para cualquier consulta [en cartas] I am available to answer any enquiries you may have;
    todo quedó en un buen susto she suffered nothing worse than a shock;
    el viaje quedó en proyecto the trip never got beyond the planning stage;
    ¡esto no puede o [m5] no va a quedar así! I'm not going to let it rest at this!;
    todos nuestros problemas han quedado atrás all our problems are behind us now
    2. [haber aún] to be left, to remain;
    ¿queda azúcar? is there any sugar left?;
    no queda azúcar there isn't any sugar left;
    no nos queda leche we're out of milk;
    queda gente dentro haciendo el examen there are still some people left inside doing the exam;
    queda poco del casco antiguo de la ciudad little remains of the old part of the city;
    nos quedan 50 pesos we have 50 pesos left;
    lo que quede dáselo al perro give whatever's left over to the dog;
    no me quedan ganas de seguir hablando I don't feel like talking any more;
    me queda la esperanza de volver algún día I can only hope that one day I will return;
    Am
    no queda otra there's nothing else for it;
    voy a tener que vender el auto para pagar las cuentas, no queda otra I'm going to have to sell the car to pay the bills, there's nothing else for it
    3. [faltar]
    ¿cuánto queda para Buenos Aires? how much further is it to Buenos Aires?;
    quedan dos vueltas para que termine la carrera there are two laps to go until the end of the race;
    queda poco/un mes para las vacaciones there's not long to go/there's a month to go until the holidays, it's not long/it's a month until the holidays;
    queda mucho para mi cumpleaños my birthday's a long way off;
    me quedan dos días para terminar el trabajo I have two days (left) to finish the work;
    sólo me queda despedirme hasta la próxima semana all that remains is for me to say goodbye until next week;
    quedar por hacer to remain to be done;
    queda por fregar el suelo the floor has still to be cleaned;
    nos quedan bastantes sitios por visitar we still have quite a lot of places to visit
    4. [mostrarse, dar cierta imagen]
    quedar bien/mal (con alguien) to make a good/bad impression (on sb);
    le gusta quedar bien con todo el mundo he likes to keep everyone happy;
    quedaste estupendamente trayendo flores you made a very good impression by bringing flowers;
    voy a quedar fatal si no voy it'll look really bad if I don't go;
    no me hagas quedar mal don't show me up;
    quedaste como un mentiroso you ended up looking like o you came across like a liar;
    quedó como un idiota he ended up o he was left looking stupid
    5. [resultar]
    el trabajo ha quedado perfecto the job turned out perfectly;
    el cuadro queda muy bien ahí the picture looks great there;
    el salón os ha quedado muy bonito the living-room has turned out lovely, you've made a great job of the living-room;
    quedar claro to be clear;
    no quiero que llegues después de las once, ¿queda claro? I don't want you back later than eleven, is that clear?;
    quedar en [llegar, acabar] to end in;
    quedar en quinto lugar, quedar el quinto to come fifth;
    quedar en nada to come to nothing;
    RP Fam
    quedamos en veremos we left it open
    6. [sentar]
    te queda un poco corto el traje your suit is a bit too short;
    esta falda me queda un poco justa this skirt is a bit tight;
    ¡qué bien te queda ese traje! that dress really suits you!, you look great in that dress!;
    esa camisa te queda mal that shirt doesn't suit you;
    ¿te quedan bien los zapatos? do the shoes fit you?;
    quedar bien/mal con algo to go well/badly with sth;
    Méx
    este pantalón no me queda these Br trousers o US pants don't suit me;
    Méx
    esas cortinas le quedan mal al salón those curtains don't go well in the living-room
    7. [citarse]
    quedar (con alguien) to arrange to meet (sb);
    ¿cuándo/dónde quedamos? when/where shall we meet?;
    hemos quedado el lunes we've arranged to meet on Monday;
    he quedado con Juan para jugar al tenis I've arranged to play tennis with Juan
    8. [acordar]
    quedar en algo to agree on sth;
    quedar en o Am [m5] de hacer algo to agree to do sth;
    ¿en qué has quedado? what have you decided to do?;
    quedar en que… to agree that…;
    quedé con ellos en que iría I told them I'd go;
    ¿en qué quedamos? what's it to be, then?
    9. [estar situado] to be;
    queda por las afueras it's somewhere on the outskirts;
    ¿por dónde queda? whereabouts is it?
    10. [asignatura]
    me queda el inglés de primero I still haven't passed first-year English;
    ¿cuántas te han quedado? how many subjects from last year do you have to resit this year?
    ♦ vt
    RP Fam
    quedarla: no apuestes todo a una sola posibilidad porque si no sale, la quedás don't put all your eggs in one basket because if it doesn't work out, you've had it;
    ¿quién la queda? [en juego] who's counting?
    ♦ v impersonal
    por mí que no quede don't let me be the one to stop you;
    que no quede por falta de dinero we don't want it to fall through for lack of money;
    por probar que no quede we should at least try it
    * * *
    v/i
    1 ( permanecer) stay;
    esto queda entre nosotros this is just between us;
    quedar cerca be nearby
    2 en un estado be;
    quedó sin resolver it remained unresolved, it wasn’t sorted out;
    ¿cómo quedó? how did it end up?;
    queda por hacer it still has o needs to be done
    3 ( sentar)
    :
    te queda bien/mal de estilo it suits you/doesn’t suit you; de talla it fits you/doesn’t fit you
    4 ( sobrar) be left;
    ¿queda mucho tiempo? is there much time left?;
    no queda nada de tiempo time’s almost up; distancia it’s not far now
    :
    quedar con alguien fam arrange to meet (with) s.o.;
    ¿dónde habíamos quedado? where had we arranged to meet?
    6 ( acordar)
    :
    quedar en algo agree to sth;
    ¿en qué quedamos? what did we agree?
    7
    :
    por mí que no quede it’s fine by me
    * * *
    quedar vi
    1) permanecer: to remain, to stay
    2) : to be
    quedamos contentos con las mejoras: we were pleased with the improvements
    3) : to be situated
    queda muy lejos: it's very far, it's too far away
    4) : to be left
    quedan sólo dos alternativas: there are only two options left
    5) : to fit, to suit
    estos zapatos no me quedan: these shoes don't fit
    6)
    quedar bien (mal) : to turn out well (badly)
    7)
    quedar en : to agree, to arrange
    ¿en qué quedamos?: what's the arrangement, then?
    * * *
    quedar vb
    1. (haber) to be left
    ¿quedan cebollas? are there any onions left?
    2. (permanecer) to remain
    3. (tener) to have left
    4. (faltar) to have to do
    5. (distancia, tiempo)
    6. (resultar) to be
    7. (estar) to be
    ¿dónde queda la estación? where's the station?
    8. (citarse) to meet [pt. & pp. met]
    ¿a qué hora quedamos? what time shall we meet?
    10. (sentar bien ropa) to suit

    Spanish-English dictionary > quedar

  • 8 clase

    f.
    1 class.
    de primera clase first-class
    de segunda clase second-class
    clase alta/media upper/middle class
    las clases dirigentes the ruling classes
    clase obrera working class
    clases pasivas = pensioners and people on benefit
    clase preferente club class
    clase social social class
    clase trabajadora working class
    clase turista tourist class
    2 sort, kind (tipo).
    no me gusta esa clase de bromas I don't like that kind of joke
    toda clase de all sorts o kinds of
    3 class (education) (asignatura, alumnos).
    clases particulares private tuition
    clase de francés/inglés French/English class
    clase magistral master class
    * * *
    1 (grupo, categoría) class
    2 (aula) classroom; (de universidad) lecture hall
    3 (tipo) type, sort
    \
    asistir a clase to attend class
    dar clase to teach
    de buena clase good quality
    de todas clases of all kinds, of all sorts
    tener clase to have class
    toda clase de all sorts of
    clase alta upper class
    clase baja lower class
    clase de conducir driving lesson
    clase dirigente ruling class
    clase media middle class
    clase obrera working class
    clase particular private class, private lesson
    clase preferente business class
    clases de recuperación remedial classes
    clases pasivas pensioners
    primera clase first class
    segunda clase second class
    * * *
    noun f.
    2) sort, type
    * * *
    1. SF
    1) (Escol)
    a) (=lección) lesson, class

    dar o Chile hacer clase(s) — [profesor] to teach; Esp [alumno] to have lessons

    - fumarse o saltarse o soplarse la clase
    b) (=instrucción) school

    faltar a clase — to miss school, be absent

    c) (=aula) classroom
    d) (=grupo de alumnos) class

    la gente de mi clase — my classmates, my class

    "se dan clases particulares" — "private tuition offered"

    2) (Univ)
    a) [práctica] (=lección, instrucción) class; (=aula) classroom

    dar o LAm frm dictar clase — [profesor] to teach; [alumno] Esp to have classes

    b) (=lección) lecture

    hoy no voy a clase — I'm not going to any lectures today, I'm not going to University today

    • dar clase — [profesor] to teach, lecture; [alumno] to have lectures

    c) (=aula) lecture room
    3) (=tipo) kind, sort

    gente de todas clases — all kinds o sorts of people, people of all kinds

    con toda clase de detalles — in great detail, down to the last detail

    4) (=calidad) quality
    5) [en viajes] class

    segunda clase — second class, standard class

    6) (=elegancia) class

    tu hermana tiene mucha clase — your sister has a lot of class, your sister's very classy

    7) (Sociol) class

    las clases acomodadas — the well-to-do, the moneyed classes

    la clase dirigente o dominante — the ruling class

    la clase política — politicians pl, the political establishment Sociol

    8) (Bio, Bot) class
    9) (Mil)
    2.
    ADJ And * first-rate, classy *
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( tipo) kind, sort, type
    2) (Transp) class

    viajar en primera/segunda clase — to travel (in) first/second class

    3) (Sociol) class
    4) (distinción, elegancia) class
    5) (Educ)
    a) ( lección) class

    clases de conducir or manejar — driving lessons

    dictar clase (de algo) — (AmL frml) to lecture (in something)

    dar clase or (Chi) hacer clases (de algo) — profesor ( en colegio) to teach (something); ( en universidad) to lecture (something), teach (something)

    ¿quién te da clase de latín? — who takes you for Latin?

    da clases de latín/piano con un profesor privado — (Esp) she has latin classes/piano lessons with a private tutor

    b) ( grupo de alumnos) class

    un compañero de clase — a classmate, a school friend

    c) ( aula - en escuela) classroom; (- en universidad) lecture hall o room
    6) (Bot, Zool) class
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( tipo) kind, sort, type
    2) (Transp) class

    viajar en primera/segunda clase — to travel (in) first/second class

    3) (Sociol) class
    4) (distinción, elegancia) class
    5) (Educ)
    a) ( lección) class

    clases de conducir or manejar — driving lessons

    dictar clase (de algo) — (AmL frml) to lecture (in something)

    dar clase or (Chi) hacer clases (de algo) — profesor ( en colegio) to teach (something); ( en universidad) to lecture (something), teach (something)

    ¿quién te da clase de latín? — who takes you for Latin?

    da clases de latín/piano con un profesor privado — (Esp) she has latin classes/piano lessons with a private tutor

    b) ( grupo de alumnos) class

    un compañero de clase — a classmate, a school friend

    c) ( aula - en escuela) classroom; (- en universidad) lecture hall o room
    6) (Bot, Zool) class
    * * *
    clase1
    1 = class, class, cluster, kind, nature, schedules, the, sort, type, schedule, table, ilk, class standing.

    Ex: The following highlights are what this first class of Fellows recall of their time overseas.

    Ex: A class is a set of things which share some property, or characteristic, in common.
    Ex: Various other methods of obtaining clusters have been described, including the use of fuzzy sets, but these are beyond the scope of this book.
    Ex: Document descriptions may be drafted for a wide variety of different kinds of library material, but some common principles can be established.
    Ex: Since all of the headings are alphabetical words, it is possible to interfile entries regardless of the nature of their heading.
    Ex: The list of terms, representing concepts systematically arranged and showing their relationships, constitutes the schedules of a classification scheme.
    Ex: Thoughts of this sort kept running about like clockwork mice in his head, while the murmur of chatter filled the room and outside dusk had yielded to black night.
    Ex: There are a number of types of abstracts or labels that can be applied to abstracts.
    Ex: We have now established all the information that we need to enable us to construct a schedule, or table, in a given subject area.
    Ex: We have now established all the information that we need to enable us to construct a schedule, or table, in a given subject area.
    Ex: Perhaps she would be well advised to read that book and others of its ilk to see if she could learn something about surviving in the corporate world.
    Ex: Social distance, the aloofness and unapproachability of persons of different social strata, is both a symbol of class standing.
    * análisis multidimensional de clases = multidimensional cluster analysis.
    * área de datos específicos de la clase de documento = material (or type of publication) specific details area.
    * clase acomodada = nob.
    * clase alta = upper class.
    * clase anterior = anterior numeral class.
    * clase baja = lower class, the.
    * clase business = business class.
    * clase capitalista = capitalist class.
    * clase fénix = Phoenix schedule.
    * clase general = containing class.
    * clase gobernante, la = ruling class, the, ruling elite, the.
    * clase intelectual = intellectual class.
    * clase marginada = underclass.
    * clase media = middle class.
    * clase media alta = upper-middle class.
    * clase obrera = working class.
    * clase política = political class.
    * clase principal = main class.
    * clases altas, las = upper circles, the.
    * clases auxiliares = auxiliaries.
    * clases inferiores, las = lower orders, the.
    * clase social = social class.
    * clase superior = brahmin.
    * clase trabajadora = working class, labouring class.
    * clase turista = economy class.
    * con toda clase de comodidades = with all mods and cons.
    * con toda clase de lujos = with all mods and cons.
    * correo de primera clase = first class post.
    * cultura de la clase alta = high culture.
    * cultura de la clase baja = low culture.
    * cultura de la clase media = middlebrow culture.
    * de primera clase = first class, first-rate, tip-top.
    * de segunda clase = second-rate.
    * designación específica de la clase de documento = specific material designation.
    * designación general de la clase de documento = general material designation.
    * de una clase social superior = above + Posesivo + class.
    * dimensión de clase = class dimension.
    * fuera de clase = out-of-class.
    * identidad clase-tipo = type-token identity.
    * lucha de clases = class warfare.
    * modelo en su clase = showpiece.
    * notación de clase = class notation.
    * política de clases = class politics.
    * prejuicio de clases = class prejudice.
    * relación clase-tipo = type-token ratio.
    * sin clases sociales = classless.
    * sistema de clases sociales = class system.
    * subdivisión dentro de una clase = link, step of division.
    * toda clase de = all sorts of.
    * una clase de = a kind of.

    clase2
    2 = classroom, class.

    Ex: Teaching is done through lectures, seminars, tutorials and practical work both in the classroom and the library.

    Ex: The students in these classes were asked to record their library science periodical usage for one week = En estas clases se les pidió a los estudiantes que mantuvieran un registro del uso que hacían de las publicaciones periódicas de biblioteconomía y documentación durante una semana.
    * delegado de clase = class prefect, class representative.

    clase3
    3 = lesson, session, course unit, teaching session, lecture.

    Ex: There were lessons in this story which appear to have been ignored but remain valid for the future.

    Ex: But more mature readers can be expected to go on reading for full sessions without flagging, a point that most children should reach by ten years old.
    Ex: This paper discusses the library education programme in the 1st library school in Nigeria to offer the course unit system as operated in the USA.
    Ex: In teaching session after teaching session, day after day, school tasks are administered through textbooks, instruction manuals, reference works, etc -- tomes teeming with problems for the pupils to solve.
    Ex: The staff undertake searches and enquiries for the user and educate the user by various ways, from informal discussion to fully prepared lectures.
    * anterior a la clase = preclass.
    * apuntes de clase = lecture notes, class notes.
    * asistir a una clase = attend + class.
    * aula de clase = teaching room.
    * clase de educación de adultos = adult learning class, adult learner class.
    * clase de educación especial = special education class.
    * clase de educación física = physical education class.
    * clase de gimnasia = gym class.
    * clase de historia = history lesson.
    * clase de prácticas = practical.
    * clase de primaria = infant class.
    * clase de redacción = composition class.
    * clase didáctica = didactic lecture.
    * clase magistral = lecture class.
    * clase nocturna = evening class.
    * clases de apoyo = remedial teaching.
    * clases de guitarra = guitar tuition.
    * clase virtual = e-lesson.
    * compañero de clase = classmate.
    * curso de clases magistrales = lecture course.
    * curso mixto de clases y práctica en la empresa = sandwich course.
    * dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.
    * ejercicios de clase = school tasks.
    * en el aula de clase = classroom-based.
    * faltar a clase = play + hooky, skip + class, play + truant, bunk off, bunk + classes, skive, bunk + school.
    * faltar a una clase = miss + class, cut + class.
    * fugarse una clase = skip + class.
    * hora de clase = class period.
    * horario de clase = class time, class schedule.
    * horas de clase = class time, school hours.
    * impartir clases = lecture.
    * lectura en clase = class reading.
    * lectura recomendada de clase = classroom reading.
    * material didáctico entregado en clase = class handout.
    * perderse una clase = miss + class.
    * preparar un trabajo de clase = research + paper.
    * programa mixto de clases y práctica en la empresa = sandwich programme.
    * saltarse una clase = skip + class, miss + class, cut + class.
    * trabajo de clase = term paper, coursework [course work], term project, essay assignment, class assignment, course assignment, homework, student assignment, written assignment.
    * trabajos de clase = classroom asignment.

    * * *
    A
    1 (tipo) kind, sort, type
    sin ninguna clase de explicaciones with no explanation of any kind, without any kind of explanation
    te deseo toda clase de felicidad I wish you every happiness
    2
    (categoría): productos de primera clase top-quality products
    B ( Transp) class
    viajar en primera/segunda clase to travel (in) first/second class
    Compuestos:
    economy o tourist class
    ● clase ejecutiva or preferente
    business class
    C ( Sociol) class
    gente de todas las clases sociales people of all (social) classes
    la clase política politicians
    Compuestos:
    upper class
    lower class
    ruling class
    middle class
    ● clase media alta/media baja
    upper-middle/lower-middle class
    working class
    fpl:
    working class
    D (distinción, elegancia) class
    tiene mucha clase she has a lot of class, she's very classy ( colloq)
    E ( Educ)
    1 (lección) class
    este año ha faltado a clase diez veces this year he's missed ten classes
    la clase que más me gusta es la de historia my favorite class o ( BrE) lesson is history
    se porta muy mal en clase she behaves very badly in class
    ¿a qué hora sales de clase? what time do you get out of class ( o school etc)?
    los centros en los que se imparten las clases ( frml); the centers where classes are held
    clases de conducir or manejar driving lessons
    dicta clase de filosofía ( AmL); she teaches philosophy, she gives philosophy classes
    dar clase «profesor» (en el colegio) to teach; (en la universidad) to lecture, teach;
    «alumno» ( Esp) to have classes
    da clases particulares he gives private classes, he teaches privately
    ¿quién te da clase de latín? who do you have for o who takes you for Latin?
    da clases de matemáticas en la Universidad she lectures in o teaches mathematics at the University
    dio la clase de mi parte he gave o took the class for me
    doy clases de música con un profesor particular ( Esp); I have music lessons with a private teacher
    hace clases de piano en el conservatorio ( Chi); he teaches piano at the conservatory
    invitó a toda la clase a la fiesta she invited the whole class to the party
    es el primero de la clase he's top of the class, he's the best in the class
    un compañero de clase a classmate, a school friend
    3 (aula — en una escuela) classroom; (— en una universidad) lecture hall o room, lecture auditorium ( AmE), lecture theatre ( BrE)
    ¿en qué clase es la conferencia? which room is the lecture in?
    Compuestos:
    master class
    evening class
    private class o lesson
    F ( Bot, Zool) class
    ( Mil) ≈ NCO, ≈ noncommissioned officer
    * * *

     

    clase sustantivo femenino
    1 ( tipo) kind, sort, type;

    2 (Transp, Sociol) class;

    clase económica or turista economy o tourist class;
    clase ejecutiva or preferente business class;
    clase alta/baja/media upper/lower/middle class;
    clase dirigente or dominante ruling class;
    clase obrera working class
    3
    a) (distinción, elegancia) class;


    b) ( categoría):


    4 (Educ)

    clases de conducir or manejar driving lessons;
    dictar clase (de algo) (AmL frml) to lecture (in sth);
    dar clase or (Chi) hacer clases (de algo) [ profesor] to teach (sth);

    clase particular private class o lesson


    (— en universidad) lecture hall o room
    clase sustantivo femenino
    1 (género, tipo) kind, sort: tienen toda clase de instrumentos musicales, they have all kinds of musical instruments
    2 (categoría) class
    viajar en primera/ segunda clase, to travel first/second class
    un jamón de primera clase, a top-quality ham
    3 (grupo social) class
    clase alta/media, upper/middle class
    clases pasivas, pensioners
    4 Educ (aula) classroom
    (grupo de estudiantes) class
    (lección) lesson, class
    5 (elegancia, estilo) class
    ' clase' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    amiga
    - amigo
    - baja
    - bajo
    - colegio
    - compartimento
    - compartimiento
    - curso
    - dar
    - dirigente
    - entre
    - especie
    - fichada
    - fichado
    - fumarse
    - género
    - guión
    - honda
    - índole
    - media
    - medio
    - mejor
    - naturaleza
    - permitirse
    - pueblo
    - repelente
    - suerte
    - tema
    - tipo
    - adelante
    - apuntar
    - asistir
    - atrás
    - burgués
    - burguesía
    - capar
    - capear
    - cierto
    - compañero
    - dibujo
    - dictar
    - dormir
    - espabilado
    - faltar
    - formar
    - listo
    - numeroso
    - obrero
    - orden
    - parejo
    English:
    artwork
    - background
    - blue-collar
    - board
    - brand
    - breed
    - charge off
    - class
    - classmate
    - classroom
    - classy
    - conclude
    - description
    - discipline
    - diverse
    - dunce
    - economy class
    - first-class
    - form
    - grade
    - gym
    - heterogeneous
    - institution
    - kind
    - lance corporal
    - lecture
    - lesson
    - lower-class
    - manner
    - method
    - middle-class
    - nature
    - order
    - period
    - posh
    - remedial
    - riding lesson
    - second-class
    - session
    - shade
    - Sloane Ranger
    - sort
    - start off
    - stay behind
    - stream
    - take
    - tourist class
    - type
    - upper class
    - variety
    * * *
    clase nf
    1. [grupo, categoría] class;
    de primera clase first-class;
    de segunda clase second-class;
    una mercancía de primera clase a first-class o top-class product
    2. [en medio de transporte] class;
    primera/segunda clase first/second class;
    viajar en primera/segunda clase to travel first/second class
    clase económica economy class;
    clase ejecutiva business class;
    clase preferente business o club class;
    Andes clase salón [en tren] first class;
    clase turista tourist class
    3. [grupo social, profesional, institucional] class;
    la clase médica the medical profession;
    la clase política the political class, politicians
    clase alta upper class;
    clase baja lower class;
    la clase dirigente the ruling class;
    clase media middle class;
    clase media alta upper middle class;
    clase media baja lower middle class;
    clase obrera working class;
    clase ociosa the idle classes;
    clases pasivas = pensioners and people on benefit;
    clase social social class;
    clase trabajadora working class
    4. [tipo] sort, kind;
    no me gusta esa clase de bromas I don't like that kind of joke;
    toda clase de all sorts o kinds of;
    os deseamos toda clase de felicidad we wish you every happiness;
    de toda clase of all sorts o kinds;
    sin ninguna clase de dudas without a (shadow of a) doubt
    5. Zool class
    6. Ling class
    7. [asignatura, lección] [en colegio] class;
    [en universidad] lecture;
    una clase de historia a history class/lecture;
    iremos al cine después de clase [en colegio] we're going to the cinema after school;
    [en universidad] we're going to the cinema after class;
    me voy a clase, nos veremos luego I'm going to my lecture, see you later;
    el profesor no le puede recibir ahora, está en clase the teacher can't see you now, he's teaching o he's giving a class;
    dar clases [en colegio] to teach;
    [en universidad] to lecture;
    da clases de español a un grupo de franceses she teaches Spanish to a group of French people;
    doy clase con el Sr. Vega Mr Vega is my teacher;
    faltar a clase to miss school;
    faltó una semana a clase por enfermedad she was off school for a week because she was ill;
    hoy tengo clase [en colegio] I have to go to school today;
    [en universidad] I've got lectures today Esp clases de conducir driving lessons;
    clase magistral lecture;
    Am clases de manejar driving lessons;
    clase nocturna evening class;
    clases particulares private tuition;
    clases de recuperación = extra lessons for pupils who have failed their exams
    8. [alumnos] class;
    9. [aula] [en colegio] classroom;
    [en universidad] lecture room o hall
    10. [estilo]
    tener clase to have class;
    una mujer con mucha clase a very classy woman;
    con ese gol demostró su clase he showed his class with that goal
    * * *
    f
    1 EDU class;
    2 ( variedad) kind, sort
    3 social class;
    la clase obrera the working class
    4
    :
    tener clase have class;
    una mujer con clase a classy woman
    * * *
    clase nf
    1) : class
    2) índole, tipo: sort, kind, type
    * * *
    1. (en general) class [pl. classes]
    2. (lección) class / lesson
    ¿a qué hora empieza la clase? what time does the class begin?
    3. (tipo) kind
    4. (aula) classroom

    Spanish-English dictionary > clase

  • 9 prima

    1. adv before
    prima di before
    prima di fare qualcosa before doing something
    prima o poi sooner or later
    prima che before
    quanto prima as soon as possible
    2. f railway first class
    motoring first gear
    theatre first night
    * * *
    prima avv.
    1 ( precedentemente nel tempo) before: un anno, un mese prima, a year, a month before; alcuni giorni prima, a few days before; l'avevo visto un attimo prima, I had seen him a moment before; molto prima, long before; poco prima, shortly before; avresti dovuto pensarci prima, you should have thought of it before; ne so meno di prima, I know less than I did before; ne so quanto prima, I know just as much as I did before (o I'm as wise as before); tutto è rimasto come prima, everything stayed the same as before; sta peggio di prima, he is worse than he was before; siamo al punto di prima, we're back where we were before (o where we started from) // da prima, before: lo conoscevo da prima, I knew him from before
    2 ( in anticipo) beforehand; in advance: se decidi di venire, avvertimi prima, if you decide to come, let me know beforehand (o in advance); l'appuntamento era stato fissato due mesi prima, the appointment had been fixed two months beforehand
    3 ( più presto, in anticipo) earlier, sooner; quicker: cercherò di venire qualche giorno prima, I'll try and come a few days earlier; dovresti andare a letto prima, you should go to bed earlier; non puoi venire prima?, can't you come earlier (o sooner)?; se prendi il rapido, arriverai molto prima, if you take the express, you'll get there much sooner (o much quicker); non potremmo vederci un po' prima?, couldn't we meet a bit earlier (o sooner)?; ''Sei già di ritorno?'' ''Sì, ho fatto prima del previsto'', ''Back already?'' ''Yes, I was quicker than I expected'' // prima o poi, sooner or later // quanto prima, ( presto) soon (o presently o before long); ( il più presto possibile) as soon as possible
    4 ( un tempo, una volta) once; formerly: prima il collegio era un monastero, the college was formerly (o once) a convent; prima c'era un parco qui, there was a park here once (o formerly) (o there used to be a park here); prima vivevo a Roma, I used to live in Rome (once); prima la casa apparteneva ai miei nonni, the house used to belong to my grandparents (o belonged to my grandparents once); prima questa zona era deserta, oggi ospita un villaggio turistico, this area used to be (o was once) deserted, today it has a tourist village; prima le malattie incurabili erano molte di più di oggi, there used to be many more incurable illnesses than there are today; non è più quello di prima, he's not the man he was (o he used to be); ora siamo più amici di prima, we're better friends than we were before (o we're better friends than ever) ∙ Come si nota dagli esempi, in alcuni casi l'avv. prima non viene tradotto in quanto l'anteriorità dell'azione è espressa dalla forma verbale used to
    5 ( per prima cosa, per primo) first; ( in un primo tempo) at first; ( in primo luogo) firstly, first of all: prima mangiamo qualcosa, poi andiamo al cinema, let's get something to eat first, then go to the cinema; prima inserire la spina, poi premere il pulsante, first plug it in, then press the button; prima lo studio, poi il divertimento, study first, then enjoy yourself; chi viene prima?, who's first?; chi è prima nella fila?, who's first in line?; entra prima tu, io ti seguo, you enter first, I'll follow; non ci vado, prima perché sono stanco, poi perché non ho tempo, I'm not going, firstly (o first of all) because I'm tired and then because I haven't got time; prima pensavo che scherzasse, poi mi accorsi che faceva sul serio, I thought he was joking at first, then I realized he was serious
    6 ( precedentemente nello spazio) first, before: prima c'è una farmacia, poi c'è l'ufficio postale, first there's a chemist's, then there's the post office; non entreremo in città, ci fermeremo prima, we'll stop before we get to the town; sono sceso alla fermata prima e ho fatto l'ultimo pezzo di strada a piedi, I got off at the stop before and walked the rest of the way.
    prima s.f.
    1 ( nell'ordinamento scolastico) first class, first year: frequentare la prima elementare, to be in the first class of primary school
    2 (ferr.) first-class: viaggiare in prima, to travel first-class
    3 (teatr.) first night; (cinem.) 'première': assistere alla prima dell' 'Otello', to attend the first night of 'Othello'
    4 ( scherma) basic position, initial position; ( ginnastica) basic position // ( calcio): punizione di prima, direct free kick; giocare ( la palla) di prima, to play the ball first time
    5 (eccl.) prime
    6 (comm.) prima di cambio, first of exchange
    7 (mil.) aiutante maggiore in prima, regimental adjutant.
    * * *
    I ['prima]
    1. avv
    1) (in precedenza) before, (una volta) once, formerly

    ne so quanto prima — I know as much as I did before, I'm none the wiser

    amici come prima! — let's make it up o let's be friends again!

    2) (in anticipo) beforehand, in advance
    3) (più presto) sooner, earlier
    4) (innanzi) before, (in primo luogo) first
    2.

    prima di prep — (tempo, spazio) before

    3.

    prima di, prima che cong — before

    prima di fare/che tu faccia — before doing/you do

    II ['prima] sf
    1) (gen) first, Teatro opening night, Cine première, Ferr first class, Auto first gear
    2) Scol first year, (prima elementare) year two Brit, first grade Am, (prima media) year seven Brit, sixth grade Am, (prima superiore) year ten Brit, tenth grade Am
    * * *
    I 1. ['prima]
    1) (nel tempo) before; (in anticipo) beforehand, in advance

    molto, poco prima — long, shortly before

    2) (un tempo) once
    4) (più presto) earlier, sooner

    prima possibile, quanto prima — as soon as possible

    5) (nello spazio) before
    7) di prima former, previous

    gli inquilini di prima — the former o previous tenants

    8) prima di before

    prima della mia partenza — before my leaving, before I left

    prima di andare, vorrei dire che — before I go o before going, I would like to say that

    prima di abitare qui, lui... — previous to living here, he...

    per lui il lavoro viene prima di tutto — for him, work comes before everything

    9) prima che before

    ah, prima che mi dimentichi,... — oh, before I forget

    2.
    aggettivo invariabile (precedente) before, previous

    il giorno, il mese prima — the day, the month before, the previous day, month

    II ['prima]
    sostantivo femminile
    1) scol. first year, first form BE
    2) teatr. cinem. première, opening (night), first (night)
    3) aut. first gear, bottom gear BE

    ingranare o mettere la prima — to change o shift AE into first (gear)

    4) ferr. aer. first class
    * * *
    prima1
    /'prima/
     1 (nel tempo) before; (in anticipo) beforehand, in advance; molto, poco prima long, shortly before; due mesi prima two months before; non ci sono mai stato prima I had never been there before; lo sapevano già da prima they knew beforehand
     2 (un tempo) once; prima andavo a scuola in bici once I used to cycle to school; non è più quello di prima he's a shadow of his former self
     3 (per prima cosa) first; prima dobbiamo decidere first we must decide; prima le signore ladies before gentlemen; prima le donne e i bambini women and children first
     4 (più presto) earlier, sooner; prima possibile, quanto prima as soon as possible; prima è meglio è the sooner the better; prima o poi sooner or later; non puoi arrivare a casa prima? can't you get home earlier?
     5 (nello spazio) before; due pagine prima two pages back
     6 (in una gerarchia) before; prima tu! you go first!
     7 di prima former, previous; gli inquilini di prima the former o previous tenants; com'è il tuo lavoro rispetto a quello di prima? how does this job compare with your last one?
     8 prima di before; prima della mia partenza before my leaving, before I left; prima di andare, vorrei dire che before I go o before going, I would like to say that; non mi era mai successo prima d'ora it had never happened before; poco prima di mezzanotte shortly before midnight; non saprò niente prima di martedì I won't know until Tuesday; è arrivata mezz'ora prima degli altri she arrived half an hour in advance of the others; prima di tutto first (of all); prima di abitare qui, lui... previous to living here, he...; per lui il lavoro viene prima di tutto for him, work comes before everything
     9 prima che before; ci volle del tempo prima che tornasse a camminare it was some time before he was able to walk again; ah, prima che mi dimentichi,... oh, before I forget,...
      (precedente) before, previous; il giorno, il mese prima the day, the month before, the previous day, month; la mattina prima the previous morning; questa pagina e quella prima this page and the one before; prendere il treno prima to catch the earlier train.
    ————————
    prima2
    /'prima/
    sostantivo f.
     1 scol. first year, first form BE; fare la prima to be in the first year o form
     2 teatr. cinem. première, opening (night), first (night)
     3 aut. first gear, bottom gear BE; ingranare o mettere la prima to change o shift AE into first (gear)
     4 ferr. aer. first class; viaggiare in prima to travel first class.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > prima

  • 10 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 11 dejar

    v.
    1 to leave, to put.
    dejó los papeles en la mesa he put o left the papers on the table
    deja el abrigo en la percha put your coat on the hanger
    he dejado la moto muy cerca I've left o parked my motorbike nearby
    Ricardo dejó a Ilse Richard left Ilse.
    Fuss dejó a Ricardo en la escuela Fuss left=dropped off Richard at school.
    Dejé mi trabajo anterior I left my former job.
    El viejo le dejó su dinero a su hijo The old man left his money to his son.
    2 to leave (abandonar) (casa, trabajo, país).
    dejar algo por imposible to give something up as a lost cause
    dejar a alguien atrás to leave somebody behind
    su marido la ha dejado her husband has left her
    te dejo, tengo que irme I have to leave you now, I must go
    3 to leave out.
    dejar algo por o sin hacer to fail to do something
    dejó lo más importante por resolver he left the most important question unresolved
    4 to forget (about).
    ¡déjame, que tengo trabajo! leave me alone, I'm busy!
    déjame tranquilo o en paz leave me alone o in peace
    déjalo, no importa forget it, it doesn't matter
    5 to leave behind, to clear out of, to leave.
    Missy dejó su bolso en su apuro Missy left behind her purse in the rush.
    6 to be given, to inherit, to receive.
    Se me dejó dinero en el testamento I was given money in the will.
    7 to let, to allow to.
    Dejé al perro salir a la calle I allowed the dog to go outside.
    8 to be allowed to.
    Se nos dejó ir We were allowed to go.
    9 to be left.
    Se nos dejó asombrados We were left astonished.
    10 to quit, to give up, to abandon, to relinquish.
    Ella dejó y se fue She quitted and left.
    11 to lend, to lend out.
    * * *
    1 (colocar) to leave, put
    2 (abandonar - persona, lugar) to leave; (- hábito, cosa, actividad) to give up
    3 (permitir) to allow, let
    4 (prestar) to lend
    5 (ceder) to give
    6 (producir dinero) to bring in, make
    7 (producir humo, ceniza) to produce, leave
    8 (esperar) to wait
    9 (aplazar) to put off
    10 (omitir) to leave out, omit
    12 (legar) to bequeath, leave
    1 dejar de + inf (cesar - voluntariamente) to stop + gerund, give up + gerund; (- involuntariamente) to stop + gerund
    2 no dejar de + inf not to fail to + inf
    3 dejar + past participle
    1 (abandonarse) to neglect oneself, let oneself go
    2 (olvidar) to forget, leave behind
    3 (permitir) to let oneself, allow oneself to
    1 (cesar) to stop
    \
    dejar algo por imposible to give up on something
    dejar caer to drop
    dejar en paz to leave alone
    dejar frío,-a figurado to leave cold
    dejar mal a alguien to make somebody look bad
    dejar plantado,-a a alguien to stand somebody up
    dejar preocupado,-a to worry
    dejarse caer to drop, fall 2 (en casa de alguien) to drop in
    dejarse llevar por alguien to be influenced by somebody
    dejarse llevar por algo to get carried away with something
    dejarse oír (gen) to be heard 2 (gritar) to make oneself heard
    dejarse sentir el frío/verano/invierno to feel the cold/summer/winter
    * * *
    verb
    4) let
    5) allow, permit
    •
    - dejarse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones dar importancia, dar ejemplo, dar las gracias, dar clases, dar a conocer, dar a entender, darse prisa, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) (=poner, soltar) to leave

    dejé 1.500 euros de entrada — I put down 1,500 euros as a deposit

    • dejar algo [aparte] — to leave sth aside

    • dejar [atrás] — [+ corredor, vehículo adelantado, competidor] to leave behind

    se vino de Holanda, dejando atrás a su familia — he came over from Holland, leaving his family behind

    • dejar algo a un [lado] — to set sth aside

    2) [al desaparecer, morir] to leave
    3) (=guardar)

    ¿me habéis dejado algo de tarta? — have you left {o} saved me some cake?

    4) (=abandonar)
    a) [+ actividad, empleo] to give up

    • dejar la [bebida] — to give up drink, stop drinking

    b) [+ persona, lugar] to leave
    c) [en coche] to drop off

    ¿te dejo en tu casa? — shall I drop you off at your place?

    5) (=no molestar)

    deja ya el ordenador, que lo vas a romper — leave the computer alone, you're going to break it

    déjame, quiero estar solo — leave me be, I want to be alone

    ¡déjalo! — (=¡no hagas eso!) stop it!; (=no te preocupes) forget it!, don't worry about it!

    • dejar [así] las cosas — to leave things as they are

    • ¡déjame [en paz]!, ¡déjame [tranquilo]! — leave me alone!

    6) (=posponer)

    • dejar algo [para] — to leave sth till

    7) (=prestar) to lend

    ¿me dejas diez euros? — can you lend me ten euros?

    ¿me dejas el coche? — can I borrow the car?, will you lend me the car?

    8) (=permitir) + infin to let

    dejar pasar a algn — to let sb through {o} past

    dejar que ({+ subjun})

    dejar que las cosas vayan de mal en peor — to let things go {o} allow things to go from bad to worse

    9) [indicando resultado]
    + adj

    me dejó confundido — she left me confused, she confused me

    • dejar algo [como nuevo], me han dejado el abrigo como nuevo — my coat was as good as new when it came back from them

    10) (=producir)
    [+ dinero]
    11) dejar que (=esperar)

    deja que me toque la lotería y verás — just wait till I win the lottery, then you'll see

    12) (=omitir) to leave out, forget
    2.
    VERBO INTRANSITIVO [con una actividad]

    deja, ya lo hago yo — leave it, I'll do it

    deja, yo lo pago — no {o} it's all right, I'll pay for it

    dejar de hacer algo [por un momento] to stop doing sth; [por una temporada] to give up doing sth, stop doing sth

    cuando deje de llover — when it stops raining, when the rain stops

    ¡déja de hacer eso! — stop that!

    yo dejé de ir hace muchos años — I gave up {o} stopped going years ago

    no puedo dejar de fumar — I can't give up {o} stop smoking

    cuando murió su padre dejó de comer — when her father died she stopped eating {o} she went off her food

    no dejar de ({+ infin})

    no dejes de visitarlos — don't fail to visit them, make sure you visit them

    3.
    See:
    DEJAR Dejar en el sentido de prestar se puede traducir al inglés empleando borrow o lend. Borrow se usa cuando el sujeto es quien pide (significa tomar prestado) y lend cuando el sujeto es quien da (significa dejar prestado): ¿Me dejas tus botas de esquiar? Can I borrow your ski boots? o Can you lend me your ski boots? ¿Me podrías dejar tu reloj? Could I borrow your watch? o Could you lend me your watch? NOTA: Borrow y lend no se utilizan normalmente con cosas que no pueden trasladarse de un sitio a otro: ¿Me dejas tu casa de campo este fin de semana? Can I use your house in the country this weekend? Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( en lugar determinado) to leave

    lo dejé en recepción/en la mesa — I left it in reception/on the table

    ¿cuánto se deja de propina? — how much do you leave as a tip?

    déjala, ella no tuvo la culpa — leave her alone, it wasn't her fault

    dejar mucho que desear — to leave a great deal to be desired

    b) ( olvidar) to leave
    c) ( como herencia) to leave
    2)
    a) <marca/mancha/huella> to leave
    b) < ganancia> to produce
    3) ( abandonar) <novia/marido> to leave; < familia> to leave, abandon; < trabajo> to give up, leave; < lugar> to leave
    4) (+ compl)
    a) ( en cierto estado) to leave

    el avión/bus nos dejó — (Col, Ven) we missed the plane/bus

    me lo dejó en 1.000 pesos — he let me have it for 1,000 pesos

    dejar algo/a alguien estar — to let something/somebody be (colloq), to leave something/somebody alone; lado 5)

    b) (CS)
    5)
    a) ( posponer) leave

    no lo dejes para después, hazlo ahora — don't put it off o leave it until later, do it now

    b) (reservar, guardar) <espacio/margen> to leave
    6) ( permitir)

    dejar algo/a alguien + inf — to let something/somebody + inf

    déjalo entrar/salir — let it/him in/out

    ¿me dejas ir? — will you let me go?

    dejar que algo/alguien + subj — to let somebody/something + inf

    7)
    a)
    b)

    dejar caer — < objeto> to drop; < comentario> to let... drop

    2.
    a) ( cesar)

    dejar de + inf — to stop -ing

    deja de llorar/importunarme — stop crying/bothering me

    b) (omitir, no hacer)

    dejar de + inf: no dejes de escribirme en cuanto llegues make sure you write as soon as you get there; no dejes de recordarles que... be sure to remind them that...; es algo que no deja de sorprenderme — it's something I still find surprising

    3.
    dejarse v pron
    1)
    a) ( abandonarse) to let oneself go
    b)

    dejarse + inf: se deja dominar por la envidia he lets his feelings of envy get the better of him; se deja convencer fácilmente he's easily persuaded; dejarse llevar por la música to let oneself be carried along by the music; no te dejes, tú también pégale (AmL exc RPl) don't just take it, hit him back (colloq); nunca te dejas ver we never seem to see you; dejarse estar (AmL): no te dejes estar you'd better do something; si nos dejamos estar vamos a perder el contrato — if we don't get our act together we'll lose the contract

    2) <barba/bigote> to grow
    3) (esp Esp fam) ( olvidar) to leave

    me dejé el dinero en casa — I left my/the money at home

    4) dejarse de (fam)

    déjate de lamentaciones/de rodeos — stop complaining/beating about the bush

    * * *
    = cease, dump, leave, let, forsake, put down, drop off, maroon, flake out, let + go of, go + cold turkey, leave off, walk out on.
    Ex. After collection has ceased (because a point of diminishing returns appears to have been reached), the cards must be put into groups of 'like' terms.
    Ex. The books may simply be laid before the librarian as they are found, ' dumped in his lap', as one writer puts it.
    Ex. Many libraries are reluctant to reclassify stock and many libraries leave stock classified according to earlier editions long after the earlier edition has been superseded.
    Ex. If the user does not know what the answer is, he stops the command chain at that point, lets the system show an intermediate display for guidance, and then continues his work.
    Ex. Indeed, she was delighted to forsake the urban reality of steel and glass, traffic and crime, aspirin and litter, for the sort of over-the-fence friendliness of the smaller city.
    Ex. The implication is that these are books to be picked up, looked at, leafed through and put down again.
    Ex. That they received regular visits from people who dropped off packages on a regular basis along with money.
    Ex. A seemingly simple tale of schoolboys marooned on an island, the novel 'Lord of the Flies' is an enigmatic and provocative piece of literature.
    Ex. The actress flaked out again and the director is trying to line up a replacement.
    Ex. For one, large areas of city were in the hands of the Mafia, who was not eager to let got of their vested interests.
    Ex. Judging by the critical responses to the article so far, it looks like the world isn't quite ready to go cold turkey on its religion addiction.
    Ex. This book takes up the thread where Volume One left off.
    Ex. There are many thankless jobs in this world, but does that mean you can just walk out on them for your own selfish reasons?.
    ----
    * como el perro del hortelano que ni come ni deja comer = a dog in the manger.
    * dejando a un lado = apart from.
    * dejar a Alguien atónito = leave + Nombre + breathless, leave + Nombre + speechless.
    * dejar a Alguien boquiabierto = leave + Nombre + gagging, make + Posesivo + eyes + pop (out).
    * dejar a Alguien colgado = hang + Nombre + out to dry.
    * dejar a Alguien embarazada = knock + Alguien + up.
    * dejar a Alguien en estado = knock + Alguien + up.
    * dejar a Alguien en la cuneta = leave + Alguien + in the lurch.
    * dejar a Alguien en la estacada = leave + Alguien + in the lurch, hang + Nombre + out to dry.
    * dejar a Alguien en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.
    * dejar a Alguien estupefacto = leave + Nombre + speechless, astound, make + Posesivo + eyes + pop (out).
    * dejar a Alguien inconsciente = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * dejar a Alguien patidifuso = make + Posesivo + eyes + pop (out).
    * dejar a Alguien plantado = leave + Alguien + in the lurch.
    * dejar a Alguien preñada = knock + Alguien + up.
    * dejar a Alguien que se las apañe como pueda = leave + Alguien + to sink or swim.
    * dejar a Alguien que se las apañe solo = leave + Pronombre + to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * dejar a Alguien que se las arregle solo = leave + Pronombre + to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * dejar a Alguien sin aliento = leave + Nombre + breathless, leave + Nombre + speechless.
    * dejar a Alguien sin sentido = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * dejar a Alguien sin trabajo = put + Nombre + out of work.
    * dejar a Alguien sin un duro = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.
    * dejar abierta la posibilidad de que = leave + open the possibility that.
    * dejar a la buena de Dios = leave + Nombre + out in the cold.
    * dejar a la posteridad = bequeath to + posterity.
    * dejar al descubierto = lay + bare.
    * dejar Algo a la suerte = leave + Nombre + to chance.
    * dejar Algo al azar = leave + Nombre + to chance.
    * dejar Algo al criterio de Alguien = leave + Nombre + up to.
    * dejar Algo aparcado = put + Nombre + on ice, put + Nombre + on mothballs.
    * dejar Algo completamente destrozado = leave + Nombre + in shambles.
    * dejar Algo para otro día = take + a rain cheque.
    * dejar a oscuras = cut out + light.
    * dejar aparte = leave + aside.
    * dejar a + Posesivo + suerte = strand.
    * dejar a su aire = leave to + Reflexivo, leave + unchecked.
    * dejar atónito = stun, astound.
    * dejar atrás = leave + behind, outstrip, outpace, outdistance, leave + Nombre + behind, leave by + the wayside, move on from.
    * dejar a una lado = put + Nombre + to one side.
    * dejar a un lado = put + aside, move + beyond, lay + Nombre + aside, leave by + the wayside.
    * dejar bastante que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.
    * dejar bien claro = make + it + crystal clear, make + Reflexivo + crystal clear.
    * dejar caer = drop, dump.
    * dejar caer insinuaciones = throw + hints.
    * dejar caer un indirecta = drop + a hint.
    * dejar ciego = blind.
    * dejar claro = make + it + clear, hammer + home + message, make + plain, send + a clear signal that.
    * dejar claro que = make + the point that.
    * dejar como + estar = leave + untouched.
    * dejar con el culo al aire = leave + Nombre + out in the cold.
    * dejar constancia de = record.
    * dejar de = cease to, relax + the grip on.
    * dejar de actualizar el catálogo = close down + catalogue.
    * dejar de circular = drop out of + circulation.
    * dejar de existir = be no more.
    * dejar de fumar = stop + smoking, quit + smoking, smoking cessation.
    * dejar de funcionar = go down, cease to + function, go + belly up, flake out, go + dead, pack up.
    * dejar de gustar = go off.
    * dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.
    * dejar de hacer sufrir = put + Nombre + out of + Posesivo + misery.
    * dejar de + Infinitivo = skip + Gerundio, give up + Gerundio, stop + Gerundio.
    * dejar de lado = leave + aside, forego [forgo].
    * dejar de percatarse de = become + blind to.
    * dejar de pie = leave + standing.
    * dejar de publicarse = cease + publication.
    * dejar de remar = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.
    * dejar desamparado = leave + Nombre + out in the cold, leave + unprotected.
    * dejar de ser actual = date.
    * dejar de ser popular = outlive + Posesivo + popularity.
    * dejar de ser útil = outlive + Posesivo + usefulness.
    * dejar desguarnecido = leave + unprotected.
    * dejar de sonreír = extinguish + smile.
    * dejar desprotegido = leave + unprotected, leave + Nombre + out in the cold.
    * dejar desvalido = leave + unprotected.
    * dejar de trabajar temporalmente = career break.
    * dejar de ver = become + blind to.
    * dejar dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.
    * dejar el agua correr = let bygones be bygones.
    * dejar el hábito = kick + the habit.
    * dejar el nido = fly + the nest, leave + the nest.
    * dejar el puesto de trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + post.
    * dejar el trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + post, quit + Posesivo + job, jump + ship.
    * dejar en adobo = marinade.
    * dejar en blanco = leave + blank.
    * dejar encargado = leave in + charge.
    * dejar en el dique seco = mothball.
    * dejar en evidencia = call + Posesivo + bluff.
    * dejar en garantía = pledge.
    * dejar en herencia = bequeath.
    * dejar en la cuneta = ditch.
    * dejar en la estacada = leave + Nombre + high and dry, be left out on a limb.
    * dejar en libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.
    * dejar en prenda = pledge.
    * dejar en remojo = steep.
    * dejar en ridículo = make + a joke of, put + Nombre + to shame.
    * dejar en segundo plano = overshadow.
    * dejar en suspenso = put into + abeyance.
    * dejar en testamento = will.
    * dejar entrever = provide + a glimpse of, hint, insinuate, hint at, give + a hint, intimate.
    * dejar escapar a Alguien = let + Nombre + escape.
    * dejar espacio para = leave + room for.
    * dejar estupefacto = stagger.
    * dejar frío a Alguien = knock + Nombre + cold.
    * dejar frío y vacío = leave + Nombre + cold and empty.
    * dejar fuera = leave out, cut out, count + Nombre + out, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * dejar fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.
    * dejar fuera del equipo = sideline.
    * dejar hecho polvo = screw + Nombre + up.
    * dejar huella = leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + a trace, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + an impression, leave + an imprint, make + an impression.
    * dejar huellas = leave + footprints.
    * dejar huérfano = orphan.
    * dejar incompleto = leave + unfinished.
    * dejar inconsciente = overcome, knock + the hell out out of, leave + unconscious.
    * dejar indefenso = leave + unprotected.
    * dejar intacto = leave + intact, leave + untouched.
    * dejar la cuestión abierta = leave + the question open.
    * dejar la empresa = jump + ship.
    * dejar la puerta abierta a = open + the door to.
    * dejar la puerta abierta de par en par = leave + the door wide open.
    * dejar las armas = put down + weapons.
    * dejar las cosas como están = let + the matter + rest, let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar las cosas tranquilas = let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar las manos de uno libres de = free + Posesivo + hands from.
    * dejar la tierra en barbecho = let + farmland lie fallow.
    * dejar libertad para + Infinitivo = leave + Nombre + free to + Infinitivo.
    * dejar libre = vacate, leave + vacant.
    * dejar limpio a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.
    * dejar lisiado = lame.
    * dejarlo a la discreción de = leave + it to the discretion of.
    * dejarlo en paz = give + it a rest, let + it drop.
    * dejarlo para última hora = leave + it until the last minute.
    * dejar los campos en barbecho = let + fields lie fallow.
    * dejar los estudios = drop out (from school), drop out of + school.
    * dejar marcado = scar.
    * dejar margen = allow + margin.
    * dejar mella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.
    * dejar mucho que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.
    * dejar para cuando = move to + a time when.
    * dejar pasar = pass up, forego [forgo], let through.
    * dejar pasar a Alguien = let + Alguien + by.
    * dejar pasar Algo = put + Nombre + behind.
    * dejar pasar una oportunidad = forego + opportunity, miss + opportunity, pass up + opportunity, miss + chance.
    * dejar pasmado = stagger.
    * dejar paso = step + aside.
    * dejar paso (a) = give + way (to).
    * dejar pelado a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.
    * dejar perplejo = puzzle, mystify, perplex, stump, blow + Posesivo + mind, bewilder, nonplus.
    * dejar plantado = walk out on.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * dejar que Alguien se las arregle solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * dejar que Alguien se salga con la suya = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * dejar que Alguien se vaya = let + Nombre + go.
    * dejar que desear = leave + something + to be desired, leave + a bit to be desired.
    * dejar que se pudra = leave to + rot.
    * dejar que + Subjuntivo = allow + Infinitivo.
    * dejar rastro = leave + a trace.
    * dejarse arrastrar = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.
    * dejarse arrastrar por la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.
    * dejarse caer = drop by, drop in, slump, droop, mosey.
    * dejarse el pellejo = play out + Posesivo + skin, work + Posesivo + butt off, sweat + blood, slog + Posesivo + guts out, give + Posesivo + all.
    * dejarse el pellejo trabajando = work + Posesivo + fingers to the bone.
    * dejarse embaucar = get + sucked in.
    * dejarse engañar = fall for, get + sucked in.
    * dejarse guiar por el instinto = fly by + the seat of + Posesivo + pants.
    * dejarse la piel = sweat + blood, work + Posesivo + butt off, slog + Posesivo + guts out, play out + Posesivo + skin.
    * dejarse la piel trabajando = work + Posesivo + fingers to the bone.
    * dejarse llevar = become + carried away by, drift along, drift, coast along, go with + the flow, let + go, go along with + the flow.
    * dejarse llevar fácilmente = be easily led.
    * dejarse llevar (por) = fall + victim to, give + way (to).
    * dejarse llevar por el instinto = fly by + the seat of + Posesivo + pants.
    * dejarse llevar por el pánico = panic.
    * dejarse llevar por la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.
    * dejarse ver = have + visibility.
    * dejar sin cambiar = leave + unchanged.
    * dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.
    * dejar sin palabras = leave + Nombre + speechless, nonplus.
    * dejar sin poder = disempower.
    * dejar sin protección = leave + unprotected.
    * dejar sin referente a una referencia anafórica = dangle + anaphoric reference.
    * dejar sin tocar = leave + Nombre + alone, leave + Nombre + undisturbed.
    * dejar sin trabajo = put + Nombre + out of work.
    * dejar sitio (a) = make + room (for), make + way (for).
    * dejar solo = leave + Alguien + alone, leave + Nombre + alone, leave + Nombre + undisturbed.
    * dejar su impronta en = set + Posesivo + stamp on.
    * dejar tiempo = free up + time.
    * dejar tiempo libre = free up + time.
    * dejar tirado = strand, walk out on.
    * dejar tranquilo = leave + Nombre + undisturbed.
    * dejar tras sí = leave + behind.
    * dejar una cicatriz = scar.
    * dejar una huella imborrable = leave + a lasting impression, leave + a lasting memory.
    * dejar una impresión = leave with + the impression, leave + an impression, leave + an imprint, make + an impression.
    * dejar una marca = leave + Posesivo + mark.
    * dejar una pista = leave + a trace.
    * dejar (un) buen sabor de boca = leave + a good taste in + Posesivo + mouth.
    * dejar un cargo = resign + office, step down from + Posesivo + position, leave + office.
    * dejar un grato sabor de boca = leave + a good taste in + Posesivo + mouth.
    * dejar un hábito = stop + habit.
    * dejar un hueco = leave + gap.
    * dejar un mal sabor de boca = leave + a bad taste in + Posesivo + mouth.
    * dejar un puesto de trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + position.
    * dejar un reguero de = leave + a trail of.
    * dejar un sabor amargo en la boca = leave + a bitter aftertaste.
    * dejar un trabajo = quit, resign + Posesivo + post.
    * dejar vacante = leave + vacant.
    * dejar vacío = leave + vacant.
    * dejar vulnerable = leave + unprotected, leave + Nombre/Reflexivo + vulnerable.
    * desaparecer sin dejar huella = evaporate into + thin air, vanish into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.
    * desaparecer sin dejar rastro = evaporate into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.
    * desapareder sin dejar rastro = vanish into + thin air.
    * estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish.
    * golpear a Alguien hasta dejarlo inconsciente = beat + Nombre + unconscious.
    * los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.
    * lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.
    * no dejar a nadie fuera = inclusivity.
    * no dejar de enviar + Nombre = keep + Nombre + coming.
    * no dejar de mandar + Nombre = keep + Nombre + coming.
    * no dejar duda = leave + little doubt.
    * no dejar entrar = turn + Nombre + away, keep out.
    * no dejar ninguna duda = leave + no doubt.
    * no dejar ni un cabo suelto = tie up + all the loose ends.
    * no dejar pasar = keep out.
    * no dejar pasar la oportunidad = ride + the wave.
    * no dejar títere con cabeza = turn + everything upside down.
    * no poder dejar de mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * no poder dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be stressed too strongly.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + de = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + of = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overstressed, the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.
    * persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.
    * persuadir a Alguien para que deje Algo = lure away from.
    * programa + dejar de funcionar = programme + crash.
    * sin dejar huella = into thin air.
    * sin dejar nada fuera = the works!.
    * sin dejar rastro = into thin air.
    * sin dejarse amedrentar por = undaunted by.
    * sin dejarse amilanar por = undaunted by.
    * sin dejarse desanimar = undaunted.
    * sin dejarse intimidar por = undaunted by.
    * sistema + dejar de funcionar = system + crash.
    * vive y deja vivir = live and let live.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( en lugar determinado) to leave

    lo dejé en recepción/en la mesa — I left it in reception/on the table

    ¿cuánto se deja de propina? — how much do you leave as a tip?

    déjala, ella no tuvo la culpa — leave her alone, it wasn't her fault

    dejar mucho que desear — to leave a great deal to be desired

    b) ( olvidar) to leave
    c) ( como herencia) to leave
    2)
    a) <marca/mancha/huella> to leave
    b) < ganancia> to produce
    3) ( abandonar) <novia/marido> to leave; < familia> to leave, abandon; < trabajo> to give up, leave; < lugar> to leave
    4) (+ compl)
    a) ( en cierto estado) to leave

    el avión/bus nos dejó — (Col, Ven) we missed the plane/bus

    me lo dejó en 1.000 pesos — he let me have it for 1,000 pesos

    dejar algo/a alguien estar — to let something/somebody be (colloq), to leave something/somebody alone; lado 5)

    b) (CS)
    5)
    a) ( posponer) leave

    no lo dejes para después, hazlo ahora — don't put it off o leave it until later, do it now

    b) (reservar, guardar) <espacio/margen> to leave
    6) ( permitir)

    dejar algo/a alguien + inf — to let something/somebody + inf

    déjalo entrar/salir — let it/him in/out

    ¿me dejas ir? — will you let me go?

    dejar que algo/alguien + subj — to let somebody/something + inf

    7)
    a)
    b)

    dejar caer — < objeto> to drop; < comentario> to let... drop

    2.
    a) ( cesar)

    dejar de + inf — to stop -ing

    deja de llorar/importunarme — stop crying/bothering me

    b) (omitir, no hacer)

    dejar de + inf: no dejes de escribirme en cuanto llegues make sure you write as soon as you get there; no dejes de recordarles que... be sure to remind them that...; es algo que no deja de sorprenderme — it's something I still find surprising

    3.
    dejarse v pron
    1)
    a) ( abandonarse) to let oneself go
    b)

    dejarse + inf: se deja dominar por la envidia he lets his feelings of envy get the better of him; se deja convencer fácilmente he's easily persuaded; dejarse llevar por la música to let oneself be carried along by the music; no te dejes, tú también pégale (AmL exc RPl) don't just take it, hit him back (colloq); nunca te dejas ver we never seem to see you; dejarse estar (AmL): no te dejes estar you'd better do something; si nos dejamos estar vamos a perder el contrato — if we don't get our act together we'll lose the contract

    2) <barba/bigote> to grow
    3) (esp Esp fam) ( olvidar) to leave

    me dejé el dinero en casa — I left my/the money at home

    4) dejarse de (fam)

    déjate de lamentaciones/de rodeos — stop complaining/beating about the bush

    * * *
    = cease, dump, leave, let, forsake, put down, drop off, maroon, flake out, let + go of, go + cold turkey, leave off, walk out on.

    Ex: After collection has ceased (because a point of diminishing returns appears to have been reached), the cards must be put into groups of 'like' terms.

    Ex: The books may simply be laid before the librarian as they are found, ' dumped in his lap', as one writer puts it.
    Ex: Many libraries are reluctant to reclassify stock and many libraries leave stock classified according to earlier editions long after the earlier edition has been superseded.
    Ex: If the user does not know what the answer is, he stops the command chain at that point, lets the system show an intermediate display for guidance, and then continues his work.
    Ex: Indeed, she was delighted to forsake the urban reality of steel and glass, traffic and crime, aspirin and litter, for the sort of over-the-fence friendliness of the smaller city.
    Ex: The implication is that these are books to be picked up, looked at, leafed through and put down again.
    Ex: That they received regular visits from people who dropped off packages on a regular basis along with money.
    Ex: A seemingly simple tale of schoolboys marooned on an island, the novel 'Lord of the Flies' is an enigmatic and provocative piece of literature.
    Ex: The actress flaked out again and the director is trying to line up a replacement.
    Ex: For one, large areas of city were in the hands of the Mafia, who was not eager to let got of their vested interests.
    Ex: Judging by the critical responses to the article so far, it looks like the world isn't quite ready to go cold turkey on its religion addiction.
    Ex: This book takes up the thread where Volume One left off.
    Ex: There are many thankless jobs in this world, but does that mean you can just walk out on them for your own selfish reasons?.
    * como el perro del hortelano que ni come ni deja comer = a dog in the manger.
    * dejando a un lado = apart from.
    * dejar a Alguien atónito = leave + Nombre + breathless, leave + Nombre + speechless.
    * dejar a Alguien boquiabierto = leave + Nombre + gagging, make + Posesivo + eyes + pop (out).
    * dejar a Alguien colgado = hang + Nombre + out to dry.
    * dejar a Alguien embarazada = knock + Alguien + up.
    * dejar a Alguien en estado = knock + Alguien + up.
    * dejar a Alguien en la cuneta = leave + Alguien + in the lurch.
    * dejar a Alguien en la estacada = leave + Alguien + in the lurch, hang + Nombre + out to dry.
    * dejar a Alguien en la ignorancia = leave + Nombre + in the dark.
    * dejar a Alguien estupefacto = leave + Nombre + speechless, astound, make + Posesivo + eyes + pop (out).
    * dejar a Alguien inconsciente = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * dejar a Alguien patidifuso = make + Posesivo + eyes + pop (out).
    * dejar a Alguien plantado = leave + Alguien + in the lurch.
    * dejar a Alguien preñada = knock + Alguien + up.
    * dejar a Alguien que se las apañe como pueda = leave + Alguien + to sink or swim.
    * dejar a Alguien que se las apañe solo = leave + Pronombre + to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * dejar a Alguien que se las arregle solo = leave + Pronombre + to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * dejar a Alguien sin aliento = leave + Nombre + breathless, leave + Nombre + speechless.
    * dejar a Alguien sin sentido = knock + Nombre + out, knock + Nombre + unconscious.
    * dejar a Alguien sin trabajo = put + Nombre + out of work.
    * dejar a Alguien sin un duro = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.
    * dejar abierta la posibilidad de que = leave + open the possibility that.
    * dejar a la buena de Dios = leave + Nombre + out in the cold.
    * dejar a la posteridad = bequeath to + posterity.
    * dejar al descubierto = lay + bare.
    * dejar Algo a la suerte = leave + Nombre + to chance.
    * dejar Algo al azar = leave + Nombre + to chance.
    * dejar Algo al criterio de Alguien = leave + Nombre + up to.
    * dejar Algo aparcado = put + Nombre + on ice, put + Nombre + on mothballs.
    * dejar Algo completamente destrozado = leave + Nombre + in shambles.
    * dejar Algo para otro día = take + a rain cheque.
    * dejar a oscuras = cut out + light.
    * dejar aparte = leave + aside.
    * dejar a + Posesivo + suerte = strand.
    * dejar a su aire = leave to + Reflexivo, leave + unchecked.
    * dejar atónito = stun, astound.
    * dejar atrás = leave + behind, outstrip, outpace, outdistance, leave + Nombre + behind, leave by + the wayside, move on from.
    * dejar a una lado = put + Nombre + to one side.
    * dejar a un lado = put + aside, move + beyond, lay + Nombre + aside, leave by + the wayside.
    * dejar bastante que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.
    * dejar bien claro = make + it + crystal clear, make + Reflexivo + crystal clear.
    * dejar caer = drop, dump.
    * dejar caer insinuaciones = throw + hints.
    * dejar caer un indirecta = drop + a hint.
    * dejar ciego = blind.
    * dejar claro = make + it + clear, hammer + home + message, make + plain, send + a clear signal that.
    * dejar claro que = make + the point that.
    * dejar como + estar = leave + untouched.
    * dejar con el culo al aire = leave + Nombre + out in the cold.
    * dejar constancia de = record.
    * dejar de = cease to, relax + the grip on.
    * dejar de actualizar el catálogo = close down + catalogue.
    * dejar de circular = drop out of + circulation.
    * dejar de existir = be no more.
    * dejar de fumar = stop + smoking, quit + smoking, smoking cessation.
    * dejar de funcionar = go down, cease to + function, go + belly up, flake out, go + dead, pack up.
    * dejar de gustar = go off.
    * dejar de hacer huelga = cross + the picket line.
    * dejar de hacer sufrir = put + Nombre + out of + Posesivo + misery.
    * dejar de + Infinitivo = skip + Gerundio, give up + Gerundio, stop + Gerundio.
    * dejar de lado = leave + aside, forego [forgo].
    * dejar de percatarse de = become + blind to.
    * dejar de pie = leave + standing.
    * dejar de publicarse = cease + publication.
    * dejar de remar = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.
    * dejar desamparado = leave + Nombre + out in the cold, leave + unprotected.
    * dejar de ser actual = date.
    * dejar de ser popular = outlive + Posesivo + popularity.
    * dejar de ser útil = outlive + Posesivo + usefulness.
    * dejar desguarnecido = leave + unprotected.
    * dejar de sonreír = extinguish + smile.
    * dejar desprotegido = leave + unprotected, leave + Nombre + out in the cold.
    * dejar desvalido = leave + unprotected.
    * dejar de trabajar temporalmente = career break.
    * dejar de ver = become + blind to.
    * dejar dormido = put + Nombre + to sleep.
    * dejar el agua correr = let bygones be bygones.
    * dejar el hábito = kick + the habit.
    * dejar el nido = fly + the nest, leave + the nest.
    * dejar el puesto de trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + post.
    * dejar el trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + post, quit + Posesivo + job, jump + ship.
    * dejar en adobo = marinade.
    * dejar en blanco = leave + blank.
    * dejar encargado = leave in + charge.
    * dejar en el dique seco = mothball.
    * dejar en evidencia = call + Posesivo + bluff.
    * dejar en garantía = pledge.
    * dejar en herencia = bequeath.
    * dejar en la cuneta = ditch.
    * dejar en la estacada = leave + Nombre + high and dry, be left out on a limb.
    * dejar en libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.
    * dejar en prenda = pledge.
    * dejar en remojo = steep.
    * dejar en ridículo = make + a joke of, put + Nombre + to shame.
    * dejar en segundo plano = overshadow.
    * dejar en suspenso = put into + abeyance.
    * dejar en testamento = will.
    * dejar entrever = provide + a glimpse of, hint, insinuate, hint at, give + a hint, intimate.
    * dejar escapar a Alguien = let + Nombre + escape.
    * dejar espacio para = leave + room for.
    * dejar estupefacto = stagger.
    * dejar frío a Alguien = knock + Nombre + cold.
    * dejar frío y vacío = leave + Nombre + cold and empty.
    * dejar fuera = leave out, cut out, count + Nombre + out, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.
    * dejar fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.
    * dejar fuera del equipo = sideline.
    * dejar hecho polvo = screw + Nombre + up.
    * dejar huella = leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + a trace, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + an impression, leave + an imprint, make + an impression.
    * dejar huellas = leave + footprints.
    * dejar huérfano = orphan.
    * dejar incompleto = leave + unfinished.
    * dejar inconsciente = overcome, knock + the hell out out of, leave + unconscious.
    * dejar indefenso = leave + unprotected.
    * dejar intacto = leave + intact, leave + untouched.
    * dejar la cuestión abierta = leave + the question open.
    * dejar la empresa = jump + ship.
    * dejar la puerta abierta a = open + the door to.
    * dejar la puerta abierta de par en par = leave + the door wide open.
    * dejar las armas = put down + weapons.
    * dejar las cosas como están = let + the matter + rest, let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar las cosas tranquilas = let + sleeping dogs lie.
    * dejar las manos de uno libres de = free + Posesivo + hands from.
    * dejar la tierra en barbecho = let + farmland lie fallow.
    * dejar libertad para + Infinitivo = leave + Nombre + free to + Infinitivo.
    * dejar libre = vacate, leave + vacant.
    * dejar limpio a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.
    * dejar lisiado = lame.
    * dejarlo a la discreción de = leave + it to the discretion of.
    * dejarlo en paz = give + it a rest, let + it drop.
    * dejarlo para última hora = leave + it until the last minute.
    * dejar los campos en barbecho = let + fields lie fallow.
    * dejar los estudios = drop out (from school), drop out of + school.
    * dejar marcado = scar.
    * dejar margen = allow + margin.
    * dejar mella = leave + an impression, touch + Posesivo + life, leave + Posesivo + mark, cut + a swath(e), leave + an imprint, make + an impression.
    * dejar mucho que desear = fall (far) short of + ideal, leave + a lot to be desired, leave + much to be desired.
    * dejar para cuando = move to + a time when.
    * dejar pasar = pass up, forego [forgo], let through.
    * dejar pasar a Alguien = let + Alguien + by.
    * dejar pasar Algo = put + Nombre + behind.
    * dejar pasar una oportunidad = forego + opportunity, miss + opportunity, pass up + opportunity, miss + chance.
    * dejar pasmado = stagger.
    * dejar paso = step + aside.
    * dejar paso (a) = give + way (to).
    * dejar pelado a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.
    * dejar perplejo = puzzle, mystify, perplex, stump, blow + Posesivo + mind, bewilder, nonplus.
    * dejar plantado = walk out on.
    * dejar que Alguien haga las cosas a su manera = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * dejar que Alguien se las arregle solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.
    * dejar que Alguien se salga con la suya = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * dejar que Alguien se vaya = let + Nombre + go.
    * dejar que desear = leave + something + to be desired, leave + a bit to be desired.
    * dejar que se pudra = leave to + rot.
    * dejar que + Subjuntivo = allow + Infinitivo.
    * dejar rastro = leave + a trace.
    * dejarse arrastrar = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.
    * dejarse arrastrar por la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.
    * dejarse caer = drop by, drop in, slump, droop, mosey.
    * dejarse el pellejo = play out + Posesivo + skin, work + Posesivo + butt off, sweat + blood, slog + Posesivo + guts out, give + Posesivo + all.
    * dejarse el pellejo trabajando = work + Posesivo + fingers to the bone.
    * dejarse embaucar = get + sucked in.
    * dejarse engañar = fall for, get + sucked in.
    * dejarse guiar por el instinto = fly by + the seat of + Posesivo + pants.
    * dejarse la piel = sweat + blood, work + Posesivo + butt off, slog + Posesivo + guts out, play out + Posesivo + skin.
    * dejarse la piel trabajando = work + Posesivo + fingers to the bone.
    * dejarse llevar = become + carried away by, drift along, drift, coast along, go with + the flow, let + go, go along with + the flow.
    * dejarse llevar fácilmente = be easily led.
    * dejarse llevar (por) = fall + victim to, give + way (to).
    * dejarse llevar por el instinto = fly by + the seat of + Posesivo + pants.
    * dejarse llevar por el pánico = panic.
    * dejarse llevar por la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.
    * dejarse ver = have + visibility.
    * dejar sin cambiar = leave + unchanged.
    * dejar sin hacer = leave + undone.
    * dejar sin palabras = leave + Nombre + speechless, nonplus.
    * dejar sin poder = disempower.
    * dejar sin protección = leave + unprotected.
    * dejar sin referente a una referencia anafórica = dangle + anaphoric reference.
    * dejar sin tocar = leave + Nombre + alone, leave + Nombre + undisturbed.
    * dejar sin trabajo = put + Nombre + out of work.
    * dejar sitio (a) = make + room (for), make + way (for).
    * dejar solo = leave + Alguien + alone, leave + Nombre + alone, leave + Nombre + undisturbed.
    * dejar su impronta en = set + Posesivo + stamp on.
    * dejar tiempo = free up + time.
    * dejar tiempo libre = free up + time.
    * dejar tirado = strand, walk out on.
    * dejar tranquilo = leave + Nombre + undisturbed.
    * dejar tras sí = leave + behind.
    * dejar una cicatriz = scar.
    * dejar una huella imborrable = leave + a lasting impression, leave + a lasting memory.
    * dejar una impresión = leave with + the impression, leave + an impression, leave + an imprint, make + an impression.
    * dejar una marca = leave + Posesivo + mark.
    * dejar una pista = leave + a trace.
    * dejar (un) buen sabor de boca = leave + a good taste in + Posesivo + mouth.
    * dejar un cargo = resign + office, step down from + Posesivo + position, leave + office.
    * dejar un grato sabor de boca = leave + a good taste in + Posesivo + mouth.
    * dejar un hábito = stop + habit.
    * dejar un hueco = leave + gap.
    * dejar un mal sabor de boca = leave + a bad taste in + Posesivo + mouth.
    * dejar un puesto de trabajo = resign from + Posesivo + position.
    * dejar un reguero de = leave + a trail of.
    * dejar un sabor amargo en la boca = leave + a bitter aftertaste.
    * dejar un trabajo = quit, resign + Posesivo + post.
    * dejar vacante = leave + vacant.
    * dejar vacío = leave + vacant.
    * dejar vulnerable = leave + unprotected, leave + Nombre/Reflexivo + vulnerable.
    * desaparecer sin dejar huella = evaporate into + thin air, vanish into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.
    * desaparecer sin dejar rastro = evaporate into + thin air, disappear into + thin air, disappear without + a trace, disappear into + the blue, vanish into + the blue.
    * desapareder sin dejar rastro = vanish into + thin air.
    * estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish.
    * golpear a Alguien hasta dejarlo inconsciente = beat + Nombre + unconscious.
    * los efectos negativos se están dejando sentir ahora = chickens come home to roost.
    * lo tomas o lo dejas = take it or leave it.
    * no dejar a nadie fuera = inclusivity.
    * no dejar de enviar + Nombre = keep + Nombre + coming.
    * no dejar de mandar + Nombre = keep + Nombre + coming.
    * no dejar duda = leave + little doubt.
    * no dejar entrar = turn + Nombre + away, keep out.
    * no dejar ninguna duda = leave + no doubt.
    * no dejar ni un cabo suelto = tie up + all the loose ends.
    * no dejar pasar = keep out.
    * no dejar pasar la oportunidad = ride + the wave.
    * no dejar títere con cabeza = turn + everything upside down.
    * no poder dejar de mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * no poder dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be stressed too strongly.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + de = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + of = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.
    * no se puede dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overstressed, the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.
    * persona que deja un trabajo = leaver.
    * persuadir a Alguien para que deje Algo = lure away from.
    * programa + dejar de funcionar = programme + crash.
    * sin dejar huella = into thin air.
    * sin dejar nada fuera = the works!.
    * sin dejar rastro = into thin air.
    * sin dejarse amedrentar por = undaunted by.
    * sin dejarse amilanar por = undaunted by.
    * sin dejarse desanimar = undaunted.
    * sin dejarse intimidar por = undaunted by.
    * sistema + dejar de funcionar = system + crash.
    * vive y deja vivir = live and let live.

    * * *
    ■ dejar (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 dejar en un lugar
    2 olvidar
    3 como herencia
    4 depositar: persona
    B
    1 dejar: marca, mancha etc
    2 Comercio
    C abandonar: novia, marido etc
    D
    1 en cierto estado
    2 dejar algo dicho
    E
    1 posponer
    2 reservar, guardar
    F prestar
    A
    1 permitir
    2 esperar
    B
    1 dejar paso
    2 dejar caer
    ■ dejar (verbo intransitivo)
    A deja/dejen
    B
    1 dejar de: omitir, no hacer
    2 dejar de: cesar
    ■ dejarse (verbo pronominal)
    A abandonarse
    B
    1 dejarse la barba etc
    2 dejarse + infinitivo
    C olvidar
    D dejarse de
    vt
    A
    1 (en un lugar) to leave
    ¿dónde dejaste el coche? where did you leave the car?
    déjamelo en recepción leave it in reception for me
    deja ese cuchillo, que te vas a cortar put that knife down, you'll cut yourself
    dejé un depósito I put down o left a deposit
    ¿cuánto se suele dejar de propina? how much do you normally leave as a tip?
    dejémoslo, no quiero discutir por eso let's forget o drop it, I don't want to argue about it
    déjalo ya, no le pegues más that's enough o stop it now, don't hit him any more
    déjala, ella no tuvo la culpa leave her alone o let her be, it wasn't her fault
    dejar que desear: la calidad deja bastante/mucho que desear the quality leaves rather a lot/much to be desired
    2 (olvidar) to leave
    dejó el paraguas en el tren she left her umbrella on the train
    3 (como herencia) to leave
    le dejó sus alhajas a su nieta she left her jewels to her granddaughter
    4 (depositar) ‹persona› to drop, drop … off
    dejó a los niños en el colegio she dropped the children (off) at school
    B
    1 ‹marca/mancha/huella› to leave
    deja un gusto amargo en la boca it leaves a bitter taste in the mouth
    deja viuda y tres hijos he leaves a widow and three children
    2 ( Comercio):
    no deja mucho margen it does not have a very high profit margin
    ese tipo de negocio deja mucho dinero that type of business is very lucrative o yields high returns
    C (abandonar) ‹novia/marido› to leave; ‹familia› to leave, abandon; ‹trabajo› to give up, leave; ‹lugar› to leave
    lo dejó por otro she left him for another man
    quiere dejar el ballet he wants to give up ballet dancing
    no quería dejar esa casa donde había sido tan feliz he didn't want to leave that house where he had been so happy
    te dejo, que tengo que arreglarme I must go, I have to get ready
    D (+ compl)
    dejé la ventana abierta I left the window open
    su muerte los dejó en la miseria his death left them in absolute poverty
    su respuesta me dejó boquiabierta I was astonished by her reply
    ese estilo de cine me deja frío that sort of movie leaves me cold
    el golpe lo dejó inconsciente the blow knocked o rendered him unconscious
    dejar los garbanzos en remojo leave the chickpeas to soak
    dejo el asunto en tus manos I'll leave the matter in your hands
    me dejó esperando afuera she left me waiting outside
    el avión/bus nos dejó (Col, Ven); we missed the plane/bus
    ¡déjame en paz! leave me alone!
    me lo dejó en 1.000 pesos he let me have it for 1,000 pesos
    quiero dejar esto bien claro I want to make this quite clear, I want this to be quite clear
    dejando aparte la cuestión de … leaving aside the question of …
    dejó atrás a los otros corredores she left the other runners behind
    dejar algo/a algn estar to let sth/sb be ( colloq), to leave sth/sb alone
    2
    (CS): dejar algo dicho to leave a message
    dejó dicho que lo llamaran he left a message for them to call him
    ¿quiere dejar algo dicho? do you want to leave a message?
    E
    1 (posponer) leave
    no lo dejes para después, hazlo ahora don't put it off o leave it until later, do it now
    dejemos los platos para mañana let's leave the dishes until tomorrow
    2 (reservar, guardar) to leave
    deja tus chistes para otro momento save your jokes for some other time
    dejen un poco de postre para Gustavo leave some dessert for Gustavo
    deja un margen leave a margin
    F ( Esp fam) (prestar) (+ me/te/le etc) to lend
    he salido sin dinero — yo te puedo dejar algo I've come out without any money — I can lend you some o let you have some
    A
    1 (permitir) dejar algo/a algn + INF to let sth/sb + INF
    ¿me dejas ir? will you let me go?, can I go?
    déjame entrar/salir let me in/out
    siempre lo han dejado hacer lo que le da la gana they've always allowed him to do o let him do just as he pleases
    deja correr el agua let the water run, run the water
    tú déjame hacer a mí y no te preocupes you leave it to me and don't worry
    sacar del horno y dejar reposar remove from the oven and leave to stand
    dejar que algo/algn + SUBJ to let sth/sb + INF
    dejó que lo eligiera ella he let her choose, he left the choice to her
    déjame que te ayude let me help you
    no dejes que se queme la carne don't let the meat burn
    2 (esperar) dejar que algo/algn + SUBJ:
    dejar que espese la salsa allow the sauce to thicken, wait until the sauce thickens
    deja que se tranquilice un poco primero wait for him to calm down o let him calm down a bit first
    ¡deja que te agarre y vas a ver! just you wait till I get my hands on you!
    B
    1
    dejar paso to make way
    dejen paso a la ambulancia let the ambulance through, make way for the ambulance
    hay que dejar paso a las nuevas ideas we have to make way for new ideas
    2
    dejar caer ‹objeto› to drop;
    ‹comentario› to let … drop
    dejó caer la noticia de que se casaba she let it drop that she was getting married
    ■ dejar
    vi
    A
    deja/dejen: deja, me toca pagar a mí no, no, it's my turn to pay
    toma lo que te debía — deja, deja here, this is what I owed you — no, it doesn't matter o no, forget it o no, please
    dejen, no se preocupen look, leave it, don't bother
    1 (omitir, no hacer) dejar DE + INF:
    no dejes de escribirme en cuanto llegues don't forget to write o make sure you write as soon as you get there
    no deja de llamar ni un solo día he telephones every day without fail
    no dejes de recordarles que … be sure to remind them that …
    no por eso voy a dejar de decir lo que siento that won't stop me from saying what I feel
    yo no puedo dejar de sacar mis propias conclusiones I can't help but draw my own conclusions
    no deja de sorprenderme que haya venido a disculparse I still find it surprising that he came to apologize
    lo que hagan o dejen de hacer es cosa suya whatever they do or don't do is their business
    por no dejar ( Chi fam); for the sake of it
    2 (cesar) dejar DE + INF to stop -ING
    deja de llorar/importunarme stop crying/bothering me
    creía que habías dejado de fumar I thought you had given up smoking
    A (abandonarse) to let oneself go
    se ha dejado mucho desde que enviudó he's let himself go terribly since he lost his wife
    B
    1 ‹barba/bigote› to grow
    quiero dejarme el pelo largo I want to grow my hair long
    2 dejarse + INF:
    se deja dominar por la envidia he lets his feelings of envy get the better of him
    no me voy a dejar convencer tan fácilmente I am not going to be persuaded that easily
    quería besarla, pero ella no se dejó he wanted to kiss her but she wouldn't let him
    se dejó llevar por la música she let herself be carried o swept along by the music
    se dejó abatir por el desánimo she succumbed to despondency
    no te dejes, tú también pégale ( AmL exc RPl); don't just take it, hit him back ( colloq)
    ¿qué tal el postre? — se deja comer ( fam hum); what's the dessert like? — it's not bad o I've tasted worse ( colloq hum)
    de vez en cuando se dejaba caer por el club he used to drop by o into the club now and then
    nunca te dejas ver we never seem to see you
    dejarse estar: no te dejes estar you'd better do something
    si nos dejamos estar vamos a perder el contrato if we don't get our act together o get a move on we'll lose the contract, if we don't do something, we'll lose the contract ( colloq)
    C ( fam) (olvidar) to leave
    me dejé el dinero en casa I left my/the money at home
    déjate de rodeos y dime la verdad stop beating about the bush and tell me the truth
    a ver si se dejan de perder el tiempo why don't you stop wasting time
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    dejar    
    dejar algo
    dejar ( conjugate dejar) verbo transitivo
    1


    dejó a los niños en el colegio she dropped the children (off) at school;
    dejar un recado to leave a message;
    dejar propina to leave a tip;
    deja ese cuchillo put that knife down;
    déjala, ella no tuvo la culpa leave her alone, it wasn't her fault;
    dejar mucho que desear to leave a great deal to be desired
    b) ( olvidar) ‹dinero/objeto› to leave;

    ◊ ¡déjalo! forget it!


    2
    a) ‹mancha/huella/sabor› to leave

    b) ‹ ganancia› to produce;


    3 ( abandonar) ‹novia/marido› to leave;
    ‹ familia› to leave, abandon;
    ‹ trabajo› to give up, leave;
    ‹ lugar› to leave;

    4 (+ compl) ( en cierto estado) to leave;

    me dejó esperando afuera she left me waiting outside;
    ¡déjame en paz! leave me alone!;
    me lo dejó en 1.000 pesos he let me have it for 1,000 pesos;
    See also→ lado 3
    5

    ◊ no lo dejes para después, hazlo ahora don't put it off o leave it until later, do it now

    b) (reservar, guardar) ‹espacio/margen/comida› to leave

    ( permitir)
    ◊ dejara algo/algn hacer algo to let sth/sb do sth;

    déjalo entrar let it/him in;
    deja correr el agua let the water run;
    ¿me dejas ir? will you let me go?;
    dejar que algo/algn haga algo to let sb/sth do sth;
    déjame que te ayude let me help you;
    See Also→ caer 1, See Also→ paso 1 b
    verbo intransitivo dejar de hacer algo to stop doing sth;
    ◊ dejar de fumar to give up o to stop smoking;

    no dejes de escribirme make sure you write to me
    dejarse verbo pronominal
    1

    b)

    ◊ dejarse hacer algo: se deja dominar por la envidia he lets his feelings of envy get the better of him;

    se deja influir fácilmente he's easily influenced;
    dejarse llevar por la música to let oneself be carried along by the music;
    dejarse estar (AmL);

    ( descuidarse) to be careless;
    ( abandonarse) to let oneself go
    2 ‹barba/bigote› to grow
    3 dejarse de hacer algo to stop doing sth;

    4 (esp Esp fam) ( olvidar) to leave
    dejar
    1 verbo transitivo
    1 (poner en un sitio una cosa) to leave: déjalo donde estaba, leave it where it was
    no sé dónde dejé las llaves, I don't know where I left my keys
    (a una persona en un lugar) to drop off
    2 (prestar) to lend: ¿me dejas tu blusa?, may I borrow your blouse?
    3 (abandonar a un niño) to abandon
    (romper relaciones con) to leave: Carmen dejó a su novio, Carmen broke up with her boyfriend
    (una actividad) to give up: dejó de bailar, she gave up dancing
    dejar el trabajo, to leave one's job
    (desistir) to give up: lo dejé por imposible, I gave it up
    4 (autorizar, dar permiso) to let, allow: no sé si le dejarán viajar solo, I don't know if they'll let her travel unaccompanied
    dejar entrar/salir, to let in/out ➣ Ver nota en let 5 (no molestar) to leave sb alone: deja a mamá, que está descansando, leave mummy alone, she's having a rest
    6 (producir beneficios) to produce
    7 (aplazar) dejaron la visita para otro día, they put the visit off for another day
    8 (+ adjetivo: en un estado) to make
    dejar cansado, to make (sb) tired
    dejar preocupado/satisfecho, to worry/satisfy
    II v aux ( dejar de + infinitivo) to stop, give up: no deja de hablar de él, she never stops talking about him
    no dejes de llamar para avisarme, don't forget to call me
    de pronto dejó de respirar, suddenly he stoped breathing ➣ Ver nota en give y stop
    ♦ Locuciones: déjame en paz, leave me alone
    dejar dicho, to leave a word o a message
    dejar fuera, (excluir, no tener en cuenta) to leave out, omit
    dejar mucho que desear, to leave a lot to be desired: su examen dejó mucho que desear, his exam performance left a lot to be desired
    ' dejar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    agotar
    - aplanar
    - aturdir
    - barbecho
    - betún
    - cabida
    - cabo
    - caer
    - callar
    - clara
    - claro
    - colgada
    - colgado
    - consistir
    - Cristo
    - dejarse
    - descendencia
    - descolgar
    - desconectarse
    - despedirse
    - desplumar
    - destartalar
    - destilar
    - desvelar
    - deteriorarse
    - enseñar
    - entrever
    - estacada
    - estampar
    - franquear
    - hoy
    - huella
    - imprimir
    - miel
    - olvidar
    - palmo
    - petrificar
    - piedra
    - pieza
    - plantar
    - plantificar
    - poltrona
    - prenda
    - rastro
    - reñir
    - reposo
    - respirar
    - sabor
    - salirse
    - señal
    English:
    abandon
    - admit
    - advance
    - advise
    - allow
    - astound
    - black out
    - blind
    - boggle
    - bowl over
    - break off
    - brew
    - brush aside
    - burner
    - butt out
    - cease
    - chuck in
    - cold
    - come off
    - consider
    - cripple
    - cut
    - cut off
    - cut out
    - dangle
    - dent
    - device
    - disable
    - dismiss
    - drop
    - drop off
    - drop out
    - dump
    - end
    - fool
    - forward
    - fox
    - free
    - gear
    - give
    - give up
    - gripping
    - imprint
    - jack in
    - jilt
    - keep
    - keep in
    - keep out
    - knock out
    - lay down
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [poner] to leave, to put;
    dejó los papeles en la mesa he put o left the papers on the table;
    deja el abrigo en la percha put your coat on the hanger;
    he dejado la moto muy cerca I've left o parked my motorbike nearby;
    deja el jarrón, que lo vas a romper put that vase down or you'll break it;
    su compañero le dejó un balón perfecto y sólo tuvo que rematar a gol his team-mate played a perfect ball for him and all he had to do was tap it in
    2. [olvidar] to leave;
    dejé el paraguas en el cine I left my umbrella at the movies
    3. [encomendar]
    dejarle algo a alguien to leave sth with sb;
    le dejé los niños a mi madre I left the children with my mother
    4. Esp [prestar]
    dejar algo a alguien to lend sb sth, to lend sth to sb;
    ¿me dejas un paraguas? could you lend me an umbrella?;
    ¿nos dejarás tu casa el próximo verano? will you let us use your house next summer?
    5. [abandonar] [casa, trabajo, país] to leave;
    [tabaco, estudios] to give up; [familia] to abandon;
    dejé la fiesta a medianoche I left the party at midnight;
    dejó el tenis cuando empezó la universidad she gave up tennis when she started university;
    dejó lo que estaba haciendo para ayudarla he stopped o dropped what he was doing to help her;
    te dejo, que si no pierdo el autobús I have to leave you now, or I'll miss the bus;
    su marido la ha dejado her husband has left her;
    lo dejó por un hombre más joven she left him for a younger man;
    dejar a alguien en algún sitio [con el coche] to drop sb off somewhere;
    el avión dejó a treinta pasajeros en la primera escala thirty passengers got off (the plane) at the first stopover;
    dejar atrás a alguien to leave sb behind;
    es muy inteligente y ha dejado atrás al resto de la clase she's very intelligent and has left the rest of the class behind (her), she's very intelligent and is way ahead of the rest of the class;
    dejó atrás al resto de corredores he left the other runners behind o in his wake;
    dejar algo por imposible to give sth up as a lost cause
    6. [posponer] to leave;
    dejemos esto para la próxima reunión let's leave this matter until the next meeting;
    dejamos el viaje para diciembre we put off the journey until December;
    no dejes para mañana lo que puedas hacer hoy don't put off till o leave for tomorrow what you can do today
    7. [permitir]
    dejar a alguien hacer algo to let sb do sth, to allow sb to do sth;
    no me dejan salir, estoy castigado I'm being kept in as a punishment;
    dejar entrar/salir a alguien to let sb in/out;
    sus gritos no me dejaron dormir his cries prevented me from sleeping;
    déjame a mí, que tengo más experiencia let me do it, I'm more experienced;
    déjame a mí, yo me encargo de preparar la comida leave it to me, I'll get dinner;
    deja que tu hijo venga con nosotros let your son come with us;
    ¿me dejas ir? will you let me go?, can I go?;
    dejar correr algo to leave sth be;
    dejar pasar o [m5] escapar algo to let sth slip;
    dejó pasar tres semanas he let three weeks go by;
    el resultado final no deja lugar a dudas the final result leaves no room for doubt
    8. [reservar]
    deja algo de café para mí leave some coffee for me;
    deja algo para los demás leave some for the others;
    deja tus críticas para una mejor ocasión save your criticisms for another time
    9. [legar] to leave;
    dejar algo a alguien to leave sth to sb;
    10. [reportar] to bring;
    el negocio les deja varios millones al año the business brings them several million a year
    11. [omitir] to leave out;
    la cocina déjala de momento, ahora hay que limpiar el baño leave the kitchen for the moment, I want you to clean the bathroom now;
    dejemos aparte las introducciones y comencemos la negociación let's dispense with the introductions and get straight down to the negotiations;
    dejar algo por o [m5] sin hacer to fail to do sth;
    dejó lo más importante por resolver he left the most important question unresolved
    12. (en imperativo) [olvidar] to forget (about);
    déjalo, no importa forget it, it doesn't matter
    13. (en imperativo) [no molestar] to leave alone o in peace;
    ¡déjame, que tengo trabajo! leave me alone, I'm busy!;
    déjame tranquilo o [m5] en paz leave me alone o in peace;
    ¡deja a tu padre, está durmiendo! leave your father alone o in peace, he's sleeping!;
    déjalo estar leave it as it is, let it be
    14. (+ infinitivo)
    dejó adivinar sus intenciones she allowed her intentions to be guessed;
    lo dejó caer she dropped it;
    dejó caer que no se presentaría a las próximas elecciones he let it drop that he wouldn't be standing at the next election;
    dejó escapar una magnífica oportunidad she missed an excellent opportunity, she allowed an excellent opportunity to slip by
    15. [indica resultado] to leave;
    deja un sabor agridulce it has a bittersweet aftertaste;
    la lejía ha dejado marcas en la ropa the bleach has left stains on the clothes;
    el examen me dejó agotado I was left exhausted by the exam;
    ¡no me dejes así, cuéntame qué pasó! don't leave me guessing, tell me what happened!;
    yo dejaría la pared tal y como está I'd leave the wall as it is;
    tu comportamiento deja bastante/mucho que desear your behaviour leaves something/a lot to be desired;
    dejar algo hecho to get sth done;
    te lo dejaré hecho para el lunes I'll get it done for you by Monday;
    dejar algo como nuevo to leave sth as good as new
    16. [esperar a]
    dejar que to wait until;
    dejó que acabara de llover para salir he waited until it had stopped raining before going out;
    retirar del fuego y dejar enfriar o [m5] que se enfríe remove from the heat and allow to cool;
    deja que se calme un poco, y entonces háblale wait until she calms down a bit before you talk to her
    ♦ vi
    1. [parar]
    dejar de hacer algo to stop doing sth;
    dejó de llover it stopped raining, the rain stopped;
    ha dejado de fumar/beber he's stopped smoking/drinking;
    no deja de venir ni un solo día he never fails to come;
    poco a poco dejaron de llamarse they gradually stopped phoning one another;
    no deja de ser extraño que haga tanto calor en esta época del año it really is most strange for it to be so hot at this time of year
    2. (en negativo) [indica promesa]
    no dejar de to be sure to;
    ¡no dejes de escribirme! be sure to write to me!;
    no dejes de avisarnos si tienes algún problema be sure to tell us if you have any problem
    3. (en imperativo) [indica negación]
    deja, ya subo yo las maletas leave the cases, I'll bring them up;
    deje, señora, ya lo hago yo allow me, madam, I'll do it;
    ¿vas a volver a correr la maratón? – ¡deja, deja! ya tuve suficiente con la del año pasado are you going to run the marathon again? – don't! last year was more than enough
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 leave; estudios give up, quit fam ;
    dejar mucho que desear leave a lot to be desired;
    dejar algo para mañana leave sth until tomorrow;
    dejémoslo aquí let’s leave it here;
    ¡déjalo! persona leave him alone!; asunto drop it!
    2 ( permitir) let, allow;
    déjale marcharse let him go;
    dejar que algo ocurra let sth happen, allow sth to happen
    3 ( prestar) lend
    4 beneficios yield
    5
    :
    déjame en la esquina drop me at the corner;
    dejar caer algo drop sth
    II v/i
    1 ( parar)
    :
    dejar de hacer algo stop doing sth;
    dejar de fumar give up smoking, stop o quit smoking;
    no deja de fastidiarme he keeps (on) annoying me;
    no puedo dejar de pensar en ellos I can’t stop thinking about them
    2
    :
    no dejes de visitarnos be sure to visit us
    * * *
    dejar vt
    1) : to leave
    2) abandonar: to abandon, to forsake
    3) : to let be, to let go
    4) permitir: to allow, to permit
    dejar vi
    dejar de : to stop, to quit
    dejar de fumar: to quit smoking
    * * *
    dejar vb
    1. (en general) to leave [pt. & pp. left]
    2. (abandonar una actividad) to give up [pt. gave; pp. given]
    3. (permitir) to let [pt. & pp. let]
    4. (prestar) to lend [pt. & pp. lent]
    ¿me dejas este libro? can you lend me this book? / can I borrow this book?
    dejar caer to drop [pt. & pp. dropped]
    dejar de (involuntariamente) to stop [pt. & pp. stopped] (voluntariamente) to give up [pt. gave; pp. given]
    ¡déjame en paz! leave me alone!

    Spanish-English dictionary > dejar

  • 12 dar

    v.
    1 to give.
    dar algo a alguien to give something to somebody, to give somebody something
    se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother
    Ella me da dinero She gives me money.
    Su elogio da ánimos His praise gives encouragement.
    El negocio da muchas ganancias The business yields much profit.
    2 to give, to produce.
    la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice
    3 to have, to hold (fiesta, cena).
    dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in someone's honor
    4 to turn or switch on (luz, agua, gas) (encender).
    5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).
    dan una película del oeste they're showing a western, there's a western on
    6 to show.
    dar muestras de sensatez to show good sense
    7 to teach.
    dar inglés/historia to teach English/history
    9 to strike (horas).
    dieron las tres en el reloj three o'clock struck
    10 to get, to catch.
    11 to deliver, to render, to allot, to confer.
    12 to feel.
    Me da alegría I feel joy.
    13 to be given, to be granted, to be offered, to be handed in.
    Se nos dio una buena casa We were given a good house.
    14 to give forth, to burst out.
    Ella dio un grito She gave forth a cry.
    15 to make one feel.
    Eso da asco That makes one feel revolt.
    16 to hit.
    Da duro el sol en este lugar The sun hits hard in this place
    17 to give up.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    doy, das, da, damos, dais, dan.
    Past Indicative
    Present Subjunctive
    dé, des, dé, demos, deis, den.
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    da (tú), dé (él/Vd.), demos (nos.), dad (vos.), den (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    2) hit, strike
    3) hand over, deliver
    4) produce, yield
    •
    - dar con
    - dar contra
    - dar por
    - darse a
    - darse de sí
    - dárselas de
    * * *
    Para las expresiones dar importancia, dar ejemplo, dar las gracias, dar clases, dar a conocer, dar a entender, darse prisa, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) (=entregar, conceder) [+ objeto, mensaje, permiso] to give; [+ naipes] to deal (out); [+ noticias] to give, tell

    le dieron el primer premio — he was awarded {o} given first prize

    déme dos kilos — I'll have two kilos, two kilos, please

    • ir dando [cuerda] — to pay out rope

    • dar los buenos [días] a algn — to say good morning to sb, say hello to sb

    2) (=realizar) [+ paliza] to give; [+ paso] to take

    dar un grito — to let out a cry, give a cry

    dar un paseo — to go for a walk, take a walk

    dar un suspiro — to heave {o} give a sigh, sigh

    3) (=celebrar) [+ fiesta] to have, throw
    4) (=encender) [+ luz] to turn on

    ¿has dado el gas? — have you turned on the gas?

    5) (=presentar) [+ obra de teatro] to perform, put on; [+ película] to show, screen

    dan una película de Almodóvar — there's an Almodóvar film on, they're showing {o} screening an Almodóvar film

    ¿qué dan hoy en la tele? — what's on TV tonight?

    6) (=hacer sonar) [reloj] to strike

    ya han dado las ocho — it's past {o} gone eight o'clock

    7) (=producir) [+ fruto] to bear; [+ ganancias, intereses] to yield

    una inversión que da un 7% de interés — an investment that pays {o} yields 7% interest

    8) (=tener como resultado)
    9) (=hacer sentir) [+ placer] to give

    las babosas me dan asco — I find slugs disgusting {o} revolting

    este jersey me da demasiado calor — this jumper is too hot, I'm too hot in this jumper

    tu padre me da miedo — I'm scared {o} frightened of your father

    10) * (=fastidiar) to ruin

    ¡me estás dando las vacaciones! — you're ruining the holiday for me!

    11) dar por (=considerar) to consider

    doy el asunto por concluido — I consider the matter settled, I regard the matter as settled

    lo daba por seguro — he was sure {o} certain of it

    12)
    - estar/seguir dale que dale o dale que te pego o dale y dale
    - a mí no me la das
    - ¡ahí te las den todas!

    para dar y tomar —

    tenemos botellas para dar y tomar — we've got loads {o} stacks of bottles

    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=entregar) to give

    dame, yo te lo arreglo — give it here, I'll fix it for you

    2) (=entrar)

    si te da un mareo siéntate — if you feel giddy, sit down

    3) (=importar)

    ¡qué más da!, ¡da igual! — it doesn't matter!, never mind!

    ¿qué más te da? — what does it matter to you?

    ¿qué más da un sitio que otro? — surely one place is as good as another!, it doesn't make any difference which place we choose

    lo mismo da — it makes no difference {o} odds

    me da igual, lo mismo me da, tanto me da — it's all the same to me, I don't mind

    4) [seguido de preposición]
    dar a (=estar orientado) [cuarto, ventana] to look out onto, overlook; [fachada] to face

    mi habitación da al jardín — my room looks out onto {o} overlooks the garden

    darle a (=hacer funcionar) [+ botón] to press; (=golpear) to hit; [+ balón] to kick

    dale a la tecla roja — hit {o} press the red key

    darle a la bomba — to pump, work the pump

    ¡dale! — hit him!

    dar con (=encontrar) [+ persona] to find; [+ idea, solución] to hit on, come up with

    al final di con la solución — I finally hit on the solution, I finally came up with the solution

    • dar [consigo] en — to end up in

    dar contra (=golpear) to hit dar de

    • dar de [beber] a algn — to give sb something to drink

    • dar de [comer] a algn — to feed sb

    • dar de [sí] — [comida, bebida] to go a long way

    dar en [+ blanco, suelo] to hit; [+ solución] to hit on, come up with

    • dar en [hacer] algo — to take to doing sth

    darle a algn por hacer algo dar para (=ser suficiente) to be enough for

    una película que da en qué pensar — a thought-provoking film, a film which gives you a lot to think about

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( entregar) to give

    500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

    2) (regalar, donar) to give

    ¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

    tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

    3) <cartas/mano> to deal
    4)
    a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give
    b) (Mús) to give

    ¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

    5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give
    6)
    a) ( aplicar) to give
    b) <sedante/masaje> to give
    7)
    a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

    nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

    b) (RPl) ( calcular)

    ¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

    8)
    a) (expresar, decir)

    ¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

    dales saludos — give/send them my regards

    me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

    b) (señalar, indicar)

    me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

    9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

    esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

    10)
    a) ( rendir)

    ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

    b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

    ¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

    da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

    11) (causar, provocar)

    estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

    este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

    dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

    12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

    ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

    ¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

    13)
    a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold
    b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make
    c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

    dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

    dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

    dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

    15) ( considerar)

    dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent

    2.
    dar vi
    1)
    a) ( entregar)

    no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

    ¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

    b) ( en naipes) to deal
    2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

    dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

    a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto
    b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face
    c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

    el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

    ¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

    5) ( importar)

    da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

    ¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

    ¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

    6)
    a) (pegar, golpear)

    darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

    le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

    b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

    darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

    c) ( acertar) to hit

    dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

    7) (accionar, mover)

    darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

    8)

    dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

    dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

    b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

    dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

    9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with
    10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

    me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

    11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

    darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

    le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

    12) sol/viento/luz
    3.
    1) darse v pron
    2) ( producirse) to grow
    3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise
    4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

    5)
    a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

    darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

    b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)
    6)

    me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

    dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

    b) (golpearse, pegarse)

    no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

    c) (recípr)

    se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

    darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

    * * *
    = allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.
    Ex. Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.
    Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.
    Ex. Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.
    Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.
    Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.
    Ex. She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.
    Ex. This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.
    Ex. Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.
    Ex. Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.
    ----
    * acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.
    * antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.
    * con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.
    * cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.
    * da la casualidad = as it happens.
    * dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.
    * dando sacudidas = jerkily.
    * dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.
    * dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.
    * dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.
    * dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.
    * dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.
    * dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.
    * dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.
    * dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.
    * dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.
    * dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.
    * dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.
    * dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.
    * dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.
    * dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.
    * dar abasto = cope.
    * dar abasto con = cope with.
    * dar acceso = provide + access.
    * dar acceso a = give + access to.
    * dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.
    * dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.
    * dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.
    * dar agua = lose + water, leak.
    * dar a la calle = give onto + the street.
    * dar a la caza de = chase down.
    * dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.
    * dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.
    * dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.
    * dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.
    * dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.
    * dar a luz = birth, deliver.
    * dar a luz a = give + birth to.
    * dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.
    * dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.
    * dar asco = stink, disgust.
    * dar aullidos = caterwaul.
    * dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.
    * dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.
    * dar bandazos = lurch.
    * dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.
    * dar brillo a = buff, buff up.
    * dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.
    * dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.
    * dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.
    * dar caladas = puff.
    * dar calidad = deliver + value.
    * dar caprichos = pamper.
    * dar cera = wax.
    * dar chillidos = shriek.
    * dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.
    * dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).
    * dar comienzo a = give + a start to.
    * dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.
    * dar como norma = rule.
    * dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.
    * dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.
    * dar conferencia = lecture.
    * dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.
    * dar consentimiento = give + licence.
    * dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.
    * dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.
    * dar con una solución = come up with + solution.
    * dar coraje = peeve.
    * dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.
    * dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.
    * dar crédito = give + credence.
    * dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.
    * dar cuenta = render + an account of.
    * dar cuenta de = account for.
    * dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.
    * dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.
    * dar cuerpo = give + substance.
    * dar cuerpo a = flesh out.
    * dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.
    * dar datos de = give + details of.
    * dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.
    * dar de baja = take out of + circulation.
    * dar de cara a = front.
    * dar de comer = feed.
    * dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.
    * dar de lleno = hit + home.
    * dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.
    * dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].
    * dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].
    * dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.
    * dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar de quilla = keel over.
    * dar derecho a = entitle to.
    * dar descanso de = give + relief from.
    * dar de sí = stretch out.
    * dar detalles de = give + details of.
    * dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.
    * dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.
    * dar dirección = lend + direction.
    * dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.
    * dar duro = pack + a wallop.
    * dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.
    * dar ejemplo de = illustrate.
    * dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.
    * dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.
    * dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.
    * dar el esquinazo = dodge.
    * dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.
    * dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.
    * dar el nombre = label.
    * dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].
    * dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.
    * dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.
    * dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.
    * dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.
    * dar el salto = make + the leap.
    * dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.
    * dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.
    * dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.
    * dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.
    * dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * dar empujones = shove.
    * dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.
    * dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.
    * dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.
    * dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.
    * dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].
    * dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.
    * dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.
    * dar en garantía = pawn.
    * dar en la diana = hit + home.
    * dar en mano = hand (over).
    * dar entrada = enter.
    * dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.
    * dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.
    * dar estímulo = provide + boost.
    * dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.
    * dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.
    * dar fe = attest, certify.
    * dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.
    * dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.
    * dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.
    * dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.
    * dar forma cuadrada = square.
    * dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.
    * dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.
    * dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.
    * dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.
    * dar golpes = pound.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * dar gritos = shriek, shout.
    * dar guerra = act up, play up.
    * dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].
    * dar hipo = hiccup.
    * dar ideas = offer + clues.
    * da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.
    * dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.
    * dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.
    * dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.
    * dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.
    * dar indicios de = show + signs of.
    * dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.
    * dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.
    * dar información adicional = give + further details.
    * dar información de = give + details of.
    * dar interés = spice up, add + spice.
    * dar la alarma = sound + alarm.
    * dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.
    * dar la bienvenida = welcome.
    * dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.
    * dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.
    * dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.
    * dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.
    * dar la espalda = turn + aside.
    * dar la idea = give + the impression that.
    * dar la imagen = give + the impression that.
    * dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.
    * dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.
    * dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.
    * dar la la lata = nag (at).
    * dar la lata = play up.
    * dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.
    * dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar la murga = be a pest.
    * dar la noticia = give + the news.
    * dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.
    * dar la oportunidad = give + chance.
    * dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.
    * dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.
    * dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.
    * dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.
    * dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.
    * dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].
    * dar la sensación = give + a sense.
    * dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.
    * dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.
    * dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.
    * dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.
    * dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.
    * dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.
    * dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.
    * dar latigazos = lash.
    * dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.
    * dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.
    * dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.
    * dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.
    * darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.
    * darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.
    * darle a la botella = booze.
    * darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.
    * darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.
    * darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * darle al palique = gas.
    * darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.
    * darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.
    * darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.
    * dar lecciones = give + lessons.
    * darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.
    * darle el puntillazo = nail it.
    * darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * darle largas = play + Nombre + along.
    * darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.
    * darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).
    * darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.
    * darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.
    * darle una lección a Alguien = school.
    * darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.
    * darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.
    * darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.
    * darle un repaso a Alguien = school.
    * darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.
    * darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].
    * darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.
    * darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.
    * darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.
    * darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.
    * dar libertad = give + licence.
    * dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.
    * dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.
    * dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.
    * dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.
    * dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.
    * dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.
    * dar lugar = produce.
    * dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.
    * dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.
    * dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.
    * dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.
    * dar mala impresión = look + bad.
    * dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].
    * dar masaje = massage.
    * dar más de sí = go further.
    * dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.
    * dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.
    * dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.
    * dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.
    * dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).
    * dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.
    * dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.
    * dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.
    * dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.
    * dar muestras de = show + signs of.
    * dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.
    * dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.
    * dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].
    * dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.
    * dar opción = give + option.
    * dar origen = mother.
    * dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.
    * dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.
    * dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).
    * dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.
    * dar parte de = report.
    * dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).
    * dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.
    * dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.
    * dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].
    * dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.
    * dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.
    * dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar pisotones = stomp.
    * dar pistas = throw + hints.
    * dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.
    * dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.
    * dar poderes = give + powers.
    * dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.
    * dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.
    * dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.
    * dar por hecho = take for + granted.
    * dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.
    * dar por saldado = close + the book on.
    * dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.
    * dar por sentado = take for + granted.
    * dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.
    * dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.
    * dar preferencia = give + preference.
    * dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.
    * dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.
    * dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].
    * dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.
    * dar problemas = play up.
    * dar propina = tipping.
    * dar pruebas = provide + evidence.
    * dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.
    * dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.
    * dar punzadas = throb, twinge.
    * dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.
    * dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.
    * dar quehacer = make + trouble.
    * dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.
    * dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.
    * dar recompensa = mete out + reward.
    * dar registro = accession.
    * dar relevancia = give + relevance.
    * dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.
    * dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.
    * dar resoplidos = chug.
    * dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.
    * dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.
    * dar resultados = produce + results.
    * dar rienda suelta = unleash.
    * dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.
    * dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.
    * dar riqueza a = add + richness to.
    * dar risitas = giggle.
    * dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.
    * dar salida a = vent.
    * dar saltitos = hop, skip.
    * dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.
    * darse = appear, occur.
    * darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.
    * darse aires = strut.
    * darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.
    * darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.
    * darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.
    * darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.
    * darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.
    * darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.
    * darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.
    * darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.
    * darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.
    * darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.
    * darse el gusto de = indulge in.
    * darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.
    * darse el lote = snog, neck.
    * darse el lujo de = splurge on.
    * darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.
    * darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.
    * darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.
    * dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.
    * dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.
    * dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.
    * dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.
    * darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.
    * darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.
    * dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.
    * dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.
    * dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.
    * dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.
    * dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.
    * dar señales de = show + signs of.
    * dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.
    * darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.
    * darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.
    * darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.
    * darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.
    * darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.
    * darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.
    * dar servicio = service.
    * darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * darse una leche = come + a cropper.
    * darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.
    * darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.
    * darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.
    * darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.
    * darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.
    * darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.
    * darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.
    * darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.
    * darse un festín de = feast on.
    * darse un garbeo = mosey.
    * darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.
    * darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.
    * darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.
    * dar significado = imbue with + meaning.
    * dar sombra = shade.
    * dar su conformidad a = assent to.
    * dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.
    * dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.
    * dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.
    * dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.
    * dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.
    * dar título = title.
    * dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.
    * dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar tono = tone.
    * dar trabajo = present + burden.
    * dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.
    * dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.
    * dar una azotaina = spank.
    * dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.
    * dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.
    * dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.
    * dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.
    * dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.
    * dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.
    * dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.
    * dar una cornada = gore.
    * dar una excusa = give + excuse.
    * dar una explicación = present + explanation.
    * dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.
    * dar una fiesta = give + a party.
    * dar una galleta = slap.
    * dar una guantada = slap.
    * dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.
    * dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.
    * dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.
    * dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.
    * dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.
    * dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.
    * dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.
    * dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.
    * dar una lección de humildad = humble.
    * dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.
    * dar una norma = give + prescription.
    * dar una opinión = offer + opinion.
    * dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.
    * dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.
    * dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.
    * dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.
    * dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.
    * dar una patada = kick, boot.
    * dar una pista = give + a hint.
    * dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.
    * dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.
    * dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.
    * dar una razón = give + reason.
    * dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.
    * dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.
    * dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.
    * dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.
    * dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.
    * dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.
    * dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.
    * dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.
    * dar una torta = slap.
    * dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar una tunda = trounce.
    * dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.
    * dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.
    * dar una visión general = give + a general picture.
    * dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.
    * dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.
    * dar un aviso = make + warning.
    * dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.
    * dar una voz = holler.
    * dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.
    * dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.
    * dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.
    * dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.
    * dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.
    * dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.
    * dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.
    * dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.
    * dar un calambre = cramp.
    * dar un chillido = holler.
    * dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.
    * dar un coscorrón = cuff.
    * dar un ejemplo = give + example.
    * dar un empujón = give + a boost.
    * dar un golpe = knock.
    * dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.
    * dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.
    * dar un grito = holler.
    * dar un guantazo = slap.
    * dar un hachazo = hack.
    * dar un hervor = parboil.
    * dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].
    * dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.
    * dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.
    * dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.
    * dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.
    * dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.
    * dar un nuevo nombre = rename.
    * dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.
    * dar unos azotes = spank.
    * dar un paseo = take + a stroll.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( entregar) to give

    500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b

    2) (regalar, donar) to give

    ¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it

    tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare

    3) <cartas/mano> to deal
    4)
    a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to give
    b) (Mús) to give

    ¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?

    5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give
    6)
    a) ( aplicar) to give
    b) <sedante/masaje> to give
    7)
    a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to give

    nos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize

    b) (RPl) ( calcular)

    ¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?

    8)
    a) (expresar, decir)

    ¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?

    dales saludos — give/send them my regards

    me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion

    b) (señalar, indicar)

    me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged

    9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bear

    esos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%

    10)
    a) ( rendir)

    ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations

    b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)

    ¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?

    da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour

    11) (causar, provocar)

    estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?

    este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc

    dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)

    12) ( presentar) < concierto> to give

    ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)

    ¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?

    13)
    a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to hold
    b) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to make
    c) (CS) < examen> to take o (BrE) sit; ver tb clase 5)

    dar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh

    dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward

    dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc

    15) ( considerar)

    dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent

    2.
    dar vi
    1)
    a) ( entregar)

    no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you

    ¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?

    b) ( en naipes) to deal
    2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)

    dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down

    a) puerta to give onto, open onto; ventana to look onto, give onto
    b) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to face
    c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to

    el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative

    ¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?

    5) ( importar)

    da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day

    ¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me

    ¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)

    6)
    a) (pegar, golpear)

    darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody

    le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick

    b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)

    darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)

    c) ( acertar) to hit

    dar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye

    7) (accionar, mover)

    darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)

    8)

    dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)

    dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!

    b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come on

    dale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me

    9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with
    10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

    me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc

    11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)

    darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing

    le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...

    12) sol/viento/luz
    3.
    1) darse v pron
    2) ( producirse) to grow
    3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise
    4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?

    5)
    a) (dedicarse, entregarse)

    darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause

    b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)
    6)

    me di una ducha — I took o had a shower

    dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?

    b) (golpearse, pegarse)

    no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling

    c) (recípr)

    se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other

    darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1

    * * *
    = allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.

    Ex: Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

    Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.
    Ex: Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.
    Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.
    Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.
    Ex: She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.
    Ex: This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.
    Ex: Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.
    Ex: Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.
    * acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.
    * antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.
    * con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.
    * cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.
    * da la casualidad = as it happens.
    * dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.
    * dando sacudidas = jerkily.
    * dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.
    * dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.
    * dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.
    * dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.
    * dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.
    * dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.
    * dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.
    * dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.
    * dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.
    * dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.
    * dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.
    * dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.
    * dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.
    * dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.
    * dar abasto = cope.
    * dar abasto con = cope with.
    * dar acceso = provide + access.
    * dar acceso a = give + access to.
    * dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.
    * dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.
    * dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.
    * dar agua = lose + water, leak.
    * dar a la calle = give onto + the street.
    * dar a la caza de = chase down.
    * dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.
    * dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.
    * dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.
    * dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.
    * dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.
    * dar a luz = birth, deliver.
    * dar a luz a = give + birth to.
    * dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.
    * dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.
    * dar asco = stink, disgust.
    * dar aullidos = caterwaul.
    * dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.
    * dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.
    * dar bandazos = lurch.
    * dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.
    * dar brillo a = buff, buff up.
    * dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.
    * dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.
    * dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.
    * dar caladas = puff.
    * dar calidad = deliver + value.
    * dar caprichos = pamper.
    * dar cera = wax.
    * dar chillidos = shriek.
    * dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.
    * dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.
    * dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).
    * dar comienzo a = give + a start to.
    * dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.
    * dar como norma = rule.
    * dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.
    * dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.
    * dar conferencia = lecture.
    * dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.
    * dar consentimiento = give + licence.
    * dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.
    * dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.
    * dar con una solución = come up with + solution.
    * dar coraje = peeve.
    * dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.
    * dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.
    * dar crédito = give + credence.
    * dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.
    * dar cuenta = render + an account of.
    * dar cuenta de = account for.
    * dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.
    * dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.
    * dar cuerpo = give + substance.
    * dar cuerpo a = flesh out.
    * dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.
    * dar datos de = give + details of.
    * dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.
    * dar de baja = take out of + circulation.
    * dar de cara a = front.
    * dar de comer = feed.
    * dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.
    * dar de lleno = hit + home.
    * dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.
    * dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].
    * dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].
    * dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.
    * dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar de quilla = keel over.
    * dar derecho a = entitle to.
    * dar descanso de = give + relief from.
    * dar de sí = stretch out.
    * dar detalles de = give + details of.
    * dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.
    * dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.
    * dar dirección = lend + direction.
    * dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.
    * dar duro = pack + a wallop.
    * dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.
    * dar ejemplo de = illustrate.
    * dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.
    * dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.
    * dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.
    * dar el esquinazo = dodge.
    * dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.
    * dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.
    * dar el nombre = label.
    * dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].
    * dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.
    * dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.
    * dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.
    * dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.
    * dar el salto = make + the leap.
    * dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.
    * dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.
    * dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.
    * dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.
    * dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.
    * dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * dar empujones = shove.
    * dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.
    * dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.
    * dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.
    * dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.
    * dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].
    * dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.
    * dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.
    * dar en garantía = pawn.
    * dar en la diana = hit + home.
    * dar en mano = hand (over).
    * dar entrada = enter.
    * dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.
    * dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.
    * dar estímulo = provide + boost.
    * dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.
    * dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.
    * dar fe = attest, certify.
    * dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.
    * dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.
    * dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.
    * dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.
    * dar forma cuadrada = square.
    * dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.
    * dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.
    * dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.
    * dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.
    * dar golpes = pound.
    * dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.
    * dar gritos = shriek, shout.
    * dar guerra = act up, play up.
    * dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].
    * dar hipo = hiccup.
    * dar ideas = offer + clues.
    * da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.
    * dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.
    * dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.
    * dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.
    * dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.
    * dar indicios de = show + signs of.
    * dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.
    * dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.
    * dar información adicional = give + further details.
    * dar información de = give + details of.
    * dar interés = spice up, add + spice.
    * dar la alarma = sound + alarm.
    * dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.
    * dar la bienvenida = welcome.
    * dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.
    * dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.
    * dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.
    * dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.
    * dar la espalda = turn + aside.
    * dar la idea = give + the impression that.
    * dar la imagen = give + the impression that.
    * dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.
    * dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.
    * dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.
    * dar la la lata = nag (at).
    * dar la lata = play up.
    * dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.
    * dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar la murga = be a pest.
    * dar la noticia = give + the news.
    * dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.
    * dar la oportunidad = give + chance.
    * dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.
    * dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.
    * dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.
    * dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.
    * dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.
    * dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].
    * dar la sensación = give + a sense.
    * dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.
    * dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.
    * dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.
    * dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.
    * dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.
    * dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.
    * dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.
    * dar latigazos = lash.
    * dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.
    * dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.
    * dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.
    * dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.
    * darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.
    * darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.
    * darle a la botella = booze.
    * darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.
    * darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.
    * darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.
    * darle al palique = gas.
    * darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.
    * darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.
    * darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.
    * dar lecciones = give + lessons.
    * darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.
    * darle el puntillazo = nail it.
    * darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * darle largas = play + Nombre + along.
    * darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.
    * darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).
    * darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.
    * darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.
    * darle una lección a Alguien = school.
    * darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.
    * darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.
    * darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.
    * darle un repaso a Alguien = school.
    * darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.
    * darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].
    * darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.
    * darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.
    * darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.
    * darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.
    * dar libertad = give + licence.
    * dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.
    * dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.
    * dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.
    * dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.
    * dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.
    * dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.
    * dar lugar = produce.
    * dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.
    * dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.
    * dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.
    * dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.
    * dar mala impresión = look + bad.
    * dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].
    * dar masaje = massage.
    * dar más de sí = go further.
    * dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.
    * dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.
    * dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.
    * dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.
    * dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).
    * dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.
    * dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.
    * dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.
    * dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.
    * dar muestras de = show + signs of.
    * dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.
    * dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.
    * dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].
    * dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.
    * dar opción = give + option.
    * dar origen = mother.
    * dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.
    * dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.
    * dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).
    * dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.
    * dar parte de = report.
    * dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).
    * dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.
    * dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.
    * dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].
    * dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.
    * dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.
    * dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.
    * dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar pisotones = stomp.
    * dar pistas = throw + hints.
    * dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.
    * dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.
    * dar poderes = give + powers.
    * dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.
    * dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.
    * dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.
    * dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.
    * dar por hecho = take for + granted.
    * dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.
    * dar por saldado = close + the book on.
    * dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.
    * dar por sentado = take for + granted.
    * dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.
    * dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.
    * dar preferencia = give + preference.
    * dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.
    * dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.
    * dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].
    * dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.
    * dar problemas = play up.
    * dar propina = tipping.
    * dar pruebas = provide + evidence.
    * dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.
    * dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.
    * dar punzadas = throb, twinge.
    * dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.
    * dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.
    * dar quehacer = make + trouble.
    * dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.
    * dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.
    * dar recompensa = mete out + reward.
    * dar registro = accession.
    * dar relevancia = give + relevance.
    * dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.
    * dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.
    * dar resoplidos = chug.
    * dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.
    * dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.
    * dar resultados = produce + results.
    * dar rienda suelta = unleash.
    * dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.
    * dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.
    * dar riqueza a = add + richness to.
    * dar risitas = giggle.
    * dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.
    * dar salida a = vent.
    * dar saltitos = hop, skip.
    * dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.
    * darse = appear, occur.
    * darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.
    * darse aires = strut.
    * darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.
    * darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.
    * darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.
    * darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.
    * darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.
    * darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.
    * darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.
    * darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.
    * darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.
    * darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.
    * darse el gusto de = indulge in.
    * darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.
    * darse el lote = snog, neck.
    * darse el lujo de = splurge on.
    * darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.
    * darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.
    * darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.
    * dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.
    * dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.
    * dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.
    * dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.
    * dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.
    * darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.
    * darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.
    * dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.
    * dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.
    * dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.
    * dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.
    * dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.
    * dar señales de = show + signs of.
    * dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.
    * darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.
    * darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.
    * darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.
    * darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.
    * darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.
    * darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.
    * dar servicio = service.
    * darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * darse una leche = come + a cropper.
    * darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.
    * darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.
    * darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.
    * darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.
    * darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.
    * darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.
    * darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.
    * darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.
    * darse un festín de = feast on.
    * darse un garbeo = mosey.
    * darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.
    * darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.
    * darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.
    * dar significado = imbue with + meaning.
    * dar sombra = shade.
    * dar su conformidad a = assent to.
    * dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.
    * dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.
    * dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.
    * dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.
    * dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.
    * dar título = title.
    * dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.
    * dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dar tono = tone.
    * dar trabajo = present + burden.
    * dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.
    * dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.
    * dar una azotaina = spank.
    * dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.
    * dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.
    * dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.
    * dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.
    * dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.
    * dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.
    * dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.
    * dar una cornada = gore.
    * dar una excusa = give + excuse.
    * dar una explicación = present + explanation.
    * dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.
    * dar una fiesta = give + a party.
    * dar una galleta = slap.
    * dar una guantada = slap.
    * dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.
    * dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.
    * dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.
    * dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.
    * dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.
    * dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.
    * dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.
    * dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.
    * dar una lección de humildad = humble.
    * dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.
    * dar una norma = give + prescription.
    * dar una opinión = offer + opinion.
    * dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.
    * dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.
    * dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.
    * dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.
    * dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.
    * dar una patada = kick, boot.
    * dar una pista = give + a hint.
    * dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.
    * dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.
    * dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.
    * dar una razón = give + reason.
    * dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.
    * dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.
    * dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.
    * dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.
    * dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.
    * dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.
    * dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.
    * dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.
    * dar una torta = slap.
    * dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar una tunda = trounce.
    * dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.
    * dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.
    * dar una visión general = give + a general picture.
    * dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.
    * dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.
    * dar un aviso = make + warning.
    * dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.
    * dar una voz = holler.
    * dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.
    * dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.
    * dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.
    * dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.
    * dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.
    * dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.
    * dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.
    * dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.
    * dar un calambre = cramp.
    * dar un chillido = holler.
    * dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.
    * dar un coscorrón = cuff.
    * dar un ejemplo = give + example.
    * dar un empujón = give + a boost.
    * dar un golpe = knock.
    * dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.
    * dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.
    * dar un grito = holler.
    * dar un guantazo = slap.
    * dar un hachazo = hack.
    * dar un hervor = parboil.
    * dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].
    * dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.
    * dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.
    * dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.
    * dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.
    * dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.
    * dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.
    * dar un nuevo nombre = rename.
    * dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.
    * dar unos azotes = spank.
    * dar un paseo = take + a stroll, t

    * * *
    dar [ A25 ]
    ■ dar (verbo transitivo)
    A entregar
    B regalar, donar
    C en naipes
    D
    1 proporcionar
    2 Música
    E conferir, aportar
    F
    1 aplicar capa de barniz etc
    2 dar: inyección etc
    G
    1 conceder prórroga etc
    2 atribuir
    3 pronosticando duración
    4 dar: edad, años
    H
    1 expresar, decir
    2 señalar, indicar
    A producir
    B rendir, alcanzar hasta
    C causar, provocar
    D arruinar, fastidiar
    A presentar
    B ofrecer, celebrar
    C dar: conferencia
    A realizar la acción indicada
    B dar: limpiada etc
    Sentido V considerar
    ■ dar (verbo intransitivo)
    A
    1 entregar
    2 en naipes
    B ser suficiente, alcanzar
    C
    1 dar a: puerta etc
    2 llegar hasta
    3 estar orientado hacia
    D comunicar
    E arrojar un resultado
    F importar
    A
    1 pegar, golpear
    2 darle a algo: tarea
    3 darle a algo: hacer uso de
    4 acertar
    B
    1 darle a algo: accionar
    2 mover
    C
    1 indicando insistencia
    2 instando a alguien a hacer algo
    D dar con
    A acometer, sobrevenir
    B
    1 darle a alguien por algo
    2 darle a alguien con algo
    C dar en
    D dar: sol, viento, luz
    E acabar
    ■ darse (verbo pronominal)
    A producirse
    B ocurrir
    C resultar
    A dedicarse, entregarse
    B tratarse, ser sociable
    A realizar la acción indicada
    B
    1 golpearse, pegarse
    2 darse (de) golpes
    3 darse (de) patadas etc
    Sentido IV considerarse
    vt
    A (entregar) to give
    dale las llaves a Jaime give the keys to Jaime, give Jaime the keys
    se las di a Jaime I gave them to Jaime
    dale esto a tu madre de mi parte give this to your mother from me
    deme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?
    500 dólares ¿quién da más? any advance on 500 dollars?
    dar algo A + INF:
    da toda la ropa a planchar/lavar she sends all her clothes to be ironed/washed, she has all her ironing/washing done for her
    comer1 vi A 2. (↑ comer (1)), conocer, entender1 vt A 2. (↑ entender (1)), mamar
    B (regalar, donar) to give
    ¿me lo prestas? — te lo doy, yo no lo necesito can I borrow it? — you can have it o keep it, I don't need it
    a mí nunca nadie me dio nada nobody's ever given me anything
    daría cualquier cosa por que así fuera I'd give anything o ( colloq) I'd give my right arm for that to be the case
    donde las dan las toman two can play at that game
    estarlas dando ( Chi fam): entremos sin pagar, aquí las están dando let's just walk in without paying, they're asking for it ( colloq)
    con ese profesor las están dando they get away with murder with that teacher ( colloq)
    para dar y tomar or vender: coge los que quieras, tengo para dar y tomar or vender take as many as you want, I have plenty to spare o ( colloq) I've stacks of them
    C (en naipes) to deal
    ¡me has dado unas cartas horribles! you've dealt o given me a terrible hand
    D
    1 (proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give
    sus elogios me han dado ánimos his praise has given me encouragement o has encouraged me
    eso me dio la idea para el libro that's where I got the idea for the book, that's what gave me the idea for the book
    me dio un buen consejo she gave me some useful advice
    mi familia no pudo darme una carrera my family weren't in a position to send me to o put me through university o to give me a university education
    es capaz de robar si le dan la ocasión given the chance he's quite capable of stealing
    pide que te den un presupuesto/más información ask them to give you o supply you with an estimate/more information
    2 ( Música) to give
    ¿me das el la? can you give me an A?
    E (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give
    las luces le daban un ambiente festivo a la plaza the lights gave the square a very festive atmosphere, the lights lent a very festive atmosphere to the square
    les dio forma redondeada a las puntas he rounded off the ends
    necesita algo que le dé sentido a su vida he needs something that will give his life some meaning
    F
    1 (aplicar) ‹capa de barniz/mano de pintura› to give
    dale otra capa de barniz/otra mano de pintura give it another coat of varnish/paint
    hay que darle cera al piso we have to wax the floor
    dale una puntada para sujetarlo put a stitch in to hold it
    2 ‹inyección/lavativa/sedante› to give, administer ( frml); ‹masaje› to give
    G
    1 (conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give
    te doy hasta el jueves I'll give you until Thursday
    ¿quién te ha dado permiso para entrar allí? who gave you permission to go in there?, who said you could go in there?
    si usted nos da permiso with your permission, if you will allow us
    el dentista me ha dado hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesday
    dan facilidades de pago they offer easy repayment facilities o terms
    nos dieron el tercer premio we won o got third prize, we were awarded third prize
    al terminar el cursillo te dan un diploma when you finish the course you get a diploma
    2
    (atribuir): no le des demasiada importancia don't attach too much importance to it
    yo le doy otra interpretación a ese pasaje I see o interpret that passage in a different way
    tuvieron que darme la razón they had to admit I was right
    no le dan ni dos meses de vida they've given him less than two months to live
    no le doy ni un mes a esa relación I don't think they'll last more than a month together
    4
    ( RPl) ‹edad/años› ¿cuántos años or qué edad le das? how old do you think o reckon she is?
    yo no le daba más de 28 I didn't think he was more than 28
    H
    1
    (expresar, decir): ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?
    no me dio ni los buenos días she didn't even say hello
    dales recuerdos de mi parte give/send them my regards
    tenemos que ir a darles el pésame we must go and offer our condolences
    me gustaría que me dieras tu parecer or opinión I'd like you to give me your opinion
    le doy mi enhorabuena I'd like to congratulate you
    ¿me da la hora, por favor? have you got the time, please?
    me tocó a mí darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
    te han dado una orden you've been given an order, that was an order
    han dado orden de desalojar el edificio they've ordered that the building be vacated
    2
    (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or ( Esp) comunicando the line's busy o ( BrE) engaged
    el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck five
    A
    (producir): estos campos dan mucho grano these fields have a high grain yield
    esta estufa da mucho calor this heater gives out a lot of heat
    esta clase de negocio da mucho dinero there's a lot of money in this business
    esos bonos dan un 7% those bonds give a yield of 7%
    los árboles han empezado a dar fruto the trees have begun to bear fruit
    no le pudo dar un hijo she was unable to bear o give him a child
    B
    (rendir, alcanzar hasta): ¿cuánto da ese coche? how fast can that car go?
    da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour
    ha dado todo lo que el público esperaba de él he has lived up to the public's expectations of him
    el coche venía a todo lo que daba the car was traveling at full speed
    ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
    C
    (causar, provocar): la comida muy salada da sed salty food makes you thirsty
    ¡estos críos dan tanto trabajo! these kids are such hard work!
    (+ me/te/le etc): ¿no te da calor esa camisa? aren't you too warm in that shirt?
    el vino le había dado sueño the wine had made him sleepy
    me da mucha pena verla tan triste I can't bear o it hurts me to see her so sad
    ¡qué susto me has dado! you gave me such a fright!
    me da no sé qué que se tenga que quedar sola I feel a bit funny about leaving her on her own
    este coche no me ha dado problemas this car hasn't given me any trouble
    ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc dar QUE + INF:
    el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden
    los niños dan que hacer children are a lot of work
    lo que dijo me dio que pensar what he said gave me plenty of food for thought o plenty to think about
    D ( Esp fam) (arruinar, fastidiar) to spoil, ruin
    Isabelita nos dio la noche we had an awful night thanks to little Isabel
    A
    (presentar): ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? ( colloq)
    en el cine Avenida dan una película buenísima there's a really good movie on at the Avenida, they're showing a really good movie at the Avenida
    ayer fuimos al teatro, daban una obra de Calderón we went to the theater yesterday, it was a play by Calderón
    va a dar un concierto el mes que viene he's giving a concert next month
    deja de gritar así, estás dando un espectáculo stop shouting like that, you're making a spectacle of yourself
    B (ofrecer, celebrar) ‹fiesta› to give; ‹baile/banquete› to hold
    C ‹conferencia› to give
    dar examen (CS); to take o ( BrE) sit an exam
    ver tb clase1 f E. (↑ clase (1))
    A
    (realizar la acción indicada): dieron lectura al comunicado they read out the communiqué
    estuvo dando cabezadas durante toda la película he kept nodding off all through the film
    dio un grito/un suspiro she shouted/sighed, she gave a shout/heaved a sigh
    dio un paso atrás/adelante he took a step back/forward
    (+ me/te/le etc): dame un beso/abrazo give me a kiss/hug
    me dio un tirón del pelo he pulled my hair
    dársela a algn ( Esp fam); to take sb in, put one over on sb
    dárselas a algn ( Chi fam); to beat sb up
    B
    ‹limpiada/barrida/planchazo› con que le des una enjuagada alcanza just a quick rinse will do
    hay que darle una barrida al suelo de la cocina the kitchen floor needs a sweep o needs sweeping
    quiero darle otra leída a este capítulo ( AmL); I want to run o read through this chapter again
    Sentido V (considerar) dar algo/a algn POR algo:
    lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead
    doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed
    ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic
    si le has prestado dinero ya lo puedes dar por perdido if you've lent him money you can kiss it goodbye
    ¿eso es lo que quieres? ¡dalo por hecho! is that what you want? consider it done! o ( AmE colloq) you got it!
    si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado if I pass it will have been time well spent
    ■ dar
    vi
    A
    1
    (entregar): dame, yo te lo coso let me have it o give it here, I'll sew it for you
    no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you
    ¿me das para un helado? can I have some money for an ice cream?
    2 (en naipes) to deal
    te toca dar a ti it's your deal, it's your turn to deal
    B (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar PARA algo/algn:
    este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken is enough o will do for two meals
    con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round
    da para hablar horas y horas you could talk about it for hours
    (+ me/te/le etc): eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that
    no le da la cabeza para la física he hasn't much of a head for physics
    no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time
    dar de sí to stretch
    me quedan un poco ajustados, pero ya darán de sí they're a bit tight on me, but they'll stretch o give
    ¡cuánto ha dado de sí esa botella de jerez! that bottle of sherry's gone a long way!
    ¡qué poco dan de sí seis euros! six euros don't go very far!
    el pobre ya no da más de sí the poor guy's fit to drop
    no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with
    yo me voy, esto ya no da para más I'm leaving, this is a waste of time
    ya no da para más or (CS) ya no da más de tanto trabajar he's worked himself into the ground
    estoy que no doy más I'm all in ( colloq), I'm shattered o dead beat ( colloq), I'm pooped ( AmE colloq)
    1 «puerta/habitación» (comunicar con) to give on to
    la puerta trasera da a un jardín/a la calle Palmar the back door opens o gives onto a garden/onto Palmar Street
    todas las habitaciones dan a un patio all the rooms look onto o give onto a courtyard
    2 (llegar hasta) «río» to go o flow into; «camino/sendero» to lead to
    la calle va a dar directamente a la playa the street goes right down o leads straight to the beach
    3 «fachada/frente» (estar orientado hacia) to face
    la fachada principal da al sur the main facade faces south
    la terraza da al mar the balcony overlooks o faces the sea
    D
    ( RPl) (comunicar) darle a algn CON algn: ¿me das con Teresa, por favor? can I speak to Teresa, please?
    en seguida le doy con el señor Seco I'll just put you through to Mr Seco
    E
    (arrojar un resultado): ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?
    a mí me dio 247 ¿y a ti? I made it (to be) 247, how about you?
    el análisis le dio positivo/negativo her test was positive/negative
    F
    (importar): ¿cuál prefieres? — da igual which do you prefer? — I don't mind
    da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día it doesn't matter, we'll go another day
    (+ me/te/le etc): ¿el jueves o el viernes? — a mí me da igual Thursday or Friday? — I don't mind o it doesn't matter o it doesn't make any difference to me o it's all the same to me
    la sopa se ha enfriado un poco — ¡qué más da! the soup's gone a bit cold — never mind o it doesn't matter
    ¿qué más da un color que otro? surely one color is as good as another!, what difference does it make what color it is?
    (+ me/te/le etc): ¡qué más le da a él que otros tengan que hacer su trabajo! what does he care if others have to do his work?
    ¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? what difference does it make to you if he comes?, what's it to you if he comes? ( colloq)
    no quiere venir — tanto da she doesn't want to come — it makes no difference o so what?
    (+ me/te/le etc): ¿a qué hora quieren cenar? — tanto nos da what time do you want to have dinner? — it's all the same to us o whenever
    A
    1 (pegar, golpear) (+ me/te/le etc):
    le dio en la cabeza it hit him on the head
    dale al balón con fuerza kick the ball hard
    ¡te voy a dar yo a ti como no me obedezcas! you're going to get it from me if you don't do what I say ( colloq)
    le dio con la regla en los nudillos she rapped his knuckles with the ruler
    cuando te agarren te van a dar de palos when they get you they're going to give you a good beating
    2 ( fam) (a una tarea, asignatura) darle A algo:
    me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on o studying my English ( colloq)
    vas a tener que darle más fuerte si quieres aprobar you're going to have to push yourself harder o put more effort into it if you want to pass
    quiero darle un poco más a esta traducción antes de irme I want to do a bit more work on this translation before I go
    3 ( fam) (hacer uso de) darle A algo:
    ¡cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o ( AmE) down the wine ( colloq)
    ¡cómo le han dado al queso! ¡ya casi no queda! they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! ( colloq)
    ¡cómo les has dado a estos zapatos! you've really been hard on these shoes!, you've worn these shoes out quickly!
    4 (acertar) to hit
    dar en el blanco/el centro to hit the target/the bull's-eye
    B
    1 (accionar) darle A algo:
    le dio al interruptor she flicked the switch
    le di a la manivela I turned the handle
    dale al pedal press the pedal
    tienes que darle a este botón/esta tecla you have to press this button/key
    2 (mover) (+ compl):
    dale al volante hacia la derecha turn the wheel to the right
    C
    1 ( fam)
    (indicando insistencia): ¡y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy there you go again! I've told you I'm not going ( colloq)
    estuvo todo el día dale que dale con el clarinete he spent the whole day blowing away on his clarinet
    ¡y dale con lo de la edad! ¿qué importa eso? stop going on about her age! what does it matter?
    ¡dale que te pego! ( fam): he estado toda la mañana dale que te pego con esto I've been slaving away at this all morning
    yo quiero olvidarlo y él ¡dale que te pego con lo mismo! I want to forget about it and he keeps on and on about it o he keeps banging on about it
    2
    ( RPl fam) (instando a algn a hacer algo): dale, metete, el agua está lindísima come on, get in, the water's lovely
    dale, prestámelo come on o go on, lend it to me
    por mucho que buscaron no dieron con él although they searched high and low they couldn't find him
    creo que ya he dado con la solución I think I've hit upon o found the solution
    cuando uno no da con la palabra adecuada when you can't come up with o find the right word
    A (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc):
    le dio un mareo she felt dizzy
    le dio un infarto he had a heart attack
    como no se calle, me va a dar algo ( fam); if you don't shut up, I'm going to have a fit ( colloq)
    ¡me da una indignación cuando hace esas cosas …! I feel so angry when he does those things!
    me da que ya no vienen ( fam); I have a (funny o sneaky) feeling they're not coming ( colloq)
    B (hablando de ocurrencias, manías)
    1 darle a algn POR algo:
    le ha dado por decir que ya no lo quiero he's started saying that I don't love him any more
    le ha dado por beber he's taken to drink, he's started drinking
    le ha dado por el yoga she's got into yoga
    ¡menos mal que me dio por preguntar por cuánto saldría! it's just as well it occurred to me to ask o I thought to ask how much it would be!
    darle a algn por ahí ( fam): ¿ahora hace pesas? — sí, le ha dado por ahí is he doing weights now? — yes, that's his latest craze o that's what he's into now
    ¿por qué lo hiciste? — no sé, me dio por ahí why did you do it? — I don't know, I just felt like it
    cualquier día le da por ahí y la deja one of these days he'll just up and leave her
    2 darle a algn CON algo:
    le ha dado con que me conoce he's got it into his head he knows me
    (tender a): ha dado en salir acompañada por galanes jóvenes she has taken to being escorted in public by handsome young men
    ha dado en esta locura she has got this crazy idea into her head
    lo que se ha dado en llamar `drogodependencia' what has come to be known as `drug-dependence'
    D
    «sol/viento/luz»: aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning here
    siéntate aquí, donde da el sol sit down here in the sun
    en esa playa da mucho el viento it's very windy on that beach
    la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
    E
    (acabar): ir/venir a dar: la pelota había ido a dar al jardín de al lado the ball had ended up in the next door garden
    ¿cómo habrá venido a dar esto aquí? how on earth did this get here?
    ■ darse
    A (producirse) to grow
    en esta zona se da bien el trigo wheat grows well in this area
    B
    (ocurrir) «caso/situación»: bien podría darse una situación así this kind of situation could well arise o occur
    para esto se tienen que dar las siguientes circunstancias this requires the following conditions
    ¿qué se da? ( fam); what's going on o happening? ( colloq)
    C (resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
    se le dan muy bien los idiomas she's very good at languages
    ¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? how are you at sewing?, how's your sewing?
    A (dedicarse, entregarse) darse A algo:
    se dio a la bebida she took to drink, she hit the bottle ( colloq)
    se da a la buena vida he spends his time having fun o living it up
    se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause
    B
    ( RPl) (tratarse, ser sociable) darse CON algn: no se da con la familia del marido she doesn't have much to do with her husband's family
    A ( refl)
    (realizar la acción indicada): voy a darme una ducha I'm going to take o have a shower
    vamos a darnos un banquete we're going to have a feast
    dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot
    va dándoselas de rico y no tiene un duro he makes out he's rich but he hasn't got a penny
    ¿pero ése de qué se las da? si es un obrero como tú y yo who does he think he is? he's just another worker like you and me
    no te las des de listo don't act so smart
    B
    1
    (golpearse, pegarse): se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammer
    no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling
    se dieron contra un árbol they crashed o went into a tree
    se va a dar un golpe en la cabeza/espalda he's going to hit o bump his head/hit his back
    se dio con la nariz or de narices contra la puerta he ran/walked straight into the door, he went smack into the door ( colloq)
    2 ( refl):
    darse (de) golpes to hit oneself
    ¡podría darme (de) patadas! I could kick myself!
    3 ( recípr):
    se estaban dando (de) patadas/tortazos en plena calle they were kicking/punching each other right there on the street
    Sentido IV (considerarse) darse POR algo:
    con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that
    no se dará por vencida hasta que lo consiga she won't give up until she gets it
    puedes darte por contento de haber salido con vida you can count yourself lucky you weren't killed
    no quiere darse por enterado he doesn't want to know
    aludir vi 1. (↑ aludir)
    * * *

     

    dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
    1


    déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
    See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
    b) ‹cartas/mano› to give

    2
    a) (donar, regalar) ‹sangre/limosna› to give;


    b) ( proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to give;

    ‹información/idea› to give
    3
    a) (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to give

    b) ( aplicar) ‹mano de pintura/barniz› to give

    c) ‹sedante/masaje› to give

    4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;

    nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
    5
    a) (expresar, decir) ‹parecer/opinón› to give;

    ◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;

    dales saludos give/send them my regards;
    tuve que darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to him
    b) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;


    1
    a) ( producir) ‹fruto/flor› to bear;

    ‹ dividendos› to pay;

    b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):

    ◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;

    venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
    ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
    2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
    ‹ problemas› to cause;

    el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
    1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;
    ◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);

    ¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
    2
    a) ‹fiesta/conferencia› to give;

    ‹baile/banquete› to hold;
    ‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
    b) (CS) ‹ examen› to take o (BrE) sit;

    ver tb clase 4
    ( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;

    dame un beso give me a kiss;
    ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
    ( considerar) dar algo/a algn por algo:

    ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
    ¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
    verbo intransitivo
    1


    [ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
    [fachada/frente] to face
    2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;

    dar de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
    3 ( arrojar un resultado):

    ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
    a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
    4 ( importar):

    ¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
    ¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
    me da igual I don't mind
    5 ( en naipes) to deal
    1
    a) (pegar, golpear): darle a algn to hit sb;

    ( como castigo) to smack sb;

    el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post


    2 (accionar, mover) darle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
    ‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
    ‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
    3


    ‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
    ‹ palabra› to come up with
    4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) darle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;
    ◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …

    5 [sol/luz]:

    la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
    darse verbo pronominal
    1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
    2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
    3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):

    a) ( refl) ( realizar lo que se indica) ‹ducha/banquete› to have;

    ◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;

    dárselas de listo to act smart
    b) (golpearse, pegarse):


    se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
    se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
    ( considerarse) darse por algo:

    ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
    dar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
    2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
    le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
    3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
    (un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
    dar las gracias, to thank
    4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
    5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
    6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
    (fruto, flores) to bear
    (beneficio, interés) to give, yield
    7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
    (un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
    le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
    8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
    9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
    (impartir clases) to teach
    (recibir una clase) to have
    US to take
    10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
    11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
    12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
    (del gas, agua) to turn on
    13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
    14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
    (un masaje, medicamento) to give
    15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
    ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
    dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
    16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
    17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
    dar un paseo, to go for a walk
    dar una voz, to give a shout
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
    2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
    (una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
    dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
    ♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
    le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
    dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
    dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
    dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
    dar que hablar, to set people talking
    dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
    dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
    ' dar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abasto
    - abrigar
    - acelerón
    - acertar
    - acogerse
    - acomodar
    - acreditar
    - admitir
    - aflojar
    - agradecer
    - alarma
    - albergue
    - alcance
    - alerta
    - alimentar
    - alojamiento
    - alta
    - amagar
    - apetecer
    - apurar
    - armar
    - asesorar
    - atinar
    - baño
    - batalla
    - blanca
    - blanco
    - bola
    - bote
    - brazo
    - brinco
    - buena
    - bueno
    - cabezada
    - cabida
    - cada
    - calabaza
    - calentar
    - callar
    - callada
    - callo
    - campanada
    - cancha
    - cante
    - cara
    - carpetazo
    - carrete
    - casar
    - chivatazo
    - citar
    English:
    about-face
    - about-turn
    - act up
    - advance
    - amplify
    - announce
    - around
    - attach
    - attest
    - back
    - backpedal
    - barge into
    - bear
    - beat
    - beat up
    - beg
    - begrudge
    - birth
    - block
    - bluster
    - bolster
    - bop
    - boss about
    - boss around
    - bother
    - bounce
    - bound
    - breast-feed
    - brief
    - buff
    - bull's-eye
    - butt
    - call
    - chase down
    - checkmate
    - cheer
    - chime
    - circle
    - clout
    - coach
    - come across
    - credence
    - day
    - deal
    - death
    - deliver
    - deposit
    - direct
    - discharge
    - disgust
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [entregar, otorgar] to give;
    dar algo a alguien to give sth to sb, to give sb sth;
    da parte de sus ingresos a los necesitados she gives o donates part of her income to the poor;
    dame el azúcar, por favor could you pass o give me the sugar, please?;
    ¡dámelo! give it to me!, give me it!;
    se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother;
    daría cualquier cosa por saber lo que piensa I'd give anything to know what he's thinking
    2. [pagar] to give;
    [ofrecer en pago] to offer;
    ¿cuánto te dieron por la casa? how much did they give you for the house?;
    el concesionario me da 2.000 euros por la moto vieja the dealer's offering 2,000 euros for my old motorbike;
    300 dólares, ¿quién da más? [en subasta] is there any advance on 300 dollars?
    3. [proporcionar] to give, to provide with;
    la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice;
    este color le da un aspecto diferente a la habitación this colour makes the room look different;
    le di instrucciones de cómo llegar a casa I gave her directions for getting to my house;
    no nos dio ninguna explicación sobre su ausencia he didn't give us o provide us with any explanation for his absence;
    le dimos ánimos para que siguiera con su trabajo we encouraged her to continue with her work;
    su familia hizo un gran esfuerzo por darle estudios universitarios his family went to a great deal of effort to enable him to go to university
    4. [conceder] to give;
    le han dado el Premio Nobel she has been awarded o given the Nobel Prize;
    le dieron una beca he was awarded o given a grant;
    yo no le daría demasiada importancia I wouldn't attach too much importance to it;
    al final me dieron la razón in the end they accepted that I was right;
    le dieron una semana más para presentar el informe they gave o allowed him one more week to hand in the report;
    me dieron permiso para ir al médico I got o was allowed time off work to go to the doctor;
    ¿da su permiso para entrar? may I come in?;
    nos dieron facilidades de pago they offered us easy payment terms;
    los médicos no le dan más de seis meses de vida the doctors don't give him more than six months (to live);
    ¿qué interpretación das a este descubrimiento? how would you interpret this discovery?
    5. [decir]
    dar los buenos días to say hello;
    le di las gracias por su ayuda I thanked her for her help;
    fuimos a darles el pésame we went to offer them our condolences;
    dale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regards, say hello to him from me;
    dale la enhorabuena give her my congratulations;
    me dio su opinión al respecto he gave me his opinion on the matter;
    ¿quién le dará la noticia? who's going to tell o give her the news?
    6. [producir] to give, to produce;
    [frutos, flores] to bear; [beneficios, intereses] to yield;
    estas vacas dan mucha leche these cows produce a lot of milk;
    esta cuenta da un 5 por ciento de interés this account offers a 5 percent interest rate, this account bears interest at 5 percent;
    esta lámpara da mucha luz this light is very bright;
    le dio tres hijos she bore him three children
    7. [provocar] to give;
    me da vergüenza/pena it makes me ashamed/sad;
    me da risa it makes me laugh;
    me da miedo it frightens me;
    ¡me da una rabia que me traten así! it infuriates me that they should treat me in this way!;
    me dio un susto tremendo she gave me a real fright;
    el viaje me dio mucho sueño the journey made me really sleepy;
    da gusto leer un libro tan bien escrito it's a pleasure to read such a well-written book;
    los cacahuetes dan mucha sed peanuts make you very thirsty;
    este paseo me ha dado hambre this walk has made me hungry o given me an appetite;
    estas botas dan mucho calor these boots are very warm
    8. [luz, agua, gas] [encender] to turn o switch on;
    [suministrar por primera vez] to connect; [suministrar tras un corte] to turn back on
    9. [fiesta, cena] to have, to hold;
    dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in sb's honour;
    darán una recepción después de la boda there will be a reception after the wedding
    10. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal
    11. [sujeto: reloj] to strike;
    el reloj dio las doce the clock struck twelve
    12. Cine, Teatro & TV to show;
    [concierto, interpretación] to give;
    ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? – dan una película del oeste what's on the TV tonight? – they're showing a western o there's a western on;
    dieron la ceremonia en directo they broadcast the ceremony live
    13. [propinar]
    le di una bofetada I slapped him, I gave him a slap;
    dio una patada a la pelota he kicked the ball;
    darle un golpe/una puñalada a alguien to hit/stab sb
    14. [untar con, aplicar]
    dar una capa de pintura al salón to give the living-room a coat of paint;
    dar barniz a una silla to varnish a chair
    15. [señales, indicios] to show;
    dar pruebas de sensatez to show good sense;
    dar señales de vida to show signs of life
    16. [enseñar] to teach;
    [conferencia] to give;
    dar inglés/historia to teach English/history;
    dio una clase muy interesante she gave a very interesting class;
    mañana no daremos clase there won't be a class tomorrow
    17. Esp [recibir] [clase] to have;
    doy clases de piano con una profesora francesa I have piano classes with a French piano teacher;
    doy dos clases de francés a la semana I have two French classes a week
    18. [expresa acción]
    dar un grito to give a cry;
    dar un suspiro to sigh, to give a sigh;
    dar un vistazo a to have a look at;
    dio lectura a los resultados de la elección she read out the election results;
    cuando se enteró de la noticia, dio saltos de alegría when he heard the news, he jumped for joy;
    voy a dar un paseo I'm going (to go) for a walk
    19. Esp Fam [fastidiar] to ruin;
    es tan pesado que me dio la tarde he's so boring that he ruined the afternoon for me;
    el bebé nos da las noches con sus lloros the baby never lets us get a decent night's sleep
    20. [considerar]
    dar algo por to consider sth as;
    eso lo doy por hecho I take that for granted;
    doy por sentado que vendrás a la fiesta I take it for granted that o I assume you'll be coming to the party;
    doy por explicado este periodo histórico that's all I want to say about this period of history;
    doy esta discusión por terminada I consider this discussion to be over;
    dar a alguien por muerto to give sb up for dead
    21. Fam [presentir]
    me da que no van a venir I have a feeling they're not going to come
    22. RP [inyección] to give
    23. Comp
    donde las dan las toman you get what you deserve;
    no dar una to get everything wrong
    ♦ vi
    1. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal;
    me toca dar a mí it's my deal
    2. [entregar]
    dame, que ya lo llevo yo give it to me, I'll carry it
    3. [horas] to strike;
    dieron las tres three o'clock struck
    4. [golpear]
    le dieron en la cabeza they hit him on the head;
    la piedra dio contra el cristal the stone hit the window;
    como no te portes bien, te voy a dar if you don't behave, I'll smack you
    5. [accionar]
    dar a [llave de paso] to turn;
    [botón, timbre] to press;
    dale al control remoto hit the remote control;
    dale al pedal press down on the pedal;
    Informát
    dale a la tecla de retorno hit o press return;
    dale a la manivela turn the handle
    6. [estar orientado]
    dar a [sujeto: ventana, balcón] to look out onto, to overlook;
    [sujeto: pasillo, puerta] to lead to; [sujeto: casa, fachada] to face;
    todas las habitaciones dan al mar all the rooms look out onto o face the sea
    7. [sujeto: luz, viento]
    el sol daba de lleno en la habitación the sunlight was streaming into the room;
    la luz me daba directamente en la cara the light was shining directly in my face;
    aquí da mucho viento it's very windy here
    8. [encontrar]
    dar con algo/alguien to find sth/sb;
    he dado con la solución I've hit upon the solution
    9. [proporcionar]
    dar de beber a alguien to give sb something to drink;
    da de mamar a su hijo she breast-feeds her son
    10. [ser suficiente]
    dar para to be enough for;
    no dar ni para pipas: ¡eso no te da ni para pipas! that's not even enough to buy a bag of peanuts!
    11. [motivar]
    esta noticia va a dar mucho que hablar this news will set people talking;
    aquello me dio que pensar that made me think
    12. [importar]
    ¡y a ti qué más te da! what's it to you?;
    me da igual o [m5] lo mismo it's all the same to me, I don't mind o care;
    no vamos a poder ir al cine – ¡qué más da! we won't be able to go to the cinema – never mind!;
    y si no lo conseguimos, ¿qué más da? if we don't manage it, so what?;
    ¡qué más da quién lo haga con tal de que lo haga bien! what does it matter o what difference does it make who does it as long as they do it properly?;
    lo siento, no voy a poder ayudar – da igual, no te preocupes I'm sorry but I won't be able to help – it doesn't matter, don't worry;
    ¿vamos o nos quedamos? – da lo mismo should we go or should we stay? – it doesn't make any difference
    13. [acertar]
    dio en el blanco she hit the target;
    diste en el blanco, hay que intentar reducir las pérdidas you hit the nail on the head, we have to try and reduce our losses
    14. [tomar costumbre]
    le ha dado por el yoga he's decided to go in for yoga;
    ahora le ha dado por no comer fruta now she's decided not to eat fruit;
    le dio por ponerse a cantar en medio de la clase he took it into his head to start singing in the middle of the class;
    ¿está aprendiendo ruso? – sí, le ha dado por ahí is she learning Russian? – yes, that's her latest thing;
    Formal
    dar en hacer algo to take to doing sth;
    el viejo dio en leer libros de caballería the old man took to reading books on chivalry
    15. [expresa repetición]
    le dieron de palos they beat him repeatedly with sticks
    16. [afectar]
    le dio un infarto he had a heart attack
    17.
    dar de sí [ropa, calzado] to give, to stretch;
    no dar más de sí o [m5] para más [persona, animal] not to be up to much any more;
    este sueldo da mucho de sí this salary goes a long way;
    estos zapatos no dan para más these shoes have had it;
    es un poco tonto, no da para más he's a bit stupid, he's not up to anything else
    18. [expresa enfado]
    te digo que pares y tú, ¡dale (que dale)! I've told you to stop, but you just carry on and on!;
    ¡y dale con la música! there he goes again, playing loud music!;
    te hemos dicho que no menciones el tema, y tú, dale que te pego we've told you not to mention the subject, but you just carry on regardless o but here you are, bringing it up again;
    ¡y dale! te lo he dicho bien claro, no voy a ir how many times do I have to tell you? o I've said it once and I'll say it again, I'm not going
    19. RP [comunicar]
    ¿me darías con tu madre? could I speak to your mother?, could you put your mother on?;
    le doy con el Sr. Hualde I'll put you through to Mr Hualde
    20. Comp
    Fam
    para dar y tomar: había cerveza para dar y tomar there was loads of beer;
    Fam
    darle a: ¡cómo le da a la cerveza! he certainly likes his beer!;
    Fam
    darle algo a alguien: si no se calla me va a dar algo if he doesn't shut up soon, I'll go mad;
    si sigues trabajando así te va a dar algo you can't go on working like that;
    Esp muy Fam
    ¡que le den!: ¿que no quiere cooperar? ¡que le den! he doesn't want to co-operate? well, stuff him!
    * * *
    <part dado>
    I v/t
    1 give; fiesta give, have;
    dar un salto/una patada jump/kick, give a jump/kick;
    dar miedo a frighten;
    el jamón me dio sed the ham made me thirsty;
    dar de comer/beber a alguien give s.o. something to eat/drink
    2 fruta bear; luz give off; beneficio yield
    3 película show, screen
    4
    :
    el reloj dio las tres the clock struck three
    5
    :
    ¡dale (que dale)! fam don’t keep on! fam ;
    y siguió dale que te pego fam and he kept on and on
    II v/i
    1 give; de cartas en juego deal;
    dame give it to me, give me it
    2
    :
    dar a de ventana look onto
    3
    :
    dar con algo/alguien come across sth/s.o., find sth/s.o.;
    no di con el nombre I couldn’t think of the name
    4
    :
    dar de sí de material stretch, give;
    dar para be enough for;
    no da para más it’s past its best
    5
    :
    le dio por insultar a su madre fam she started insulting her mother
    6
    :
    ¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
    da igual it doesn’t matter
    7
    :
    en algo hit sth;
    el sol le daba en la cara he had the sun in his eyes, the sun was in his eyes
    8
    :
    dar por muerto a alguien give s.o. up for dead
    9
    :
    dar que hablar give people something to talk about;
    da que pensar it makes you think, it gives you something to think about
    * * *
    dar {22} vt
    1) : to give
    2) entregar: to deliver, to hand over
    3) : to hit, to strike
    4) : to yield, to produce
    5) : to perform
    6) : to give off, to emit
    7)
    dar por : to regard as, to consider
    dar vi
    1) alcanzar: to suffice, to be enough
    no me da para dos pasajes: I don't have enough for two fares
    2)
    dar a or
    dar sobre : to overlook, to look out on
    3)
    dar con : to run into
    4)
    dar con : to hit upon (an idea)
    5)
    dar de sí : to give, to stretch
    * * *
    dar vb
    1. (en general) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]
    ¿cuánto me das por lavarte el coche? how much will you give me for washing your car?
    ¿me da un kilo de naranjas, por favor? could I have a kilo of oranges, please?
    5. (ofrecer fiesta) to have
    6. (impartir clases) to teach [pt. & pp. taught]
    7. (tener ataque, enfermedad) to have
    8. (producir fruto, flores) to bear [pt. bore; pp. borne]
    9. (sonar las horas) to strike [pt. & pp. struck]
    10. (encender, conectar) to turn on
    ¿has dado el gas? have you turned the gas on?
    11. (chocar, golpear) to hit [pt. & pp. hit]
    12. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]
    me dio las buenas noches he said goodnight to me / he wished me goodnight
    dar a to overlook / to look onto
    dar a entender to imply [pt. & pp. implied]
    dar a luz to give birth [pt. gave; pp. given]
    dar de comer to feed [pt. & pp. fed]
    dar igual not to matter / not to mind

    Spanish-English dictionary > dar

  • 13 ir

    v.
    1 to go.
    ir hacia el sur/al cine to go south/to the cinema
    ir en autobús/coche to go by bus/car
    ir andando to go on foot, to walk
    ¡vamos! let's go!
    2 to be gradually.
    ir haciendo algo to be (gradually) doing something
    va anocheciendo it's getting dark
    3 to go.
    le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new job
    su negocio va mal his business is going badly
    ¿cómo te va? how are you doing?
    4 to go.
    estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers
    5 to go, to belong.
    esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there
    6 to go, to leave (marcharse).
    irse a to go to
    ¡vete! go away!
    El bus va por el camino The bus goes down the road.
    7 to go (to search).
    ir (a) por algo/alguien to go and get something/somebody, to go and fetch something/somebody (peninsular Spanish)
    8 to go (to consume, to disappear).
    se ha ido la luz there's been a power cut
    9 to be going (intención).
    ir a hacer algo to be going to do something
    te voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you
    10 to get (to change).
    ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse
    11 to work.
    la manivela va floja the crank is loose
    la televisión no va the television isn't working
    12 to be meant (comentario, indirecta).
    ir por alguien to be meant for somebody, to be aimed at somebody
    13 to suit (clothes).
    irle (bien) a alguien to suit somebody
    esta camisa no va con esos pantalones this shirt doesn't go with these trousers
    14 to do (tratamiento).
    irle bien a alguien to do somebody good
    15 to like, to care.
    no me va el pop I don't like pop music (peninsular Spanish)
    ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other
    16 to attend.
    Ricardo va en las tardes Richard attends in the afternoons.
    17 to be doing, to make out.
    Me va bien I am doing well.
    18 to keep on, to keep.
    Ir caminando Keep on walking.
    19 to go for.
    Me va bien el negocio The business goes well for me
    20 to match.
    Estas medias van These socks match.
    * * *
    IR
    Present Indicative
    voy, vas, va, vamos, vais, van.
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Past Indicative
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    ve (tú), vaya (él/Vd.), vayamos (nos.), id (vos.), vayan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    •
    - ir a pie
    - irse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones ir de vacaciones, ir de veras, ir dado, irse de la lengua, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=marchar)
    a) [indicando movimiento, acción] to go

    ¿has ido alguna vez a Quito? — have you ever been to Quito?

    ¿a qué colegio vas? — what school do you go to?

    esta carretera va a Huesca — this road goes to Huesca, this is the road to Huesca

    ir con tiento — to go carefully {o} cautiously

    ¡ya voy!, ¡ahora voy! — coming!, I'll be right there!

    ¿quién va? — (Mil) who goes there?

    b) [indicando la forma de transporte]

    • ir [andando] — to walk, go on foot

    tuvimos que ir andando — we had to walk {o} go on foot

    ¿vas a ir andando o en autobús? — are you walking or going by bus?

    • ir en [avión] — to fly

    • ir en [bicicleta] — to ride

    • ir a [caballo] — to ride

    • fui en [coche] — I went by car, I drove

    • ir a [pie] — to walk, go on foot

    • fui en [tren] — I went by train {o} rail

    c) [con complemento]
    d)

    • ir (a) [por] — to go and get

    voy por el médico — I'll go and fetch {o} get the doctor

    voy a por él — [a buscarle] I'll go and get him; [a atacarle] I'm going to get him

    solo van a por las pelas — * they're only in it for the money

    2) [indicando proceso]
    a) [persona]

    ¿cómo va el paciente? — how's the patient doing?

    el enfermo va mejor — the patient is improving {o} doing better

    b) [acción, obra] to go

    ¿cómo va el ensayo? — how's the essay going?, how are you getting on with the essay?

    ¿cómo va el partido? — what's the score?

    ¿cómo va eso? — how are things (going)?

    todo va bien — everything's fine, everything's going well

    los resultados van a mejor — the results are improving {o} getting better

    c)

    • ir [por], ¿te has leído ya el libro? ¿por dónde vas? — have you read the book yet? whereabouts are you? {o} how far have you got?

    3) [indicando manera, posición]
    4) (=extenderse) to go, stretch

    la pradera va desde la montaña hasta el mar — the grasslands go {o} stretch from the mountains to the sea

    • [en lo que] va de año — so far this year

    5) [indicando distancia, diferencia]

    ¡lo que va del padre al hijo! — what a difference there is between father and son!, father and son are nothing like each other!

    de 7 a 9 van 2 — the difference between 7 and 9 is 2; [en resta] 7 from 9 leaves 2

    6) [indicando acumulación]
    7) [en apuestas]

    ¿cuánto va? — how much do you bet?

    8) (=vestir)

    ¿con qué ropa {o} cómo fuiste a la boda? — what did you wear to the wedding?

    iba de rojo — she was dressed in red, she was wearing red

    etiqueta 2)
    9)

    irle a algn —

    a) [indicando importancia]
    b) [indicando situación]

    ¿cómo te va? — how are things?, how are you doing?

    ¿cómo te va en los estudios? — how are you getting on with your studies?

    ¡que te vaya bien! — take care!

    c) (=sentar) to suit

    ¿me va bien esto? — does this suit me?

    d) * (=gustar)

    le va al Cruz Azul — Méx (Dep) he supports Cruz Azul

    10) [seguido de preposición]
    ir con (=acompañar, combinar) to go with ir de

    ¿de qué va la película? — what's the film about?

    no sabe de qué va el rollo — * he doesn't know what it's all about

    va de intelectual por la vida — * he acts the intellectual all the time

    ¿de qué vas? — * what are you on about? *

    ir para

    va para los 40 — he's getting on for 40, he's knocking on 40

    ir por [indicando intención]

    eso no va por usted — I wasn't referring to you, that wasn't meant for you

    ¡va por los novios! — (here's) to the bride and groom!

    ir tras to go after
    11) [otras locuciones]

    • [a lo que] iba — as I was saying

    • ir a algn [con] algo, siempre le iba con sus problemas — he always went to her with his problems

    • [¿dónde] vas?, -¿le regalamos un equipo de música? -¿dónde vas? con un libro tiene bastante — "shall we give him a stereo?" - "what do you mean? a book is fine"

    -¿le pido disculpas? -¿dónde vas? deja que sea él quien se disculpe — "shall I apologize?" - "what are you talking about? let him be the one to apologize"

    • si vamos a [eso] — for that matter

    pues, a eso voy — that's what I mean, that's what I'm getting at

    • es el [no] va más — * it's the ultimate

    • ir de mal en [peor] — to go from bad to worse

    • ir a lo [suyo] — to do one's own thing; pey to look after Number One

    • ir y [venir], era un constante ir y venir de ambulancias — ambulances were constantly coming and going

    cuando tú vas, yo ya he venido — I've been there before, I've seen it all before

    • ir [y], ahora va y me dice que no viene — now he goes and tells me he's not coming

    fue y se marchó — Méx * he just upped and left *

    lejos 1., 1)
    12) [exclamaciones]
    ¡vaya! [indicando sorpresa] well!; [indicando enfado] damn!

    ¡vaya! ¿qué haces tú por aquí? — well, what a surprise! what are you doing here?

    ¡vaya, vaya! — well I'm blowed! *

    ¡vaya coche! — what a car!, that's some car!

    ¡vaya susto que me pegué! — I got such a fright!, what a fright I got!

    ¡vaya con el niño! — that damn kid! *

    ¡vamos! [dando ánimos] come on!; [para ponerse en marcha] let's go!

    ¡vamos! ¡di algo! — come on! say something!

    vamos, no es difícil — come on, it's not difficult

    una chica, vamos, una mujer — a girl, well, a woman

    es molesto, pero ¡vamos! — it's a nuisance, but there it is

    ¡qué va!

    -¿no me vas a echar la bronca? -no, qué va — "you're not going to tell me off, are you?" - "of course I'm not"

    ¿perder la liga? ¡qué va, hombre! — lose the league? you must be joking!

    2.
    VERBO AUXILIAR
    ir a ({+ infin}) to go

    vamos a hacerlo — [afirmando] we are going to do it; [exhortando] let's do it

    ¿cómo lo iba a tener? — how could he have had it?

    ¡no lo va a saber! — of course he knows!

    ¿no irás a decirme que no lo sabías? — you're not going to tell me you didn't know?

    ¿no irá a soplar? — ** I hope he's not going to split on us *

    • no vaya a [ser] que..., no salgas no vaya a ser que venga — don't go out in case she comes

    ir ({+ gerund})

    ¿quién va ganando? — who's winning?

    ¡voy corriendo! — I'll be right there!

    id pensando en el tema que queréis tratar — be {o} start thinking about the subject you want to deal with

    voy comprendiendo que... — I am beginning to see that...

    ir ({+ participio})
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go

    iban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot

    Fernando! - voy! — Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!

    voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)

    ¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?

    ¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?

    ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting

    ¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?

    a eso voy — I'm just coming o getting to that

    ¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)

    ¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?

    ¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!

    ir a por alguien — (Esp)

    ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up

    ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you

    ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do

    b) ( asistir) to go to

    ya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university

    ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I

    3)

    irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher

    4)
    a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)

    tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!

    b) (Jueg)

    ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000

    ahí va! — (Esp fam)

    eso va por ti también — that goes for you too o and the same goes for you

    6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)
    7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)

    ¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?

    ¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?

    ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green

    ¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?

    va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever

    11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)

    ¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?

    12) camino/sendero ( llevar)

    ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something

    13) (extenderse, abarcar)
    14) (marchar, desarrollarse)

    ¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?

    va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)

    ¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?

    me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview

    ¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?

    15) (en juegos, competiciones)

    ¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1

    voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning

    ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?

    ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

    18) (sumar, hacer)

    con éste van seis — six, counting this one

    en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month

    lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)

    21) (CS) (depender, radicar)
    22)
    a) ( deber colocarse) to go

    ¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?

    qué va! — (fam)

    ¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!

    ¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!

    ¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?

    ¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?

    c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)
    23)
    a) ( combinar)
    b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)
    c)
    24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)
    25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)

    irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody

    26) vamos
    a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)

    vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

    b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)

    vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him

    vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!

    dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something

    desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go

    c) (al aclarar, resumir)

    eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway

    vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy

    es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway

    27) vaya
    a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)

    vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer! — oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!

    b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)
    c) (al aclarar, resumir)

    vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse

    2.
    ir v aux
    1)

    ir a + inf —

    2)
    a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf

    va a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

    b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)

    vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?

    bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work

    3)
    a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)

    cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)

    lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains

    ¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?

    ¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?

    ¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?

    6)

    ¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?

    ¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?

    ¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?

    ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse

    3.
    irse v pron
    1) ( marcharse) to leave

    ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?

    bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off

    se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away

    anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)

    no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)

    2) (consumirse, gastarse)

    cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)

    3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to go

    se ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?

    4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)
    5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)
    6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)

    irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back

    7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)

    vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful

    8)
    a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go out
    b) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb
    9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run
    * * *
    = attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.
    Ex. He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.
    Ex. It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.
    Ex. Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.
    Ex. Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.
    Ex. She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.
    Ex. This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.
    Ex. Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.
    ----
    * algo va mal = something is amiss.
    * ¡allá voy! = here I come!.
    * a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.
    * cosas + ir bien = things + go well.
    * descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.
    * despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.
    * donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).
    * el no va más = the be all and end all.
    * empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.
    * empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.
    * empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.
    * grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.
    * ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.
    * ir a casa de = make + house calls.
    * ir acompañado de = come with.
    * ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.
    * ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.
    * ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].
    * ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.
    * ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.
    * ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.
    * ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.
    * ir a la baja = be down.
    * ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.
    * ir a la cárcel = serve + time.
    * ir a la escuela = go to + school.
    * ir a la guerra = go to + war.
    * ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.
    * ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.
    * ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.
    * ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.
    * ir al centro = go + downtown.
    * ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.
    * ir al grano = cut to + the chase.
    * ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.
    * ir al pub = go to + the pub.
    * ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.
    * ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.
    * ir al unísono = be hand in hand.
    * ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.
    * ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.
    * ir a pie = leg it.
    * ir a por = go for.
    * ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.
    * ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.
    * ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.
    * ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.
    * ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.
    * ir a ver = drop in on, check out.
    * ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.
    * ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.
    * ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.
    * ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.
    * ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.
    * ir con = go with, come with.
    * ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.
    * ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.
    * ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.
    * ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.
    * ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.
    * ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.
    * ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.
    * ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.
    * ir de... a... = proceed from... to....
    * ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.
    * ir de acampada = camp.
    * ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.
    * ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.
    * ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.
    * ir de compras = go + shopping.
    * ir de copas = go for + a drink.
    * ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.
    * ir de excursión = hike.
    * ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.
    * ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.
    * ir delante = lead + the way.
    * ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.
    * ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.
    * ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion .
    * ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.
    * ir de putas = whoring.
    * ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * ir de tranqui = play it + cool.
    * ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.
    * ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.
    * ir de un sitio para otro = run around.
    * ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.
    * ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.
    * ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.
    * ir en = ride.
    * ir en aumento = be on the increase.
    * ir en bici = bike.
    * ir en bicicleta = cycle.
    * ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.
    * ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.
    * ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.
    * ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.
    * ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.
    * ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.
    * ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.
    * ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.
    * ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.
    * ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.
    * ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion .
    * ir en moto = bike.
    * ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.
    * ir entre = go between.
    * ir hacia = head for.
    * ir hacia atrás = page + backward.
    * ir hacia delante = page + forward.
    * ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.
    * irle Algo a Alguien = fare.
    * irle a Uno = make out.
    * ir mal = go + wrong.
    * ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * ir marcha atrás = back up.
    * ir más allá = go + one stage further.
    * ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.
    * ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.
    * ir más lejos = go + one stage further.
    * ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.
    * ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.
    * ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.
    * ir pegado a = hug.
    * ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.
    * ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.
    * ir por buen camino = be on the right track.
    * ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.
    * ir por detrás de = lag + behind.
    * ir por el buen camino = be right on track.
    * ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * ir primero = lead + the way.
    * ir rápido = fly.
    * ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.
    * ir rumbo a = be on the road to.
    * irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.
    * irse a casa = go + home.
    * irse a freír espárragos = naff off.
    * irse a la cama = retire + at night.
    * irse a la mierda = naff off.
    * irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.
    * irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.
    * irse al cuerno = naff off.
    * irse al diablo = naff off.
    * irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.
    * irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.
    * irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.
    * irse a paseo = naff off.
    * irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.
    * irse a tomar por culo = naff off.
    * irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.
    * irse de casa = leave + home.
    * irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.
    * irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.
    * irse de vacaciones = vacation.
    * irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.
    * irse inadvertidamente = slip away.
    * irse la cabeza = go + bananas.
    * írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.
    * írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.
    * írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.
    * írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.
    * irse para siempre = go + forever.
    * irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.
    * irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.
    * ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.
    * ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.
    * ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.
    * ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * ir todo bien = be fine.
    * ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.
    * ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).
    * ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.
    * ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.
    * ir y venir = come and go.
    * ir zumbando = whiz.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.
    * para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.
    * partido de ida = away game.
    * pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].
    * público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.
    * que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.
    * quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....
    * ser hora de irse = be time to go.
    * ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.
    * situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.
    * si vamos a eso = for that matter.
    * todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.
    * va a = gonna [going to].
    * vete a la mierda = fuck off.
    * véte al carajo = drop dead!.
    * véte al cuerno = drop dead!.
    * vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.
    * ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go

    iban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot

    Fernando! - voy! — Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!

    voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)

    ¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?

    ¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?

    ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting

    ¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?

    a eso voy — I'm just coming o getting to that

    ¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)

    ¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?

    ¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!

    ir a por alguien — (Esp)

    ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up

    ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you

    ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do

    b) ( asistir) to go to

    ya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university

    ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I

    3)

    irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher

    4)
    a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)

    tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!

    b) (Jueg)

    ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000

    ahí va! — (Esp fam)

    eso va por ti también — that goes for you too o and the same goes for you

    6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)
    7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)

    ¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?

    ¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?

    ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green

    ¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?

    va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever

    11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)

    ¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?

    12) camino/sendero ( llevar)

    ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something

    13) (extenderse, abarcar)
    14) (marchar, desarrollarse)

    ¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?

    va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)

    ¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?

    me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview

    ¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?

    15) (en juegos, competiciones)

    ¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1

    voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning

    ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?

    ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

    18) (sumar, hacer)

    con éste van seis — six, counting this one

    en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month

    lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)

    21) (CS) (depender, radicar)
    22)
    a) ( deber colocarse) to go

    ¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?

    qué va! — (fam)

    ¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!

    ¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!

    ¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?

    ¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?

    c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)
    23)
    a) ( combinar)
    b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)
    c)
    24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)
    25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)

    irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody

    26) vamos
    a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)

    vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

    b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)

    vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him

    vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!

    dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something

    desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go

    c) (al aclarar, resumir)

    eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway

    vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy

    es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway

    27) vaya
    a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)

    vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer! — oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!

    b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)
    c) (al aclarar, resumir)

    vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse

    2.
    ir v aux
    1)

    ir a + inf —

    2)
    a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf

    va a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

    b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)

    vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?

    bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work

    3)
    a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)

    cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)

    lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains

    ¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?

    ¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?

    ¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?

    6)

    ¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?

    ¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?

    ¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?

    ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse

    3.
    irse v pron
    1) ( marcharse) to leave

    ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?

    bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off

    se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away

    anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)

    no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)

    2) (consumirse, gastarse)

    cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)

    3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to go

    se ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?

    4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)
    5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)
    6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)

    irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back

    7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)

    vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful

    8)
    a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go out
    b) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb
    9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run
    * * *
    = attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.

    Ex: He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.

    Ex: It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.
    Ex: Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.
    Ex: Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.
    Ex: She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.
    Ex: This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.
    Ex: Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.
    * algo va mal = something is amiss.
    * ¡allá voy! = here I come!.
    * a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.
    * cosas + ir bien = things + go well.
    * descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.
    * despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.
    * donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).
    * el no va más = the be all and end all.
    * empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.
    * empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.
    * empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.
    * grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.
    * ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.
    * ir a casa de = make + house calls.
    * ir acompañado de = come with.
    * ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.
    * ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.
    * ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].
    * ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.
    * ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.
    * ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.
    * ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.
    * ir a la baja = be down.
    * ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.
    * ir a la cárcel = serve + time.
    * ir a la escuela = go to + school.
    * ir a la guerra = go to + war.
    * ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.
    * ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.
    * ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.
    * ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.
    * ir al centro = go + downtown.
    * ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.
    * ir al grano = cut to + the chase.
    * ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.
    * ir al pub = go to + the pub.
    * ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.
    * ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.
    * ir al unísono = be hand in hand.
    * ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.
    * ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.
    * ir a pie = leg it.
    * ir a por = go for.
    * ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.
    * ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.
    * ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.
    * ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.
    * ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.
    * ir a ver = drop in on, check out.
    * ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.
    * ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.
    * ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.
    * ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.
    * ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.
    * ir con = go with, come with.
    * ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.
    * ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.
    * ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.
    * ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.
    * ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.
    * ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.
    * ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.
    * ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.
    * ir de... a... = proceed from... to....
    * ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.
    * ir de acampada = camp.
    * ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.
    * ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.
    * ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.
    * ir de compras = go + shopping.
    * ir de copas = go for + a drink.
    * ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.
    * ir de excursión = hike.
    * ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.
    * ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.
    * ir delante = lead + the way.
    * ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.
    * ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.
    * ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion.
    * ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.
    * ir de putas = whoring.
    * ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * ir de tranqui = play it + cool.
    * ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.
    * ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.
    * ir de un sitio para otro = run around.
    * ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.
    * ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.
    * ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.
    * ir en = ride.
    * ir en aumento = be on the increase.
    * ir en bici = bike.
    * ir en bicicleta = cycle.
    * ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.
    * ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.
    * ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.
    * ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.
    * ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.
    * ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.
    * ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.
    * ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.
    * ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.
    * ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.
    * ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion.
    * ir en moto = bike.
    * ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.
    * ir entre = go between.
    * ir hacia = head for.
    * ir hacia atrás = page + backward.
    * ir hacia delante = page + forward.
    * ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.
    * irle Algo a Alguien = fare.
    * irle a Uno = make out.
    * ir mal = go + wrong.
    * ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * ir marcha atrás = back up.
    * ir más allá = go + one stage further.
    * ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.
    * ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.
    * ir más lejos = go + one stage further.
    * ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.
    * ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.
    * ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.
    * ir pegado a = hug.
    * ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.
    * ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.
    * ir por buen camino = be on the right track.
    * ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.
    * ir por detrás de = lag + behind.
    * ir por el buen camino = be right on track.
    * ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.
    * ir primero = lead + the way.
    * ir rápido = fly.
    * ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.
    * ir rumbo a = be on the road to.
    * irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.
    * irse a casa = go + home.
    * irse a freír espárragos = naff off.
    * irse a la cama = retire + at night.
    * irse a la mierda = naff off.
    * irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.
    * irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.
    * irse al cuerno = naff off.
    * irse al diablo = naff off.
    * irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.
    * irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.
    * irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.
    * irse a paseo = naff off.
    * irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.
    * irse a tomar por culo = naff off.
    * irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.
    * irse de casa = leave + home.
    * irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.
    * irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.
    * irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.
    * irse de vacaciones = vacation.
    * irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.
    * irse inadvertidamente = slip away.
    * irse la cabeza = go + bananas.
    * írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.
    * írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.
    * írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.
    * írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.
    * irse para siempre = go + forever.
    * irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.
    * irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.
    * ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.
    * ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.
    * ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.
    * ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * ir todo bien = be fine.
    * ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.
    * ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).
    * ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.
    * ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.
    * ir y venir = come and go.
    * ir zumbando = whiz.
    * no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.
    * no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.
    * para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.
    * partido de ida = away game.
    * pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.
    * persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].
    * público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.
    * que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.
    * quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....
    * ser hora de irse = be time to go.
    * ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.
    * situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.
    * si vamos a eso = for that matter.
    * todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.
    * va a = gonna [going to].
    * vete a la mierda = fuck off.
    * véte al carajo = drop dead!.
    * véte al cuerno = drop dead!.
    * vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.
    * ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).

    * * *
    ir [ I27 ]
    ■ ir (verbo intransitivo)
    A trasladarse, desplazarse
    B expresando propósito
    C irle a alguien con algo
    D
    1 al arrojar algo, arrojarse
    2 Juegos
    E con comentarios
    F estar en juego
    G hablando de acciones imprevistas
    A ir + complemento
    B refiriéndose al atuendo
    C en calidad de
    D tratar
    A llevar a
    B extenderse, abarcar
    A marchar, desarrollarse
    B en juegos, competiciones
    C en el desarrollo de algo
    D estar en camino
    E sumar, hacer
    F haber transcurrido
    G haber una diferencia
    H depender, radicar
    A
    1 deber colocarse
    2 deber escribirse
    3 estar incluido
    B
    1 combinar
    2 sentar, convenir
    3 ir en contra de algo
    C gustar
    D tomar partido por, apoyar
    A
    1 expresando incredulidad etc
    2 intentando tranquilizar, animar
    3 al aclarar, resumir
    B
    1 expresando sorpresa, contrariedad
    2 para enfatizar
    3 al aclarar, resumir
    ■ ir (verbo auxiliar)
    A
    1 para expresar tiempo futuro
    2 expresando intención, propósito
    3 en propuestas, sugerencias
    B al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones
    C expresando inevitabilidad
    D expresando incredulidad
    E
    1 en afirmaciones enfáticas
    2 al contradecir
    Sentido II expresando un proceso paulatino
    ■ irse (verbo pronominal)
    A marcharse
    B consumirse, gastarse
    C desaparecer: mancha, dolor
    D salirse, escaparse
    E morirse
    F caerse, perder el equilibrio
    G andarse, actuar
    H
    1 en naipes
    2 en una asignatura
    I las medias
    vi
    A (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go
    ¿vamos en taxi? shall we go by taxi?
    iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on foot
    ir por mar to go by sea
    ¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right with you! o I'll be with you right away!
    es la tercera vez que te llamo — ¡ya va or voy! this is the third time I've called you — alright, alright, I'm (just) coming!
    ¿quién va? who goes there?
    lo oía ir y venir por la habitación I could hear him pacing up and down the room
    el ir y venir de la gente por la avenida the to-ing and fro-ing of people along the avenue
    el ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guests
    no he hecho más que ir y venir de un lado para otro sin conseguir nada I've done nothing but run around without getting anything done
    voy al mercado I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market ( colloq)
    vamos a casa let's go home
    ¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?
    ¿tú vas a misa? do you go to church?
    nunca va a clase he never goes to o attends class
    ir de compras/de caza to go shopping/hunting
    ya vamos para allá we're on our way
    ¿para dónde vas? where are you headed (for)?, where are you heading (for)? ( BrE)
    ¿por dónde se va a la estación? how do you get to the station?
    fuimos por el camino de la costa we went along o took the coastal route
    no vayas por ese lado, es más largo don't go that way, it's longer
    a eso voy/vamos I'm/we're just coming o getting to that
    ¿dónde vas/va/van? (frente a una exageración) ( fam): ¿dónde vas con tanto pan? what are you doing with all that bread?
    ¿dejamos 500 de propina? — ¡dónde vas! con 100 hay de sobra shall we leave 500 as a tip? — you must be joking o kidding! 100 will be more than enough
    ¡eh, dónde vas! te dije un poquito steady on o easy! I said I wanted a little bit
    ir a dar a un lugar: ¿quién sabe dónde fue a dar la pelota? who knows where the ball got to o went?
    nos tomamos un tren equivocado y fuimos a dar a Maroñas we took the wrong train and ended up in Maroñas
    ir a por algn ( Esp): ha ido a por su madre he's gone to get o fetch his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up
    ten cuidado, que va a por ti watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you
    el perro fue a por él the dog went for him
    ir por or ( Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread, I'm off to get some bread ( colloq)
    no irla con algo ( RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't hold with o I don't go along with all this liberalism
    no me/le va ni me/le viene ( fam); I'm/he's not in the least bit bothered, I don't/he doesn't mind at all
    allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans do
    ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?
    ve a ayudarla go and help her
    fue a ayudarla he went to help her
    ¿me irías a comprar el pan? would you go and buy the bread for me?
    C
    irle a algn con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems
    a la maestra no le gusta que le vayan con chismes the teacher doesn't like people telling on each other o people coming to her with tales
    D
    1
    (al arrojar algo, arrojarse): tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here it comes o there you go!
    tírate del trampolín — bueno ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!
    2 ( Juegos):
    ahí van otros $2.000 there's another $2,000
    ¡no va más! no more bets!
    ver tb no1 (↑ no (1))
    ¡ahí va! ( Esp fam): ¡ahí va! me he olvidado el dinero oh no! I've forgotten the money
    David ganó 20 millones en la lotería — ¡ahí va! David won 20 million in the lottery — wow o ( AmE) gee whiz! ( colloq)
    E
    «comentario»: no iba con mala intención it wasn't meant unkindly, I didn't mean it nastily
    ten cuidado con él, que esta vez va en serio be careful, this time he's serious o he means business
    ir POR algn:
    y eso va por ti también and that goes for you too o and the same goes for you o and I'm referring to you too
    F (estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc):
    se puso como si le fuera la vida en ello she acted as if her life depended on it o was at stake
    le va el trabajo en esto his job depends on this, his job is on the line
    G ( fam)
    (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes): fue y le dio un puñetazo she went and o she upped and punched him
    y la tonta va y se lo cree and like an idiot she believed him, and the idiot went and believed him ( BrE colloq)
    fueron y se sentaron justo donde estaba recién pintado they went and sat down right where it had just been painted
    A (+ complemento)
    (sin énfasis en el movimiento): los caminantes iban cantando por el camino the walkers sang as they went along
    ¿van cómodos allí atrás? are you comfortable back there?
    ¿irán bien aquí los vasos? will the glasses be safe here?
    ella iba dormida en el asiento de atrás she was asleep in the back seat
    por lo menos íbamos sentados at least we were sitting down
    el niño iba sentado en el manillar the child was sitting o riding on the handlebars
    iba por la calle hablando solo he talked to himself as he walked along the street
    vas que pareces un pordiosero you look like some sort of beggar
    se notaba que iba con miedo you could see that she was afraid
    el tren iba llenísimo the train was packed
    déjame que te ayude que vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry, let me help you
    el ciclista colombiano va a la cabeza the Colombian cyclist is in the lead
    no vayas tan rápido, que te vas a equivocar don't do it o go so fast or you'll make a mistake
    hay que ir con los ojos bien abiertos you have to keep your eyes open
    va de chasco en chasco he's had one disappointment after another, he seems to lurch from one disappointment to another
    iban de largo they wore long dresses
    voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula
    iba de verde she was dressed in green, she was wearing green
    C (en calidad de) ir DE algo to go (along) AS sth
    yo fui de intérprete, porque él no habla inglés I went along as an interpreter, because he doesn't speak English
    ¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? ( Esp arg); hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?
    va de guapo por la vida ( Esp arg); he really thinks he's something special, he really fancies himself ( BrE colloq)
    D
    ( Esp fam) (tratar) ir DE algo: no me voy a presentar al examen, no sé ni de qué va I'm not going to sit the exam, I don't even know what it's on
    ¿de qué va la novela? what's the novel about?
    A «camino» (llevar a) ir A algo; to lead TO sth, to go TO sth
    el camino que va a la playa the road that goes down to o leads to the beach
    B
    (extenderse, abarcar): la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia the highway goes o stretches from Madrid to Valencia
    lo que hay que traducir va de la página 82 a la 90 the part to be translated starts on page 82 and ends on page 90, the part to be translated is from page 82 to page 90
    el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance
    estados de ánimo que van de la excitación desmedida a la abulia moods ranging from over-excitement to complete lethargy
    A
    (marchar, desarrollarse): ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?
    el negocio va de mal en peor the business is going from bad to worse
    ¿qué tal va la tesis? how's the thesis coming along o going?
    ¿cómo va el enfermo? how's the patient doing?
    (+ me/te/le etc): ¿cómo te va? how's it going?, how are things? ( colloq), what's up? ( AmE colloq)
    ¿cómo les fue en Italia? how did you get on in Italy?, how was Italy?
    me fue mal en el examen the exam went badly, I did badly in the exam
    ¡adiós! ¡que te vaya bien! bye! all the best! o take care!
    ¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam, I hope the exam goes well
    ¿cómo le va con el novio? how's she getting on with her boyfriend?, how are things going between her and her boyfriend?
    B
    (en juegos, competiciones): ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1
    voy ganando yo I'm ahead o I'm winning o I'm in the lead
    ya va perdiendo casi $8.000 he's already lost almost $8,000
    ¿por dónde van en el programa de historia? how far have you got in the history syllabus?, where have you got (up) to in history?
    ¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?
    estoy por terminar, ya voy por las mangas I've nearly finished, I'm just doing the sleeves now
    D (estar en camino) ir PARA algo:
    ¿qué quieres? ¡vamos para viejos! what do you expect? we're getting on! o we're getting old!
    ya va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty, she's not far off fifty
    ya va para dos años que no lo veo it's getting on for two years since I last saw him
    iba para médico he was going to be a doctor
    E
    (sumar, hacer): ya van tres veces que te lo digo this is the third time I've told you
    ¿cuántos has leído? — con éste van seis how many have you read? — six, counting this one o six, including this one o this one makes six o this is the sixth one
    ya van tres pasteles que se come that makes three cakes he's eaten now
    F
    (haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or ( Esp) de año/mes so far this year/month
    G
    (haber una diferencia): de tres a ocho van cinco eight minus three is five
    ¡lo que va de un hermano a otro! ( fam); it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! ( colloq)
    H (CS) (depender, radicar) ir EN algo; to depend ON sth
    no sé en qué irá I don't know what it depends on
    eso va en gustos that's a question of taste
    A
    ¿sabes dónde va esta pieza? do you know where this piece goes?
    ¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?
    ¡qué va! ( fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! todavía tengo para rato have you finished? — you must be joking! I still have a while to go yet
    ¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! todo lo contrario did she get upset? — not at all! quite the opposite in fact
    vamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! ¡si hay tiempo de sobra! we're going to miss the plane — nonsense! we have more than enough time
    2
    (deber escribirse): ¿va con mayúscula? is it written with a capital letter?
    ¿va con acento? does it have an accent?
    3
    ( RPl) (estar incluido): todo esto va para el examen all of this will be included in the exam
    B
    1 (combinar) ir CON algo to go WITH sth
    esos zapatos no van (bien) con esa falda those shoes don't go with that skirt
    2 (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):
    el negro no te va bien black doesn't suit you
    te irá bien una semanita de vacaciones a week's vacation will do you good
    3
    ir en contra de algo to go against sth
    esto va en contra de sus principios this goes against her principles
    C
    ( Esp arg) (gustar) (+ me/te/le etc): a mí esa música no me va that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold
    marcha f H. (↑ marcha)
    D ( Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle A algo/algn; to support sth/sb
    mucha gente le va al equipo peruano a lot of people support o are backing o are rooting for the Peruvian team
    A
    1
    (expresando incredulidad, fastidio): ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?
    ¿cómo que le vas a ganar? ¡vamos! what do you mean you're going to beat him? come off it!
    2
    (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa): vamos, mujer, dile algo, no seas vergonzosa go on, say something to him, don't be shy
    ¡vamos! ¡ánimo, que falta poco! come on! keep going! it's not far now!
    ¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!
    ¡vamos, vamos! ¡circulen! OK o come on, move along now please!
    dar el vamos a algo ( Chi); to inaugurate sth
    desde el vamos ( RPl fam); from the word go
    3
    (al aclarar, resumir): eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, at least that's what I think anyway
    podrías haberte disculpado, vamos, no habría sido mucho pedir you could have apologized, I mean that's not much to ask
    vamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthy
    es mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anyway
    1
    (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad): ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?, well! fancy seeing you here! ( BrE)
    ¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no! it's fallen over again!
    ¡vaya! nos quedamos sin saber cómo termina la película damn! now we won't know how the film ends ( colloq)
    2
    (para enfatizar): ¡vaya cochazo se ha comprado! that's some car he's bought himself!
    ¡vaya contigo! ¡no hay manera de hablarte! what on earth's the matter with you? you're so touchy!
    ¿vaya día! what a day!
    ¡vaya película me has traído a ver! ( iró); this is a really great movie you've brought me to see ( iro)
    ¡vaya si le voy a decir lo que pienso! you bet I'm going to tell him what I think!
    ¡vaya (que) si la conozco! you bet I know her!
    3
    (al aclarar, resumir): tampoco es tan torpe, vaya, los hay peores he isn't totally stupid, well, I mean there are plenty worse
    ■
    Sentido I ir A + INF
    A
    1
    (para expresar tiempo futuro): ¡te vas a caer! you're going to fall!
    a este paso no van a terminar nunca they'll never finish at this rate
    el barco va a zarpar the boat's about to set sail
    dijo que lo iba a pensar she said she was going to think it over
    ya van a ser las cuatro it's almost o nearly four o'clock
    va a hacer dos años que no nos vemos we haven't seen each other for nearly two years, it's getting on for two years since we saw each other
    esto no te va a gustar you're not going to like this
    no te preocupes, ya se va a solucionar don't worry, it'll sort itself out
    tenía miedo de que se fuera a olvidar I was afraid he'd forget
    2
    (expresando intención, propósito): se lo voy a decir I'm going to tell him
    lo voy a conseguir, sea como sea I'll get it one way or another
    me voy a tomar unos días libres en abril I'm going to take a few days off in April
    vamos a ir a verla esta tarde we're going to go and see her this evening
    3
    (en propuestas, sugerencias): vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?
    siéntate, vamos a discutir el asunto have a seat and let's discuss the matter
    bueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to work
    B
    (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones): que no se te vaya a escapar delante de ella make sure you don't blurt it out in front of her
    ten cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall ( colloq), be careful or you'll fall
    lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella in case it rains
    C
    (expresando inevitabilidad): ¡qué voy a hacer! what else can I do?
    ¡qué le iba a decir! what else could I tell her?
    ¿qué iba a pensar el pobre hombre? what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?
    ¿seguro que fue ella? — ¿quién iba a ser si no? are you sure it was her? — who else could it have been?
    D
    (expresando incredulidad): ¡no irás a darle la razón a él! surely you're not going to say he was right!
    está muy deprimida — ¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? she's really depressed — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?
    E
    1
    (en afirmaciones enfáticas): ¿te acuerdas de él? — ¡no me voy a acordar! do you remember him — of course I do o how could I forget?
    2
    (al contradecir): ¿dormiste bien? — ¡qué voy a dormir! did you sleep well?— how could I?
    ¡cómo iba a saberlo, si nadie me dijo nada! how was I supposed to know? no one told me anything
    ¿por qué lo voy a ayudar? ¡si él a mí nunca me ayuda! why should I help him? he never helps me!
    poco a poco va a ir aprendiendo she'll learn little by little
    ha ido cambiando con el tiempo he's changed as time has passed
    tú puedes ir pelando las cebollas you could start peeling the onions
    ahora les toca a ustedes, vayan preparándose it's your turn now, so start getting ready
    como te iba diciendo as I was saying
    ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you can start o you'd better start getting used to the idea, you'd better get used to the idea
    la voz parecía irse alejando cada vez más the voice seemed to grow more and more distant
    la situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse
    ■ irse
    A
    (marcharse): ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?
    vámonos, que se hace tarde let's go, it's getting late
    bueno, me voy right then, I'm taking off ( AmE) o ( BrE) I'm off
    el tren ya se ha ido the train's already gone
    se quiere ir a vivir a Escocia she wants to go (off) and live in Scotland
    se han ido todos a la plaza everybody's gone down to the square
    vete a la cama go to bed
    se fue de casa she left home
    vete de aquí get out of here
    se ha ido de la empresa she's left the company
    se han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away
    anda, vete por ahí ( fam); get lost! ( colloq)
    (+ me/te/le etc): la mayor se nos ha ido a vivir a Florida our eldest daughter's gone (off) to live in Florida
    no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo ( fam); don't run away, I want to talk to you ( colloq)
    B
    (consumirse, gastarse): ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!, the money just disappears!, we get through money so quickly
    (+ me/te/le etc): se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rent
    se nos ha ido el día en tonterías we've spent o wasted the whole day messing around
    ¿te das cuenta de lo rápido que se nos ha ido la tarde? hasn't the evening gone quickly?
    C (desaparecer) «mancha/dolor» to go
    se ha ido la luz the electricity's gone off
    (+ me/te/le etc): no se me va el mareo I'm still feeling queasy
    ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?
    D (salirse, escaparse) «líquido/gas» to escape
    (+ me/te/le etc): se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going down
    que no se te vaya la leche por el fuego don't let the milk boil over
    tápalo para que no se le vaya la fuerza put the top on so that the fizz doesn't go out of it o so that it doesn't lose its fizz
    cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't stop my feet tapping o I couldn't keep my feet still
    lengua, mano1 (↑ mano (1))
    E ( euf) (morirse) to slip away ( euph)
    creo que se nos va I think he's slipping away, I think we're losing him
    F (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):
    irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/back
    me daba la impresión de que me iba para atrás I felt as if I was falling backwards
    frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwards
    G (andarse, actuar) (+ compl):
    vete con cuidado/tacto be careful/tactful
    H
    1 (CS) (en naipes) to go out
    2
    ( RPl) (en una asignatura) tb irse a examen to have to take an exam
    I ( Col) «medias» to run
    * * *

     

    ir ( conjugate ir) verbo intransitivo
    1
    a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go;


    iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on foot;
    ir por mar to go by sea;
    ¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right there!;
    el ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guests;
    vamos a casa let's go home;
    ¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?;
    ir de compras/de caza to go shopping/hunting;
    ya vamos para allá we're on our way;
    ¿por dónde se va a …? how do you get to …?;
    ir por or (Esp) a por algo/algn to go to get sth/sb;
    voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread


    ya va al colegio she's already at school
    2 ( expresando propósito) ir a + inf:
    ◊ ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?;

    ve a ayudarla go and help her;
    ver tb ir v aux 1
    3 (al arrojar algo, arrojarse):
    ◊ tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here you are o there you go!;

    tírate del trampolín — ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!
    4 [ comentario]:

    eso va por ti también that goes for you too, and the same goes for you
    1 (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento):

    ¿van cómodos? are you comfortable?;
    íbamos sentados we were sitting down;
    vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry;
    yo iba a la cabeza I was in the lead
    2 ( refiriéndose al atuendo):

    voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula;
    iba de verde she was dressed in green
    3 ( en calidad de) ir de algo to go (along) as sth;

    1 [camino/sendero] ( llevar) ir a algo to lead to sth, to go to sth
    2 (extenderse, abarcar):

    el período que va desde … hasta … the period from … to …
    1 (marchar, desarrollarse):
    ◊ ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?;

    va de mal en peor it's going from bad to worse;
    ¿cómo te va? how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq);
    ¿cómo les fue en Italia? how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?;
    me fue mal/bien en el examen I did badly/well in the exam;
    ¡que te vaya bien! all the best!, take care!;
    ¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam
    2 ( en competiciones):
    ◊ ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1;

    voy ganando yo I'm ahead, I'm winning
    3 ( en el desarrollo de algo):
    ◊ ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?;

    ¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?
    4 ( estar en camino):
    ◊ ¡vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!;

    va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty;
    ya va para dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
    5 (sumar, hacer):

    con este van seis six, counting this one
    6 ( haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes so far this year/month
    1 ( deber colocarse) to go;
    ◊ ¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?;

    ¡qué va! (fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! have you finished? — you must be joking!;
    ¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! did she get upset? — not at all!;
    vamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! we're going to miss the plane — no way!
    2
    a) ( combinar) ir con algo to go with sth

    b) (sentar bien, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):


    te irá bien un descanso a rest will do you good
    3 (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle a algo/algn to support sth/sb;

    1
    ◊ vamos

    a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio):

    ◊ ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

    b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa):

    ◊ vamos, mujer, dile algo go on, say something to him;

    ¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!
    c) (al aclarar, resumir):

    ◊ eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway;

    vamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthy;
    es mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anyway
    2
    ◊ vaya

    a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad):

    ◊ ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?;

    ¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!
    b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar):

    ◊ ¡vaya cochazo! what a car!

    ir v aux ir a + inf:
    1
    a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf;


    va a hacer dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
    b) (en propuestas, sugerencias):

    ◊ vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?;

    bueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to work
    2 (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones):

    cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall (colloq);
    lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella, in case it rains
    3 ( expresando un proceso paulatino):

    ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea;
    la situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse
    irse verbo pronominal
    1 ( marcharse) to leave;
    ◊ ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?;

    vámonos let's go;
    bueno, me voy right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off;
    no te vayas don't go;
    vete a la cama go to bed;
    se fue de casa/de la empresa she left home/the company;
    vete de aquí get out of here;
    se han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away
    2 (consumirse, gastarse):
    ◊ ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!;

    se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rent
    3 ( desaparecer) [mancha/dolor] to go;


    (+ me/te/le etc)
    ◊ ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?

    4 (salirse, escaparse) [líquido/gas] to escape;
    ◊ se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going down

    5 (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):
    ◊ irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/back;

    me iba para atrás I was falling backwards;
    frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwards
    ir
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 (dirigirse a un lugar) to go: ¡vamos!, let's go!
    voy a París, I'm going to Paris ➣ Ver nota en go
    2 (acudir regularmente) to go: va al colegio, he goes to school
    van a misa, they go to church
    3 (conducir a) to lead, go to: el sendero va a la mina, the path goes to the mine
    esta carretera va a Londres, this road leads to London
    4 (abarcar) to cover: la finca va desde la alambrada al camino, the estate extends from the wire fence to the path
    las lecciones que van desde la página 1 a la 53, the lessons on pages 1 to 53
    5 (guardarse habitualmente) va al lado de éste, it goes beside this one
    6 (mantener una posición) to be: va el primero, he's in first place
    7 (tener un estado de ánimo, una apariencia) to be: iba furioso/radiante, he was furious/radiant
    vas muy guapa, you look very smart o pretty
    8 (desenvolverse) ¿cómo te va?, how are things? o how are you doing?
    ¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo?, how are you getting on in your new job?
    9 (funcionar) to work (properly): el reloj no va, the clock doesn't go o work
    10 (sentar bien) to suit: ese corte de pelo no te va nada, that haircut doesn't suit you at all
    11 (combinar) to match, go: el rojo no va con el celeste, red doesn't go with pale blue
    12 (vestir) to wear
    ir con abrigo, to wear a coat
    ir de negro/de uniforme, to be dressed in black/in uniform
    la niña irá de enfermera, the little girl will dress up as a nurse
    13 fam (importar, concernir) to concern: eso va por ti también, and the same goes for you
    ni me va ni me viene, I don't care one way or the other
    14 (apostar) to bet: va un café a que no viene, I bet a coffee that he won't come
    15 (ir + de) fam (comportarse de cierto modo) to act
    ir de listo por la vida, to be a smart ass
    (tratar) to be about: ¿de qué va la película?, what's the film about?
    16 (ir + detrás de) to be looking for: hace tiempo que voy detrás de un facsímil de esa edición, I've been after a facsimile of that edition for a long time
    17 (ir + por) ir por la derecha, to keep (to the) right
    (ir a buscar) ve por agua, go and fetch some water
    (haber llegado) voy por la página noventa, I've got as far as page ninety
    18 (ir + para) (tener casi, estar cercano a) va para los cuarenta, she's getting on for forty
    ya voy para viejo, I'm getting old
    (encaminarse a) iba para ingeniero, she was studying to be an engineer
    este niño va para médico, this boy's going to become a doctor
    II verbo auxiliar
    1 (ir + gerundio) va mejorando, he's improving
    ir caminando, to go on foot
    2 (ir + pp) ya van estrenadas tres películas de Almodóvar, three films by Almodovar have already been released
    3 ( ir a + infinitivo) iba a decir que, I was going to say that
    va a esquiar, she goes skiing
    va a nevar, it's going to snow
    vas a caerte, you'll fall
    ♦ Locuciones: a eso iba, I was coming to that
    ¡ahí va!, catch!
    en lo que va de año, so far this year
    ¡qué va!, of course not! o nothing of the sort!
    ¡vamos a ver!, let's see!
    van a lo suyo, they look after their own interests
    ¡vaya!, fancy that
    ¡vaya cochazo!, what a car!
    ir a parar, to end up
    'ir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - acudir
    - andurriales
    - ánimo
    - antojarse
    - avión
    - avivar
    - bajar
    - bordear
    - brazo
    - busca
    - caer
    - calcular
    - camino
    - caza
    - cien
    - cine
    - coche
    - compra
    - comprensible
    - convenir
    - correr
    - corriente
    - danzar
    - deformación
    - deriva
    - descaminada
    - descaminado
    - descender
    - desgracia
    - deteriorarse
    - disposición
    - empecinada
    - empecinado
    - encaminada
    - encaminado
    - entrar
    - excursión
    - flojear
    - funesta
    - funesto
    - gaita
    - gatas
    - grano
    - gratis
    - gustar
    - haber
    - huevo
    - idea
    - ilusión
    English:
    afford
    - after
    - ahead
    - appealing
    - back
    - back up
    - be
    - beeline
    - bluster
    - bristle
    - camping
    - canter
    - career
    - catch
    - charge off
    - chase
    - check off
    - clean up after
    - cling
    - coast
    - collapse
    - come
    - come to
    - commute
    - consider
    - court
    - cross
    - cross-country
    - crowd
    - cycle
    - cycling
    - defensive
    - delay
    - dentist
    - deserve
    - detest
    - die off
    - dismiss
    - do
    - down
    - downhill
    - drag
    - drift
    - ease off
    - ease up
    - either
    - even
    - excursion
    - exercise
    - face
    * * *
    ir
    ♦ vi
    1. [desplazarse, dirigirse, acudir] to go;
    fuimos a caballo we went on horseback, we rode there;
    iremos andando we'll go on foot, we'll walk there;
    ir en autobús to go by bus, to take the bus;
    ir en automóvil to go by car, to drive;
    ir en taxi to go by taxi, to catch o take a taxi;
    ir en barco to go by boat;
    ir en avión to go by plane, to fly;
    ir por carretera/mar to go by road/sea;
    ir a casa/a la iglesia/al cine to go home/to church/to the cinema;
    ir a la escuela/al trabajo to go to school/work;
    los niños no tienen que ir a clase hoy children don't have to go to school today;
    me voy a clase, nos veremos luego I'm going to my lecture, see you later;
    ir de compras/de pesca to go shopping/fishing;
    ir de vacaciones to go on Br holiday o US vacation;
    ir hacia el sur/norte to go south/north;
    ¿adónde va este autocar? where's this coach going?;
    este tren va a o [m5] para Guadalajara this train is going to Guadalajara, this is the Guadalajara train;
    todas las mañanas voy de la estación a o [m5] hasta la fábrica every morning I go from the station to the factory;
    ¿para dónde vas? where are you heading (for)?;
    ahora mismo voy para allá I'm on my way there right now;
    ¿por dónde o [m5] cómo se va a la playa? how do you get to the beach from here?, could you tell me the way to the beach?;
    no vayas por ahí que hay mucho barro don't go that way, it's muddy;
    ¿eres alumno oficial? – no, sólo voy de oyente are you an official student? – no, I'm just sitting in on classes;
    fue a la zona como emisario de la ONU he travelled to the area on behalf of the UN;
    ¡ahí o [m5] allá va! [al lanzar una cosa] there you go;
    ahí va el informe que me pediste here's the report you asked for;
    ¡allá voy! [al lanzarse uno mismo] here goes!, here we go!;
    Anticuado
    ¿quién va? who goes there?;
    ¡Sergio, te llaman por teléfono! – ¡voy! Sergio, there's a phone call for you! – (I'm) coming!;
    ¡ya voy!, ¡ya va! [cuando llaman a la puerta] (I'm) coming!;
    ir a alguien con algo [contar] to go to sb with sth;
    todos le van con sus problemas everyone goes to her with their problems;
    el autocar se salió de la calzada y fue a dar o [m5] a parar a un lago the coach came off the road and ended up in a lake;
    estuvimos de paseo y fuimos a dar a una bonita plaza we were out walking when we came across a beautiful square;
    Fam Fig
    ¿dónde vas con tantos aperitivos? luego no podremos con la comida steady on with the snacks or we won't be able to manage our dinner!;
    Fam Fig
    les habrá costado unas 100.000 – ¡dónde vas! mucho menos, hombre it must have cost them about 100,000 – what are you talking about, it was much less!;
    (allá) donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans do
    2. [conducir] [camino, calle, carretera] to lead, to go;
    esta es la calle que va al museo this is the road (that leads o goes) to the museum;
    esta calle va a dar al puerto this road leads to the harbour;
    el camino va desde el pueblo hasta la cima de la montaña the path leads o goes from the village to the top of the mountain
    3. [abarcar]
    la zona de fumadores va del asiento 24 al 28 the smoking area is between seats 24 and 28;
    el examen de arte va desde el Barroco hasta el Romanticismo the art exam will cover the Baroque period to the Romantic period;
    la mancha iba de un lado a otro del techo the stain stretched from one side of the ceiling to the other;
    las películas seleccionadas van desde la comedia urbana hasta el clásico western the films that have been selected range from urban comedies to classic westerns
    4. Esp [buscar]
    ir (a) por algo/alguien to go and get sth/sb, to go and fetch sth/sb;
    fui (a) por él al aeropuerto I went to meet him at the airport, I went to pick him up from the airport;
    ha ido (a) por leche a la tienda she's gone to the shop to get o for some milk;
    el perro fue a por él the dog went for him;
    tendrás que esconderte porque van a por ti you'll have to hide because they're (coming) after you;
    a eso voy/iba [al relatar] I am/was just getting to that
    5. [expresa estado, situación, posición]
    fue muy callada todo el camino she was very quiet throughout the journey;
    con esta bufanda irás calentito this scarf will keep you warm;
    el precio va impreso en la contraportada the price is printed on the back cover;
    la manivela va floja the crank is loose;
    iba tiritando de frío she was shivering with cold;
    ir a lo suyo to look out for oneself, to look after number one;
    iba en el tren pensando en sus cosas she was travelling on the train lost in thought;
    los niños iban armando jaleo en el asiento de atrás the children were kicking up a row in the back seat;
    ve con cuidado, es un barrio peligroso be careful, it's a dangerous area;
    tu caballo va tercero/en cabeza your horse is third/in the lead
    6. [expresa apoyo o rechazo]
    ir con to support;
    voy con el Real Madrid I support Real Madrid;
    ir contra algo, ir en contra de algo to be opposed to sth, to be against sth;
    ir en contra de la violencia to be opposed to violence, to be against violence;
    esta ley va contra la Constitución this act goes against o contravenes the Constitution;
    ir en beneficio de alguien to be to sb's benefit, to be in sb's interest;
    ir en perjuicio de alguien to be detrimental to o against sb's interests
    7. [vestir]
    ir con/en to wear;
    iba en camisa y corbata he was wearing a shirt and tie;
    aquí la gente va con o [m5] en bañador a todas partes people here go around in their swimsuits;
    ir de azul to be dressed in blue;
    ir de uniforme to be in uniform;
    iré (disfrazado) de Superman a la fiesta I'm going to the party (dressed up) as Superman;
    iba hecho un pordiosero he looked like a beggar
    8. [marchar, evolucionar] to go;
    le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new job;
    el niño va muy bien en la escuela the child's doing very well at school;
    ¿cómo va el negocio? how's business?;
    su negocio va mal, el negocio le va mal his business is going badly;
    ¿cómo te va? how are you doing?;
    ¿cómo te va en la universidad? how's university?, how are you getting on at university?;
    ¿cómo van? [en partido] what's the score?;
    [en carrera, juego] who's winning?;
    van empate a cero it's Br nil-nil o US zero-zero;
    vamos perdiendo we're losing;
    ¿qué tal te va con tus nuevos alumnos? how are you getting on with your new pupils?;
    ¿qué tal va esa paella? how's that paella coming along?;
    ¡hasta pronto! ¡que te vaya bien! see you later, take care!;
    ¡que te vaya muy bien con el nuevo empleo! I hope things go well for you in your new job!, the best of luck with your new job!
    9. [cambiar, encaminarse]
    ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse;
    el partido fue a más en la segunda parte the game improved o got better in the second half;
    como sigamos así, vamos a la ruina if we carry on like this we'll be heading for disaster;
    voy para viejo I'm getting old;
    esta chica va para cantante this girl has all the makings of a singer;
    va para un mes que no llueve it's getting on for o almost a month now since it last rained
    10. [alcanzar]
    va por el cuarto vaso de vino he's already on his fourth glass of wine;
    vamos por la mitad de la asignatura we've covered about half the subject;
    ¿por qué parte de la novela vas? which bit in the novel are you at?;
    aún voy por el primer capítulo I'm still on the first chapter
    11. [expresa cantidades, diferencias]
    con éste van cinco ministros destituidos por el escándalo that makes five ministers who have now lost their job as a result of the scandal;
    ya van dos veces que me tuerzo el tobillo that's the second time I've twisted my ankle;
    van varios días que no lo veo it's several days since I (last) saw him;
    en lo que va del o Esp [m5] de mes he ido tres veces al médico so far this month I've been to the doctor three times, I've already been to the doctor three times this month;
    de dos a cinco van tres the difference between two and five is three;
    va mucho de un apartamento a una casa there's a big difference between Br a flat o US an apartment and a house
    12. [corresponder] to go;
    estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers;
    ¿con qué clase de tornillos va esta tuerca? what sort of screw does this nut take?
    13. [colocarse] to go, to belong;
    esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there;
    ¿en qué cajón van los calcetines? which drawer do the socks go in?
    14. [escribirse]
    “Edimburgo” va con “m” “Edimburgo” is written o spelt with an “m”;
    toda la oración va entre paréntesis the whole sentence goes in brackets;
    el “solo” adjetivo no va con acento “solo” doesn't have an accent when used as an adjective
    15. [sentar] [ropa]
    ¡qué bien te van los abrigos largos! long coats really suit you!;
    ir con algo to go with sth;
    esta camisa no va con esa falda this shirt doesn't go with this skirt
    16. [sentar] [vacaciones, tratamiento]
    irle bien a alguien to do sb good;
    esa infusión me ha ido muy bien that herbal tea did me a lot of good
    17. [funcionar] to work;
    la televisión no va the television isn't working;
    una radio que va a o [m5] con pilas a radio that uses batteries, a battery-powered radio;
    estas impresoras antiguas van muy lentas these old printers are very slow
    18. [depender]
    en aquel negocio le iba su futuro como director de la empresa his future as manager of the company depended on that deal;
    todos corrieron como si les fuera la vida en ello everyone ran as if their life depended on it;
    esto de la ropa va en gustos clothes are a matter of taste;
    CSur
    ¿es fácil aprobar? – va en el profesor is it easy to pass? – it depends on the teacher
    19. [comentario, indirecta]
    ir con o [m5] por alguien to be meant for sb, to be aimed at sb;
    y eso va por ti también and that goes for you too;
    hizo como si no fuera con él he acted as if he didn't realize she was referring to him;
    lo que digo va por todos what I'm saying applies to o goes for all of you;
    va o [m5]voy en serio, no me gustan estas bromas I'm serious, I don't like this sort of joke
    20. Esp Fam [gustar]
    no me va el pop I'm not a big fan of pop music;
    a mí lo que me va es la cocina I'm really into cooking;
    ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other
    21. Fam [costar]
    ir a to be, to cost;
    ¿a cómo o [m5] cuánto va el kilo de tomates? how much is a kilo of tomatoes?
    22. Esp Fam [tratar] [conferencia, película, novela]
    ir de to be about;
    ¿de qué va “1984”? what's “1984” about?
    23. Fam Esp
    ir de, RP [m5] irla de [dárselas] [persona] to think oneself;
    Esp
    va de inteligente, RP [m5] la va de inteligente he thinks he's clever;
    Esp
    ¿de qué vas?, RP [m5]¿de qué la vas? just who do you think you are?
    24. Fam [apostarse]
    ¿va una cerveza a que llevo razón? I bet you a beer I'm right
    25. [en frases] Fam
    fue y dijo que… he went and said that…;
    y de repente va y se echa a reír and suddenly she just goes and bursts out laughing;
    Fam
    fue y se marchó sin mediar palabra she upped and went without a word;
    Fam
    ¡ahí va! ¡qué paisaje tan bonito! wow, what beautiful scenery!;
    Fam
    ¡ahí va! me he dejado el paraguas en casa oh no, I've left my umbrella at home!;
    ¡qué va! [por supuesto que no] not in the least!, not at all!;
    [me temo que no] I'm afraid not; [no digas tonterías] don't be ridiculous!;
    ¡no va más! [en el casino] no more bets!;
    Esp
    ser el no va más to be the ultimate;
    este gimnasio es el no va más this gym is the ultimate;
    RP Fam
    desde el vamos [desde el principio] from the word go;
    me cayó mal desde el vamos I didn't like him from the word go;
    Fam
    ¡dónde va a parar! there's no comparison!;
    sin ir más lejos: tu madre, sin ir más lejos we need look no further than your mother;
    sin ir más lejos, nos vimos ayer we saw each other only yesterday
    ♦ v aux
    1. [con gerundio] [expresa acción lenta o gradual]
    ir haciendo algo to be (gradually) doing sth;
    va anocheciendo it's getting dark;
    me voy haciendo viejo I'm getting old;
    voy mejorando mi estilo I'm gradually improving my style;
    su cine ha ido mejorando últimamente her movies o Br films have been getting better recently;
    fui metiendo las cajas en el almacén I began putting the crates in the warehouse;
    iremos aprendiendo de nuestros errores we'll learn from our mistakes;
    ve deshaciendo las maletas mientras preparo la cena you can be unpacking the suitcases while I get dinner;
    vete haciéndote a la idea you'd better start getting used to the idea;
    como iba diciendo… as I was saying…
    2. [con a + infinitivo] [expresa acción próxima, intención, situación futura]
    ir a hacer algo to be going to do sth;
    voy a hacerle una visita [ahora mismo] I'm about to go and visit him;
    [en un futuro próximo] I'm going to visit him;
    iré a echarte una mano en cuanto pueda I'll come along and give you a hand as soon as I can;
    ¡vamos a comer, tengo hambre! let's have lunch, I'm hungry!;
    el tren con destino a Buenos Aires va a efectuar su salida en el andén 3 the train for Buenos Aires is about to depart from platform 3;
    van a dar las dos it is nearly two o'clock;
    va a hacer una semana que se fue it's coming up to o nearly a week since she left;
    voy a decírselo a tu padre I'm going to tell your father;
    ¿no irás a salir así a la calle? surely you're not going to go out like that?;
    he ido a comprar pero ya habían cerrado I had intended to go shopping, but they were shut;
    te voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you;
    vas a hacerte daño como no tengas cuidado you'll hurt yourself if you're not careful;
    todo va a arreglarse, ya verás it'll all sort itself out, you'll see;
    ¿qué van a pensar los vecinos? what will the neighbours think?;
    no le quise decir nada, no fuera a enfadarse conmigo I didn't want to say anything in case she got angry with me
    3. [con a + infinitivo] [en exclamaciones que expresan consecuencia lógica, negación]
    ¿qué voy a pensar si llevas tres días fuera de casa? what do you expect me to think if you don't come home for three days?;
    ¿la del sombrero es tu hermana? – ¿quién va a ser? ¡pues claro! is the woman with the hat your sister? – of course she is, who else could she be?;
    y ¿dónde fuiste? – ¿dónde iba a ir? ¡a la policía! and where did you go? – where do you think? to the police, of course!;
    ¡cómo voy a concentrarme con tanto ruido! how am I supposed to concentrate with all that noise?;
    ¡cómo voy a pagarte si estoy sin dinero! how do you expect me to pay you if I haven't got any money?;
    ¡cómo no me voy a reír con las cosas que dices! how can I fail to laugh o how can you expect me not to laugh when you say things like that!;
    ¿te ha gustado? – ¡qué me va a gustar! did you like it? – like it? you must be joking!
    ♦ vt
    Méx
    irle a to support;
    le va al Nexaca he supports Nexaca
    * * *
    ir
    <part ido>
    I v/i
    1 go (a to);
    ir a pie walk, go on foot;
    ir en coche/en tren go by car/train;
    ir a por algo go and fetch sth;
    ¡ya voy! I’m coming!;
    ¿quién va? who goes there?
    2 ( vestir)
    :
    iba de amarillo/de uniforme she was wearing yellow/a uniform
    3
    :
    van dos a dos DEP the score is two all
    4 ( tratar)
    :
    ¿de qué va la película? what’s the movie about?;
    el libro va de vampiros the book’s about vampires
    5 ( agradar)
    :
    el clima no me va the climate doesn’t suit me, I don’t like the climate;
    ella no me va she’s not my kind of person;
    no me va ni me viene I’m not bothered, I don’t care one way or the other
    ir bien/mal go well/badly
    7 ( abarcar)
    :
    va de la página 12 a la 16 it goes from page 12 to page 16
    8
    :
    ¡qué va! you must be joking!;
    ¡vamos! come on!;
    ¡vaya! well!;
    ¿ha dicho eso? – ¡vamos! he said that? – no way!;
    ¡vaya una sorpresa! irón what a surprise!;
    a eso voy I’m just getting to that;
    eso va por ti también that goes for you too
    II v/aux
    :
    va a llover it’s going to rain;
    va para abogado he’s going to be a lawyer
    :
    ya voy comprendiendo I’m beginning to understand;
    ir para viejo be getting old;
    ya va anocheciendo it’s getting dark
    :
    ya va para dos años it’s been almost two years now;
    van tirados 3.000 3,000 have been printed
    * * *
    ir {43} vi
    1) : to go
    ir a pie: to go on foot, to walk
    ir a caballo: to ride horseback
    ir a casa: to go home
    2) : to lead, to extend, to stretch
    el camino va de Cali a Bogotá: the road goes from Cali to Bogotá
    3) funcionar: to work, to function
    esta computadora ya no va: this computer doesn't work anymore
    4) : to get on, to get along
    ¿cómo te va?: how are you?, how's it going?
    el negocio no va bien: the business isn't doing well
    5) : to suit
    ese vestido te va bien: that dress really suits you
    6)
    ir con : to be
    ir con prisa: to be in a hurry
    7)
    ir por : to follow, to go along
    fueron por la costa: they followed the shoreline
    8)
    dejarse ir : to let oneself go
    9)
    ir a parar : to end up
    vamos a ver : let's see
    ir v aux
    ir caminando: to walk
    ¡voy corriendo!: I'll be right there!
    2)
    ir a : to be going to
    voy a hacerlo: I'm going to do it
    el avión va a despegar: the plane is about to take off
    * * *
    ir vb
    1. (en general) to go [pt. went; pp. gone]
    ¿adónde vas? where are you going?
    2. (marchar) to be / to get on / to go
    ¿cómo te va? how are you? / how's it going? / how are things?
    ¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo? how are you getting on in your new job?
    ¿cómo te fue en el examen? how did your exam go? / how did you get on in your exam?
    3. (estar) to be
    4. (sentar bien) to suit
    5. (gustar) to like / to be into
    6. (convenir) to do
    7. (funcionar) to work
    ¡vamos caminando! let's walk!
    ir con to go with / to match
    ir de (persona) to wear [pt. wore; pp. worn] (libro, película) to be about
    ¿de qué va la película? what's the film about?
    ir tirando to get by / to manage
    vamos tirando we get by / we're managing
    ¡qué va! no way! / not at all!
    ¡vamos a...! let's...!
    ¡vamos a bailar! let's dance!
    ¡vaya! well!
    ¡ya voy! I'm coming!

    Spanish-English dictionary > ir

  • 14 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

       ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).
       ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).
       ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.
       ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.
       ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.
       ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.
       ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.
       ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.
       ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.
       ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.
       ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.
       ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.
       ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.
       ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.
       ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.
       ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL
       ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.
       ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.
       ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.
       ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.
       ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.
       ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.
       ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.
       ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.
       ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.
       ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.
       ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.
       ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)
       ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.
       ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.
       ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.
       ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.
       ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.
       ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.
       ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.
       ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.
       ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.
       ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.
       ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.
       ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.
       ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.
       ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.
       ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.
       ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.
       ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.
       ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.
       ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.
       ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.
       ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.
       ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.
       ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.
       ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.
       ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.
       ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.
       ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.
       ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.
       ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.
       ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.
       ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.
       ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.
       ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.
       ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.
       ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.
       ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.
       ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.
       ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.
       ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.
       ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.
       ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.
       ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.
       ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.
       ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.
       ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.
       ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.
       ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.
       ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.
       ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.
       ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.
       ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.
       ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.
       ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.
       ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.
       ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.
       ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.
       ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.
       ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.
       ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.
       ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.
       ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.
       ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.
       ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.
       ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.
       ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.
       ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.
       ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.
       ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.
       ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.
       ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.
       ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.
       ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.
       ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.
       ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.
       ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.
       ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.
       ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.
       ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.
       ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.
       ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.
       ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.
       ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.
       ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.
       ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.
       ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.
       ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.
       ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.
       ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.
       ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.
       ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.
       ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.
       ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.
       ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.
       ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.
       ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)
       ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.
       ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.
       ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.
       ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.
       ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.
       ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.
       ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.
       ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.
       ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.
       ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.
       ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.
       ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.
       ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.
       ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.
       ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.
       ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.
       ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.
       ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.
       ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.
       ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.
       ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.
       ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.
       ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.
       ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.
       ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.
       ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.
       ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.
       ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.
       ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.
       ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.
       ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.
       ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.
       ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.
       ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.
       ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.
       ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.
       ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.
       ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.
       ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.
       ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.
       ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.
       ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.
       ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.
       ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.
       ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.
       ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.
       ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.
       ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.
       ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.
       ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.
       ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.
       ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.
       ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.
       ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).
       ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.
       ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.
       ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.
       ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.
       ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.
       ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.
       ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.
       ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.
       ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.
       ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.
       ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.
       ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.
       ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.
       ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.
       ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.
       ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.
       ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.
       ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.
       ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.
       ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.
       ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.
       ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.
       ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.
       ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.
       ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.
       ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.
       ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.
       ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.
       ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.
       ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.
       ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.
       ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.
       ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.
       ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.
       ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.
       ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.
       ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.
       ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.
       ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.
       ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.
       ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.
       ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.
       ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.
       ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.
       ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.
       ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.
       ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.
       ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.
       ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.
       ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.
       ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.
       ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.
       ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.
       ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.
       ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.
       ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.
       ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.
       ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan
       ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.
       ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.
       ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.
       ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De
       ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.
       ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.
       ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.
       ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.
       ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.
       ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.
       ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.
       ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.
       ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.
       ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.
       ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.
       ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.
       ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.
       ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.
       ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.
       ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.
       ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.
       ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.
       ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.
       ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.
       ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.
       ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.
       ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.
       ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.
       ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.
       ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.
       ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.
       ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.
       ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.
       ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.
       ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.
       ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.
       ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.
       ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.
       ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.
       ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.
       ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.
       ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.
       ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.
       ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.
       ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.
       ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.
       ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.
       ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.
       ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.
       ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.
       ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.
       ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.
       ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.
       ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.
       ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.
       ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.
       ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.
       ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.
       ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.
       ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.
       ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.
       ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.
       ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.
       ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.
       ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.
       ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.
       ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.
       ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.
       ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.
       ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.
       ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.
       ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.
       ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.
       ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.
       ■ The Military
       ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.
       ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.
       ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.
       ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.
       ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.
       ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.
       ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.
       ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.
       ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.
       ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.
       ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.
       ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.
       ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.
       ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.
       ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.
       ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.
       ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.
       ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.
       ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.
       ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.
       ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.
       ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.
       ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.
       ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.
       ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.
       ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.
       ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.
       ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.
       ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.
       ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.
       ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.
       ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.
       ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.
       ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.
       ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.
       ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.
       ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.
       ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.
       ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.
       ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.
       ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.
       ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.
       ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.
       ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.
       ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.
       ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.
       ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.
       ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.
       ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.
       ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.
       ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.
       ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.
       ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.
       ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.
       ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.
       ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.
       ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.
       ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.
       ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.
       ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.
       ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.
       ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.
       ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.
       ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.
       ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.
       ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.
       ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.
       ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.
       ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.
       ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.
       ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.
       ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).
       ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).
       ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.
       ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.
       ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.
       ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.
       ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.
       ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.
       ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.
       ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.
       ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.
       ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.
       ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.
       ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.
       ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.
       ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.
       ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.
       ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.
       ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).
       ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.
       ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.
       ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.
       ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].
       ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.
       ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.
       ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.
       ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.
       ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.
       ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.
       ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,
       ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.
       ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).
       ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.
       ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.
       ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.
       ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.
       ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.
       ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.
       ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.
       ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA
       ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.
       ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.
       ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.
       ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.
       ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.
       ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.
       ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.
       ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.
       ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.
       ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.
       ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.
       ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY
       ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).
       ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da
       ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.
       ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.
       ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.
       ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.
       ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.
       ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.
       ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.
       ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.
       ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.
       ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.
       ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:
       ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.
       ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS
       ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.
       ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.
       ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.
       ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.
       ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.
       ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.
       ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.
       ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.
       ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.
       ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.
       ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.
       ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.
       ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.
       ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.
       ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.
       ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.
       ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.
       ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.
       ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.
       ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.
       ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.
       ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.
       ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.
       ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.
       ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.
       ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.
       ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.
       ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.
       ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.
       ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.
       ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.
       ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.
       ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.
       ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION
       ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.
       ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.
       ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.
       ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.
       ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.
       ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.
       ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.
       ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.
       ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.
       ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.
       ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.
       ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.
       ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.
       ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.
       ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.
       ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.
       ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]
       ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.
       ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.
       ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.
       ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.
       ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.
       ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.
       ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.
       ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.
       ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.
       ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.
       ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.
       ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.
       ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.
       ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.
       ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.
       ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.
       ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)
       ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.
       ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.
       ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.
       ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.
       ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.
       ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.
       ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.
       ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.
       ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.
       ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.
       ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.
       ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.
       ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.
       ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.
       ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.
       ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.
       ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.
       ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.
       ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.
       ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.
       ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.
       ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.
       ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.
       ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.
       ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.
       ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.
       ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.
       ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.
       ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.
       ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.
       ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.
       ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.
       ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.
       ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.
       ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.
       ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.
       ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.
       ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.
       ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.
       ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.
       ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.
       ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.
       ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.
       ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.
       ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.
       ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.
       ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.
       ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.
       ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.
       ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.
       ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.
       ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.
       ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.
       ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.
       ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.
       ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.
       ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.
       ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.
       ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.
       ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.
       ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.
       ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.
       ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.
       ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.
       ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.
       ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.
       ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.
       ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.
       ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.
       ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.
       ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.
       ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.
       ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.
       ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.
       ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.
       ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.
       ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.
       ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.
       ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.
       ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.
       ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.
       ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.
       ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.
       ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.
       ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.
       ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.
       ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.
       ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.
       ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.
       ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.
       ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.
       ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.
       ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.
       ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.
       ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.
       ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.
       ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.
       ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).
       ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.
       ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.
       ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.
       ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.
       ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.
       ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.
       ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.
       ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.
       ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.
       ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.
       ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.
       ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.
       ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.
       ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.
       ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.
       ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.
       ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.
       ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.
       ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.
       ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.
       ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.
       ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.
       ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].
       ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.
       ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.
       ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.
       ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.
       ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.
       ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.
       ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.
       ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.
       ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.
       ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.
       ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.
       ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.
       ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.
       ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.
       ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.
       ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.
       ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.
       ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.
       ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.
       ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.
       ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.
       ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.
       ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.
       ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.
       ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.
       ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.
       ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.
       ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.
       ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.
       ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.
       ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.
       ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.
       ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.
       ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.
       ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.
       ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.
       ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.
       ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.
       ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.
       ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.
       ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.
       ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.
       ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.
       ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).
       ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.
       ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.
       ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.
       ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.
       ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.
       ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.
       ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.
       ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.
       ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.
       ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.
       ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.
       ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.
       ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.
       ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.
       ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.
       ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.
       ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.
       ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.
       ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.
       ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.
       ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.
       ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.
       ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.
       ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.
       ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.
       ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.
       ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.
       ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.
       ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.
       ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.
       ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.
       ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.
       ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.
       ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.
       ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.
       ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.
       ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)
       ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.
       ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.
       ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.
       ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.
       ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.
       ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.
       ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.
       ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.
       ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.
       ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.
       ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.
       ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.
       ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.
       ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.
       ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.
       ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.
       ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.
       ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.
       ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.
       ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.
       ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.
       ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.
       ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.
       ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.
       ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.
       ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.
       ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.
       ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.
       ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.
       ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.
       ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.
       ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.
       ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.
       ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.
       ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.
       ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.
       ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.
       ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.
       ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.
       ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.
       ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.
       ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.
       ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.
       ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.
       ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.
       ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.
       ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.
       ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.
       ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.
       ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.
       ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.
       ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.
       ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).
       ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.
       ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.
       ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.
       ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.
       ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.
       ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.
       ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.
       ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.
       ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY
       ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.
       ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.
       ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.
       ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.
       ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.
       ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.
       ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.
       ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.
       ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.
       ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.
       ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.
       ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.
       ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.
       ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.
       ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.
       ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.
       ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.
       ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.
       ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.
       ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.
       ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.
       ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.
       ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.
       ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.
       ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.
       ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.
       ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.
       ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.
       ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.
       ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.
       ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.
       ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.
       ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.
       ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.
       ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In
       ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.
       ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.
       ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.
       ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.
       ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.
       ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.
       ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.
       ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.
       ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.
       ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.
       ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.
       ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.
       ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.
       ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.
       ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.
       ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC
       ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.
       ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.
       ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.
       ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.
       ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.
       ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.
       ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.
       ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.
       ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.
       ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.
       ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.
       ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.
       ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.
       ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.
       ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.
       ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.
       ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.
       ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.
       ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.
       ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.
       ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.
       ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.
       ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.
       ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.
       ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.
       ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.
       ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.
       ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.
       ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.
       ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.
       ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.
       ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.
       ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.
       ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.
       ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.
       ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.
       ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.
       ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.
       ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.
       ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.
       ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.
       ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.
       ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.
       ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.
       ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.
       ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.
       ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.
       ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.
       ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.
       ■ Cinema
       ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.
       ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.
       ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.
       ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.
       ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.
       ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.
       ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.
       ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.
       ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.
       ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.
       ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:
       ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:
       ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.
       ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.
       ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.
       ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.
       ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.
       ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.
       ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.
       ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.
       ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.
       ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.
       ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.
       ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature
       ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.
       ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.
       ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.
       ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.
       ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.
       ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.
       ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.
       ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.
       ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.
       ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.
       ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.
       ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.
       ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.
       ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.
       ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.
       ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.
       ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.
       ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.
       ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.
       ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.
       ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.
       ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.
       ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.
       ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.
       ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.
       ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.
       ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.
       ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.
       ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.
       ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection
       ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.
       ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.
       ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.
       ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.
       ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.
       ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.
       ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.
       ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.
       ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.
       ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.
       ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.
       ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.
       ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.
       ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.
       ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.
       ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.
       ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.
       ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.
       ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.
       ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.
       ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.
       ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.
       ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.
       ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.
       ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.
       ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.
       ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.
       ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].
       ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George
       ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.
       ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.
       ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.
       ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.
       ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.
       ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.
       ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.
       ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.
       ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.
       ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.
       ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.
       ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.
       ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.
       ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.
       ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.
       ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.
       ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.
       ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.
       ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.
       ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.
       ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.
       ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.
       ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.
       ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.
       ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.
       ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.
       ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.
       ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.
       ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.
       ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.
       ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.
       ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.
       ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.
       ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.
       ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.
       ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.
       ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.
       ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.
       ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.
       ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.
       ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.
       ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.
       ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.
       ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.
       ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine
       ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.
       ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.
       ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.
       ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.
       ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.
       ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.
       ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.
       ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.
       ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.
       ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.
       ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.
       ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.
       ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.
       ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.
       ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.
       ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.
       ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.
       ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.
       ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.
       ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.
       ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.
       ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.
       ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.
       ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.
       ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.
       ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History
       ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.
       ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.
       ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.
       ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.
       ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.
       ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.
       ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.
       ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.
       ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.
       ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.
       ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).
       ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).
       ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.
       ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.
       ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.
       ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.
       ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.
       ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.
       ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.
       ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.
       ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.
       ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.
       ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.
       ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.
       ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.
       ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.
       ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.
       ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.
       ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.
       ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.
       ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.
       ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.
       ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.
       ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.
       ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.
       ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.
       ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.
       ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.
       ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.
       ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.
       ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.
       ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.
       ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing
       ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.
       ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.
       ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.
       ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.
       ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.
       ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.
       ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.
       ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.
       ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.
       ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.
       ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.
       ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.
       ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.
       ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.
       ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.
       ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.
       ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.
       ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.
       ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.
       ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.
       ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.
       ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.
       ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.
       ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.
       ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.
       ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.
       ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.
       ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.
       ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.
       ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.
       ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.
       ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.
       ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.
       ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.
       ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.
       ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.
       ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.
       ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT
       ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.
       ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.
       ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.
       ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.
       ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.
       ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.
       ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.
       ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).
       ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.
       ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.
       ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.
       ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.
       ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.
       ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.
       ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.
       ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.
       ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].
       ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.
       ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.
       ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.
       ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.
       ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.
       ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.
       ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.
       ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.
       ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.
       ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.
       ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL
       ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.
       ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.
       ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.
       ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.
       ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.
       ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.
       ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.
       ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.
       ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.
       ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.
       ■ EQUESTRIANISM
       ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.
       ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.
       ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.
       ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.
       ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,
       ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.
       ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

  • 15 después

    adv.
    afterwards, after, afterward, in a while.
    * * *
    1 afterwards, later
    2 (entonces) then
    3 (luego) next
    \
    después de (tiempo) after 2 (desde) since 3 (+ pp) after, once
    después de todo after all
    después que after, when
    * * *
    adv.
    2) next, then
    •
    - después de todo
    * * *
    ADV
    1) [con sentido temporal]
    a) (=más tarde) later, later on; [tras un hecho concreto] afterwards, after

    no me da tiempo antes de la cena, lo haré después — I haven't got time before dinner, I'll do it after(wards)

    poco después — soon after(wards), not long after(wards)

    lo vi en enero, pero después no lo he visto más — I saw him in January, but I haven't seen him since (then)

    b) (=a continuación) then, next

    ¿qué pasó después? — what happened then o next?

    2) [con sentido espacial]

    primero está el bar y después mi casa — first there's the bar and then, next to it, my house

    3) [en orden, jerarquía] then

    primero está el director y después el subdirector — first there's the manager, and then the assistant manager

    4)

    después de — [con sentido temporal] after

    después de aplicarse la mascarilla, relájese — after applying the mask, relax

    5)

    después de — [en orden, jerarquía] after, next to

    6)

    después de todo, no parece tan antipático — he doesn't seem so unpleasant, after all

    7)

    después que — * after

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( más tarde) later
    b) ( en una serie de sucesos) then, afterwards

    después de + inf — after -ing

    después (de) que — when, after

    después (de) que + subj — ( refiriéndose al futuro) once, when

    después (de) que todos se hayan ido — once o when everybody has left

    después (de) que te bañes — once o when you've had a bath

    3)
    a) (indicando orden, prioridad) then

    después de ti or después que tú, voy yo — I'm after you

    b) ( además) then

    después tenemos éstos, que son más baratos — then we have these, which are cheaper

    * * *
    = afterward(s), later, then, in the aftermath, in later years, later on, thereafter.
    Ex. We shape our buildings and afterwards our buildings shape us.
    Ex. Later, after examining maps of the area he may discover that the area that he is really interested in is Parliament Hill.
    Ex. A set of government publications could be filed alphabetically by the issuing bureau, and then by title of the particular series in numerical order.
    Ex. This article discusses the features of the library's disaster planning which had been overlooked but could have reduced the severity of the problems encountered in the aftermath.
    Ex. In later years, the famous book mythological significance of muddy footprints introduced me to the ancient Hippopotamian culture.
    Ex. Later on, his findings were developed and specified in numerous studies by pedologists and vulcanologists.
    Ex. At the two extremes, the order may simply be decided for each topic as and when it arises, and followed thereafter.
    ----
    * antes o después de = either side of.
    * depósito de préstamos después de las horas de apertura = after-hours book drop.
    * después de = after, following, subsequent to, in the wake of, no sooner than.
    * después de conseguir empleo = postappointment.
    * después de eso = thereafter.
    * después de la contratación = post-employment [postemployment].
    * después de la escuela = after-school hours, after-school time.
    * después de la prueba = posttest [post-test].
    * después de la queja = postcomplaint [post-complaint].
    * después de la reclamación = postcomplaint [post-complaint].
    * después del examen = posttest [post-test].
    * después del horario de trabajo = after hours [after-hours].
    * después del horario normal = after hours [after-hours].
    * después de lo cual = whereupon.
    * después del parto = postpartum.
    * después de todo = after all.
    * Expresión Temporal + después = Expresión Temporal + on.
    * Fecha + d.C. (Después de Cristo) = AD [A.D.] + Fecha (Anno Domini).
    * inmediatamente después = thereupon [thereon].
    * inmediatamente después de = fast on the heels of, on the heels of, on the coattails of.
    * justo después = immediately.
    * justo después de = right behind, right after, on the heels of, on the coattails of.
    * justo después de (que) = immediately after.
    * loción para después del afeitado = aftershave lotion, aftershave.
    * morir después que = outlive.
    * muchísimo tiempo después = ages and ages hence.
    * mucho tiempo después = ages and ages hence.
    * mucho tiempo después (de que) = long after.
    * no mucho después = not long after.
    * Número + años después = Número + years on.
    * píldora del día después = morning-after pill.
    * poco después = soon afterwards, shortly afterwards, shortly after, not long after.
    * poco después de = soon after (that), shortly after.
    * poco después de que = shortly after.
    * poco tiempo después = shortly afterwards.
    * venir justo después de = come on + the heels of.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( más tarde) later
    b) ( en una serie de sucesos) then, afterwards

    después de + inf — after -ing

    después (de) que — when, after

    después (de) que + subj — ( refiriéndose al futuro) once, when

    después (de) que todos se hayan ido — once o when everybody has left

    después (de) que te bañes — once o when you've had a bath

    3)
    a) (indicando orden, prioridad) then

    después de ti or después que tú, voy yo — I'm after you

    b) ( además) then

    después tenemos éstos, que son más baratos — then we have these, which are cheaper

    * * *
    = afterward(s), later, then, in the aftermath, in later years, later on, thereafter.

    Ex: We shape our buildings and afterwards our buildings shape us.

    Ex: Later, after examining maps of the area he may discover that the area that he is really interested in is Parliament Hill.
    Ex: A set of government publications could be filed alphabetically by the issuing bureau, and then by title of the particular series in numerical order.
    Ex: This article discusses the features of the library's disaster planning which had been overlooked but could have reduced the severity of the problems encountered in the aftermath.
    Ex: In later years, the famous book mythological significance of muddy footprints introduced me to the ancient Hippopotamian culture.
    Ex: Later on, his findings were developed and specified in numerous studies by pedologists and vulcanologists.
    Ex: At the two extremes, the order may simply be decided for each topic as and when it arises, and followed thereafter.
    * antes o después de = either side of.
    * depósito de préstamos después de las horas de apertura = after-hours book drop.
    * después de = after, following, subsequent to, in the wake of, no sooner than.
    * después de conseguir empleo = postappointment.
    * después de eso = thereafter.
    * después de la contratación = post-employment [postemployment].
    * después de la escuela = after-school hours, after-school time.
    * después de la prueba = posttest [post-test].
    * después de la queja = postcomplaint [post-complaint].
    * después de la reclamación = postcomplaint [post-complaint].
    * después del examen = posttest [post-test].
    * después del horario de trabajo = after hours [after-hours].
    * después del horario normal = after hours [after-hours].
    * después de lo cual = whereupon.
    * después del parto = postpartum.
    * después de todo = after all.
    * Expresión Temporal + después = Expresión Temporal + on.
    * Fecha + d.C. (Después de Cristo) = AD [A.D.] + Fecha (Anno Domini).
    * inmediatamente después = thereupon [thereon].
    * inmediatamente después de = fast on the heels of, on the heels of, on the coattails of.
    * justo después = immediately.
    * justo después de = right behind, right after, on the heels of, on the coattails of.
    * justo después de (que) = immediately after.
    * loción para después del afeitado = aftershave lotion, aftershave.
    * morir después que = outlive.
    * muchísimo tiempo después = ages and ages hence.
    * mucho tiempo después = ages and ages hence.
    * mucho tiempo después (de que) = long after.
    * no mucho después = not long after.
    * Número + años después = Número + years on.
    * píldora del día después = morning-after pill.
    * poco después = soon afterwards, shortly afterwards, shortly after, not long after.
    * poco después de = soon after (that), shortly after.
    * poco después de que = shortly after.
    * poco tiempo después = shortly afterwards.
    * venir justo después de = come on + the heels of.

    * * *
    A
    1 (más tarde) later
    no me enteré hasta mucho después I didn't find out until much later o until a long time afterwards
    2 (en una serie de sucesos) then, afterwards
    primero habló con ella y después me vino a ver a mí first he spoke to her and then he came to see me
    3 ( en locs):
    pocos días después de la boda a few days after the wedding
    después DE + INF after -ING
    después de hablar contigo me sentí mejor after I talked o after talking to you I felt better
    después de mucho pensarlo after (giving it) a lot of thought
    después de pelar el limón once you have peeled the lemon
    después de todo after all
    después (de) que when, after
    después (de) que se enteró no le escribió más when o after she found out she never wrote to him again
    después ( DE) QUE + SUBJ (refiriéndose al futuro) when, once
    después (de) que todos se hayan ido once o when everybody has left
    después (de) que te bañes once o when you've had a bath
    usted llegó después que yo you arrived after me
    B
    (en el espacio): bájate dos paradas después get off two stops after that
    hay varias casas y después está el colegio there are some houses and then you come to the school
    está justo después del puente it's just past the bridge, it's just on the other side of the bridge
    C
    1 (indicando orden, prioridad) then
    primero está este señor y después yo this gentleman is first, and then me
    primero está la salud y después lo demás good health comes first, and then everything else, good health comes before anything else
    después de ti or después que tú, voy yo I'm after you
    2 (además) then
    después tenemos éstos, que son más baratos then we have these, which are cheaper
    * * *

     

    después adverbio
    1




    c) ( en locs)


    después de Cristo AD;
    después de hacer algo after doing sth;
    después de todo after all;
    después (de) que after;

    ( refiriéndose al futuro) once, when;
    ◊ después (de) que todos se hayan ido once o when everybody has left;

    después que after
    2 ( en el espacio):

    hay una casa y después está el colegio there is a house and then you come to the school;
    está justo después del puente it's just past the bridge
    después adverbio
    1 (más tarde) later, afterwards
    (luego) then
    (seguidamente) next
    unos días después, a few days later
    mucho después, a long time later
    poco después, soon after
    2 (posición) next, then
    3 (pospuesto a nombres de espacio o tiempo: siguiente) el día después, the next day
    ♦ Locuciones: después de, after: (al finalizar) nos volvimos a ver después de su hospitalización, we saw each other after her stay in the hospital
    después de comer, after eating
    (orden) mi pupitre está después del suyo, my desk is the one after his
    después de todo, after all
    después de que, after: lo tendrás después de que apruebes, you'll have it after you pass
    ' después' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    adscribirse
    - anegarse
    - animosidad
    - bochinche
    - clara
    - claro
    - cojera
    - comida
    - conquistar
    - d. C
    - desmembrarse
    - desvariar
    - deterioro
    - docencia
    - enloquecer
    - establecerse
    - guarnición
    - incluida
    - incluido
    - inclusive
    - madrugada
    - mies
    - molesta
    - molesto
    - noche
    - obligada
    - obligado
    - para
    - poca
    - poco
    - previa
    - previo
    - quisque
    - quisqui
    - rehacerse
    - respirar
    - suceder
    - tarde
    - tiempo
    - toda
    - todo
    - tras
    - vuestra
    - vuestro
    - a
    - caminata
    - cavilar
    - Cristo
    - d. de C.
    - dejar
    English:
    abandon
    - abroad
    - accomplice
    - ad
    - after
    - afterlife
    - aftershave (lotion)
    - afterwards
    - alive
    - alone
    - also
    - always
    - arm
    - ask back
    - asleep
    - blow up
    - body
    - bounce back
    - brisk
    - burial
    - bust up
    - but
    - chaser
    - clear off
    - clear up
    - come back
    - come round
    - come to
    - comedown
    - consolation
    - crack
    - crystallize
    - dark
    - debt
    - decide on
    - destroy
    - dinner theater
    - dip
    - disown
    - done
    - downhill
    - either
    - enough
    - evening
    - ever
    - fall apart
    - flourish
    - for
    - frazzled
    - freshen up
    * * *
    ♦ adv
    1. [en el tiempo] [más tarde] afterwards, later;
    [entonces] then; [justo lo siguiente] next;
    poco después soon after;
    mucho después much later;
    un año después a year later;
    años después years later;
    ellos llegaron después they arrived later;
    llamé primero y después entré I knocked first and then I went in;
    primero vienen los elefantes, luego los malabaristas y después los payasos first come the elephants, then the jugglers and then o after them the clowns;
    yo voy después it's my turn next;
    nos veremos después see you later;
    ahora todo son risitas, después vendrán los lloros you may be giggling now, but you'll be crying later;
    después de after;
    llegó después de ti she arrived after you;
    después de él, nadie lo ha conseguido no one else has done it since he did;
    después de hacer algo after doing sth;
    después de hervir la pasta, añada la salsa once the pasta is cooked, add the sauce;
    después de desayunar after breakfast;
    ¡qué pena que no ganaran, después de lo bien que lo hicieron! what a shame they lost after playing so well!;
    después de que te fueras a la cama after you went to bed;
    después de que lo hice after I did it, after doing it;
    después de todo lo que han hecho por ti, ¿cómo puedes tratarlos tan mal? how can you treat them so badly, after everything they've done for you?;
    llegó después que yo she arrived after I did o after me
    2. [en el espacio] next, after;
    ¿qué viene después? what comes next o after?;
    hay un hotel y después está mi casa there's a hotel and then there's my house;
    varios bloques después several blocks further on;
    está 2 kilómetros después del pueblo it's 2 kilometres past the village;
    nos bajaremos cinco paradas después we get off five stops later;
    después de usted [al dejar pasar] after you
    3. [en una lista, jerarquía] further down;
    después de after;
    después de él, soy el primero de la clase after him, I'm the best in the class;
    después del vino, la cerveza es la bebida más popular after wine, beer is the most popular drink;
    quedó después del atleta ruso he finished behind the Russian athlete;
    primero viene el deber, y después el placer business before pleasure
    ♦ después de todo loc adv
    after all;
    después de todo, no nos podemos quejar we can't complain, after all
    * * *
    adv
    1 ( más tarde) afterward, later
    2 seguido en orden next;
    yo voy después I’m next;
    después de que se vaya after he’s gone
    3 en el espacio after;
    después de after;
    después de la parada after the bus stop
    :
    después de todo after all
    * * *
    1) : afterward, later
    2) : then, next
    3)
    después de : after, next after
    después de comer: after eating
    4)
    después que lo acabé: after I finished it
    5)
    después de todo : after all
    6)
    poco después : shortly after, soon thereafter
    * * *
    1. (más tarde) afterwards / later
    2. (luego) then / next
    para ella, primero es la familia y después los amigos for her, the family comes first and then her friends

    Spanish-English dictionary > después

  • 16 más

    conj.
    but.
    * * *
    1 but
    * * *
    conj.
    * * *
    CONJ but
    * * *
    conjunción (liter) but
    * * *
    = extra, more, plus, topmost [top most].
    Ex. Each step of subdivision involves an extra character (see below).
    Ex. The command function 'MORE' is used to request the system to display more information, for instance to continue the alphabetical display of terms.
    Ex. All of these (except PREVIOUS and NEXT), plus some additional commands are also available from the Command Menu.
    Ex. A list of the topmost cited papers of the Proceedings is presented.
    ----
    * acercarse aun más = bring + closer together, come closer together, draw + closer together.
    * acercarse más aun = bring + closer together, come closer together, draw + closer together.
    * ahora más que nunca = now more than ever.
    * alcanzar cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights.
    * algo más = anything else.
    * algunos años más tarde = some years on.
    * a más largo plazo = longer-term.
    * a más..., más... = the + Comparativo..., the + Comparativo....
    * a más tardar = at the latest.
    * análisis más minucioso = closer examination.
    * aprender de la forma más difícil = learn + the hard way.
    * aún más = Verbo + further, even further, all the more, further, furthermore, beyond that, a fortiori.
    * bastante más = rather more.
    * cada vez más = ever-growing, ever-increasing, increasingly, more and more, progressively, ever more, mushrooming, ever greater, in increasing numbers, increasing.
    * cada vez más abultado = swelling.
    * cada vez más alto = constantly rising, steadily rising, steadily growing.
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * cada vez más estricto = tightening.
    * cada vez más extendido = spreading.
    * cada vez más fácil = ever easier.
    * cada vez más lejos = further and further.
    * cada vez más rápido = ever faster.
    * cada vez más tenue = fading.
    * cada vez más viejo = aging [ageing].
    * citado más arriba = above.
    * con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con más antigüedad = longest-serving.
    * con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con más frecuencia = most frequently.
    * con más razón aún = a fortiori.
    * con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].
    * con un filo más pronunciado = sharper-edged.
    * correr más deprisa que = outrun [out-run].
    * costumbre cada vez más frecuente = growing practice.
    * cuanto más = all the more so, all the more, a fortiori.
    * cuanto más..., más... = the + Comparativo..., the + Comparativo....
    * cuantos más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * cuya fecha se anunciará más adelante = at a time to be announced later.
    * cuya fecha se determinará más adelante = at a time to be determined later.
    * dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.
    * dar más de sí = go further.
    * dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.
    * darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.
    * decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
    * de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de la forma más difícil = the hard way.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way .
    * de lo más = very.
    * de lo más + Adjetivo = most + Adjetivo.
    * demandar cada vez más enérgicamente = build + pressure, build + pressure.
    * de más = extra, one too many.
    * de más arriba = topmost [top most].
    * desarrollar aun más = develop + further.
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista más general = in a broader sense.
    * de una manera más sencilla = in digestible form.
    * dicho más arriba, lo = foregoing, the.
    * distanciar aun más = widen + the gap between... and.
    * dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.
    * durante las horas de más calor = during the heat of the day.
    * durar más que = outlive.
    * el más = all-time.
    * el más adecuado = ideally suited.
    * el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.
    * el más allá = hereafter.
    * el más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.
    * el más leído = the most widely read.
    * el más recomendado = best of breed, the.
    * el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.
    * el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * enfrascado en lo más difícil = in at the deep end.
    * enfrascar a Alguien de lleno en lo más difícil = throw in + at the deep end, throw in + at the deep end.
    * enfrascarse en lo más difícil = swim in + the deep end, jump in at + the deep end.
    * en lo más mínimo = not in the least + Nombre Negativo.
    * en más de una ocasión = on more than one occasion, in more than one instance, in more than one occasion.
    * en más de un sentido = in more ways than one.
    * en su forma más básica = at its most basic.
    * en su nivel más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en su punto más álgido = at its height.
    * en su punto más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en tiempos más recientes = in more recent times.
    * en un futuro más o menos cercano = in the near future, in the near future.
    * en un período más o menos lejano = in the near future, in the near future.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * en un sentido más general = in a broader sense.
    * es más = more important, moreover.
    * examen más minucioso = closer examination.
    * examinar más detenidamente = look + closer, take + a closer look at, take + a close look.
    * examinar más minuciosamente = examine + in greater detail.
    * explicar un Tema con más detalle = expand upon/on + Tema.
    * forma de la curva estadística en su valor más alto = peak-shape.
    * ganar cada vez más importancia = go from + strength to strength.
    * gastar más de la cuenta = overspend.
    * gastarse más dinero = dig + deep.
    * haber todavía más = there + be + more to it than that.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.
    * hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.
    * hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.
    * hacer más estricto = tighten.
    * hacer más fuerte = toughen.
    * hacer más preciso = tightening up.
    * hacer más rico = add + richness to.
    * hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.
    * hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hacerse cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * hacerse más complejo = grow in + complexity, gain in + complexity.
    * hacerse más corto = grow + shorter.
    * hacerse más fuerte = gain in + strength, grow in + strength.
    * hacerse más inteligente = smarten up.
    * herir en lo más profundo = cut to + the heart of, cut to + the quick.
    * horario de apertura más amplio = extended hours.
    * incluso yendo más lejos = even farther afield.
    * invertir más dinero = dig + deep.
    * ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * ir más allá = go + one stage further.
    * ir más allá de = go beyond, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.
    * ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * ir más lejos = go + one stage further.
    * ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.
    * ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.
    * la parte más importante = the heart of.
    * ley del más fuerte, la = law of the jungle, the, survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * libro más vendido = bestseller [best seller/best-seller].
    * lista de más populares = chart.
    * lista de más vendidos = chart.
    * llegar más lejos = stretch + further.
    * llevar aún más lejos = carry + one step further.
    * llevar + Nombre + aún más lejos = take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther.
    * lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más destacado = highlights.
    * lo más detestado = pet hate.
    * lo más importante = most of all.
    * lo más interesante = highlights.
    * lo más mínimo = so much as.
    * lo más novedoso = the last word.
    * lo más odiado = pet hate.
    * lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más probable es que = most probably.
    * lo más recio de = brunt of, the.
    * lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.
    * lo que es más = what is more, what's more.
    * lo que es más importante = most importantly, most of all, more importantly, most important.
    * los más necesitados = those most in need.
    * más acomodados, los = better off, the.
    * más adelante = later, further along, later on, in due time, at a later date.
    * más afilado que una navaja = as sharp as a knife.
    * más afilado que un cuchillo = as sharp as a knife.
    * más alegre que unas castañuelas = as happy as Larry.
    * más alejado = further afield, furthest away.
    * más allá = further than, farther, yonder, beyond that.
    * más allá de = beyond, beyond all, past, beyond the range of.
    * más allá de cualquier duda = beyond any doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de eso = beyond that.
    * más allá de la obligación = beyond the call of duty.
    * más allá del deber = beyond the call of duty.
    * más allá de ninguna duda = beyond doubt, beyond doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de toda duda = beyond doubt, beyond any doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * más allá de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * más allá, el = afterlife [after-life], land of the dead, the.
    * más antiguo = longest-serving.
    * más antiguo, el = seniormost, the.
    * más anunciado = best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA].
    * más apreciado = long-cherished.
    * más aun = nay, beyond that, furthermore.
    * más bien = if you like, instead.
    * más bien bajo = shortish.
    * más bien corto = shortish.
    * más bien pequeño = smallish.
    * más bien todo lo contrario = quite the opposite, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * más borracho que una cuba = as drunk as a lord, as drunk as a newt, as drunk as a skunk.
    * más bueno que un pan = as good as gold.
    * más cerca de = more nearly.
    * más claro el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más claro que el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más complejo de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * más complicado de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * más común = mainstream.
    * más concretamente = more to the point.
    * más conocido = best known, best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA], mainstream.
    * más conocido como = better known as.
    * más contento que unas castañuela = as happy as Larry.
    * más contento que unas pascuas = as happy as Larry.
    * Posesivo + más cordial enhorabuena = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * más corto que las mangas de una chaleco = as daft as a brush.
    * más corto que las mangas de un chaleco = as thick as two (short) planks, as shy as shy can be, as thick as a brick, knucklehead.
    * más débil de la camada, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * más débil del grupo, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * más de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad, over + Cantidad, more than + Cantidad, upwards of + Cantidad.
    * más del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * más de la cuenta = one too many.
    * más de la mayoría de los + Nombre = more than most + Nombre.
    * más de lo mismo = more of the same.
    * más demandado = most demanded.
    * más dentro = further into.
    * más destacado = foremost.
    * más de una vez = more than once.
    * más de un ISBN = more than one ISBN.
    * más de un millón = million-plus.
    * más de unos cuantos + Nombre = not a few + Nombre.
    * más difundido = best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA].
    * más duradero = longer-lasting.
    * más duro que la suela de un zapato = as tough as leather, as tough as nails, as tough as nuts, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.
    * más duro que una piedra = as tough as nuts, as tough as nails, as tough as leather, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.
    * más exactamente = more nearly.
    * más fácil de entender para nosotros = closer to home.
    * más frío que el mármol = as cold as ice.
    * más frío que la nieve = as cold as ice.
    * más frío que un témpano (de hielo) = as cold as ice.
    * más fuerte que un roble = as strong as an ox.
    * más fuerte que un toro = as strong as an ox.
    * más granado de la sociedad, lo = cream of society, the.
    * más grande = greater.
    * más hambre que el perro de un ciego = as hungry as a wolf, as hungry as a bear, as hungry as a hunter.
    * más hambre que un maestro de escuela = as hungry as a wolf, as hungry as a bear, as hungry as a hunter.
    * más importante = foremost.
    * más importante aun = more significantly.
    * más información = further information, further details.
    * más íntimo = innermost.
    * más largo que un día sin pan = as long as (my/your) arm.
    * más lejos = further afield, further away, furthest away.
    * más meridional = southernmost.
    * más necesitado = most in need.
    * más occidental = westernmost.
    * más o menos = more or less, of a sort, or so, of sorts, after a fashion, round about, roughly speaking, give or take, ballpark.
    * más o menos + Adverbio = relatively + Adverbio.
    * más o menos cuadrado = squarish.
    * más perdedor = losingest.
    * más perenne = longer-lasting.
    * más permanente = longer-lasting.
    * más prestigioso = top-rated, top-ranked.
    * más profundo = innermost.
    * más que = more... than..., rather than.
    * más que antes = more than ever, more... than ever before, more than ever before.
    * más que la suma de sus partes = Comparativo + than the sum of its parts.
    * más quemado que la pipa (de) un indio = completely burned-out, totally burned-out.
    * más que muerto = dead and buried.
    * más que nada = more than anything else.
    * más que ninguna otra cosa = beyond all else.
    * más que nunca = more than ever before, more than ever.
    * más que nunca antes = more... than ever before, more than ever before, more than ever.
    * más que todo lo demás = beyond all else.
    * más que todos nosotros juntos = more than all of us put together.
    * más recientemente = in more recent times, more recently.
    * más recóndito = innermost.
    * más secreto = innermost.
    * más septentrional = northernmost.
    * Posesivo + más sinceras felicitaciones = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * más sincero + Nombre = deeply felt + Nombre.
    * más sordo que una tapia = as deaf as a post.
    * más suave que el terciopelo = as soft as velvet.
    * más suave que la seda = as soft as silk.
    * más tarde = later on.
    * más tarde o más temprano = sooner or later, at one time or another.
    * más todavía = all the more so.
    * más usado = most heavily used.
    * más vale malo conocido que bueno por conocer = better the devil you know (than the devil you don't).
    * más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando = a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.
    * más vale prevenir que curar = a stitch in time saves nine, better (to be) safe than sorry.
    * más vale que + Subjuntivo = might + as well + Verbo.
    * más vale tarde que nunca = better late than never.
    * más valorado = highly valued.
    * más vendido = best selling [bestselling/best-selling], top-selling.
    * más veterano, el = seniormost, the.
    * más viejo que Matusalén = as old as Methuselah, as old as the hills, as old as the hills.
    * más votado = top-rated, top-ranked.
    * materia más general = broader subject.
    * menos blandeces y más mano dura = less of the carrot, more of the stick.
    * meter a Alguien de lleno en lo más difícil = throw in + at the deep end, throw in + at the deep end.
    * meterse de lleno en lo más difícil = swim in + the deep end, jump in at + the deep end.
    * metido en lo más difícil = in at the deep end.
    * mientras más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * mirada más de cerca = closer look.
    * miseria más absoluta = abject poverty.
    * muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.
    * muchísimo más = a whole lot more, an awful lot more.
    * muchísimo más + Adjetivo = infinitely + Adjetivo.
    * mucho más = order of magnitude, much more, much more so, a lot more, lots more.
    * mucho más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo.
    * mucho más + Adverbio = far more + Adverbio/Adjetivo.
    * mucho más cerca = far closer.
    * mucho más de = well over + Expresión Numérica.
    * mucho más rápido = far faster.
    * muchos más = a great many more.
    * nada + estar + más apartado de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth, nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la verdad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada más = anything else, nothing else.
    * nada más y nada menos = as much as + Expresión Numérica.
    * nada más y nada menos que = in the order of + Cantidad, nothing less than.
    * nada más y nada menos que de = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * nada más y nada menos que desde + Expresión Temporal = from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    * nada más y nada menos que + Número = as many as + Número.
    * nada puede estar más alejado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * nadie más = nobody else.
    * ni más ni menos = nothing more, nothing less, no more, no less.
    * no aguantar más = have had enough.
    * no dar más de sí = stretch + Nombre + to the limit, overstretch.
    * no hacer más que = do + no more than.
    * no importar lo más mínimo = could not care less.
    * no más que = in any more than.
    * Nombre + más o menos = Nombre + of sorts.
    * no poder hacer más que = do + little more than.
    * no saber qué más hacer = be at + Posesivo + wit's end.
    * no ser lo más adecuado para = ill suited to/for.
    * no ser más que = be nothing more than, be nothing but.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.
    * Número + de más = Número + too many.
    * Número + veces más = Número + times as many.
    * Número + veces más de = Número + times the number of.
    * nunca más = never again.
    * observar con más detalle = closer look.
    * optar por la solución más fácil = take + the easy way out.
    * otro + Nombre + más = further + Nombre, yet another + Nombre.
    * pagando un poco más = at additional cost.
    * pagar más de lo que se debería = overpay.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para hacer más fácil = for ease of.
    * para más información = for further details.
    * para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * poco más = little else.
    * poner más fuerte = crank up.
    * ¡por lo más quieras! = Not on your life!.
    * por más que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * Posesivo + más cordial enhorabuena = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * Posesivo + más sinceras felicitaciones = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * precio de coste más margen de beneficios = cost-plus pricing.
    * presupuesto cada vez más pequeño = shrinking budget.
    * pruebas cada vez más concluyentes = mounting evidence.
    * quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.
    * qué más = what else.
    * que no da más de sí = overstretched.
    * ¿quién más...? = who else...?.
    * rechazar sin más = dismiss + out of hand.
    * redondear al número entero más cercano = round up to + the nearest whole number.
    * requerir más destreza = be more of an art.
    * sacar más partido = get + more for + Posesivo + money.
    * sentir más ganas de hacer Algo = grow in + appetite.
    * sentirse más seguro de = gain + confidence (with/in).
    * separar aun más = widen + the gap between... and.
    * ser aun más = be all the more.
    * ser cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * ser el punto más débil de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser el punto más flaco de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser lo más parecido a = be as close as we come to.
    * ser lo que a Uno más le gusta = be + Posesivo + big scene.
    * ser más interno = inner being.
    * ser más un + Nombre = be more of a + Nombre.
    * ser mucho más = be all the more.
    * ser nada más y nada menos que = be nothing less than.
    * siempre querer más = enough + be + not/never + enough.
    * signo más (+) = addition sign (+), plus sign (+).
    * sin la más mínima duda = without the shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin más = out of hand, unceremoniously, unceremonious.
    * sin más dilación = without (any) further ado, without (any) more ado, without warning.
    * sin más ni más = unceremoniously, unceremonious, for the love of it, without much ado.
    * sin más preámbulos = without (any) further ado, without (any) more ado.
    * sino más bien = rather.
    * sino (que) más bien = but rather.
    * supervivencia del más fuerte = survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * tarifa especial más barata = discount charge.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * término más específico = narrower term.
    * todavía más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo.
    * tratar con más detalle = discuss + in greater detail.
    * una imagen vale más que mil palabras = a picture is worth more than ten thousand words.
    * una pieza más en la organización = a cog in the wheel.
    * una vez más = again, yet again.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más + Adjetivo = not the least + Adjetivo + Nombre, not the least of the + Adjetivo + Nombre.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importante = not the least + Nombre, not the least of + Nombre.
    * uno de mas = one too many.
    * uno más = one of equals.
    * uno más de tantos en la organización = a cog in the machine.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.
    * vender a un precio más barato que = undercut.
    * vender más barato = undercut.
    * venderse más que = outsell.
    * venta a un precio más barato = undercutting.
    * y Dios sabe qué más = and Heaven knows what else.
    * y más adelante = and beyond.
    * y más allá = and beyond.
    * y mucho más = and much more.
    * y mucho(s) más = and more.
    * y poco más = and little more.
    * ¡y qué más da! = so what!.
    * y unos cuantos más = and a few others.
    * * *
    conjunción (liter) but
    * * *
    = extra, more, plus, topmost [top most].

    Ex: Each step of subdivision involves an extra character (see below).

    Ex: The command function 'MORE' is used to request the system to display more information, for instance to continue the alphabetical display of terms.
    Ex: All of these (except PREVIOUS and NEXT), plus some additional commands are also available from the Command Menu.
    Ex: A list of the topmost cited papers of the Proceedings is presented.
    * acercarse aun más = bring + closer together, come closer together, draw + closer together.
    * acercarse más aun = bring + closer together, come closer together, draw + closer together.
    * ahora más que nunca = now more than ever.
    * alcanzar cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights.
    * algo más = anything else.
    * algunos años más tarde = some years on.
    * a más largo plazo = longer-term.
    * a más..., más... = the + Comparativo..., the + Comparativo....
    * a más tardar = at the latest.
    * análisis más minucioso = closer examination.
    * aprender de la forma más difícil = learn + the hard way.
    * aún más = Verbo + further, even further, all the more, further, furthermore, beyond that, a fortiori.
    * bastante más = rather more.
    * cada vez más = ever-growing, ever-increasing, increasingly, more and more, progressively, ever more, mushrooming, ever greater, in increasing numbers, increasing.
    * cada vez más abultado = swelling.
    * cada vez más alto = constantly rising, steadily rising, steadily growing.
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * cada vez más estricto = tightening.
    * cada vez más extendido = spreading.
    * cada vez más fácil = ever easier.
    * cada vez más lejos = further and further.
    * cada vez más rápido = ever faster.
    * cada vez más tenue = fading.
    * cada vez más viejo = aging [ageing].
    * citado más arriba = above.
    * con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con más antigüedad = longest-serving.
    * con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con más frecuencia = most frequently.
    * con más razón aún = a fortiori.
    * con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].
    * con un filo más pronunciado = sharper-edged.
    * correr más deprisa que = outrun [out-run].
    * costumbre cada vez más frecuente = growing practice.
    * cuanto más = all the more so, all the more, a fortiori.
    * cuanto más..., más... = the + Comparativo..., the + Comparativo....
    * cuantos más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * cuya fecha se anunciará más adelante = at a time to be announced later.
    * cuya fecha se determinará más adelante = at a time to be determined later.
    * dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.
    * dar más de sí = go further.
    * dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.
    * darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.
    * decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
    * de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de la forma más difícil = the hard way.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way.
    * de lo más = very.
    * de lo más + Adjetivo = most + Adjetivo.
    * demandar cada vez más enérgicamente = build + pressure, build + pressure.
    * de más = extra, one too many.
    * de más arriba = topmost [top most].
    * desarrollar aun más = develop + further.
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista más general = in a broader sense.
    * de una manera más sencilla = in digestible form.
    * dicho más arriba, lo = foregoing, the.
    * distanciar aun más = widen + the gap between... and.
    * dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.
    * durante las horas de más calor = during the heat of the day.
    * durar más que = outlive.
    * el más = all-time.
    * el más adecuado = ideally suited.
    * el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.
    * el más allá = hereafter.
    * el más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.
    * el más leído = the most widely read.
    * el más recomendado = best of breed, the.
    * el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.
    * el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * enfrascado en lo más difícil = in at the deep end.
    * enfrascar a Alguien de lleno en lo más difícil = throw in + at the deep end, throw in + at the deep end.
    * enfrascarse en lo más difícil = swim in + the deep end, jump in at + the deep end.
    * en lo más mínimo = not in the least + Nombre Negativo.
    * en más de una ocasión = on more than one occasion, in more than one instance, in more than one occasion.
    * en más de un sentido = in more ways than one.
    * en su forma más básica = at its most basic.
    * en su nivel más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en su punto más álgido = at its height.
    * en su punto más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en tiempos más recientes = in more recent times.
    * en un futuro más o menos cercano = in the near future, in the near future.
    * en un período más o menos lejano = in the near future, in the near future.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * en un sentido más general = in a broader sense.
    * es más = more important, moreover.
    * examen más minucioso = closer examination.
    * examinar más detenidamente = look + closer, take + a closer look at, take + a close look.
    * examinar más minuciosamente = examine + in greater detail.
    * explicar un Tema con más detalle = expand upon/on + Tema.
    * forma de la curva estadística en su valor más alto = peak-shape.
    * ganar cada vez más importancia = go from + strength to strength.
    * gastar más de la cuenta = overspend.
    * gastarse más dinero = dig + deep.
    * haber todavía más = there + be + more to it than that.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.
    * hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.
    * hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.
    * hacer más estricto = tighten.
    * hacer más fuerte = toughen.
    * hacer más preciso = tightening up.
    * hacer más rico = add + richness to.
    * hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.
    * hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hacerse cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * hacerse más complejo = grow in + complexity, gain in + complexity.
    * hacerse más corto = grow + shorter.
    * hacerse más fuerte = gain in + strength, grow in + strength.
    * hacerse más inteligente = smarten up.
    * herir en lo más profundo = cut to + the heart of, cut to + the quick.
    * horario de apertura más amplio = extended hours.
    * incluso yendo más lejos = even farther afield.
    * invertir más dinero = dig + deep.
    * ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * ir más allá = go + one stage further.
    * ir más allá de = go beyond, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.
    * ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * ir más lejos = go + one stage further.
    * ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.
    * ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.
    * la parte más importante = the heart of.
    * ley del más fuerte, la = law of the jungle, the, survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * libro más vendido = bestseller [best seller/best-seller].
    * lista de más populares = chart.
    * lista de más vendidos = chart.
    * llegar más lejos = stretch + further.
    * llevar aún más lejos = carry + one step further.
    * llevar + Nombre + aún más lejos = take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther.
    * lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más destacado = highlights.
    * lo más detestado = pet hate.
    * lo más importante = most of all.
    * lo más interesante = highlights.
    * lo más mínimo = so much as.
    * lo más novedoso = the last word.
    * lo más odiado = pet hate.
    * lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más probable es que = most probably.
    * lo más recio de = brunt of, the.
    * lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.
    * lo que es más = what is more, what's more.
    * lo que es más importante = most importantly, most of all, more importantly, most important.
    * los más necesitados = those most in need.
    * más acomodados, los = better off, the.
    * más adelante = later, further along, later on, in due time, at a later date.
    * más afilado que una navaja = as sharp as a knife.
    * más afilado que un cuchillo = as sharp as a knife.
    * más alegre que unas castañuelas = as happy as Larry.
    * más alejado = further afield, furthest away.
    * más allá = further than, farther, yonder, beyond that.
    * más allá de = beyond, beyond all, past, beyond the range of.
    * más allá de cualquier duda = beyond any doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de eso = beyond that.
    * más allá de la obligación = beyond the call of duty.
    * más allá del deber = beyond the call of duty.
    * más allá de ninguna duda = beyond doubt, beyond doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de toda duda = beyond doubt, beyond any doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * más allá de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * más allá, el = afterlife [after-life], land of the dead, the.
    * más antiguo = longest-serving.
    * más antiguo, el = seniormost, the.
    * más anunciado = best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA].
    * más apreciado = long-cherished.
    * más aun = nay, beyond that, furthermore.
    * más bien = if you like, instead.
    * más bien bajo = shortish.
    * más bien corto = shortish.
    * más bien pequeño = smallish.
    * más bien todo lo contrario = quite the opposite, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * más borracho que una cuba = as drunk as a lord, as drunk as a newt, as drunk as a skunk.
    * más bueno que un pan = as good as gold.
    * más cerca de = more nearly.
    * más claro el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más claro que el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más complejo de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * más complicado de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * más común = mainstream.
    * más concretamente = more to the point.
    * más conocido = best known, best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA], mainstream.
    * más conocido como = better known as.
    * más contento que unas castañuela = as happy as Larry.
    * más contento que unas pascuas = as happy as Larry.
    * Posesivo + más cordial enhorabuena = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * más corto que las mangas de una chaleco = as daft as a brush.
    * más corto que las mangas de un chaleco = as thick as two (short) planks, as shy as shy can be, as thick as a brick, knucklehead.
    * más débil de la camada, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * más débil del grupo, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * más de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad, over + Cantidad, more than + Cantidad, upwards of + Cantidad.
    * más del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * más de la cuenta = one too many.
    * más de la mayoría de los + Nombre = more than most + Nombre.
    * más de lo mismo = more of the same.
    * más demandado = most demanded.
    * más dentro = further into.
    * más destacado = foremost.
    * más de una vez = more than once.
    * más de un ISBN = more than one ISBN.
    * más de un millón = million-plus.
    * más de unos cuantos + Nombre = not a few + Nombre.
    * más difundido = best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA].
    * más duradero = longer-lasting.
    * más duro que la suela de un zapato = as tough as leather, as tough as nails, as tough as nuts, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.
    * más duro que una piedra = as tough as nuts, as tough as nails, as tough as leather, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.
    * más exactamente = more nearly.
    * más fácil de entender para nosotros = closer to home.
    * más frío que el mármol = as cold as ice.
    * más frío que la nieve = as cold as ice.
    * más frío que un témpano (de hielo) = as cold as ice.
    * más fuerte que un roble = as strong as an ox.
    * más fuerte que un toro = as strong as an ox.
    * más granado de la sociedad, lo = cream of society, the.
    * más grande = greater.
    * más hambre que el perro de un ciego = as hungry as a wolf, as hungry as a bear, as hungry as a hunter.
    * más hambre que un maestro de escuela = as hungry as a wolf, as hungry as a bear, as hungry as a hunter.
    * más importante = foremost.
    * más importante aun = more significantly.
    * más información = further information, further details.
    * más íntimo = innermost.
    * más largo que un día sin pan = as long as (my/your) arm.
    * más lejos = further afield, further away, furthest away.
    * más meridional = southernmost.
    * más necesitado = most in need.
    * más occidental = westernmost.
    * más o menos = more or less, of a sort, or so, of sorts, after a fashion, round about, roughly speaking, give or take, ballpark.
    * más o menos + Adverbio = relatively + Adverbio.
    * más o menos cuadrado = squarish.
    * más perdedor = losingest.
    * más perenne = longer-lasting.
    * más permanente = longer-lasting.
    * más prestigioso = top-rated, top-ranked.
    * más profundo = innermost.
    * más que = more... than..., rather than.
    * más que antes = more than ever, more... than ever before, more than ever before.
    * más que la suma de sus partes = Comparativo + than the sum of its parts.
    * más quemado que la pipa (de) un indio = completely burned-out, totally burned-out.
    * más que muerto = dead and buried.
    * más que nada = more than anything else.
    * más que ninguna otra cosa = beyond all else.
    * más que nunca = more than ever before, more than ever.
    * más que nunca antes = more... than ever before, more than ever before, more than ever.
    * más que todo lo demás = beyond all else.
    * más que todos nosotros juntos = more than all of us put together.
    * más recientemente = in more recent times, more recently.
    * más recóndito = innermost.
    * más secreto = innermost.
    * más septentrional = northernmost.
    * Posesivo + más sinceras felicitaciones = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * más sincero + Nombre = deeply felt + Nombre.
    * más sordo que una tapia = as deaf as a post.
    * más suave que el terciopelo = as soft as velvet.
    * más suave que la seda = as soft as silk.
    * más tarde = later on.
    * más tarde o más temprano = sooner or later, at one time or another.
    * más todavía = all the more so.
    * más usado = most heavily used.
    * más vale malo conocido que bueno por conocer = better the devil you know (than the devil you don't).
    * más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando = a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.
    * más vale prevenir que curar = a stitch in time saves nine, better (to be) safe than sorry.
    * más vale que + Subjuntivo = might + as well + Verbo.
    * más vale tarde que nunca = better late than never.
    * más valorado = highly valued.
    * más vendido = best selling [bestselling/best-selling], top-selling.
    * más veterano, el = seniormost, the.
    * más viejo que Matusalén = as old as Methuselah, as old as the hills, as old as the hills.
    * más votado = top-rated, top-ranked.
    * materia más general = broader subject.
    * menos blandeces y más mano dura = less of the carrot, more of the stick.
    * meter a Alguien de lleno en lo más difícil = throw in + at the deep end, throw in + at the deep end.
    * meterse de lleno en lo más difícil = swim in + the deep end, jump in at + the deep end.
    * metido en lo más difícil = in at the deep end.
    * mientras más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * mirada más de cerca = closer look.
    * miseria más absoluta = abject poverty.
    * muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.
    * muchísimo más = a whole lot more, an awful lot more.
    * muchísimo más + Adjetivo = infinitely + Adjetivo.
    * mucho más = order of magnitude, much more, much more so, a lot more, lots more.
    * mucho más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo.
    * mucho más + Adverbio = far more + Adverbio/Adjetivo.
    * mucho más cerca = far closer.
    * mucho más de = well over + Expresión Numérica.
    * mucho más rápido = far faster.
    * muchos más = a great many more.
    * nada + estar + más apartado de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth, nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la verdad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada más = anything else, nothing else.
    * nada más y nada menos = as much as + Expresión Numérica.
    * nada más y nada menos que = in the order of + Cantidad, nothing less than.
    * nada más y nada menos que de = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * nada más y nada menos que desde + Expresión Temporal = from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    * nada más y nada menos que + Número = as many as + Número.
    * nada puede estar más alejado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * nadie más = nobody else.
    * ni más ni menos = nothing more, nothing less, no more, no less.
    * no aguantar más = have had enough.
    * no dar más de sí = stretch + Nombre + to the limit, overstretch.
    * no hacer más que = do + no more than.
    * no importar lo más mínimo = could not care less.
    * no más que = in any more than.
    * Nombre + más o menos = Nombre + of sorts.
    * no poder hacer más que = do + little more than.
    * no saber qué más hacer = be at + Posesivo + wit's end.
    * no ser lo más adecuado para = ill suited to/for.
    * no ser más que = be nothing more than, be nothing but.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.
    * Número + de más = Número + too many.
    * Número + veces más = Número + times as many.
    * Número + veces más de = Número + times the number of.
    * nunca más = never again.
    * observar con más detalle = closer look.
    * optar por la solución más fácil = take + the easy way out.
    * otro + Nombre + más = further + Nombre, yet another + Nombre.
    * pagando un poco más = at additional cost.
    * pagar más de lo que se debería = overpay.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para hacer más fácil = for ease of.
    * para más información = for further details.
    * para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * poco más = little else.
    * poner más fuerte = crank up.
    * ¡por lo más quieras! = Not on your life!.
    * por más que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * Posesivo + más cordial enhorabuena = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * Posesivo + más sinceras felicitaciones = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * precio de coste más margen de beneficios = cost-plus pricing.
    * presupuesto cada vez más pequeño = shrinking budget.
    * pruebas cada vez más concluyentes = mounting evidence.
    * quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.
    * qué más = what else.
    * que no da más de sí = overstretched.
    * ¿quién más...? = who else...?.
    * rechazar sin más = dismiss + out of hand.
    * redondear al número entero más cercano = round up to + the nearest whole number.
    * requerir más destreza = be more of an art.
    * sacar más partido = get + more for + Posesivo + money.
    * sentir más ganas de hacer Algo = grow in + appetite.
    * sentirse más seguro de = gain + confidence (with/in).
    * separar aun más = widen + the gap between... and.
    * ser aun más = be all the more.
    * ser cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * ser el punto más débil de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser el punto más flaco de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser lo más parecido a = be as close as we come to.
    * ser lo que a Uno más le gusta = be + Posesivo + big scene.
    * ser más interno = inner being.
    * ser más un + Nombre = be more of a + Nombre.
    * ser mucho más = be all the more.
    * ser nada más y nada menos que = be nothing less than.
    * siempre querer más = enough + be + not/never + enough.
    * signo más (+) = addition sign (+), plus sign (+).
    * sin la más mínima duda = without the shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin más = out of hand, unceremoniously, unceremonious.
    * sin más dilación = without (any) further ado, without (any) more ado, without warning.
    * sin más ni más = unceremoniously, unceremonious, for the love of it, without much ado.
    * sin más preámbulos = without (any) further ado, without (any) more ado.
    * sino más bien = rather.
    * sino (que) más bien = but rather.
    * supervivencia del más fuerte = survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * tarifa especial más barata = discount charge.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * término más específico = narrower term.
    * todavía más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo.
    * tratar con más detalle = discuss + in greater detail.
    * una imagen vale más que mil palabras = a picture is worth more than ten thousand words.
    * una pieza más en la organización = a cog in the wheel.
    * una vez más = again, yet again.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más + Adjetivo = not the least + Adjetivo + Nombre, not the least of the + Adjetivo + Nombre.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importante = not the least + Nombre, not the least of + Nombre.
    * uno de mas = one too many.
    * uno más = one of equals.
    * uno más de tantos en la organización = a cog in the machine.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.
    * vender a un precio más barato que = undercut.
    * vender más barato = undercut.
    * venderse más que = outsell.
    * venta a un precio más barato = undercutting.
    * y Dios sabe qué más = and Heaven knows what else.
    * y más adelante = and beyond.
    * y más allá = and beyond.
    * y mucho más = and much more.
    * y mucho(s) más = and more.
    * y poco más = and little more.
    * ¡y qué más da! = so what!.
    * y unos cuantos más = and a few others.

    * * *
    /mas/
    A (en Col) = Muerte a Secuestradores
    B (en Ven) = Movimiento al Socialismo
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    mas    
    más
    mas conjunción (liter) but
    más adverbio
    1

    ◊ ¿tiene algo más barato/moderno? do you have anything cheaper/more modern;

    duran más they last longer;
    me gusta más sin azúcar I prefer it without sugar;
    ahora la vemos más we see more of her now;
    tendrás que estudiar más you'll have to study harder;
    más lejos/atrás further away/back;
    el más allá the other world;
    más que nunca more than ever;
    me gusta más el vino seco que el dulce I prefer dry wine to sweet, I like dry wine better than sweet;
    pesa más de lo que parece it's heavier than it looks;
    es más complicado de lo que tú crees it's more complicated than you think;
    eran más de las cinco it was after five o'clock;
    más de 30 more than 30, over 30

    2 ( superlativo):
    ◊ la más bonita/la más inteligente the prettiest/the most intelligent;

    el que más sabe the one who knows most;
    el que más me gusta the one I like best;
    estuvo de lo más divertido it was great fun
    3 ( en frases negativas):

    nadie más que ella nobody but her;
    no tengo más que esto this is all I have;
    no tuve más remedio I had no alternative;
    no juego más I'm not playing any more;
    nunca más never again
    4 ( con valor ponderativo):
    ◊ ¡cantó más bien…! she sang so well!;

    ¡qué cosa más rara! how strange!
    ■ adjetivo invariable
    1 ( comparativo) more;

    una vez más once more;
    ni un minuto más not a minute longer;
    hoy hace más calor it's warmer today;
    son más que nosotros there are more of them than us
    2 ( superlativo) most;

    las más de las veces more often than not
    3 ( con valor ponderativo):
    ◊ ¡me da más rabia …! it makes me so mad!;

    ¡tiene más amigos …! he has so many friends!
    4
    ◊ ¿qué más? what else?;

    nada/nadie más nothing/nobody else;
    algo/alguien más something/somebody else;
    ¿quién más vino? who else came?;
    ¿algo más? — nada más gracias anything else? — no, that's all, thank you
    ■ pronombre
    1 more;
    ◊ ¿te sirvo más? would you like some more?

    2 ( en locs)

    a más no poder: corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast o hard as we could;
    a más tardar at the latest;
    cuanto más at the most;
    de más: ¿tienes un lápiz de más? do you have a spare pencil?;
    me dio cinco dólares de más he gave me five dollars too much;
    no está de más repetirlo there's no harm in repeating it;
    es más in fact;
    más bien ( un poco) rather;
    más o menos ( aproximadamente) more or less;

    ( no muy bien) so-so;

    no más See Also→ nomás;
    por más: por más que llores however much you cry;
    por más que trataba however hard he tried;
    ¿qué más da? what does it matter?;
    sin más (ni más) just like that
    ■ preposición
    a) (Mat) ( en sumas) plus;

    ◊ 8+7 =15 (read as: ocho más siete (es) igual (a) quince) eight plus seven equals fifteen


    ◊ mil pesos, más los gastos a thousand pesos, plus expenses

    ■ sustantivo masculino
    plus sign
    mas conj frml but: sé que es difícil, mas no debes darte por vencido, I know it's hard, but you musn't give up
    más
    I adverbio & pron
    1 (aumento) more: necesito comprar más, I need to buy more
    me duele cada día más, it hurts more and more
    parte dos trozos más, cut two more pieces
    tendría que ser más barato, it should be cheaper
    asistieron más de cien personas, more than a hundred people attended
    (con pronombre interrogativo) else: ¿alguien más quiere repetir?, would anybody else like a second helping?
    (con pronombre indefinido) añádele algo más, add something else
    no sé nada más, I don't know anything else
    2 (comparación) more: es más complicado que el primero, it's more complicated than the first one
    eres más guapa que ella, you are prettier than her
    3 (superlativo) most: ella es la más divertida, she's the funniest
    lo más extraño del mundo, the strangest thing in the world
    4 (otra vez) no me llames más, que estoy trabajando, don't call me again, I'm busy
    no volví a verlo más, I never saw him again
    5 (sobre todo) debiste llamar, y más sabiendo que estoy sola, you should have phoned me, especially knowing I'm alone
    6 (otro) no tengo más cuchillo que éste, I have no other knife but this one
    7 exclamación so..., such a..., what a...!
    ¡está más pesado!, he's such a pain!
    ¡qué cosa más fea!, what an ugly thing!
    II prep Mat plus
    dos más dos, two plus o and two ➣ Ver nota en sumar
    ♦ Locuciones: de más, (de sobra): su comentario estuvo de más, his remark was unnecessary
    ¿tienes unas medias de más?, do you have a spare pair of tights?
    más bien, rather
    más o menos, more or less
    por más que, (aunque): por más que lo leo no logro entenderlo, no matter how many times I read it, I can't understand it
    sin más (ni más), just like that
    todo lo más, at most
    Ten cuidado con las frases hechas del tipo más borracho que una cuba o más bueno que el pan. Se traducen empleando as... as...: as drunk as a lord o as good as gold.
    ' más' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abundar
    - acá
    - actualidad
    - adelante
    - adentro
    - aguantar
    - alargarse
    - algo
    - allá
    - alquilar
    - alta
    - alto
    - amarre
    - ámbito
    - amortizar
    - ampliar
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - antes
    - aparecer
    - arriba
    - arrimarse
    - aunque
    - avivar
    - baja
    - bajo
    - bastante
    - bien
    - bilis
    - bravucón
    - bravucona
    - bufido
    - cada
    - cargar
    - cerca
    - cerrarse
    - ciudad
    - colmo
    - comodidad
    - consolidar
    - consolidarse
    - construcción
    - contaminante
    - contestón
    - contestona
    - contraria
    - contrario
    - córcholis
    English:
    A
    - aboard
    - about
    - above
    - acceptable
    - accomplished
    - ado
    - adopt
    - advanced
    - advantage
    - advocate
    - afterwards
    - again
    - agree
    - agreeable
    - airport
    - all
    - along
    - aloud
    - alternative
    - always
    - ample
    - amplify
    - another
    - anticipate
    - antsy
    - anything
    - appropriate
    - arguable
    - art form
    - as
    - ask
    - awe-inspiring
    - barrel
    - basic
    - bat
    - become
    - begin
    - below
    - besides
    - best
    - better
    - beyond
    - big
    - bird
    - bit
    - bite
    - blue
    - bookshelf
    - boot
    * * *
    MAS [mas] nm (abrev de Movimiento al Socialismo)
    = left-wing political party in Argentina and Venezuela
    * * *
    conj but
    * * *
    mas conj
    pero: but
    más adv
    1) : more
    ¿hay algo más grande?: is there anything bigger?
    2) : most
    Luis es el más alto: Luis is the tallest
    3) : longer
    el sabor dura más: the flavor lasts longer
    4) : rather
    más querría andar: I would rather walk
    5)
    a mas : besides, in addition
    6)
    más allá : further
    7)
    qué... más... : what..., what a...
    ¡qué día más bonito!: what a beautiful day!
    más adj
    1) : more
    dáme dos kilos más: give me two more kilos
    2) : most
    la que ganó más dinero: the one who earned the most money
    3) : else
    ¿quién más quiere vino?: who else wants wine?
    más n
    : plus sign
    más prep
    : plus
    tres más dos es igual a cinco: three plus two equals five
    más pron
    1) : more
    ¿tienes más?: do you have more?
    2)
    a lo más : at most
    3)
    de mas : extra, excess
    4)
    más o menos : more or less, approximately
    5)
    por más que : no matter how much
    por más que corras no llegarás a tiempo: no matter how fast you run you won't arrive on time
    * * *
    más1 adv
    ¿quieres más arroz? do you want some more rice?
    ¿quién tiene más caramelos? who's got the most sweets?
    3. (con números, cantidades) more / over
    ¿quieres algo más? do you want anything else?
    ¿quién más estaba? who else was there?
    ¿nadie más? no one else?
    ¡qué casa más bonita! what a pretty house!
    ¡está más guapa! she's ever so pretty!
    de más (de sobra) spare / extra (demasiado) too much / too many
    más2 conj plus

    Spanish-English dictionary > más

  • 17 besser

    I Komp. gut; wohl 2
    II Adj.
    1. better; ein besseres Geschäft etc. (gutes) an upmarket shop etc., Am. an upscale store etc.; ein besserer Stoff a better ( oder superior) material; besser werden improve, get better; hoffentlich ist das Wetter zum Wochenende besser I hope the weather will be better at the weekend; er ist besser dran als ich he’s better off than me; es wäre besser, wenn sie das nicht wüsste it would be better if she did not know this ( oder for her not to know this); besser ist besser just to be on the safe side; es wurde noch besser iro. that wasn’t all, it gets better; das wäre ja noch besser! iro. you must be joking!; um so oder desto besser so much the better, that’s even better; besser als gar nichts better than nothing(, I suppose); Hälfte
    2. subst.: das Bessere ist des Guten Feind Sprichw. the search for something better leads to the neglect of what is good; jemanden eines Besseren belehren put s.o. right, weitS. open s.o.’s eyes; sich eines Besseren besinnen change one’s mind, think better of s.th.; ich habe Besseres zu tun I’ve got better ( oder more important) things to do; eine Wende zum Besseren a change for the better
    3. (sozial) höher gestellt: superior, better-class; in besseren Kreisen verkehren move in higher ( oder more elevated) circles; die besseren Leute superior ( oder better-class) people; eine Wohngegend für bessere Leute a residential area for a better class of people ( oder for the well-to-do); eine bessere Gegend / Adresse a superior ( oder better-class oder respectable) area / address; in einem besseren Restaurant essen eat in a better ( oder upmarket, Am. upscale) restaurant; ich suche ein Zimmer in einem besseren Hotel I’m looking for a room in a better-class hotel; etwas Besseres something better; sie meint, sie sei etwas Besseres she thinks she’s superior
    4. pej.: eine bessere Tippse etc. a glorified typist etc.
    III Adv.
    1. better; es besser wissen know better; es besser machen als jemand do better than s.o., go one up on s.o.; ich hoffe, du hast es mal besser I hope things will start looking up for you; bes. finanziell: I hope you’ll be better off; es geht ihm heute besser he’s feeling better today; wenn es dir wieder besser geht, darfst du nach Hause when you feel better ( oder have recovered) you can go home; es geht ( wirtschaftlich etc.) besser things are looking up; du kannst es besser als er you’re better at it than him ( oder he is); sich besser stellen better o.s., improve one’s (financial) position; durch den Berufswechsel stellt er sich besser he will be better off with his change of career; besser gestellt finanziell etc.: better-off; die besser Gestellten Bessergestellte; besser verdienen earn more; die besser Verdienenden Besserverdienende; du tätest besser daran zu gehen it would be better if you went; einen Mantel etc. nur für besser tragen wear a coat etc. only for best; besser gesagt or rather
    2. (lieber) gehen wir besser, wir sollten besser gehen I think we should go, I think ( oder perhaps) we’d better go; möchtest du noch ein Glas?- besser nicht I’d better not; Ruf 4
    * * *
    better (Adv.); better (Adj.); superior (Adj.)
    * * *
    bẹs|ser ['bɛsɐ]
    1. adj comp von gut

    bessere Kreise/Gegend — better circles/area

    er hat bessere Tage or Zeiten gesehen (iro) — he has seen better days

    du willst wohl etwas Besseres sein! (inf) — I suppose you think you're better than other people, I suppose you think yourself superior

    besser werden — to improve, to get better

    das wäre noch besser (iro) — no way

    eine Wendung zum Besseren nehmen — to take a turn for the better

    jdn eines Besseren belehren — to teach sb otherwise or better

    See:
    2)
    2. adv comp von gut, wohl

    besser ist besser — (it is) better to be on the safe side

    umso besser! (inf) — so much the better!

    besser (gesagt) — or rather, or better

    das macht nichts besser — that doesn't improve matters, that doesn't make things any (the) better

    2)

    (= lieber) lass das besser bleiben — you had better leave well alone

    du tätest besser daran... — you would do better to..., you had better...

    * * *
    1) (good to a greater extent: His new car is better than his old one.) better
    2) (preferable: Better to do it now than later.) better
    3) (well to a greater extent: He sings better now than he did before.) better
    * * *
    bes·ser
    [ˈbɛsɐ]
    I. adj komp von gut
    1. (höher) better
    \besseres Gehalt higher wages, better pay
    \bessere Qualität superior quality
    ▪ etwas B\besseres something better
    nichts B\besseres nothing better
    Sie finden nichts B\besseres! you won't find anything better!
    es gibt auf dem Markt nichts B\besseres it's the best on the market
    ▪ \besser sein to be better
    etw könnte \besser sein sth could be better, sth has room for improvement
    nicht \besser als... no better than...
    ▪ [es ist] \besser, [wenn]... it would be better if...
    \besser, man sieht uns nicht zusammen it would be better if nobody saw us together
    ▪ etw wird \besser [o mit etw dat wird es \besser] sth is getting better [or improving
    2. (sozial höhergestellt) more respectable, better-off, genteel iron
    3. (iron fam: kaum mehr als)
    ▪ etw ist ein \besserer/ \besseres/eine \bessere... sth is just a bit better than... [or a better sort of]
    das nennen Sie anständige Wohnung? das ist doch allenfalls eine \bessere Bruchbude! you call that a decent flat? it's just a slightly upmarket garden shed!
    4.
    ▶ jdn eines B\besseren belehren to put sb right, to enlighten sb
    ich lasse mich gern[e] eines B\besseren belehren I'm willing to admit I'm wrong
    ▶ sich akk eines B \besseren besinnen to think better of sth
    ▶ B\besseres zu tun haben to have other things to do [or prov fish to fry]
    als ob ich nichts B\besseres zu tun hätte! as if I had nothing better to do!; s.a. Wendung
    II. adv komp von gut, wohl
    1. (nicht mehr schlecht)
    es geht jdm \besser MED sb is [or feels] better, sb is recovering
    es geht [etw dat] \besser ÖKON sth is doing better [or recovering]
    es geht der Landwirtschaft noch nicht \besser the agricultural industry is still not doing well; \besser verdienen to get a better wage, to earn more
    2. (mehr als gut) better
    \besser verdienen to earn more
    3. (fam: lieber) better
    dem solltest du \besser aus dem Wege gehen! it would be better if you avoided him!, you would do better to keep out of his way!
    lass \besser mich ran! let me have a go!
    soll ich ihm von unserem Gespräch berichten? — nein, das lassen Sie \besser bleiben! shall I tell him about our conversation? — no, it would be better not to!
    4.
    ▶ \besser [gesagt] (richtiger) rather, properly speaking form
    ▶ es \besser haben to be [a lot] better off
    ▶ es [mit jdm] \besser haben to be better off [with sb]
    ▶ \besser ist \besser [it's] best to be on the safe side [or prov better [to be] safe than sorry]
    ▶ es kommt noch \besser (iron fam) you haven't heard the half of it! fam
    ▶ jd täte \besser daran... sb would do better to...
    ▶ jd will es [o alles] [immer] \besser wissen sb [always] knows better
    ▶ umso \besser! (fam) all the better!
    * * *
    1.

    besser werden — get better; <work etc.> improve

    um so besser — so much the better; all the better; that wasn't the best of it (iron.)

    jemanden eines Besseren belehren — (geh.) put somebody right; s. auch besinnen 1)

    2) (sozial höher gestellt) superior; upper-class

    bessere od. die besseren Kreise — more elevated circles

    eine bessere Gegend/Adresse — a smart[er] or [more] respectable area/address

    3) (abwertend) glorified
    2.
    adverbial better

    [immer] alles besser wissen — always know better

    es besser haben — be better off; (es leichter haben) have an easier time of it

    es kommt noch besser — (iron.) it gets even better (iron.)

    besser gesagt — to be [more] precise

    er täte besser daran, zu... — he would do better to...

    3.
    Adverb (lieber)

    das lässt du besser sein od. (ugs.) bleiben — you'd better not do that

    * * *
    A. komp → gut; wohl2
    B. adj
    1. better;
    ein besseres Geschäft etc (gutes) an upmarket shop etc, US an upscale store etc;
    ein besserer Stoff a better ( oder superior) material;
    besser werden improve, get better;
    hoffentlich ist das Wetter zum Wochenende besser I hope the weather will be better at the weekend;
    er ist besser dran als ich he’s better off than me;
    es wäre besser, wenn sie das nicht wüsste it would be better if she did not know this ( oder for her not to know this);
    besser ist besser just to be on the safe side;
    es wurde noch besser iron that wasn’t all, it gets better;
    das wäre ja noch besser! iron you must be joking!;
    desto besser so much the better, that’s even better;
    besser als gar nichts better than nothing(, I suppose); → Hälfte
    2. subst:
    das Bessere ist des Guten Feind sprichw the search for something better leads to the neglect of what is good;
    jemanden eines Besseren belehren put sb right, weitS. open sb’s eyes;
    sich eines Besseren besinnen change one’s mind, think better of sth;
    ich habe Besseres zu tun I’ve got better ( oder more important) things to do;
    eine Wende zum Besseren a change for the better
    3. (sozial) höher gestellt: superior, better-class;
    in besseren Kreisen verkehren move in higher ( oder more elevated) circles;
    die besseren Leute superior ( oder better-class) people;
    eine Wohngegend für bessere Leute a residential area for a better class of people ( oder for the well-to-do);
    eine bessere Gegend/Adresse a superior ( oder better-class oder respectable) area/address;
    in einem besseren Restaurant essen eat in a better ( oder upmarket, US upscale) restaurant;
    ich suche ein Zimmer in einem besseren Hotel I’m looking for a room in a better-class hotel;
    etwas Besseres something better;
    sie meint, sie sei etwas Besseres she thinks she’s superior
    4. pej:
    eine bessere Tippse etc a glorified typist etc
    C. adv
    1. better;
    es besser wissen know better;
    es besser machen als jemand do better than sb, go one up on sb;
    ich hoffe, du hast es mal besser I hope things will start looking up for you; besonders finanziell: I hope you’ll be better off;
    es geht ihm heute besser he’s feeling better today;
    wenn es dir wieder besser geht, darfst du nach Hause when you feel better ( oder have recovered) you can go home;
    besser things are looking up;
    du kannst es besser als er you’re better at it than him ( oder he is);
    sich besser stellen better o.s., improve one’s (financial) position;
    durch den Berufswechsel stellt er sich besser he will be better off with his change of career;
    besser gestellt finanziell etc: better-off;
    besser verdienen earn more;
    du tätest besser daran zu gehen it would be better if you went;
    nur für besser tragen wear a coat etc only for best;
    besser gesagt or rather
    gehen wir besser, wir sollten besser gehen I think we should go, I think ( oder perhaps) we’d better go;
    möchtest du noch ein Glas?-
    besser nicht I’d better not; → Ruf 4
    * * *
    1.

    besser werden — get better; <work etc.> improve

    um so besser — so much the better; all the better; that wasn't the best of it (iron.)

    jemanden eines Besseren belehren — (geh.) put somebody right; s. auch besinnen 1)

    2) (sozial höher gestellt) superior; upper-class

    bessere od. die besseren Kreise — more elevated circles

    eine bessere Gegend/Adresse — a smart[er] or [more] respectable area/address

    3) (abwertend) glorified
    2.
    adverbial better

    [immer] alles besser wissen — always know better

    es besser haben — be better off; (es leichter haben) have an easier time of it

    es kommt noch besser — (iron.) it gets even better (iron.)

    besser gesagt — to be [more] precise

    er täte besser daran, zu... — he would do better to...

    3.
    Adverb (lieber)

    das lässt du besser sein od. (ugs.) bleiben — you'd better not do that

    * * *
    adj.
    better adj. adv.
    superiorly adv.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > besser

  • 18 mismo

    adj.
    same, selfsame, self-same, very same.
    adv.
    himself, per se, as such, in itself.
    El hombre mismo The man himself. El mismo hombre = The same man.
    * * *
    1 same
    1 same
    \
    yo (ti, etc) mismo,-a myself (yourself, etc)
    ■ con el sr. Suárez por favor --yo mismo may I speak to Mr Suárez please? --speaking
    es lo mismo (la misma cosa) it amounts to the same thing 2 (no importa) it doesn't matter
    lo mismo da it doen't matter
    o lo que es lo mismo that is to say
    ¡por eso mismo! precisely
    volver a las mismas / estar en las mismas to be back at square one
    ————————
    1 same
    * * *
    (f. - misma)
    adj.
    1) same
    2) very
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (=igual) same

    respondieron al mismo tiempo — they answered together, they answered at the same time

    • el mismo... que — the same... as

    2) [reflexivo]
    valerse 2)
    3) [enfático]
    a) [relativo a personas]

    yo mismo lo vi — I saw it myself, I saw it with my own eyes

    -¿quién responde? -a ver, tú mismo — "who's going to answer?" - "well, why don't you answer yourself!"

    b) [relativo a cosas]

    -¿cuál quieres? -ese mismo — "which one do you want?" - "that one there"

    -¡es un canalla! -eso mismo pienso yo — "he's a swine!" - "my thoughts exactly"

    en todos los países europeos, España misma incluida — in all European countries, including Spain itself

    Ana es la generosidad misma — Ana is generosity itself, Ana is the epitome of generosity

    • en ese mismo momento — at that very moment

    • por eso mismo, era pobre y por eso mismo su ascenso tiene más mérito — he was poor and for that very reason his promotion is all the more commendable

    4) [como pronombre]

    -¿y qué edad tienes tú? -la misma que él — "and how old are you?" - "I'm the same age as him"

    -¿es usted la señorita Sánchez? -¡la misma! — "are you Miss Sánchez?" - "I am indeed!"

    5)

    • lo mismo —

    a) (=la misma cosa) the same (thing)

    ¡hombre, no es lo mismo! — it's not the same (thing) at all!

    - son unos canallas -lo mismo digo yo — "they're swine" - "that's (exactly) what I say"

    -¡enhorabuena! -lo mismo digo — "congratulations!" - "likewise" o "the same to you"

    - eres un sinvergüenza -lo mismo te digo — "you're completely shameless" - "you too" o "so are you"

    -¿qué desea de beber? -lo mismo (de antes), por favor — "what would you like to drink?" - "(the) same again, please"

    cuando le interese a él, o lo que es lo mismo, nunca — when it suits him, in other words never

    • por lo mismo, no es inteligente y por lo mismo tiene que estudiar el doble — he's not clever, which is exactly why he has to study twice as hard

    • lo mismo que, le dijo lo mismo que yo — she told him the same thing o the same as she told me

    b)

    • dar lo mismo, da lo mismo — it's all the same, it makes no difference

    me da lo mismo, lo mismo me da — I don't mind, it's all the same to me

    c) * (=a lo mejor)

    no lo sé todavía, pero lo mismo voy — I don't know yet, but I may well come

    pídeselo, lo mismo te lo presta — ask him for it; you never know, he may lend it to you

    d)

    • lo mismo que (=al igual que) —

    en Europa, lo mismo que en América — in Europe, (just) as in America

    lo mismo que usted es médico yo soy ingeniero — just as you are a doctor, so I am an engineer

    suspendí el examen, lo mismo que Íñigo — I failed the exam, just like Íñigo

    yo, lo mismo que mi padre, odio el baloncesto — I hate basketball, just like my father

    e)

    • lo mismo... que (=tanto... como) —

    aquí lo mismo te venden una vajilla que una bicicleta — they'll sell you anything here, from a dinner service to a bicycle

    2.
    ADV [enfático]

    • ahora mismo — (=inmediatamente) right away o now; (=hace un momento) just now

    ahora mismo acabo de hablar con él — I've just been talking to him, I was talking to him only a moment ago

    • aquí mismo, -¿dónde lo pongo? -aquí mismo — "where shall I put it?" - "right here"

    • así mismo, -¿cómo quieres el filete? -así mismo está bien — "how would you like your steak?" - "it's fine as it is"

    • ayer mismo — only yesterday

    • hoy mismo, he llegado hoy mismo — I just arrived today

    • mañana mismo, llegará mañana mismo — he's arriving tomorrow, no less

    * * *
    I
    - ma adjetivo
    1)
    b) (como pron) same

    ¿usted es Pedro Lecue? - el mismo — are you Pedro Lecue? - I am indeed o that's right

    en las mismas: no ha llegado, así que seguimos en las mismas it hasn't arrived so we're no further on; si vienes tú pero falta él, estamos en las mismas — if you come but he doesn't turn up, then we're no better off

    a) (refiriéndose a lugares, momentos, cosas)

    eso mismo pienso yo — that's exactly o just what I think

    3)

    lo mismo para mí — the same for me, please

    dar lo mismo: me da lo mismo si lo rompe I don't care if he breaks it; le da lo mismo con o sin azúcar he doesn't mind with or without sugar; da lo mismo quién lo haga — it doesn't matter o it makes no difference who does it

    4)

    lo mismo — (como adv)

    te ve por la calle y lo mismo no te saluda — you can meet him in the street and sometimes he doesn't even say hello to you

    ¿pregúntaselo? lo mismo dice que sí — ask him, he might (well) o may (well) say yes

    lo mismo puedes conseguir caramelos que una botella de whisky — you can get anything, from sweets to a bottle of whiskey

    b) (RPl fam) ( de todos modos) just o all the same, anyway
    5)

    nuestra empresa, lo mismo que tantas otras — our company, like so many others

    6)
    a) (como pron) (frml)
    b) (como pron relativo) (Méx frml)

    agradecemos su donativo, mismo que fue aplicado a la compra de medicamentos — we thank you for your donation, which has been used to buy medicines

    II

    aquí/ahora mismo — right here/now

    * * *
    = identical, same, equal.
    Ex. The DISPLAY command is identical to the TYPE command except when using a format which includes only a few lines per record.
    Ex. The command function 'SAVE' is used to save a search formulation for later use on the same or another data base on the same system.
    Ex. Collection development should ideally involve de-acquisitions as an on-going program of equal importance.
    ----
    * admitido por Uno mismo = self-professed.
    * ahora mismo = right now, just now.
    * a la misma altura que = in the same league as.
    * allí mismo = on the spot, there and then.
    * al mismo nivel de = flush with.
    * al mismo nivel que = on a par with, in the same league as.
    * al mismo tiempo = at once, at the same time, concurrently, in the process, simultaneously, at one and the same time, contemporaneously, at the same instant, in parallel, concomitantly, at the one time, all the while.
    * al mismo tiempo que = in parallel to/with, while, as the same time as, cum, in conjunction with.
    * al mismo tiempo que + Indicativo = whilst + Gerundio.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * apuntar a la misma conclusión = point to + the same conclusion.
    * aquí mismo = right here.
    * a ti mismo = yourself, thyself.
    * a usted mismo = thyself.
    * bajo un mismo techo = under one roof.
    * brillar por Uno mismo = shine on + Posesivo + own.
    * concepto de uno mismo = self-image.
    * conciencia de sí mismo = self-awareness.
    * conciencia de uno mismo = self-awareness.
    * con confianza en uno mismo = self-confident.
    * con el mismo = therewith.
    * con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....
    * con el mismo planteamiento que = on the same lines as.
    * confianza en uno mismo = self-belief.
    * conócete a ti mismo = know + thyself.
    * consciente de uno mismo = self-conscious.
    * cuestionario rellenado por uno mismo = self-administered questionnaire.
    * cuidado de uno mismo = self-caring, self-care.
    * definido por uno mismo = self-defined.
    * definir por uno mismo = self-define.
    * de la misma categoría que = in a class with.
    * de la misma forma que = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as), in much the same way as.
    * de la misma manera = by the same token.
    * de la misma manera (que) = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as).
    * del mismo calibre que = in a class with.
    * del mismo modo = exactly, in the same vein, by the same token.
    * del mismo modo que = as, in the form that, in the same way (as), in the same way that, just as, in the same manner (as), along the lines, after the fashion of, similar to, in common with.
    * del mismo + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.
    * del mismo sexo = same-sex.
    * del mismo tipo que las oficinas = office-type.
    * desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.
    * de una misma manera = in a similar fashion.
    * dirigido hacia uno mismo = self-oriented.
    * dirigido por uno mismo = self-directed.
    * ella misma = herself.
    * él mismo = himself.
    * el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).
    * el mismo número = as many.
    * encerrado en sí mismo = closeted.
    * en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).
    * en el mismo número de años = in as many years.
    * en el mismo orden que = in sync with.
    * en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.
    * en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en la misma época = contemporaneously.
    * en la misma habitación = ensuite.
    * en la misma línea de = in the vein of.
    * en la misma línea que = in line with.
    * en sí mismo = in itself, unto + Reflexivo, per se.
    * en sí mismos = in themselves.
    * escogido por uno mismo = self-chosen.
    * estar a la misma altura que = rank with.
    * estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.
    * estar en la misma categoría que = rank with.
    * estar en las mismas = be back to square one.
    * estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.
    * estar todos en el mismo barco = be all in the same boat.
    * evidente por sí mismo = self-evident.
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.
    * hablar por Uno mismo = speak for + Reflexivo.
    * hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.
    * hasta el mismo = right up to.
    * imagen de uno mismo = self-presentation.
    * intentar hacer Algo por uno mismo = try + Posesivo + own hand at.
    * justo de la misma manera que = in just the same way as.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.
    * lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.
    * lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.
    * lo mismo que antes = the same as before.
    * lo mismo que para = the same as that for.
    * lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * más de lo mismo = more of the same.
    * mí mismo = myself.
    * mismo, lo = same difference, the.
    * mismo tipo de = same range of.
    * no es lo mismo en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).
    * Nombre + mismo = very + Nombre.
    * nosotros mismos = ourselves.
    * orientado hacia uno mismo = self-oriented.
    * pasar a Alguien lo mismo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pensar del mismo modo = think + alike.
    * percepción de uno mismo = self-perception.
    * pero al mismo tiempo = but then again.
    * perseguir los mismos fines = work + on the same lines.
    * perseguir los mismos objetivos = work + on the same lines.
    * poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.
    * por + Pronombre + mismo = all by + Reflexivo, by + Reflexivo.
    * por sí mismo = for its/their own sake, in itself, itself, unto + Reflexivo.
    * por sí mismos = in themselves.
    * por uno mismo = on + Posesivo + own, for + Reflexivo.
    * presentación de uno mismo = self-presentation.
    * probar a hacer Algo por uno mismo = try + Posesivo + own hand at.
    * quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.
    * que lo hace uno mismo = do-it-yourself (DIY).
    * que se explica por sí mismo = self-explanatory [self explanatory/selfexplanatory].
    * reconocido por Uno mismo, admitido por Uno mismo = self-professed.
    * seguir lo mismo = remain + the same.
    * seguir siendo lo mismo = remain + the same.
    * seguridad en uno mismo = self-belief.
    * seguro de sí mismo = assured, self-assured, poised.
    * seguro de uno mismo = self-confident.
    * ser la representación misma de = be a picture of.
    * ser lo mismo = be one and the same.
    * ser un fin en sí mismos = be ends in themselves.
    * siempre lo mismo = the same old thing.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * todo al mismo tiempo = all at once.
    * tres goles en un mismo partido = hat trick.
    * una misma cosa = one and the same.
    * valerse de sí mismo = self-serve.
    * valérselas por uno mismo = negotiate + Posesivo + way, fly + solo.
    * valerse por sí mismo = self-serve.
    * ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).
    * y al mismo tiempo = and in the process, yet.
    * yo mismo = myself.
    * * *
    I
    - ma adjetivo
    1)
    b) (como pron) same

    ¿usted es Pedro Lecue? - el mismo — are you Pedro Lecue? - I am indeed o that's right

    en las mismas: no ha llegado, así que seguimos en las mismas it hasn't arrived so we're no further on; si vienes tú pero falta él, estamos en las mismas — if you come but he doesn't turn up, then we're no better off

    a) (refiriéndose a lugares, momentos, cosas)

    eso mismo pienso yo — that's exactly o just what I think

    3)

    lo mismo para mí — the same for me, please

    dar lo mismo: me da lo mismo si lo rompe I don't care if he breaks it; le da lo mismo con o sin azúcar he doesn't mind with or without sugar; da lo mismo quién lo haga — it doesn't matter o it makes no difference who does it

    4)

    lo mismo — (como adv)

    te ve por la calle y lo mismo no te saluda — you can meet him in the street and sometimes he doesn't even say hello to you

    ¿pregúntaselo? lo mismo dice que sí — ask him, he might (well) o may (well) say yes

    lo mismo puedes conseguir caramelos que una botella de whisky — you can get anything, from sweets to a bottle of whiskey

    b) (RPl fam) ( de todos modos) just o all the same, anyway
    5)

    nuestra empresa, lo mismo que tantas otras — our company, like so many others

    6)
    a) (como pron) (frml)
    b) (como pron relativo) (Méx frml)

    agradecemos su donativo, mismo que fue aplicado a la compra de medicamentos — we thank you for your donation, which has been used to buy medicines

    II

    aquí/ahora mismo — right here/now

    * * *
    = identical, same, equal.

    Ex: The DISPLAY command is identical to the TYPE command except when using a format which includes only a few lines per record.

    Ex: The command function 'SAVE' is used to save a search formulation for later use on the same or another data base on the same system.
    Ex: Collection development should ideally involve de-acquisitions as an on-going program of equal importance.
    * admitido por Uno mismo = self-professed.
    * ahora mismo = right now, just now.
    * a la misma altura que = in the same league as.
    * allí mismo = on the spot, there and then.
    * al mismo nivel de = flush with.
    * al mismo nivel que = on a par with, in the same league as.
    * al mismo tiempo = at once, at the same time, concurrently, in the process, simultaneously, at one and the same time, contemporaneously, at the same instant, in parallel, concomitantly, at the one time, all the while.
    * al mismo tiempo que = in parallel to/with, while, as the same time as, cum, in conjunction with.
    * al mismo tiempo que + Indicativo = whilst + Gerundio.
    * a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.
    * apuntar a la misma conclusión = point to + the same conclusion.
    * aquí mismo = right here.
    * a ti mismo = yourself, thyself.
    * a usted mismo = thyself.
    * bajo un mismo techo = under one roof.
    * brillar por Uno mismo = shine on + Posesivo + own.
    * concepto de uno mismo = self-image.
    * conciencia de sí mismo = self-awareness.
    * conciencia de uno mismo = self-awareness.
    * con confianza en uno mismo = self-confident.
    * con el mismo = therewith.
    * con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....
    * con el mismo planteamiento que = on the same lines as.
    * confianza en uno mismo = self-belief.
    * conócete a ti mismo = know + thyself.
    * consciente de uno mismo = self-conscious.
    * cuestionario rellenado por uno mismo = self-administered questionnaire.
    * cuidado de uno mismo = self-caring, self-care.
    * definido por uno mismo = self-defined.
    * definir por uno mismo = self-define.
    * de la misma categoría que = in a class with.
    * de la misma forma que = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as), in much the same way as.
    * de la misma manera = by the same token.
    * de la misma manera (que) = in the same way (as), in the same manner (as).
    * del mismo calibre que = in a class with.
    * del mismo modo = exactly, in the same vein, by the same token.
    * del mismo modo que = as, in the form that, in the same way (as), in the same way that, just as, in the same manner (as), along the lines, after the fashion of, similar to, in common with.
    * del mismo + Nombre = equally + Adjetivo.
    * del mismo sexo = same-sex.
    * del mismo tipo que las oficinas = office-type.
    * desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.
    * de una misma manera = in a similar fashion.
    * dirigido hacia uno mismo = self-oriented.
    * dirigido por uno mismo = self-directed.
    * ella misma = herself.
    * él mismo = himself.
    * el mismo + Nombre (+ que) = every bit as much + Nombre (+ as).
    * el mismo número = as many.
    * encerrado en sí mismo = closeted.
    * en el mismo centro (de) = plumb in the middle (of).
    * en el mismo número de años = in as many years.
    * en el mismo orden que = in sync with.
    * en ese mismo instante = at that very moment.
    * en ese mismo momento = at that very moment.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en la misma época = contemporaneously.
    * en la misma habitación = ensuite.
    * en la misma línea de = in the vein of.
    * en la misma línea que = in line with.
    * en sí mismo = in itself, unto + Reflexivo, per se.
    * en sí mismos = in themselves.
    * escogido por uno mismo = self-chosen.
    * estar a la misma altura que = rank with.
    * estar al mismo nivel = be on a par.
    * estar en la misma categoría que = rank with.
    * estar en las mismas = be back to square one.
    * estar hecho con la mismas dimensiones que el original = be to scale.
    * estar todos en el mismo barco = be all in the same boat.
    * evidente por sí mismo = self-evident.
    * grupo de personas o cosas de la misma edad o categoría = peer group.
    * hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.
    * hablar por Uno mismo = speak for + Reflexivo.
    * hacer del mismo molde = cast in + the same mould as.
    * hasta el mismo = right up to.
    * imagen de uno mismo = self-presentation.
    * intentar hacer Algo por uno mismo = try + Posesivo + own hand at.
    * justo de la misma manera que = in just the same way as.
    * la misma persona = one and the same person.
    * la personificación de la confianza en uno mismo = confidence personified.
    * lo mismo ocurre con = the same goes for.
    * lo mismo que = the same as, along the lines of, in much the same way as.
    * lo mismo que antes = the same as before.
    * lo mismo que para = the same as that for.
    * lo mismo se aplica a = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * más de lo mismo = more of the same.
    * mí mismo = myself.
    * mismo, lo = same difference, the.
    * mismo tipo de = same range of.
    * no es lo mismo en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).
    * Nombre + mismo = very + Nombre.
    * nosotros mismos = ourselves.
    * orientado hacia uno mismo = self-oriented.
    * pasar a Alguien lo mismo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pensar del mismo modo = think + alike.
    * percepción de uno mismo = self-perception.
    * pero al mismo tiempo = but then again.
    * perseguir los mismos fines = work + on the same lines.
    * perseguir los mismos objetivos = work + on the same lines.
    * poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.
    * por + Pronombre + mismo = all by + Reflexivo, by + Reflexivo.
    * por sí mismo = for its/their own sake, in itself, itself, unto + Reflexivo.
    * por sí mismos = in themselves.
    * por uno mismo = on + Posesivo + own, for + Reflexivo.
    * presentación de uno mismo = self-presentation.
    * probar a hacer Algo por uno mismo = try + Posesivo + own hand at.
    * quedarse en el mismo sitio = stay + put.
    * que lo hace uno mismo = do-it-yourself (DIY).
    * que se explica por sí mismo = self-explanatory [self explanatory/selfexplanatory].
    * reconocido por Uno mismo, admitido por Uno mismo = self-professed.
    * seguir lo mismo = remain + the same.
    * seguir siendo lo mismo = remain + the same.
    * seguridad en uno mismo = self-belief.
    * seguro de sí mismo = assured, self-assured, poised.
    * seguro de uno mismo = self-confident.
    * ser la representación misma de = be a picture of.
    * ser lo mismo = be one and the same.
    * ser un fin en sí mismos = be ends in themselves.
    * siempre lo mismo = the same old thing.
    * tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.
    * tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.
    * tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.
    * todo al mismo tiempo = all at once.
    * tres goles en un mismo partido = hat trick.
    * una misma cosa = one and the same.
    * valerse de sí mismo = self-serve.
    * valérselas por uno mismo = negotiate + Posesivo + way, fly + solo.
    * valerse por sí mismo = self-serve.
    * ver con los mismos ojos = see + eye to eye (with/on).
    * y al mismo tiempo = and in the process, yet.
    * yo mismo = myself.

    * * *
    mismo1 -ma
    A
    no puedo hacer dos cosas al mismo tiempo I can't do two things at once o at the same time
    es la misma historia de siempre it's the same old story
    mismo … QUE:
    le gustan las mismas películas que a mí she likes the same movies as I do o as me
    2 ( como pron) same
    Roma ya no es la misma Rome isn't the same any more
    ¿mi hermana? siempre la misma, no escribe nunca my sister? just the same as ever o she hasn't changed, she never writes
    ¿usted es Pedro Lecue? — el mismo are you Pedro Lecue? — I am indeed o that's right o ( hum) the very same
    mismo QUE:
    es el mismo que vimos ayer it's the same one we saw yesterday
    en las mismas: el pedido no ha llegado, así que seguimos en las mismas the order hasn't arrived so we're no further on
    si vienes el sábado pero faltas mañana, estamos en las mismas if you come on Saturday but you don't turn up tomorrow, then we're no better off o we're back to square one
    1
    (refiriéndose a lugares, momentos, cosas): queda en el centro mismo or en el mismo centro de Lima it's right in the center of Lima, it's in the very center of Lima
    en este mismo instante lo estaba por hacer I was (just) about to do it this very minute
    eso mismo pienso/digo yo that's exactly o just what I think/say
    me resulta difícil — por eso mismo debes esforzarte más I find it difficult — that's just the reason o that's precisely o that's exactly why you have to make more of an effort
    2
    (referiéndose a personas): el obispo mismo salió a recibirlos the bishop himself came out to welcome them
    hablé con el mismísimo presidente I spoke to the president himself
    este niño es el mismísimo diablo this child is a real little devil! ( colloq)
    lo haré yo misma I'll do it myself, I'll deal with it personally
    te perjudicas a ti mismo you're only spiting o hurting yourself
    él mismo lo trajo he brought it himself
    tiene que aprender a valerse por sí mismo he has to learn to manage o cope by himself
    se corta el pelo ella misma she cuts her own hair
    él mismo se pone las inyecciones he gives himself the injections
    C
    lo mismo (la misma cosa): siempre dice lo mismo he always says the same (thing)
    ¿por qué llora? — por lo mismo de siempre why is she crying? — the same as usual o what does she ever cry about?
    si lo haces con aceite ya no es lo mismo if you make it with oil it's not quite the same (thing)
    un café y una tostada — lo mismo para mí a coffee and a slice of toast — the same for me, please o I'll have the same, please
    ¡qué elegante te has venido! — lo mismo digo you're looking very smart! — so are you o you, too
    ¡que lo pases bien! — lo mismo (te) digo have a good time — you too o I hope you do too o and you
    lo despidieron o, lo que es lo mismo le dijeron que ya no necesitaban sus servicios they fired him, or at least they told him his services were no longer required, which comes to the same thing
    lo mismo (…) QUE the same (…) AS
    no es lo mismo cocinar para dos que para una familia cooking for a family is quite different from o is not the same as cooking for two
    se murió de lo mismo que su padre he died of the same thing as his father
    pidió lo mismo que yo he ordered the same as me
    dar lo mismo: si sigues así lo vas a romper — me da lo mismo if you carry on like that you'll break it — I don't care
    ¿lo quieres con o sin leche? — me da lo mismo do you want it black or white? — I don't mind
    ¿prefieres un cheque o dinero en efectivo? — me da lo mismo, con tal de que me paguen … would you prefer a check or cash? — I don't mind o it makes no difference (to me) o ( BrE) it makes no odds (to me), as long as I get paid
    da lo mismo quién lo haga it doesn't matter o it makes no difference who does it
    D
    1 ( fam)
    (expresando posibilidad): te ve por la calle y lo mismo no te saluda you can meet him in the street and he might not even say hello to you o and sometimes he doesn't even say hello to you
    ¿por qué no le preguntas? lo mismo dice que sí why don't you ask him? he might (well) o may (well) say yes
    lo mismo (…) QUE:
    ¿cuántos años crees que tiene? — lo mismo puede tener cuarenta que cincuenta how old do you think he is? — he could just as easily be forty as fifty o he could be anything from forty to fifty
    lo mismo puedes conseguir un destornillador que una botella de whisky you can get anything, from a screwdriver to a bottle of whiskey
    2 ( RPl fam) (de todos modos) just o all the same, anyway
    ya sé que se va a enojar pero lo mismo se lo voy a decir I know he's going to get annoyed but I'm going to tell him just the same o all the same o anyway
    yo le dije que no había sido yo pero me pegó lo mismo I told her it wasn't me but she still hit me o she hit me anyway
    E
    lo mismo que (al igual que): nuestra empresa, lo mismo que tantas otras, se ha visto afectada por la crisis our company, like so many others, has been affected by the crisis
    si lo mismo que decidiste ir en tren hubieras ido en avión, no habrías contado el cuento if you'd decided to go by plane instead of by train, you wouldn't be here to tell the tale
    F
    1 ( como pron) ( frml):
    se detuvo un coche y tres individuos bajaron del mismo a car pulled up and three individuals got out
    ( Méx frml): agradecemos su generoso donativo, mismo que fue aplicado a la compra de medicamentos we thank you for your generous donation, which has been used to buy medicines
    veintidós millones de estudiantes reanudarán sus clases, mismos que serán atendidos por unos 900 mil maestros twenty-two million students will resume classes, to be taught by some 900 thousand teachers
    A
    (uso enfático): aquí mismo podemos comer we can eat right here
    hoy mismo te mando el cheque I'll send you the check today
    ¿cómo puede ser? si ayer mismo hablé con él y estaba de acuerdo how do you mean? I spoke to him only yesterday and he agreed
    quiero que lo hagas ahora mismo I want you to do it right o ( BrE) straightaway, I want you to do it right now
    B ( RPl fam) (hasta, incluso) even
    se visten muy bien, mismo con la crisis they dress very well, even in these times of shortage
    resultó muy difícil, mismo para él que tiene mucha experiencia it was very difficult, even for him with all his experience
    * * *

     

    mismo 1
    ◊ -ma adjetivo

    1

    ◊ hacer dos cosas al mismo tiempo to do two things at once o at the same time



    el mismo que vimos ayer the same one we saw yesterday
    2 ( uso enfático)
    a) (refiriéndose a lugares, momentos, cosas):


    en este mismo instante this very minute;
    eso mismo pienso yo that's exactly what I think


    te perjudicas a ti mismo you're only hurting yourself;
    ella misma lo trajo she brought it herself
    3
    ◊ lo mismo: siempre dice lo mismo he always says the same thing;

    lo mismo para mí the same for me, please;
    nuestra empresa, lo mismo que tantas otras our company, like so many others;
    los niños pueden ir lo mismo que los adultos children can go as well as adults;
    o lo que es lo mismo in other words;
    da lo mismo it doesn't matter;
    me/le da lo mismo I don't care/he/she doesn't care
    mismo 2 adverbio ( uso enfático):
    ◊ aquí/ahora mismo right here/now;

    hoy mismo te mando el cheque I'll send you the check today;
    ayer mismo hablé con él I spoke to him only yesterday
    mismo,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 same
    el mismo acento, the same accent
    2 (uso enfático) el rey mismo apareció en el umbral, the king himself appeared on the threshold
    II pron same: comemos siempre lo mismo, we always eat the same thing
    me da lo mismo, it makes no difference to me
    es el mismo árbol, it's the same tree
    por uno o sí mismo, by oneself
    III adverbio
    1 (intensificador) murió allí mismo, he died right there
    ahora mismo, right now
    2 (por ejemplo) for instance: Pedro mismo te ayudará, Pedro will help you, for instance
    (incluso) yo mismo estoy de acuerdo, even I agree 3 así mismo, likewise

    ' mismo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abogada
    - abogado
    - actualmente
    - ahora
    - allí
    - aquí
    - aunar
    - ayudarse
    - balancearse
    - bar
    - barco
    - batalla
    - coincidir
    - cojear
    - confianza
    - conforme
    - congénere
    - conmigo
    - consigo
    - contigo
    - continuismo
    - costearse
    - decirse
    - doblete
    - dominio
    - dueña
    - dueño
    - encerrarse
    - encogerse
    - enfoque
    - enviudar
    - esperar
    - igual
    - igualmente
    - intentar
    - machacar
    - meter
    - misma
    - mismamente
    - parecerse
    - presentarse
    - rasero
    - replegarse
    - ruin
    - saber
    - saco
    - satisfecha
    - satisfecho
    - se
    - sí
    English:
    alike
    - assurance
    - autograph
    - boat
    - central
    - charity
    - chase
    - close
    - complacent
    - concurrently
    - currently
    - dare
    - day
    - diffidence
    - directly
    - ditto
    - do-it-yourself
    - end
    - equal
    - exam
    - fabric
    - fly
    - follow
    - fuck
    - fund
    - himself
    - itself
    - just
    - lay
    - level
    - likewise
    - maybe
    - middle
    - millionaire
    - myself
    - need
    - neither
    - now
    - number one
    - odds
    - one
    - oneself
    - only
    - outdo
    - overconfident
    - pace
    - par
    - presently
    - price
    - proper
    * * *
    mismo, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [igual, idéntico] same;
    son del mismo pueblo they're from the same town/village;
    vive en la misma calle que yo she lives in the same street as me, she lives in my street;
    del mismo color/tipo que the same colour/type as
    2. [para enfatizar lugar, tiempo]
    en este mismo sitio in this very place;
    en aquel mismo momento at that very moment;
    delante de sus mismas narices right in front of his nose;
    eso mismo digo yo that's exactly what I say;
    y por eso mismo deberíamos ayudarles and that is precisely why we should help them
    3. [para reforzar pronombres]
    yo mismo I myself;
    ¿lo hiciste tú mismo? did you do it (by) yourself?;
    él mismo se construyó la casa he built his house (by) himself, he built his own house;
    me dije a mí mismo… I said to myself…;
    por mí/ti mismo by myself/yourself;
    Fam
    ¡tú mismo! it's up to you!, suit yourself!
    ♦ pron
    1. [igual cosa o persona]
    el mismo/la misma the same;
    el pueblo ya no era el mismo the town was no longer the same;
    la misma del otro día the same one as the other day;
    el mismo que vi ayer the same one I saw yesterday;
    Fam
    ¿ése es el presidente? – sí, el mismo (que viste y calza) is that the president? – yes, the very same o yes, that's him all right;
    Méx
    enviamos un paquete a su oficina, mismo que no ha llegado a destino we sent a package to his office which didn't arrive o but it didn't arrive;
    estar en las mismas to be no further forward
    2.
    lo mismo [igual cosa, iguales cosas] the same (thing);
    ¡qué aburrimiento, todos los días lo mismo! how boring, it's the same every day!;
    pónganos otra de lo mismo (the) same again, please;
    Fam
    lo mismo se pone a hablar contigo que no te saluda one day he might start chatting to you and the next he won't even say hello;
    lo mismo que the same as;
    me gusta lo mismo que a él I like the same things as him;
    yo tengo mis manías, lo mismo que todo el mundo I've got my idiosyncrasies just like everyone else;
    lloraba lo mismo que un niño she was crying like a child;
    me da lo mismo it's all the same to me, I don't mind o care;
    ¿vamos o nos quedamos? – da lo mismo should we go or should we stay? – it doesn't make any difference;
    me da lo mismo I don't care;
    lo mismo digo [como respuesta] likewise, you too;
    más de lo mismo more of the same;
    o lo que es lo mismo [en otras palabras] or in other words;
    por lo mismo for that (very) reason
    3. [tal vez]
    lo mismo llegamos y ya no hay entradas it's quite possible that we might arrive there and find there are no tickets left;
    lo mismo está enfermo maybe o perhaps he's ill, he may be ill;
    lo mismo te saluda que te ignora por completo he's just as likely to say hello to you as to ignore you completely
    4. [antes mencionado]
    hay una cripta y un túnel para acceder a la misma there is a crypt and a tunnel leading to it
    5. RP Fam
    lo mismo [igualmente] still;
    le dije que se callara y lo mismo siguió hablando I told him to be quiet but he still carried on talking o he carried on talking all the same;
    está nevando pero lo mismo el avión va a salir it's snowing but the plane is still going to take off
    ♦ adv
    1. [para enfatizar]
    lo vi desde mi casa mismo I saw it from my own house;
    ahora/aquí mismo right now/here;
    ayer mismo only yesterday;
    salimos hoy mismo we are leaving this very day;
    llegarán mañana mismo they'll be arriving tomorrow, actually;
    tiene que estar listo para mañana mismo it absolutely has to be ready by tomorrow;
    por eso mismo precisely for that reason
    2. [por ejemplo]
    escoge uno cualquiera, este mismo choose any one, this one, for instance;
    ¿y ahora quién me arregla a mí esto? – yo mismo who's going to fix this for me now? – I will o I'll do it (myself)
    * * *
    I adj same;
    el mismo the (self)same;
    lo mismo the same;
    lo mismo que the same as;
    yo mismo I myself;
    da lo mismo it doesn’t matter, it’s all the same;
    me da lo mismo I don’t care, it’s all the same to me;
    el mismo rey the king himself
    II adv
    :
    aquí mismo right here;
    ahí mismo right there;
    ahora mismo right now, this very minute;
    hoy mismo today, this very day;
    lo mismo llueve que hace sol you never know whether it’s going to be rainy or sunny
    * * *
    mismo adv, (used as an intensifier) : right, exactly
    hazlo ahora mismo: do it right now
    te llamará hoy mismo: he'll definitely call you today
    mismo, -ma adj
    1) : same
    en ese mismo momento: at that very moment
    3) : oneself
    lo hizo ella misma: she made it herself
    4)
    por lo mismo : for that reason
    * * *
    mismo1 adj
    1. (igual) same
    2. (uso enfático) myself, yourself, etc
    mismo2 adv
    mismo3 pron same person

    Spanish-English dictionary > mismo

  • 19 censeo

    1.
    cēnseo (on the long e, v. Corss. Ausspr. 1, p. 257 sq.), ui, censum (late Lat. censitum, Cod. Just. 11, 47 tit.; 11, 49 tit.; 11, 47, 4 al.; but not in Monum. Ancyr.; cf. Neue, Formenl. 2, 557), 2, v. a. [etym. dub.; often referred to root cas-, whence carmen, camoenus; but prob. from centum, orig. centere, to hundred or number the people; cf. Fischer, Gram. 1, p. 373].
    I.
    To tax, assess, rate, estimate.
    A.
    In reference to the census (v. census).
    1.
    Of the censor (v. censor).
    (α).
    Rarely act. with acc. of the persons or objects assessed or rated; but usu. pass., with subj. -nom.:

    censores populi aevitates, suboles, familias, pecuniasque censento,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 3, 7:

    census quom sum, juratori recte rationem dedi,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 30:

    censor ad quojus censionem, id est arbitrium, populus censeretur,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 81 Mull.:

    census... indicat eum qui sit census se jam tum gessisse pro cive,

    Cic. Arch. 5, 11: absentis censere jubere, P. Scipio ap. Gell. 5, 19, 16: ne absens censeare. Cic. Att. 1, 18, 8:

    sub lustrum censeri,

    id. ib.:

    milia octoginta eo lustro civium censa dicuntur,

    Liv. 1, 44, 2:

    censa civium capita centum septendecim milia trecenta undeviginti,

    id. 3, 24, 10; id. Epit. lib. 11; 13; 14:

    censebantur ejus aetatis lustris ducena quinquagena milia capitum,

    id. 9, 19, 2:

    cum capitum liberorum censa essent CLII. milia,

    Plin. 33, 1, 5, § 16: quid se vivere, quid in parte civium censeri, si... id obtinere universi non possint? Liv 7, 18, 5.—
    (β).
    With the amount at which the property was rated, in the acc.: or abl.:

    praesertim census equestrem Summam nummorum,

    being assessed with the estate necessary to a Roman knight, Hor. A. P. 383:

    primae classis homines quicentum et viginti quinque milia aeris ampliusve censi erant... Ceterarumque omnium classium qui minore summa aeris censebantur,

    Gell. 7 (6), 13, 1 sq.—Hence, capite censi, those who were assessed ac cording to their ability to labor: qui nullo [p. 312] aut perquam parvo aere censebantur capite censi vocabantur. Extremus autem census capite censorum aeris fuit trecentis septuaginta quinque, Jul. Paul. ap. Gell. 16, 10, 10; Sall. J. 86, 2; Gell. 16, 10, 11; 16, 10, 14; Val. Max. 2, 3, 1; 7, 6, 1;

    and in the finite verb: omnia illius (i. e. sapientis) esse dicimus, cum... capite censebitur,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 8, 1. —
    (γ).
    Absol. in gerund.: censendi, censendo, ad censendum = census agendi, censui agendo, etc.: haec frequentia quae convenit ludorum censendique causa (i.e. census agendi causa, for the sake of the census), Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54:

    mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem operosam... suo proprio magistratu egere... cui arbitrium formulae censendi subiceretur,

    the scheme for taking the census, Liv. 4, 8, 4:

    quia is censendo finis factus est,

    id. 1, 44, 2:

    civis Romanos ad censendum ex provinciis in Italiam revocarunt,

    Vell. 2, 15:

    aetatem in censendo significare necesse est... aetas autem spectatur censendi tempore,

    Dig. 50, 15, 3.—
    (δ).
    Censum censere = censum agere, only in the gerundial dat.:

    illud quaero, sintne illa praedia censui censendo, habeant jus civile,

    are they subject to the census, Cic. Fl. 32, 80: censores... edixerunt, legem censui censendo dicturos esse ut, etc., that he would add a rule for the taking of the census, according to which, etc., Liv. 43, 14, 5: censui censendo agri proprie appellantur qui et emi et venire jure civili possunt, Paul. ex Fest. p. 58, 5 Mull.—
    2.
    Of the assessment of the provinces under provincial officers (censores, and, under the later emperors, censitores).
    (α).
    Pass., with the territory as subject-nom.: quinto quoque anno Sicilia tota censetur;

    erat censa praetore Paeducaeo... quintus annus cum in te praetorem incidisset, censa denuo est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 56, § 139:

    omne territorium censeatur quoties, etc.,

    Cod. Just. 11, 58 (57), 4.—
    (β).
    The persons assessed as subject:

    ubi (coloni) censiti atque educati natique sunt,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 6:

    quos in locis eisdem censitos esse constabit,

    ib. 11, 48 (47), 4.—With part. as attribute:

    rusticos censitosque servos vendi,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 7.—
    (γ).
    To determine by the census:

    cum antea per singulos viros, per binas vero mulieres capitis norma sit censa,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 10:

    nisi forte privilegio aliquo materna origo censeatur,

    Dig. 50, 1, 1, § 2.—
    (δ).
    Act. with acc.:

    vos terras vestras levari censitione vultis, ego vero etiam aerem vestrum censere vellem,

    Spart. Pescen. Nig. 7.—
    3.
    Of the person assessed, to value, make a statement of one ' s property in the census.
    (α).
    Act. with acc.:

    in qua tribu ista praedia censuisti?

    Cic. Fl. 32, 80.—
    (β).
    Censeri, as dep. with acc.:

    census es praeterea numeratae pecuniae CXXX. Census es mancipia Amyntae... Cum te audisset servos suos esse censum, constabat inter omnes, si aliena censendo Decianus sua facere posset, etc.,

    Cic. Fl. 32, 80; cf. Ov. P. 1, 2, 140; v. B. 2. c.—
    4.
    Hence, subst.: cēnsum, i, n.: quorum luxuries fortunata censa peperit, i.e. high estimates of property in the census, Cic. ap. Non. 202, 23 (Fragm. vol. xi. p. 134 B. and K.).
    B.
    Transf., of things and persons in gen., to value, estimate, rate.
    1.
    By a figure directly referring to the Roman census: aequo mendicus atque ille opulentissimus Censetur censu ad Acheruntem mortuus, will be rated by an equal census, i.e. in the same class, without considering their property, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 93: vos qui potestis ope vostra censerier, referring to a part of the audience, you, who may be rated according to your intelligence, analog. to capite censi (v. I. A. 1. b), id. Capt. prol. 15:

    nam argumentum hoc hic censebitur,

    will be rated, its census-class will be determined here, id. Poen. prol. 56: id in quoque optimum esse debet cui nascitur, quo censetur, according to which he is rated, i.e. his worth is determined, Sen. Ep. 76, 8.—And with two acc.: quintus Phosphorus, Junonia, immo Veneris stella censetur, is ranked as the fifth, App. de Mundo, p. 710.—
    2.
    With direct reference to the census.
    a.
    = aestimo, to estimate, weigh, value, appreciate.
    (α).
    With gen. of price:

    dic ergo quanti censes?

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 8, 8.—
    (β).
    In the pass.: si censenda nobis atque aestimanda res sit, utrum tandem pluris aestimemus pecuniam Pyrrhi? etc., if we have to weigh and estimate a thing, etc., Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48:

    anule... In quo censendum nil nisi dantis amor,

    Ov. Am. 2, 15, 2:

    interim autem facta sola censenda dicit atque in judicium vocanda,

    Gell. 7 (6), 3, 47.—
    b.
    = honorari, celebrari, with de aliquo, = for the sake of somebody (in Ovid):

    pro quibus ut maneat, de quo censeris, amicus, Comprecor, etc.,

    the friend for the sake of whom you are celebrated, who is the cause of your renown, Ov. P. 2, 5, 73:

    hoc domui debes de qua censeris,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 75.—
    c.
    Censeri, dep., = to distinguish, with acc. only once or twice in Ovid (v. I. A. 3. b):

    hanc semper... Est inter comites Marcia censa suas,

    has always distinguished her, Ov. P. 1, 2, 140.—
    d.
    Censeri aliqua re.
    (α).
    = to be appreciated, distinguished, celebrated for some quality, as if the quality were a standard determining the census, analog. to capite censeri (v. I. A. 1. b), very freq. in post-class. writings:

    Democritus cum divitiis censeri posset,

    when he might have been celebrated for his wealth, Val. Max. 8, 7, ext. 4:

    Aristides quo totius Graeciae justitia censetur (quo = cujus justitia),

    id. 5, 3, ext. 3 med.: te custode matronalis stola censetur ( = tua, i.e. pudicitiae, custodia), the stola, etc., is appreciated for thy custody, id. 6, 1 prooem.:

    una adhuc victoria Carius Metius censebatur,

    Tac. Agr. 45:

    ut ipsi quoque qui egerunt non aliis magis orationibus censeantur,

    id. Dial. 39 fin.: non vitibus tantum censeri Chium, sed et operibus Anthermi filiorum, is celebrated not only for its grapes, but, etc., Plin. 36, 5, 2, § 12:

    et Galliae censentur hoc reditu,

    id. 19, 1, 2, § 7:

    quisquis paulo vetustior miles, hic te commilitone censetur,

    is distinguished for the fact that you were his fellow-soldier, Plin. Pan. 15 fin.:

    multiplici variaque doctrina censebatur,

    Suet. Gram. 10:

    felix quae tali censetur munere tellus,

    Mart. 9, 16, 5: censetur Apona Livio suo tellus, = for the fact that Livy was born there, id. 1, 61, 3:

    hi duo longaevo censentur Nestore fundi,

    for the fact that Nestor used them, id. 8, 6, 9:

    nec laude virorum censeri contenta fuit (Iberia),

    Claud. Laud. Seren. 67:

    libri mei non alia laude carius censentur, quam quod judicio vestro comprobantur,

    App. Flor. 4, 18, 3.—Hence,
    (β).
    = to be known by something (Appuleian):

    hoc nomine censebatur jam meus dominus,

    App. M. 8, p. 171:

    nomen quo tu censeris aiebat,

    id. ib. 5, p. 106: pro studio bibendi quo solo censetur, either known by, or distinguished for, id. Mag. p. 499:

    globorum caelestium supremum esse eum qui inerrabili meatu censetur,

    which is known by its unerring course, id. Phil. Nat. 1, p. 582.— And,
    (γ).
    As gram. t. t., to be marked by some peculiarity, according to which a word is classified: neque de armis et moeniis infitias eo quin figura multitudinis perpetua censeantur, that they are marked by the form of constant plurality, i. e. that they are pluralia tantum, Gell. 19, 8, 5; 10, 20, 8; 19, 13, 3.
    II.
    Of transactions in and by the Senate, to judge (in the meanings II. and III. the passive voice is not in class. use, while in I. the passive voice is by far the most freq.).
    A.
    To be of opinion, to propose, to vote, to move, referring to the votes of the senators when asked for their opinions (sententiam dicere).
    1.
    With a (passive) inf.-clause, denoting what should be decreed by the Senate (esse usu. omitted): rex his ferme verbis patres consulebat... Dic, inquit ei, quid censes? tum ille Puro pioque duello quaerendas (res) censeo, I am of the opinion ( I move, propose) that satisfaction should be sought, etc., ancient formula ap. Liv. 1, 32, 11 sq.:

    primum igitur acta Caesaris servanda censeo,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:

    hoc autem tempore ita censeo decernendum,

    id. ib. 5, 17, 45; 5, 6, 16; 5, 12, 31; 5, 12, 34; 5, 13, 36; 5, 14, 38; 5, 19, 53; 6, 1, 2; 9, 6, 14; 11, 15, 40; 12, 7, 17; 14, 1, 1; 14, 13, 35; cf.

    Regulus's advice in the Senate, being represented as a vote: captivos in senatu reddendos non censuit,

    Cic. Off. 1, 13, 39; 3, 31, 111:

    quare ita ego censeo... de confessis more majorum supplicium sumendum,

    Sall. C. 52, 36; 51, 8; 52, 14:

    Appius imperio consulari rem agendam censebat,

    Liv. 2, 23, 15:

    ut multi (senatores) delendam urbem censerent,

    id. 9, 26, 3; 2, 29, 7; 3, 40, 13; 10, 12, 1; 34, 4, 20; 38, 54, 6: cum ejus diei senatus consulta aureis litteris figenda in curia censuisset, Tac. A. 3, 57:

    ut nonnulli dedendum eum hostibus censuerint,

    Suet. Caes. 24; so id. ib. 14; id. Aug. 100; id. Tib. 4; id. Calig. 60; id. Claud. 26; id. Ner. 2; id. Vesp. 2. Of the emperor's vote in the Senate:

    commutandam censuit vocem, et pro peregrina nostratem requirendam,

    Suet. Tib. 71; so id. ib. 34; id. Aug. 55.—And with the copula expressed (very rare):

    qui censet eos... morte esse multandos,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 4, 7.—Sometimes referring to sententia as subject:

    sententia quae censebat reddenda bona (inst. of eorum qui censebant),

    Liv. 2, 4, 3.—Sometimes with oportere for the gerundial predic. inf.:

    quibusdam censentibus (eum) Romulum appellari oportere,

    Suet. Aug. 7.—With pres. inf., inst. of a gerundial:

    hac corona civica L. Gellius in senatu Ciceronem consulem donari a re publica censuit,

    Gell. 5, 6, 15 (cf. II. B. 1. b.).—If the opinion of the senator does not refer to the chief question, but to incidental points, the predic. inf. may have any form:

    eas leges quas M. Antonius tulisse dicitur omnes censeo per vim et contra auspicia latas, eisque legibus populum non teneri,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 4, 10:

    cum magna pars senatus... cum tyrannis bellum gerendum fuisse censerent... et urbem recipi, non capi, etc.,

    Liv. 26, 32, 2.—
    2.
    With ut, and negatively, ut ne or ne, generally when the clause has an active predicate, but also with passives instead of the gerundial inf.-clause:

    de ea re ita censeo uti consules designati dent operam uti senatus Kal. Jan. tuto haberi possit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 15, 37:

    censeo ut iis qui in exercitu Antonii sunt, ne sit ea res fraudi, si, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 12, 34:

    censebant omnes fere (senatores) ut in Italia supplementum meis et Bibuli legionibus scriberetur,

    id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:

    Cn. Pompeius (in senatu) dixit, sese... censere ut ad senatus auctoritatem populi quoque Romani beneficium erga me adjungeretur,

    id. Sest. 34, 74:

    quas ob res ita censeo: eorum qui cum M. Antonio sunt, etc.... iis fraudi ne sit quod cum M. Antonio fuerint,

    id. Phil. 8, 11, 33:

    Calidius, qui censebat ut Pompeius in suas provincias proficisceretur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 2:

    censuerunt quidam (senatores) ut Pannonicus, alii ut Invictus cognominaretur,

    Suet. Tib. 17:

    iterum censente ut Trebianis... concederetur (of the emperor's vote in the Senate),

    id. ib. 31.—And an inf.-clause, with neu or ut:

    sed ita censeo: publicandas eorum pecunias, etc.: neu quis postea de his ad senatum referat, etc.,

    Sall. C. 51, 43:

    qui partem bonorum publicandam, pars ut liberis relinqueretur, censuerat,

    Tac. A. 4, 20.—
    3.
    With a subj.-clause, without ut (rare in this connection;

    v. III. C. 3.): K. Fabius censuit... occuparent patres ipsi suum munus facere, captivum agrum plebi quam maxime aequaliter darent,

    Liv. 2, 48, 2.— And ironically with regard to incidental points: vereamini censeo ne... nimis aliquid severe statuisse videamini, I propose you should be afraid of having decreed too severe a punishment = of course, you will not be afraid, etc., Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 13: misereamini censeo—deliquere homines adulescentuli per ambitionem—atque etiam armatos dimittatis, I propose that you pity them, etc., or I advise you to be merciful, Sall. C. 52, 26.—
    4.
    Ellipt., with a gerundial clause understood:

    dic quid censes (i. e. decernendum),

    Liv. 1, 32, 11: quod ego mea sententia censebam (i.e. decernendum), Cato ap. Cic. Fam. 15, 5, 2:

    senati decretum fit, sicut ille censuerat,

    Sall. C. 53, 1:

    quas ob res ita censeo... senatui placere, etc. ( = ita decernendum censeo, etc.),

    Cic. Phil. 9, 7, 15, § 17 sq.; 10, 11, 25 sq.; 11, 12, 29 sq.; 14, 14, 36 sq.—
    5.
    = sententiam dicere, to tell, to express one ' s opinion in the Senate (post-class.).
    (α).
    Absol.: Priscus Helvidius.. contra studium ejus (sc. Vitellii) censuerat, had voted, or had expressed an opinion against his wishes, Tac. H. 2, 91:

    cum parum sit, in senatu breviter censere, nisi, etc.,

    id. Dial. 36 fin.:

    sententias... prout libuisset perrogabat... ac si censendum magis quam adsentiendum esset,

    Suet. Aug. 35:

    igitur Cn. Piso, quo, inquit, loco censebis, Caesar? si primus, etc.,

    Tac. A. 1, 74.—
    (β).
    With adjectives in the neuter, substantively used: nec quoquam reperto (in senatu) qui... referre aut censere aliquid auderet, who dared to express an opinion on any [p. 313] thing, Suet. Caes. 20:

    per dissensionem diversa censentium,

    of the senators who expressed different opinions, id. Claud. 10.—
    (γ).
    With interrog. or rel.-clause:

    deinde ageret senatorem et censeret quid corrigi aut mutari vellet,

    Tac. A. 16, 28:

    cum censeat aliquis (in senatu) quod ex parte mihi placeat,

    Sen. Ep. 21, 9.
    B.
    Of the decrees or resolutions of the Senate, = decernere, placere, to resolve, decree.
    1.
    With inf.-clause.
    a.
    With gerund, without copula (v. II. A. 1.):

    eum, cujus supplicio senatus sollennes religiones expiandas saepe censuit,

    Cic. Mil. 27, 73:

    eos senatus non censuit redimendos,

    id. Off. 3, 32, 114; so id. N. D. 2, 4, 10; id. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 15:

    senatus Caelium ab republica removendum censuit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 21:

    senatus censuit frequens coloniam Labicos deducendam,

    Liv. 4, 47, 6; 5, 24, 4:

    cum bello persequendos Tusculanos patres censuissent,

    id. 6, 25, 5; 3, 42, 6; 3, 49, 8; 7, 19, 7 et saep.—
    b.
    With pres. inf. pass. or act., with the force of a gerundial:

    de bonis regiis quae reddi antea censuerant ( = reddenda),

    Liv. 2, 5, 1:

    munera mitti legatis ex binis milibus aeris censuerunt (i.e. patres),

    id. 43, 5, 8; so id. 45, 44, 15 (v. 2. b.):

    eundem jus dicere Romae... patres censuerant,

    id. 45, 12, 13:

    cum senatus unum consulem, nominatimque Gnaeum Pompeium fieri censuisset,

    Suet. Caes. 26.—With both act. and pass. inf.:

    censuere patres, duas provincias Hispaniam rursus fieri... et Macedoniam Illyricumque eosdem... obtinere,

    Liv. 45, 16, 1.—With both pres. pass. and gerund. inff.:

    haec ita movere senatum, ut non expectanda comitia consuli censerent, sed dictatorem... dici,

    Liv. 27, 5, 14.—

    And with velle: senatus verbis nuntient, velle et censere eos ab armis discedere, etc.,

    Sall. J. 21, 4.—
    2.
    With ut or ne.
    a.
    In the words of the Senate, according to formula: quod L. Opimius verba fecit de re publica, de ea re ita censuerunt uti L. Opimius consul rem publicam defenderet, etc., ancient S. C. ap. Cic. Phil. 8, 4, 14: quod, etc., de ea re ita censuerunt ut M. Pomponius praetor animadverteret curaretque ut si, etc., S. C. ap. Suet. Rhet. 1; Gell. 15, 4, 1.—And with gerundial inf.-clause: quod C. Julius pontifex... de ea re ita censuerunt, uti M. Antonius consul hostiis majoribus... procuraret... Ibus uti procurasset satis habendum censuerunt, S. C. ap. Gell. 4, 6, 2.—
    b.
    As related by the historians, etc.:

    quoniam senatus censuisset, uti quicunque Galliam provinciam obtineret... Aeduos defenderet,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 35:

    patres censuerunt uti consules provincias inter se compararent,

    Liv. 30, 40, 12:

    senatus censuit ut domus ei... publica impensa restitueretur,

    Suet. Claud. 6;

    so with reference to the civil law,

    Dig. 49, 14, 15 quater. —With ne:

    senatum censuisse, ne quis illo anno genitus educaretur,

    Suet. Aug. 94.—And with inf -clause:

    filio regis Nicomedi ex ea summa munera dari censuerunt, et ut victimae... praeberentur,

    Liv. 45, 44, 15.—
    3.
    With a subj.-clause (very rare):

    senatus consulto quo censeretur, darent operam consules, etc.,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 73, 10.—
    4.
    With neutr. acc. pron. in place of a clause:

    cum vero id senatus frequens censuisset (sc. faciendum),

    Cic. Pis. 8, 18:

    ite in suffragium, et quae patres censuerunt vos jubete,

    Liv. 31, 7, 14:

    quodcunque vos censueritis,

    id. 34, 7, 15:

    quodpatres censuissent,

    id. 28, 45, 2.—
    5.
    With accusative of a noun, or a noun as passive subject, to decree or vote a thing (postclass.):

    nec tamen repertum nisi ut effigies principum, aras deum, templa et arcus aliaque solita... censuere,

    Tac. A. 3, 57:

    aram Clementiae, aram Amicitiae, effigiesque... censuere,

    id. ib. 4, 74: cum censeretur clipeus auro et magnitudine insignis inter auctores eloquentiae ( to be placed among, etc.), id. ib. 2, 83.—
    6.
    With both acc. and dat.
    (α).
    The dat. = against:

    bellum Samnitibus et patres censuerunt et populus jussit,

    Liv. 10, 12, 3.—
    (β).
    The dat. = in behalf of:

    censentur Ostorio triumphi insignia,

    Tac. A. 12, 38.—And with ut:

    sententiis eorum qui supplicationes et... vestem Principi triumphalem, utque ovans urbem iniret, effigiesque ejus... censuere,

    id. ib. 13, 8.
    III.
    Transf.
    A.
    Of the opinions and resolutions of other deliberating bodies, or of their members, to resolve, or to be of opinion.
    1.
    With inf.-clause.
    a.
    Gerundial:

    erant qui censerent de tertia vigilia in castra Cornelia recedendum (council of war),

    Caes. B. C. 2, 30:

    erant sententiae quae conandum omnibus modis castraque Vari oppugnanda censerent,

    id. ib.; so id. ib. 2, 31; id. B. G. 2, 31 fin.; 7, 21; 7, 77:

    pontifices, consules, patres conscripti mihi... pecunia publica aedificandam domum censuerunt,

    Cic. Pis. 22, 52: nunc surgendum censeo, I move we adjourn (in a literary meeting), id. de Or. 2, 90, 367:

    cum... pontifices solvendum religione populum censerent,

    Liv. 5, 23, 9:

    nunc has ruinas relinquendas non censerem (in an assembly of the people),

    id. 5, 53, 3:

    ego ita censeo, legatos extemplo Romam mittendos (in the Carthaginian Senate),

    id. 21, 10, 13:

    ante omnia Philippum et Macedonas in societatem belli... censeo deducendos esse (Hannibal in a council of war),

    id. 36, 7, 3; 5, 36, 8; Curt. 10, 6, 22; 10, 8, 12:

    cum septem judices cognovissent, duo censuerunt, reum exilio multandum, duo alii pecunia, tres reliqui capite puniendum,

    Gell. 9, 15, 7.—And with oportere inst. of a gerundial clause (referring to duty):

    neque sine gravi causa eum locum quem ceperant, dimitti censuerant oportere,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 44.—With opus esse ( = expediency):

    Parmenio furto, non proelio opus esse censebat,

    Curt. 10, 8, 12.—
    b.
    With ordinary pres. inf.
    (α).
    In place of a gerundial:

    Antenor censet belli praecidere = praecidendam causam (in a council of war),

    Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 9.—
    (β).
    Denoting opinion about an existing state:

    Hasdrubal ultimam Hispaniae oram... ignaram adhuc Romanorum esse, eoque Carthaginiensibus satis fidam censebat,

    Liv. 27, 20, 6:

    Parmenio non alium locum proelio aptiorem esse censebat,

    Curt. 3, 7, 8.—
    2.
    With ut or ne:

    censeo ut satis diu te putes requiesse et iter reliquum conficere pergas (in a literary meeting),

    Cic. de Or. 2, 71, 290:

    plerique censebant ut noctu iter facerent (council of war),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 67:

    et nunc magnopere censere, ut unam anum... triginta milibus talentum auri permutet (council of war),

    Curt. 4, 11, 12:

    censeout D. Claudius ex hac die deus fiat (council of the gods),

    Sen. Lud. Mort. Claud. 9, 5: antiquos audio censuisse, ne (praenomina) cui ejusdem gentis patricio inderentur, resolved (family council), Gell. 9, 2, 11 (cf. Liv. 6, 20, 14).—
    3.
    With subj.-clause:

    nunc quoque arcessas censeo omnes navalis terrestrisque copias (Hannibal in council of war),

    Liv. 36, 7, 17: censeo relinquamus nebulonem hunc, eamus hinc protinus Jovi Optimo Maximo gratulatum (assembly of the people), Scipio Afric. ap. Gell. 4, 18, 3.—
    4.
    With acc. neutr. of a pron. or adj. substantively used:

    ego pro sententia mea hoc censeo: quandoquidem, etc.,

    Sen. Lud. Mort. Claud. 11, 4:

    nec dubitavere quin vera censeret,

    that his opinion was correct, Curt. 10, 6, 18.—
    5.
    Ellipt.:

    sententiis quarum pars deditionem, pars eruptionem censebat (i.e. faciendam),

    Caes. B. G. 7, 77 init.:

    ita uti censuerant Italici deditionem facit,

    Sall. J. 26, 2; so Caes. B. G. 7, 75.
    B.
    Of the orders of persons in authority (cf. II. B.).
    1.
    Of commanders, etc., by courtesy, inst. of velle, imperare, or a direct imperative sentence.
    (α).
    With gerundial inf. - clause: non tam imperavi quam censui sumptus legatis quam maxime ad legem Corneliam decernendos, I said, not strictly as an order, but as an opinion that, etc. (Cicero as proconsul), Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 6.—
    (β).
    With subj.-clause: arma quae ad me missuri eratis, iis censeo armetis milites quos vobiscum habetis, you had better, etc., Pomp. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 12, A, 4. —
    2.
    Of an order by the people (rare;

    gen. populus jubet): ita id (foedus) ratum fore si populus censuisset (i. e. confirmandum esse),

    Liv. 21, 19, 3.—
    3.
    Of the later emperors, in their ordinances (censemus = placet nobis, sancimus, imperamus, from the custom of the earlier emperors, who conveyed their commands in the form of an opinion in the senate; v. II. A. 1.).—With inf.clause, ut, ne, and subj.-clause:

    sex mensium spatium censemus debere servari,

    Cod. Just. 11, 48 (47), 7:

    censemus ut, etc.,

    ib. 12, 37 (38), 13:

    censemus ne, etc.,

    ib. 12, 44 (45), 1: censemus vindicet, remaneat, ib. 11, 48 (47), 23:

    in commune jubes si quid censesve tenendum, Primus jussa subi,

    Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 296.
    C.
    Of advice, given by one person to another (further development of III. A.).
    1.
    Ante-class. formula: faciundum censeo = I advise, with ut-clause, with quid, sic, etc.: censeo faciundum ut quadringentos aliquos milites ad verrucam illam ire jubeas, etc., I advise you to order, etc., Cato ap. Gell. 3, 7, 6:

    ego Tiresiam... consulam, Quid faciundum censeat,

    consult Tiresias as to what he advises, for his advice, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 80:

    consulam hanc rem amicos quid faciundum censeant,

    id. Men. 4, 3, 26; id. Most. 3, 1, 23:

    sic faciundum censeo: Da isti cistellam, etc.,

    id. Cist. 4, 2, 104:

    ego sic faciundum censeo: me honestiu'st Quam te, etc.,

    id. As. 4, 2, 11; id. Ep. 2, 2, 91:

    sane faciundum censeo,

    id. Stich. 4, 2, 38.—
    2.
    With ordinary gerundial inf.-clauses:

    narrandum ego istuc militi censebo,

    I advise you to let the soldier know that, Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 42:

    exorando sumendam operam censeo,

    id. Stich. 1, 2, 22:

    quid nunc consili captandum censes?

    id. As. 2, 2, 91; id. Mil. 5, 25; id. Most. 1, 3, 115:

    idem tibi censeo faciendum,

    Cic. Off. 10, 1, 3:

    quos quidem tibi studiose et diligenter tractandos magno opere censeo,

    id. Fin. 4, 28, 79; id. Fam. 12, 28, 2.—Sometimes by aequum censere with an inf.-clause (in the comic poets):

    amicos consulam quo me modo Suspendere aequom censeant potissumum,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 5, 50: qui homo cum animo... depugnat suo, Utrum ita se esse mavelit ut eum animus aequom censeat, An ita potius ut parentes... velint i. e. as his mind prompts him, id. Trin. 2, 2, 29; cf. E. 1. b. 8.—
    3.
    With a subj.clause (so esp. with censeo in 1 st pers.): censen' hominem interrogem? do you advise me to ask the man? etc., Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 20:

    tu, si videbitur, ita censeo facias ut... supersedeas hoc labore itineris (cf.: faciundum censeo ut, 1. supra),

    Cic. Fam. 4, 2, 4:

    immo plane, inquam, Brute, legas (Gracchum) censeo,

    id. Brut. 33, 125:

    tu, si forte quid erit molestiae te ad Crassum et Calidium conferas censeo,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 7:

    tu, censeo, tamen adhibeas Vettium,

    id. Att. 2, 4, 7:

    quae disputari de amicitia possunt, ab iis censeo petatis qui ista profitentur,

    id. Lael. 5, 17: tu, censeo, Luceriam venias: nusquam eris tutius, Pomp. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 1, 1; 8, 11, A:

    censeo Via Appia iter facias, et celeriter Brundusium venias,

    id. ib. 8, 11, C: ad Caesarem mittas censeo, et ab eo hoc petas, Anton. ib. 10, 10, 2: sed hos tamen numeros censeo videas hodou parergon, Gell. 17, 20, 5:

    quam scit uterque, libens censebo exerceat artem,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 14, 44 (cf. Liv. 36, 7, 17, and Gell. 4, 18, 3, quoted III. A. 3.).—Of an advice given to an adversary, with irony:

    cetera si qua putes te occultius facere posse... magnopere censeo desistas,

    I strongly advise you to give up that idea, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 68, § 174:

    sed tu, Acci, consideres censeo diligenter, utrum censorum judicium grave esse velis an Egnatii,

    id. Clu. 48, 135:

    postulant ut excipiantur haec inexplicabilia. Tribunum censeant: aliquem adeant: a me... numquam impetrabunt,

    id. Ac. 2, 30, 97:

    ibi quaeratis socios censeo, ubi Saguntina clades ignota est,

    Liv. 21, 19, 10:

    solvas censeo, Sexte, creditori,

    Mart. 2, 13, 2.—And in jest:

    Treviros vites censeo, audio capitalis esse,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:

    hi Plebei fuerunt, quos contemnas censeo... qua re ad patres censeo revertare,

    id. ib. 9, 21, 3:

    vites censeo porticum Philippi: si te viderit Hercules, peristi,

    Mart. 5, 49, 13; so id. ib. 11, 99, 8; 12, 61, 7.—For ironical senatorial advice, by which the contrary is meant, v. Cic. Cat. 4, 6, 13; Sall. C. 52, 26, quoted II. A. 3.—
    4.
    With an ut-clause (with monere;

    very rare): illud tamen vel tu me monuisse vel censuisse puta... ut tu quoque animum inducas, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 8, 2.—
    5.
    With a clause understood: quo me vortam nescio: Pa. Si deos salutas, dextrovorsum censeo (i.e. id facias or faciundum censeo), Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 70: quo redeam? Pe. Equidem ad phrygionem censeo (i. e. redeas), id. Men. 4, 2, 53:

    quid nunc censes, Chrysale? (i. e. faciundum),

    id. Bacch. 4, 8, 112:

    ita faciam ut frater censuit,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 11:

    tibi igitur hoc censeo (i. e. faciendum): latendum tantisper ibidem, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 2, 4: tu [p. 314] potes Kalendis spectare gladiatores, et ita censeo, id. ib. 16, 20:

    quid censes igitur? Ecquidnam est tui consilii ad? etc.,

    id. Att. 9, 12, 4: quid igitur censet (sapientia)? What is wisdom ' s advice? id. Phil. 13, 3, 6:

    scribi quid placeat, quid censeas,

    id. Att. 9, 19,4:

    ibitur igitur, et ita quidem ut censes,

    id. ib. 10, 15, 3:

    disce, docendus adhuc, quae censet amiculus,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 3.
    D.
    Of opinions and views on general questions, to be of opinion, think, believe, hold (cf.: statuo, existimo, puto, aio, dico; freq. in class. prose; very rare in post-class. writers except Gellius; never with ut, ne, or subj.-clause).
    1.
    With inf.-clause:

    Plato mundum esse factum censet a deo sempiternum,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:

    Cyrenaici non omni malo aegritudinem effici censent, sed insperato,

    id. Tusc. 3, 13, 28:

    (Hieronymus) censet summum bonum esse sine ulla molestia vivere,

    id. Fin. 2, 5, 16:

    Aristoteles eos qui valetudinis causa furerent, censebat habere aliquid in animis praesagiens,

    id. Div. 1, 38, 81:

    Pythagoras censuit animum esse per naturam rerum omnem intentum et commeantem,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 27; so id. Ac. 1, 11, 40; 2, 42, 131; id. Fin. 1, 6, 20; 3, 15, 49; 3, 19, 64; 3, 21, 70; 4, 7, 17; 5, 7, 17; id. N. D. 1, 2, 3; 1, 2, 4; 1, 12, 29; 1, 13, 35 and 37; 1, 43, 120; 1, 44, 121; 2, 22, 57; 2, 16, 44; id. Sen. 12, 41; id. Leg. 1, 13, 36; id. Tusc. 1, 9, 18; 1, 10, 22; 1, 30, 72; 1, 45, 108; 3, 5, 11; 3, 22, 52; 4, 7, 14; id. Off. 1, 25, 88:

    Plato in civitate communis esse mulieres censuit,

    Gell. 18, 2, 8; 14, 5, 2; 18, 1, 4; 19, 12, 6.—If the opinion refers to what should be observed, oportere or debere is used, or a gerundial predicate with esse (so in Cic., but in Gell. 7, 15, 3, without esse):

    oportere delubra esse in urbibus censeo,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 10, 26:

    M. Varro aeditumum dici oportere censet,

    Gell. 12, 10, 4; 14, 5, 2;

    so with debere,

    id. 17, 5, 5; 13, 8, 4:

    Cyrenaici... virtutem censuerunt ob eam rem esse laudandam,

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 116:

    (Ennius) non censet lugendam esse mortem quam immortalitas consequatur,

    id. Sen. 20, 73.—
    2.
    An inf.-clause understood:

    (dissensio est), a quibus temporibus scribendi capiatur initium. Ego enim ab ultimis censeo (i. e. exordiendum esse),

    Cic. Leg. 1, 3, 8:

    si, Mimnermus uti censet, sine amore jocisque Nil est jucundum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 65:

    sic enim censuit,

    Cic. Off. 3, 33, 117.—
    3.
    With neutr. acc. of a pron.: hoc amplius censeo, in addition to the opinions mentioned I hold, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 2:

    nullo (medico) idem censente,

    Plin. 29, 1, 5, § 11.—
    4.
    With a rel.-clause:

    Aesopus quae utilia... erant, non severe neque imperiose praecepit et censuit,

    he imparted his teachings and views, Gell. 2, 29, 1.—
    5.
    Absol.:

    non adligo me ad unum aliquem ex Stoicis proceribus. Est et mihi censendi jus,

    the right to impart my opinions, Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 2.
    E.
    In gen., = arbitror, puto, existimo, judico (cf.: idem enim valet censere et arbitrari, Varr. ap. Non. p. 519, 29: censere nunc significat putare, nunc suadere, nunc decernere, Paul. ex Fest. p. 54, 11 Mull.).
    1.
    To judge, think, believe, suppose (freq. in ante-class. writings; very rare in Cic. except in the particular meanings, a.—ironically—and d.; always with inf.-clause expressed or understood).
    a.
    In gen.:

    atque ego censui abs te posse hoc me impetrare,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 12 sq.:

    satis jam delusam censeo: rem, ut est, nunc eloquamur,

    id. As. 3, 3, 141:

    nam si honeste censeam te facere posse, suadeam,

    id. Mil. 4, 8, 60:

    neque ego hac noctem longiorem me vidisse censeo,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 126:

    saluti quod tibi esse censeo,

    id. Merc. 1, 35; so id. Am. 4, 3, 2; id. Most. 1, 3, 127; id. Pers. 1, 1, 9; 2, 2, 8; 2, 3, 75 sq.; id. Truc. 2, 2, 60; id. As. 2, 2, 33; id. Aul. 2, 4, 30; 2, 4, 36; id. Cas. 2, 8, 38; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 53; id. Phorm. 2, 2, 13: aut domino, cujum id censebis esse, reddes, Cincius, Re Mil. l. iii., de ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:

    eo namque omnem belli molem inclinaturam censebant (consules),

    Liv. 7, 32, 3:

    nec facturum aequa Samnitium populum censebant, si... oppugnarent,

    id. 7, 31, 7:

    quaeso ut ea quae dicam non a militibus imperatori dicta censeas,

    id. 7, 13, 8:

    at illa purgare se, quod quae utilia esse censebat... suasisset,

    Curt. 8, 3, 7: Alexander, tam memorabili victoria laetus, qua sibi Orientis fines apertos esse censebat, id. 9, 1, 1; so id. 10, 8, 22.—
    b.
    With reference to an erroneous opinion, to imagine, suppose, falsely believe:

    censebam me effugisse a vita marituma Ne navigarem, etc.,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 108:

    omnes eum (sc. Jovem) esse (Amphitruonem) censent servi,

    id. Am. prol. 122, 134:

    jam hic ero, quom illic censebis esse me,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 14:

    ardere censui aedes,

    id. ib. 5, 1, 15:

    ego hunc censebam esse te,

    id. Men. 5, 9, 13; so id. As. 5, 2, 20; id. Aul. 3, 5, 55; id. Bacch. 1, 2, 14; id. Men. 3, 3, 32; 5, 9, 76; id. Merc. 1, 2, 87; id. Poen. 1, 1, 54; 3, 1, 60; 3, 4, 25; id. Rud. 2, 4, 31; 4, 7, 35; id. Stich. 4, 2, 24; id. Truc. 1, 1, 72 et saep.: censuit se regem Porsenam occidere, Cass. Hem. ap. Non. p. 4, 88:

    non ipsa saxa magis sensu omni vacabant quam ille... cui se hic cruciatum censet optare,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107.—And ironically:

    nisi forte Diagoram aut Theodorum... censes superstitiosos fuisse,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 42, 117:

    nisi forte etiam illi Semproniano senatus consulto me censes adfuisse, qui ne Romae quidem fui,

    id. Fam. 12, 29, 2:

    neminem me fortiorem esse censebam,

    Curt. 8, 14, 42.—
    c.
    Referring to what should take place.
    (α).
    With gerundial inf.-clause:

    navis praedatoria, Abs qua cavendum nobis sane censeo,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 70:

    soli gerundum censeo morem,

    id. Most. 1, 3, 69:

    neque vendundam censeo Quae libera est,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 39; so id. Eun. 4, 4, 53; 5, 8, 42; id. Hec. 4, 4, 94; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 17:

    ceterum ei qui consilium adferret opem quoque in eam rem adferendam censebant esse,

    Liv. 25, 11, 14.—
    (β).
    With oportere, debere, or an ordinary inf.-clause:

    solam illi me soli censeo esse oportere obedientem,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 47:

    quibus declaraveram, quo te animo censerem esse oportere, et quid tibi faciendum arbitrarer,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1:

    rursus interrogatus quid ipse victorem statuere debere censeret,

    Curt. 8, 14, 43: impudens postulatio visa est, censere... ipsos id (bellum) advertere in se, agrosque suos pro alienis populandos obicere, to entertain the idea that they should direct that war against themselves and their own lands, etc., Liv. 21, 20, 4:

    munere eum fungi prioris censet amici = eum fungi oportere,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 9, 5:

    quae nos quoque sustinere censebat,

    App. M. 11, p. 253.—
    (γ).
    By aequum censere with ordinary inf.clause, expressed or understood, either = it is fair ( right) to do something, or something ought or should be done (so very freq. in the comic poets and Livy; rare in other writers): non ego istunc me potius quam te metuere aequom censeo, I do not think it right to fear him, etc., Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 51: quid me aequom censes pro illa tibi dare? What do you think I should give as a fair price? etc., id. As. 1, 3, 76: meum animum tibi servitutem servire aequom censui, I thought it my duty that my mind should, etc., id. Trin. 2, 2, 27: ecquis est tandem qui vestrorum... aequom censeat poenas dare ob eam rem quod arguatur male facere voluisse? Cato ap. Gell. 6 (7), 3, 36:

    quis aequum censeret... receptos in fidem non defendi?

    Liv. 21, 19, 5; so id. 24, 37, 7; 5, 3, 8; 22, 32, 6.—And without emphasis upon the idea of fairness or right:

    si sunt ita ut ego aequom censeo,

    as I think they ought to be, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 55; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 87; 2, 3, 1; id. Merc. 3, 3, 8; id. Aul. 4, 1, 11; id. Ep. 4, 1, 29; id. Stich. 2, 2, 20; 4, 1, 42:

    qui aequom esse censeant, nos jam a pueris ilico nasci senes,

    who believe that we should be born as old men right from childhood, Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 2; so id. ib. 5, 5, 11; id. Ad. 4, 3, 10:

    qui aequom censeant rem perniciosam utili praeponi,

    Auct. Her. 2, 14, 22: (tribuni) intercedebant;

    senatum quaerere de pecunia non relata in publicum... aequum censebant,

    Liv. 38, 54, 5:

    cives civibus parcere aequum censebat,

    Nep. Thras. 2, 6.—
    d.
    Very freq., esp. in Cic., when a question, rhetorical or real, is addressed to a second person, often referring to erroneous opinions:

    an fores censebas nobis publicitus praeberier?

    Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 7:

    clanculum istaec te flagitia facere censebas potesse?

    id. Men. 4, 2, 47:

    hicine nos habitare censes?

    id. Trin. 4, 3, 72:

    omnes cinaedos esse censes, tu quia es?

    id. Men. 3, 2, 48; so id. As. 2, 4, 78; 5, 2, 37; id. Bacch. 4, 6, 41; 5, 2. 82; id. Capt. 4, 2, 66; 4, 2, 74; 5, 2, 16; id. Cas. 2, 6, 29; id. Men. 5, 5, 25: continuo dari Tibi verba censes? Ter. And. 3, 2, 25; so id. ib. 3, 3, 13; 4, 4, 55; id. Heaut. 4, 3, 38; id. Hec. 4, 1, 32; 4, 4, 53; id. Phorm. 5, 6, 35:

    adeone me delirare censes ut ista esse credam?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 10:

    nam cum in Graeco sermone haec... non videbantur, quid censes in Latino fore?

    id. Fin. 3, 4, 15:

    quid igitur censes? Apim illum nonne deum videri Aegyptiis?

    id. N. D. 1, 29, 82:

    quis haec neget esse utilia? quem censes?

    id. Off. 3, 26, 99:

    an censes me tantos labores... suscepturum fuisse, si, etc.,

    id. Sen. 23, 82:

    an vos Hirtium pacem velle censetis?

    id. Phil. 12, 4, 9; so id. Brut. 50, 186; 85, 294; id. Tusc. 1, 5, 10 fin.; 2, 4, 11; 3, 13, 27; id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. N. D. 1, 8, 20; 1, 28, 78; 1, 44, 122; id. Leg. 2, 10, 23; id. Div. in Caecil. 16, 54; id. Phil. 1, 6, 13; 4, 3, 7; 7, 4, 14; 11, 1, 3; 11, 5, 10; 12, 3, 7; 12, 6, 13; 12, 8, 21; 12, 9, 22; 13, 2, 4; 14, 4, 10; id. Att. 10, 11, 4:

    quid censes munera terrae?... quo spectanda modo, quo sensu credis et ore?

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 5 sqq.; so id. ib. 2, 2, 65; Lucr. 1, 973 (with obj.inf.).—With conditional period inst. of an inf.-clause:

    num censes faceret, filium nisi sciret eadem haec velle,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 46.—

    Sometimes censemus? is used in the same way as censes?

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; id. Off. 2, 7, 25; id. Fam. 4, 9, 2.—
    e.
    With an inf.clause understood: itane tu censes? Pa. Quid ego ni ita censeam? Plaut. Mil. 4, 3, 27: quid ergo censes? Tr. Quod rogas, Censeo, id. Rud. 4, 8, 7 sq.: quid illum censes? (i. e. eo loco facere?) Ter. And. 5, 2, 12:

    quid illas censes? (i. e. posse dicere),

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 22; so Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 59; Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 9; 5, 3, 21.—So, very freq. in the comic poets, censeo, absol., as an approving answer; also sic censeo, istuc censeo, ita censeo (Cic.) to be variously rendered: ego divinam rem intus faciam... So. Censeo, that will be right! Plaut. Am. 3, 3, 11: auscultemus quid agat: Ph. Sane censeo, so we will, indeed, id. Curc. 2, 2, 29: quid si recenti re aedis pultem? Ad. Censeo, do so! id. Poen. 3, 4, 18: quin eloquamur? Ag. Censeo, hercle, patrue, id. ib. 5, 4, 93: patri etiam gratulabor? Tr. Censeo, I think so (and after answering several questions with censeo): etiamne complectar ejus patrem? Tr. Non censeo. Pl. Nunc non censet quom volo, id. Rud. 4, 8, 6 sqq.; id. Ps. 2, 2, 69; id. Stich. 5, 4, 53; id. Truc. 2, 4, 73; id. Cas. 4, 3, 14; Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; id. Heaut. 3, 3, 27: male habeas! Mu. Sic censeo, Plaut. Men. 4, 1, 11: aliquem arripiamus, etc.: Ly. Hem, istuc censeo, id. Merc. 3, 3, 19 (cf.:

    prorsus ita censeo, referring to general questions, as in D.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 10, 23);

    once similarly censeas: Quid gravare? censeas!

    Say yes, Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 22.—
    2.
    To resolve, as a merely mental act, with gerundial inf.-clause (rare; cf. II. B.): quibus rebus cognitis, Caesar maturandum sibi censuit, resolved to hasten, lit., thought he must hasten ( = statuit, existimavit), Caes. B. G. 7, 56 init.:

    censuimus igitur amplius quaerendum,

    Gell. 12, 14, 7.—
    3.
    To consider, i. e. after carefully weighing the circumstances, with inf.-clause (rare):

    sed cum censerem... me et periculum vitare posse, et temperatius dicere... ea causa mihi in Asiam proficiscendi fuit,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 314.—
    4.
    = pu tare, habere, judicare, to consider as, to hold, with two acc., or inf.-clause.
    a.
    With double acc.:

    quom dispicias tristem, frugi censeas (i.e. eum),

    you would consider him thrifty, Plaut. Cas. 3, 2. 32:

    auxilio vos dignos censet senatus,

    considers you worthy of help, Liv. 7, 31, 2:

    has... indagines cuppediarum majore detestatione dignas censebimus si, etc.,

    Gell. 7 (6), 16, 6: cum Priscum nobilitas hostem patriae censuisset, judged, declared him the enemy, etc., Aur. Vict. Caes. 29, 4.—
    b.
    In the pass. with nom. and inf., = haberi (in Manil. and Gell.):

    praeter illas unam et viginti (comoedias) quae consensu omnium Plauti esse censebantur,

    Gell. 3, 3, 3:

    quae terrena censentur sidera sorte (i. e. esse),

    are considered as being of the terrestrial kind, Manil. 2, 226; so id. 2, 293; 2, 653; 2, 667; 3, 96; so, sub aliquo censeri, to be considered as being under one ' s influence, id. 4, 246; 4, 705; cf. id. 3, 598 (with per).—
    5.
    To wish, with subj.-clause or ne (in App.):

    de coma pretiosi velleris floccum mihi confestim adferas censeo,

    App. M. 6. [p. 315] p. 117:

    censeo ne ulla cura os percolat,

    id. Mag. p. 411.
    2.
    censeo, ēre, = succenseo, to be angry: ne vobis censeam, si, etc., Varr. ap. Non. p. 267, 24.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > censeo

  • 20 nach

    I Präp. (+ Dat)
    1. räumlich: to; (bestimmt nach) for, bound for; Richtung: auch toward(s); nach außen outward(s); nach rechts to the right; nach unten down; im Haus: downstairs; nach oben up; im Haus: upstairs; nach England reisen go to England; nach England abreisen leave for England; der Zug nach London the train to London; das Schiff fährt nach Australien is bound for ( oder is going to) Australia; nach Hause home; das Zimmer geht nach hinten / vorn hinaus the room faces the back / front; der Balkon geht nach Süden the balcony faces south; Balkon nach Süden south-facing balcony; wir fahren nach Norden we’re travel(l)ing north ( oder northward[s]); bei bestimmten Verben: die Blume richtet sich nach der Sonne the flower turns toward(s) the sun; nach dem Arzt schicken send for the doctor; nach dem Messer greifen grab for the knife
    2. zeitlich: after; fünf ( Minuten) nach eins five (minutes) past (Am. auch after) one; nach zehn Minuten ten minutes later; nach einer Stunde von jetzt an: in an hour(‘s time); nach Ankunft / Erhalt on arrival (receipt)
    3. Reihenfolge: after; einer nach dem anderen one by one, one after the other; der Reihe nach in turn; der Reihe nach! take (it in) turns!, one after the other!; der Größe nach by ( oder according to) size; nach Hauptmann kommt Major major comes after captain; nach ihm kommt lange keiner fig. he’s in a class of his own, he’s streets ahead of the rest
    4. (entsprechend) according to; siehe auch gemäß; nach dem, was er sagte auch going by what he said; nach Ansicht (+ Gen) in ( oder according to) the opinion of; nach meiner Ansicht oder meiner Ansicht nach in my opinion; nach Gewicht verkaufen sell by weight; nach Bedarf as required; seine Uhr nach dem Radio etc. stellen set one’s watch by the radio etc.; wenn es nach mir ginge if I had my way; dem Namen nach by name; seinem Namen / Akzent etc. nach judging oder going by his name / accent etc.; Rehbraten nach Art des Hauses roast venison а la maison; Sauerbraten nach rheinischer Art braised beef marinated in vinegar (Am. sauerbraten) in the Rhenish style; sie kommt ganz nach der Mutter she’s just like her mother; nach Musik tanzen etc.: to music; nach Noten from music; nach Vorlage zeichnen draw from a pattern; eine Geschichte nach dem Leben a story taken from real life; es ist nicht nach i-m Geschmack it’s not to her taste; seinem Wesen nach ist er eher ruhig if anything he is quiet by nature; riechen / schmecken nach smell (taste) of; nach seiner Weise in his usual way; nach Shakespeare according to Shakespeare; frei nach Heine freely adapted from Heine; nach bestem Wissen to the best of one’s knowledge; nach Stunden / Dollar etc. gerechnet in (terms of) hours / dollars etc.; 3 Pfund sind etwa 5 Euro nach unserem Geld 3 pounds is about 5 euros in our money; Ermessen, Meinung etc.
    5. nach jemandem fragen ask for s.o.; die Suche nach dem Glück etc. the pursuit of ( oder search for) happiness etc.
    6. Dial.: nach dem Süden fahren go south; nach Oma gehen go to grandma’s
    II Adv. after; mir nach! follow me!; nach und nach gradually, bit by bit, Am. auch little by little; nach wie vor still, as ever
    * * *
    after (Adv.);
    (Reihenfolge) after (Präp.);
    (Richtung) unto (Präp.); at (Präp.); for (Präp.); to (Präp.); towards (Präp.); bound for (Präp.);
    (Uhrzeit) past (Präp.);
    (gemäß) acc. (Präp.); according to (Präp.)
    * * *
    [naːx]
    1. prep +dat
    1) (örtlich) to

    das Schiff/der Zug fährt nách Kiel — the boat/train is bound for Kiel, the boat/train is going to Kiel

    er ist schon nách London abgefahren — he has already left for London

    nách Osten — eastward(s), to the east

    nách Westen — westward(s), to the west

    von Osten nách Westen — from (the) east to (the) west

    nách links/rechts — (to the) left/right

    von links nách rechts — from (the) left to (the) right

    nách jeder Richtung, nách allen Richtungen (lit) — in all directions; (fig) on all sides

    nách hinten/vorn — to the back/front; (in Wagen/Zug etc auch) to the rear/front

    nách... zu — towards... (Brit), toward... (US)

    nách Norden zu or hin — to(wards) the north

    2)

    (in Verbindung mit vb siehe auch dort) nách jdm/etw suchen — to look for sb/sth

    sich nách etw sehnen — to long for sth

    nách etw schmecken/riechen — to taste/smell of sth

    3) (zeitlich) after

    fünf (Minuten) nách drei — five (minutes) past or after (US) three

    nách Christi Geburt, nách unserer Zeitrechnung — AD, anno Domini (form)

    sie kam nách zehn Minuten — she came ten minutes later, she came after ten minutes

    nách zehn Minuten war sie wieder da — she was back in ten minutes, she was back ten minutes later

    nách zehn Minuten wurde ich schon unruhig — after ten minutes I was getting worried

    was wird man nách zehn Jahren über ihn sagen? — what will people be saying about him in ten years or in ten years' time?

    nách Empfang or Erhalt or Eingang — on receipt

    drei Tage nách Empfang — three days after receipt

    nách allem, was geschehen ist — after all that has happened

    4) (Reihenfolge) after

    eine(r, s) nách dem/der anderen — one after another or the other

    die dritte Straße nách dem Rathaus — the third road after or past the town hall

    ich komme nách Ihnen! — I'm or I come after you

    (bitte) nách Ihnen! — after you!

    der Leutnant kommt nách dem Major (inf) — a lieutenant comes after a major

    nách "mit" steht der Dativ — " mit" is followed by or takes the dative

    5) (= laut, entsprechend) according to; (= im Einklang mit) in accordance with

    nách dem Gesetz, dem Gesetz nách — according to the law

    nách römischem Gesetz — according to or under Roman law

    nách Artikel 142c — under article 142c

    manche Arbeiter werden nách Zeit, andere nách Leistung bezahlt — some workers are paid by the hour, others according to productivity

    etw nách Gewicht kaufen — to buy sth by weight

    nách Verfassern/Gedichtanfängen — in order of or according to authors/first lines

    die Uhr nách dem Radio stellen — to put a clock right by the radio

    seinem Wesen or seiner Natur nách ist er sehr sanft — he's very gentle by nature

    seiner Veranlagung nách hätte er Musiker werden sollen — with his temperament he should have been a musician

    ihrer Sprache nách (zu urteilen) — from her language, judging by her language

    nách dem, was er gesagt hat — from what he's said, according to what he's said

    nách allem, was ich gehört habe — from what I've heard

    nách allem, was ich weiß — as far as I know

    Knödel nách schwäbischer Art — Swabian dumplings

    6) (= angelehnt an) after

    nách dem Russischen — after the Russian

    nách einem Gedicht von Schiller — after a poem by Schiller

    7)

    er wurde nách seinem Großvater genannt — he was named after (Brit) or for (US) his grandfather

    2. adv
    1)

    (räumlich) mir nách! (old, liter) — follow me!

    2)

    (zeitlich) nách und nách — little by little, gradually

    nách wie vor —

    wir treffen uns nách wie vor im "Goldenen Handschuh" — we still meet in the "Golden Glove" as always

    * * *
    1) (in the order of: books arranged according to their subjects.) according to
    2) (in proportion to: You will be paid according to the amount of work you have done.) according to
    3) (later in time or place than: After the car came a bus.) after
    4) (following (often indicating repetition): one thing after another; night after night.) after
    5) (considering: After all I've done you'd think he'd thank me; It's sad to fail after all that work.) after
    6) ((American: in telling the time) past: It's a quarter after ten.) after
    7) (to the place mentioned: I'll come along in five minutes.) along
    8) at
    9) (towards; in the direction of: We set off for London.) for
    10) (in order to have, get, be etc: He asked me for some money; Go for a walk.) for
    11) (closest to: In height, George comes next to me.) next to
    12) (after: It's past six o'clock.) past
    13) (after: The child became ill subsequent to receiving an injection against measles.) subsequent to
    * * *
    [na:x]
    I. präp + dat
    ▪ \nach etw:
    die Küche geht \nach dem Garten/der Straße the kitchen looks out over [or on] the garden/faces the street
    ein Zimmer mit Fenstern \nach dem Garten/der Straße a room overlooking the garden/street
    \nach Norden/Westen gehen to go north/west; s.a. außen, da, dort, hier, hinten, innen, links, oben, rechts, unten, vorn
    2. (als Ziel)
    ▪ \nach etw to sth
    der Weg führt direkt \nach Rom this is the way to Rome
    der Zug \nach Bonn the train for Bonn, the Bonn train
    \nach etw abreisen to leave for sth; s.a. Haus
    ▪ \nach etw after sth
    \nach nur wenigen Minuten after only a few minutes, only a few minutes later
    \nach Ablauf der Verlängerung after [or on] expiry of the extension, at the end of the extension
    20 [Minuten] \nach 10 20 [minutes] past 10
    wird der Baum noch \nach 100 Jahren stehen? will the tree still be standing in a hundred years' time?
    \nach allem, was... after all that...; s.a. Christus
    ▪ etw \nach etw sth after sth
    Schritt \nach Schritt step by step, little by little
    ▪ \nach jdm/etw after sb/sth
    das Museum kommt \nach der Post the museum is after [or past] the post office
    der Leutnant kommt \nach dem Oberst lieutenant ranks lower than colonel
    du stehst \nach mir auf der Liste you're [or you come] after me on the list
    eins \nach dem ander[e]n first things first
    [bitte,] \nach dir/Ihnen! after you!
    6. (gemäß)
    ▪ \nach etw according to sth
    \nach Artikel 23/den geltenden Vorschriften under article 23/present regulations
    \nach allem [o dem], was... from what...
    \nach allem, was ich gehört habe from what I've heard
    \nach dem, was wir jetzt wissen as far as we know
    aller Wahrscheinlichkeit \nach in all probability
    dem Gesetz \nach by law
    etw \nach dem Gewicht/der Größe \nach sortieren to sort sth by [or according to] weight/size
    \nach Lage der Dinge as matters stand
    \nach menschlichem Ermessen as far as one can tell
    [ganz] \nach Wunsch [just] as you wish
    ▪ jds... \nach [o \nach jds...] judging by sb's...
    meiner Ansicht/Meinung \nach in my view/opinion
    \nach meiner Erinnerung as I remember [or recall] it
    \nach Meinung von Experten according to experts; s.a. Art
    ▪ \nach etw:
    \nach einer Erzählung von Poe after [or based on] a story by Poe
    eine Erzählung \nach dem Arbeitsleben a tale from [or based on] working life
    ein Gemälde \nach einem alten Meister a painting in the manner of an old master
    ein Werk \nach einem Thema von Bach a piece on a theme by Bach
    dem Sinn \nach hat er gesagt, dass... the sense of his words were that...
    Ihrem Akzent \nach sind Sie Schotte I hear from your accent [or your accent tells me] that you're from Scotland
    das kostet ungefähr 2 Euro nach unsrem Geld it costs about 2 euros in our money
    \nach etw geformt formed after sth
    [frei] \nach Goethe [freely] adapted from Goethe
    etw \nach Litern/Metern messen to measure sth in litres/metres
    \nach der neuesten Mode in [accordance with] the latest fashion
    jdn dem Namen \nach kennen to know sb by name
    \nach Plan according to plan
    \nach etw riechen/schmecken to smell/taste of sth
    der Sage \nach [o \nach der Sage] according to the legend
    \nach einer Vorlage from an original
    jds Wesen \nach judging from sb's character, by nature; s.a. Gedächtnis, Maß
    ▪ \nach jdm/etw to sb/sth
    \nach der Bahn gehen to go to the station
    \nach dem Osten/Süden fahren to go [to the] east/south
    \nach jdm fragen/rufen/schicken to ask/call/send for sb
    \nach wem hat er gefragt? who was he asking for?
    \nach etw greifen/streben/suchen to reach/strive/look for sth
    wo\nach [o (fam) \nach was] suchst du? what are you looking for?
    er hat erreicht, wo\nach [o (fam) \nach was] er gestrebt hat he has achieved what he has been striving for
    II. adv
    ihm \nach! after him!; (an Hund a.) sic 'im! fam
    mir \nach! follow me!
    da kann man nicht \nach gehen you can't go there
    3.
    ▶ \nach und \nach gradually, little by little
    ▶ \nach wie vor still
    ich halte \nach wie vor an meiner Überzeugung fest I remain convinced
    * * *
    1.

    sich nach vorn/hinten beugen — bend forwards/backwards

    nach links/rechts — to the left/right

    nach Osten [zu] — eastwards; [towards the] east

    nach außen/innen — outwards/inwards

    ich bringe den Abfall nach draußen — I am taking the rubbish outside

    2) (zeitlich) after

    zehn [Minuten] nach zwei — ten [minutes] past two

    3)

    nach fünf Minuten — after five minutes; five minutes later

    4) (mit bestimmten Verben, bezeichnet das Ziel der Handlung) for
    5) (bezeichnet [räumliche und zeitliche] Reihenfolge) after
    6) (gemäß) according to

    nach meiner Ansicht od. Meinung, meiner Ansicht od. Meinung nach — in my view or opinion

    [frei] nach Goethe — [freely] adapted from Goethe

    nach der neuesten Mode gekleidet — dressed in [accordance with] the latest fashion

    nach etwas schmecken/riechen — taste/smell of something

    sie kommt eher nach dem Vater — (ugs.) she takes more after her father

    dem Gesetz nach — in accordance with the law; by law

    2.

    [alle] mir nach! — [everybody] follow me!

    nach und nach — little by little; gradually

    nach wie vor — still; as always

    * * *
    A. präp (+dat)
    1. räumlich: to; (bestimmt nach) for, bound for; Richtung: auch toward(s);
    nach außen outward(s);
    nach rechts to the right;
    nach unten down; im Haus: downstairs;
    nach oben up; im Haus: upstairs;
    nach England reisen go to England;
    nach England abreisen leave for England;
    der Zug nach London the train to London;
    fährt nach Australien is bound for ( oder is going to) Australia;
    das Zimmer geht nach hinten/vorn hinaus the room faces the back/front;
    der Balkon geht nach Süden the balcony faces south;
    Balkon nach Süden south-facing balcony;
    wir fahren nach Norden we’re travel(l)ing north ( oder northward[s]); bei bestimmten Verben:
    die Blume richtet sich nach der Sonne the flower turns toward(s) the sun;
    nach dem Arzt schicken send for the doctor;
    nach dem Messer greifen grab for the knife
    2. zeitlich: after;
    fünf (Minuten) nach eins five (minutes) past (US auch after) one;
    nach zehn Minuten ten minutes later;
    nach einer Stunde von jetzt an: in an hour(’s time);
    nach Ankunft/Erhalt on arrival (receipt)
    3. Reihenfolge: after;
    einer nach dem anderen one by one, one after the other;
    der Reihe nach in turn;
    der Reihe nach! take (it in) turns!, one after the other!;
    der Größe nach by ( oder according to) size;
    nach Hauptmann kommt Major major comes after captain;
    nach ihm kommt lange keiner fig he’s in a class of his own, he’s streets ahead of the rest
    4. (entsprechend) according to; → auch gemäß;
    nach dem, was er sagte auch going by what he said;
    nach Ansicht (+gen) in ( oder according to) the opinion of;
    meiner Ansicht nach in my opinion;
    nach Gewicht verkaufen sell by weight;
    nach Bedarf as required;
    stellen set one’s watch by the radio etc;
    wenn es nach mir ginge if I had my way;
    dem Namen nach by name;
    seinem Namen/Akzent etc
    nach judging oder going by his name/accent etc;
    Rehbraten nach Art des Hauses roast venison à la maison;
    Sauerbraten nach rheinischer Art braised beef marinated in vinegar (US sauerbraten) in the Rhenish style;
    sie kommt ganz nach der Mutter she’s just like her mother;
    nach Musik tanzen etc: to music;
    nach Noten from music;
    nach Vorlage zeichnen draw from a pattern;
    eine Geschichte nach dem Leben a story taken from real life;
    es ist nicht nach i-m Geschmack it’s not to her taste;
    seinem Wesen nach ist er eher ruhig if anything he is quiet by nature;
    riechen/schmecken nach smell (taste) of;
    nach seiner Weise in his usual way;
    nach Shakespeare according to Shakespeare;
    frei nach Heine freely adapted from Heine;
    nach bestem Wissen to the best of one’s knowledge;
    nach Stunden/Dollar etc
    gerechnet in (terms of) hours/dollars etc;
    3 Pfund sind etwa 5 Euro nach unserem Geld 3 pounds is about 5 euros in our money; → Ermessen, Meinung etc
    5.
    die Suche nach dem Glück etc the pursuit of ( oder search for) happiness etc
    6. dial:
    nach Oma gehen go to grandma’s
    B. adv after;
    mir nach! follow me!;
    nach und nach gradually, bit by bit, US auch little by little;
    nach wie vor still, as ever
    * * *
    1.

    sich nach vorn/hinten beugen — bend forwards/backwards

    nach links/rechts — to the left/right

    nach Osten [zu] — eastwards; [towards the] east

    nach außen/innen — outwards/inwards

    2) (zeitlich) after

    zehn [Minuten] nach zwei — ten [minutes] past two

    3)

    nach fünf Minuten — after five minutes; five minutes later

    4) (mit bestimmten Verben, bezeichnet das Ziel der Handlung) for
    5) (bezeichnet [räumliche und zeitliche] Reihenfolge) after
    6) (gemäß) according to

    nach meiner Ansicht od. Meinung, meiner Ansicht od. Meinung nach — in my view or opinion

    [frei] nach Goethe — [freely] adapted from Goethe

    nach der neuesten Mode gekleidet — dressed in [accordance with] the latest fashion

    nach etwas schmecken/riechen — taste/smell of something

    sie kommt eher nach dem Vater — (ugs.) she takes more after her father

    dem Gesetz nach — in accordance with the law; by law

    2.

    [alle] mir nach! — [everybody] follow me!

    nach und nach — little by little; gradually

    nach wie vor — still; as always

    * * *
    konj.
    for conj. präp.
    according to prep.
    after prep.
    to prep.
    towards prep.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > nach

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Class-size reduction — As an education reform, the broad goal of class size reduction (CSR) is to increase the number of individualized student teacher interactions intended to improve student learning. A reform long holding theoretical attraction to many… …   Wikipedia

  • Class action — This article is about the legal term. For names of various art works, see Class Action (disambiguation). Civil procedure in the United States Federal Rules of Civil Procedure Doctrines of civil procedure Jurisdiction Subject matter jurisdiction… …   Wikipedia

  • Class (film) — Class Theatrical release poster Directed by Lewis John Carlino Produced by Martin Ransoho …   Wikipedia

  • Class of '44 — VHS cover Directed by Paul Bogart Produced by …   Wikipedia

  • Class (locomotive) — refers to a group of locomotives built to a common design for a single railroad. Often members of a particular class had detail variations between individual examples, and these could lead to subclasses. Sometimes technical alterations… …   Wikipedia

  • Class Trip — Directed by Claude Miller Written by Emmanuel Carrère Starring Clement Van Den Bergh Release date(s) …   Wikipedia

  • Class of 1999 — Theatrical release poster Directed by Mark L. Lester Written by C. Cou …   Wikipedia

  • Class III PI 3-kinase — is a subgroup of the enzyme family, phosphoinositide 3 kinase that share a common protein domain structure, substrate specificity and method of activation. There is only one known class III PI 3 kinase, Vps34, which is also the only PI 3 kinase… …   Wikipedia

  • Class of the Titans — Not to be confused with Clash of the Titans. Class of the Titans The Chosen Ones. Clockwise from center: Jay, Theresa, Neil, Atlanta, Herry, Archie, and Odie. Format Animation …   Wikipedia

  • Class M planet — The Class M planet Earth. Class M is a fictional classification for planets and planetoids in the Star Trek science fiction media franchise. In the Star Trek: Enterprise series, T Pol (Jolene Blalock) uses the Vulcan term Minshara class, wh …   Wikipedia

  • Class number problem — In mathematics, the Gauss class number problem (for imaginary quadratic fields), as usually understood, is to provide for each n ≥ 1 a complete list of imaginary quadratic fields with class number n. It is named after the great… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»